Urdpfiguidelinesvoli 150807173512 Lva1 App6891 PDF

URBANANDREGI
ONALDEVELOPMENTPLANS
FORMULATI
ONANDI
MPLEMENTATI
ON
(
URDPFI
)GUI
DELI
NES
Vol
umeI
Januar
y,2015
Gover
nmentofI
ndi
a
Mi
ni
st
r
yofUr
banDevel
opment
ht
t
p:
/
/
moud.
gov
.
i
n
TownandCount
r
yPl
anni
ngOr
gani
sat
i
on
URBANANDREGI
ONALDEVELOPMENTPLANS
FORMULATI
ONANDI
MPLEMENTATI
ON
(
URDPFI
)GUI
DELI
NES
Vol
umeI
kgjh
fodkl
l ea=h
Hkkjr
MINISTER OF URBAN DEVELOPME
D
ENT
INDIA
FOREWA
ARD
The Urrban and Regional

R
Deevelopment Plans Form
mulation an
nd Implementation
RDPFI)Guideelines,2014
4havebeenformulated
dkeepingin
nviewtheem
mergingsceenarioin
(UR
plan
nneddevelo
opmentofciitiesandtow
wns.ThefirsstGuidelineeswereprep
paredin199
96anda
loto
ofchangesh
havetakenp
placeinterm
msofapplicaationoflatessttechnologgyalongwith
hspatial
grow
wthofcitiessandtownss,andurban
ndynamismtogetherhaascontributedtotheirp
planning
anddevelopmeent.Sincetheeprovisionofinfrastructurefacilitiieshasimpllicationsbey
yondthe
nicipallimittsofcitiesaandtowns,ittbecomesimperativettoformulateeCityRegio
onalPlan
mun
so as
a to ensurre balanced developmeent of all settlements within the region. Heence, the
Guid
delines havee included methodologgical framew
work for plaan formulattion at the Regional
R
leveel.
headvances ofRemote Sensingand

dGeographiicalInformaationSystem
ms(GIS),
Withth
the Plan makin
ng process can
c become expeditiouss and with integration of both spaatial and
o spatial growth of ciities and
attribute data, detailed assessment can be madee in terms of
wns, extent of unauth
horized and
d haphazarrd developm
ment and laying of physical
tow
infrastructure facilities
f
in anticipation
n with the projected
p
grrowth of po
opulation. Prresently,
otifiedoutoftotalnumb
berof7933citiesandttowns.It
about2100MaasterPlanhaavebeenno
DPFI Guideliines, 2014, all the citiees and town
ns of the
is exxpected thaat with the use of URD
coun
ntrywillhav
vethebeneffitofStatuto
oryMasterP
Plans.
uringthattthecities
ThePlaanmakingprocesshasttobefurtheerstrengtheenedbyensu
and towns aree able to geenerate eno
ough resources to susstain themsselves. This will be
d
h transpareency in goveernance is ensured.
e
posssible only iff planned developmen
t along with
The vision for planned developmentt for any ciity or a tow
wn should strive for inclusive
i
w
efforts for provisio
on of both physical
p
and
d social infrrastructure facilities
development with
pulation and
d level of in
nadequacy to
t be reduceed to the minimum
m
for all sections of the pop
u
areas should emeerge as Sma
artCities
posssible extentt. In the eraa of globalizzation, the urban
whichnowisth
hemainfocu
usoftheMin
nistryofUrb
banDevelop
pment.
RDPFI Guideelines, 2014

4 will be of great help
p to State Town and Country
The UR
nning Departments, Urrban Develo
opment Autthorities, Urban Local Bodies, Schools of
Plan
Plan
nning and various
v
Ressearch Instittutions. Thee State Gov
vernments h
have to pro
oactively
adoptthese Gu
uidelinesand
dcomplete thepreparaationof MassterPlans ffor alltheciitiesand
wns.Ministry
yofUrbanD
Developmen
ntwillalway
ysbekeenttoassisttheStateGovernments
tow
inteermsofadop
ptionoftheGuidelines.
VENKAIAH NAIDU)
(V
ii
PREFACE
Planning for development is an envisioning process which requires a sound
assessment of the ground realities and providing options for sustainable
development within the bounds of the demographic, physical, socioeconomic,
jurisdictionalandfinancialaspects.Itisacontinuousprocessandmustincorporate
a regular evaluation of implementation. However, plans have been criticised to be
rigid and static having little regard to investment planning efforts and taking very
longtimeintheprocessofformulationandapproval.
During 1995, a National Workshop on Master Plan Approach: Its Efficacy and
Alternatives was held, which examined the entire process of urban development
planningandimplementationandasarecommendationofthisWorkshop,thefirst
national level planning guidelines Urban Development Plans Formulation and
Implementation(UDPFI)wereframedin1996byInstituteofTownPlanners,India.
UDPFI Guidelines, 1996 provided a framework for plan preparation and
implementation process. Since 1996, many developments have taken place in the
field of urban planning, especially in view of emerging needs and requirements of
urban settlements due to rapid population growth, globalization of economy and
phenomenal advances in information and communication technologies. The towns
and cities have become more dynamic in nature and are subject to unprecedented
changes in terms of requirements of infrastructure and other basic services/
amenities. Besides, new emerging aspects like regional development, inclusive
planning, sustainablehabitat, land use and transport integration at planning stage,
ServiceLevelBenchmarks,disastermanagementconcepts,andgovernancereforms
havegivenanewdimensiontotheplanningprocess.
To address these emerging aspects, it was felt that the revision of the UDPFI
Guidelines should be taken up. The Urban and Regional Development Plans
Formulation and Implementation Guidelines (URDPFI) were conceptualized as
the outcome of widespread consultations with the planning peers in the various
Ministries,Experts,ProfessionalandAcademicInstitutionsandotherstakeholders.
TheURDPFIGuidelines,2014havebeenframedtoincorporatetheprovisionsofthe
legalandpolicyguidelinesofthelineMinistries,bestpracticesoftheStatesandthe
planningsystemsinvogue.Aparticipatoryconsultativeapproachhasbeenfollowed
in order to revise the guidelines to holistically understand and proactively involve
the Government of India Ministries/Agencies and State Governments for guiding
Urbanization.
Inlinewiththeapproach,thefollowingkeyactionswereundertaken:
NationalConsultationConsultativeWorkshopheldinNewDelhitodeliberate
on the URDPFI Guidelines (1st Draft) to holistically consult with National and
Statelevelstakeholders.
iii
Regional Workshops Six Regional Workshops across country were held

coveringalltheStates.TheplanningaspectsvaryingacrossStatesandapproach
toplanninginfuturewerediscussed.
TechnicalCoreGroup(TCG)TCGwasformedbyMoUDandinteractionswere
held periodically with the TCG members formally and informally for getting
inputs.
GoogleDiscussionGroupThisportalwassetupbytheTCPOwhichpromoted
interfacewithvariousplannersandpractitioners.
MonthlyReviewMeetingswithStakeholdersMonthlyreviewmeetingswere
held by MoUD with stakeholders for discussing progress of work and receiving
theirrespectivecomments.
Key Consultations Interaction with more than 50 Organisations, Agencies,
Institutions both public and private have provided technical appraisal and
recommendationintheguidelines.
The URDPFI Guidelines, 2014 comprise two Volumes: VolumeI contains planning
process, contents of the plans suggested in the planning system, resource
mobilization for plan implementation including land and finance as the primary
resources for sustainable development, institutional reforms particularly at State
level,andapproachesandstrategiesforregionalandurbanplanning.Foraddressing
sustainability, various sections focus on land suitability and urban renewal norms
and provide a framework for Crisis/Disaster Management Plans as part of
DevelopmentPlan.Tospeeduptheprocessofplanformulation,simplifiedplanning
techniques,andnormsandstandardsforsocialandphysicalinfrastructureplanning
are detailed along with simplified development promotion regulations. Various
citiesofallclassesacrossthecountryfromdifferentregionshavebeencoveredas
bestpracticesforreview.Theoverallrecommendationsforfutureactionshavealso
beenincluded.
Theurbanandregionalplanningsystemhasbeendividedundertwoheads,a)Core
Area Planning and b) Specific and Investment Planning. The Core Area Planning
comprisesofasetof4interdependentplans:(i)alongtermPerspectivePlanwitha
vision and policy orientation, (ii) a sustainability based long term Regional Plan
(and District Plan) with optimization of regional resources for development, (iii) a
comprehensivelongtermsettlementplanasDevelopmentPlanforurbanandperi
urban areas (iv) A short term rolling Local Area Plan within the framework of
Development Plan. The Specific and Investment Planning comprises a set of three
plans,(i)ArollingSpecialPurposePlanforspecialareaswithintheframeworkof
Development Plan, (ii) Annual Plans to translate the physical and fiscal resource
requirementofDevelopment/LocalAreaPlan,and(iii)Project/Researchtofocus
onitemsofexecution.
iv
A separate volume (VolumeII A) on legal aspects covers the implications of 74th

CAA, 1992; Land Acquisition, Resettlement & Rehabilitation Act, 2013; a review of
theModelTown&CountryPlanningandDevelopmentLaw,ModelMunicipalLaw,
legalrequirementsforindustrialdevelopment,Statelevelplanningframeworkand
otherNationallevelrequirementsforheritageandenvironment conservationwith
the relevant Acts/ Law/ Notifications/ Guidelines etc. Volume II B consists of
Appendices.
A Core Team of TCPO and consultants, M/s Mott McDonald, have worked
painstakinglyalongwiththevariousstakeholdersacrossthecountryforformulating
these Guidelines. The process of preparation of the Guidelines, including the
approach,methodologyandglossaryhasbeendetailedintheAppendixAofVolume
IIB.Thekeycontentofeachvolumeisdetailedinthefollowingtable.
Table:StructureoftheURDPFIGuidelines
Volumes
Chapters
KeyContents
VolumeI:Urban&RegionalPlanningGuidelines
Introduction
Need for Revision of UDPFI Guidelines1996, Recommended

planningsystemforIndia,overallguidingSustainableUrbanand
Regionalplanningaspectsoftheguidelines
PlanFormulation
PlanningProcess,Contentsofvariouslevelofplans
ResourceMobilisation
Land assembly, fiscal resource mobilisation, good governance,

institutionalsetupandkeyinstitutionalreforms
RegionalPlanning
Approach
Aspects of regional planning and classification of region in the

Indian context, regional planning approach and its plan
implementation
UrbanPlanning
Approach
Guidelines for study on location and settlement setting,

distributionoflanduse,citytypology,planningfortownships.
Sustainability
Guidelines
Sustainability and aspects of urban development including

impact of climate change, environment policies and statuary
obligation,planningfordisastermanagement
SimplifiedPlanning
Techniques
Comprehensively covering data collection techniques, types of

survey,analyticaltechniques,projectiontechniques,basemap &
developmentplanpreparation
InfrastructurePlanning Introduces the hierarchy of urban development and norms &

standardsforphysicalinfrastructure,socialinfrastructure,safety
management, commercial activity. Details for transportation
planningandprovisionsforbarrierfreebuiltenvironment
Simplified
Development
PromotionRegulations
Lists the simplified urban land use classification and zoning

regulations, simplified development promotion regulations for
specificlandusezones,specialrequirements
10
General
Recommendation
Recommendations to several Ministries, State Governments and

Organisations
Volumes
Ch
hapters
KeyCon
ntents
VolumeIIA:NationalLegalProvisio
onsinUrban&
&RegionalPlan
nning
Implicationo
of74thCAA
TheRighttoFair
BasisofthenewActaandthekeyffeaturesofthenewAct
Compensatio
onand
TransparenccyinLand
AcquisitionR
Rehabilitation
n&
ResettlementAct,2013
ModelRegionalandTown
n
PlanningTow
wnand
Developmen
ntLaw
KeyfeaturesoftheLaawandsuggeestedchangesinthelaw
ModelMuniccipalLaw
KeyfeaturesoftheLaawandsuggeestedchangesinthelaw
StateLevelP
Planning
ExistingLegaalFramework
k
Anoverv
viewofthekeeyfeaturesofvariousstattelevel
legislatio
on(s)
LegalRequirrementsfor
IndustrialDeevelopment
Industrialpoliciesan
ndActsrelevaantforplanniing,schemesfor
clusterd
developmentunderMinisttries
OtherNation
nalLevelLeegal Nationalllevelheritaggeconservatiionandenvirronmentalleggal
Requirementts
requirem
ments,Canton
nmentrelatedlegalrequirrements.
VolumeIIB:Appendicces
Provisio
onsof74thCo
onstitutionAm
mendmentA
Actandroleso
ofthe
StateTownandCoun
ntryPlanninggDepartmentt,statusofthee
provisio
onsof74thCA
AAonUrbanLocalBodiesanddevelopment
authoritties
Descripttion of making of the Guid

delines, Compiilation of important
Documeents, Definition
ns, Best pracctices, Acts, L
Laws, policiess and
notificattionsreferredin
nVolume1&2A.
The UR
RDPFI Guid
delines, 20
014 are in
ntended to be comprrehensive for promo
oting
balanceed and orrderly reggional and
d urban planning an
nd develo
opment. Th
hese
Guideliines interalia provid
de the fraamework, necessary techniquees, norms and
standarrds, option
ns for resource mobilization inccluding lan
nd assemblly approacches,
anddevelopmenttpromotion
nregulatio
ons.Since conditions
c
varyfrom placeto place
p
nt,theseguidelinesmaaynotbeu
uniformlyaapplicablettoall
andeveenwithinaasettlemen
situatio
ons and places and would
w
need
d to be mo
odified and
d adopted dependingg on
local conditions, felt needss and tech
hnological innovation
ns so thatt the Plann
ning
veasaneffficientand dynamiciinstrumentt.TheURDPFIGuidelines
processsmayserv
are exp
pected to provide an
a integratted framew
work for urban
u
and regional plan
p
formulaationandimplementaation.
The Gu
uidelines are intendeed to be a reference for various aspects o
of planningg by
State Governments, Deveelopment Authoritiess, Privatee Sector and Plann
ning
nceforvarious
Organizzations.Prrivateentitiescanuseeguidelineesasonesttopreferen
Acts,Sttandardsan
nddevelop
pingdifferenttypesofftownshipss.
ARAGGARW
WAL
SHANKA
SSecretary((UD)
****
vi
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
The Guidelines are the outcome of participatory approach through widespread
consultations with various Central Government Ministries/ Agencies/ Bodies/
NationalInstitutions/StateGovernments.
Ministry of Urban Development acknowledges the work of M/s Mott MacDonald
(Consultants)inpreparingURDPFIGuidelines,2014.
TheexerciseofformulationoftheURDPFIGuidelines,2014wasguidedandsteered
bythenSecretary,MinistryofUrbanDevelopment(MoUD),Dr.SudhirKrishna,and
Secretary, MoUD Shankar Aggarwal and supported by then Joint Secretary, Dr.
Ashok Singhvi, Mr. Neeraj Mandloi, Joint Secretary, MoUD and Mr. Parmod Kumar,
Director(LSG),MoUD.Mentionalsoneedstobemadeaboutthetirelessworkbythe
officersoftheLSGDivision,MoUD,Mr.SunilKumarPal,UnderSecretaryandMr.C.
JeevanRao,ResearchAssistant.
Mr.J.B.Kshirsagar,ChiefPlanner,TownandCountryPlanningOrganization,Mr.R.
Srinivas, Town and Country Planner, Mr. Sudeep Roy, and Ms. D. Blessy, Assistant
Town and Country Planners, provided technical inputs on various aspects to the
consultantsandcoordinatedtheorganizationofRegionalandNationalWorkshops.
The Staff members of the Metropolitan and Union Territories Division, Town and
CountryPlanningOrganizationprovidedcompletesupportduringtheprocess.
The Town and Country Planning Departments of Haryana, Karnataka, Goa and
OdishaprovidednecessarycollaborationinorganizingtheRegionalWorkshops.The
participation of the States and UTs of Andhra Pradesh, Gujarat, Himachal Pradesh,
Kerala, Madhya Pradesh, Mizoram, Maharashtra, Puducherry, Punjab, Rajasthan,
Sikkim, Uttar Pradesh, Uttarakhand in the Regional Workshops provided vital
inputs.
Ministries of Government of India i.e, Department of Land Resources, JnNURM
Directorate,PlanningCommission(fortheircontributionsinResourceMobilization
section), Directorate General of Defence Estates and EMBARQ, India(for their
contributioninUrbanPlanningApproach),NationalDisasterManagementAuthority
(fortheircontributioninDisasterManagementandSustainabilityissues),National
Remote Sensing Centre (for their contributions in GIS based planning), Bureau of
IndianStandards,CentralPublicHealth&EnvironmentalEngineeringOrganization,
Institute of Urban Transport (for their contributions in Physical Infrastructure
aspects), Hyderabad Metropolitan Development Authority, Ahmedabad Urban
Development Authority, Mumbai Metropolitan Development Authority, Institute of
TownPlanners,IndiaandSchoolofPlanningandArchitecture,Delhifacilitatedthe
exchangeofdataandinformationcollation.Besides,commentsreceivedfromawide
varietyofpeopleintheirofficialandpersonalcapacitiesarealsodulyacknowledged.
vii
viii
TableofContents
1.
1.1.
1.2.
1.3.
1.4.
1.5.
1.6.
1.7.
2.
2.1.
2.2.
Introduction
UrbanisationTrends
FrameworkforaRenewedPlanningSystem
ClassificationofUrbanSettlements
RecommendedPlanningSystem
Scopeandpurposeofvariousplans
1.5.1. PerspectivePlan
1.5.2. RegionalPlan
1.5.3. DevelopmentPlan
1.5.4. LocalAreaPlan
1.5.5. SpecialPurposePlan
1.5.6. AnnualPlan
1.5.7. Project/Research
1.5.8. Interrelationshipamongvariousplans
SustainableUrbanandRegionalDevelopment
StateLandUtilisationPolicy
1.7.1. LandTransportIntegration
1.7.2. TransitOrientedDevelopment(TOD)
1.7.3. FlexibilityinPlans
1.7.4. LandtogeneratefundforInfrastructureDevelopment
1.7.5. SustainableWasteManagement
1.7.6. Inclusiveplanning
1.7.7. DisasterRiskManagement
1.7.8. Speedingtheprocessofplanning&implementation
1
2
3
5
7
7
7
9
10
11
11
12
12
14
14
15
16
18
19
19
20
20
21
23
PlanFormulation
PlanningProcess
2.1.1. AimsandObjectives
2.1.2. IdentificationofSiteNeeds
2.1.3. IdentificationofProjectedNeeds
2.1.4. PlanFormulation
2.1.5. InclusivePlanning(furthertotheSection1.10.8)
2.1.6. StatutoryObligations
2.1.7. DecentralisationofPlanApprovalProcess
2.1.8. PeoplesParticipation
2.1.9. PlanModification
2.1.10. ReviewandMonitoringofPlans
2.1.11. PlanMonitoringParameters
2.1.12. Evaluation&RevisionofPlans
ContentsofPlans
2.2.2. ContentsofRegionalPlan
2.2.3. ContentsofDevelopmentPlan
2.2.4. ContentsofLocalAreaPlan
2.2.5. ContentsofSpecificPurposePlan(e.g.CityDevelopmentPlansformulatedfor
accessingfundsunderJNNURM)
2.2.6. ContentsofAnnualPlan
2.2.7. ContentsofProjects/Schemes
ix
23
23
24
25
26
30
31
32
32
34
35
36
37
37
38
39
42
48
50
64
66
3
3.1.
3.2.
3.3.
3.4.
3.5.
3.6.
4
4.1.
4.2.
4.3.
4.4.
4.5.
4.6.
4.7.
4.8.
5
5.1.
5.2.
ResourceMobilizationforPlanImplementation
Introduction
Land
3.2.1. LandasaResource
3.2.2. LandEconomics
3.2.3. LandAssembly
3.2.4. InclusiveLandDevelopment
FiscalResourceMobilisation
3.3.1. TraditionalandInnovativeapproachesforFiscalResourceMobilisation
3.3.2. AlternativeFinancialAvenuesbyPrivateSectorParticipation
3.3.3. ExistingTrendofExpenditurePattern
3.3.4. EffectiveFinanceManagement
3.3.5. CityInfrastructureFund
Governance
3.4.1. CharacteristicsofGoodGovernance
3.4.2. EGovernanceReforms
InstitutionalSetUp
3.5.1. TownandCountryPlanningDepartmentsatStateLevels
3.5.2. DistrictPlanningCommittee
3.5.3. UrbanLocalBodies(Municipality,DevelopmentAuthority,MPC)
3.5.4. TeamRequirementforPlanFormulation
InstitutionalReforms
3.6.1. RegulatoryBodyatStateLevel
3.6.2. GrievanceRedressSystem
69
69
69
69
70
70
75
76
78
88
94
95
97
98
99
101
103
103
104
104
105
107
107
108
109
RegionalPlanningApproach
NeedofRegionasPlanningUnit
AspectsofRegionalPlanning
PlanningRegionsinIndia
4.3.1. DistrictasaPlanningRegion
4.3.2. VarioussettlementsinRegion
MetropolitanPlanningRegion
4.4.1. MetropolitanAdministrativesetups
4.4.2. TransitOriented(Urban)Development(TOD)
4.4.3. Planningforperiurbanarea
4.4.4. VillagePlanning
InvestmentPlanningRegions
4.5.1. ApproachofPlanPreparation
4.5.2. CriteriaforDelineationofRegion
SpecialAreaPlanningRegions
4.6.1. Ecosensitiveareas
4.6.2. Socioeconomicsensitiveareas
LanduseclassificationforRegionalPlanning
CompositionofthePlanningCommittees
109
109
110
112
117
119
119
120
122
123
125
125
126
128
129
129
130
132
135
UrbanPlanningApproach
Introduction
GuidelinesforStudyonLocation,SiteandsituationofSettlement
5.2.1. Location
x
135
135
135
5.3.
5.4.
5.5.
5.6.
6.
6.1.
6.2.
6.3.
6.4.
6.5.
6.6.
5.2.2. Site
5.2.3. Situation
5.2.4. Hinterland
5.2.5. Accessibility
5.2.6. SocioEconomicProfile
DistributionofLandUse
5.3.1. DevelopedAreaAverageDensities
5.3.2. ProposedLanduseStructureofUrbanCentres
5.4.1. GreenCity
5.4.2. Compactcity
5.4.3. SmartCity
CityTypology
5.5.1. Hillcity
5.5.2. PlanningforInnercity
5.5.3. Industrialcity
5.5.4. Heritage/Religious/Tourismcity
5.5.5. Portcity
5.5.6. IntegratedTownship
5.5.7. PlanningforAffordableHousing
5.5.8. MediCity
5.5.9. Sportscity
5.5.10. DevelopmentbythePrivateSector
SpecialAreaPlanning(cantonmentarea,restrictedareaetc.)
5.6.1. CantonmentArea
136
136
136
139
139
140
140
141
142
143
147
152
157
158
163
165
169
174
180
186
187
189
192
193
193
199
SustainabilityGuidelines
SustainableDevelopment
199
6.1.1. SustainablePlanning
199
6.1.2. EnergyEfficiency
200
6.1.3. UrbanTransport
200
6.1.4. UrbanInfrastructure
201
ClimateChangeMitigationandAdaptation
202
6.2.1. GreenBuilding
203
6.2.2. ClimateProofingGuwahati,Assam:CityResilienceStrategyandMainstreamingPlan203
CityBioDiversityIndex
204
EnvironmentPoliciesandStatutoryObligation
205
6.4.1. NationalEnvironmentalPolicy(NEP),2006
205
6.4.2. EIANotification,2006
207
6.4.3. EnvironmentProtectionAct,1986
207
6.4.4. ForestConservationAct,1980
208
6.4.5. Strategicplanfornewandrenewableenergysectorfortheperiod201117,
MinistryofNewandRenewableEnergy
209
EnvironmentalGuidelines
209
6.5.1. EnvironmentalGuidelinesforIndustries
209
6.5.2. GuidelinesforRainWaterHarvesting
210
6.5.3. GuidelinesforBufferZones
211
EnvironmentalGuidelinesforPlanningEcofragilezones
213
6.6.1. CoastalArea
213
6.6.2. EcoSensitivezones
213
xi
6.7.
7.
7.1.
7.2.
7.3.
7.4.
7.5.
7.6.
7.7.
8.
8.1.
8.2.
6.6.3. WaterbodiesinUrbanAreas
6.6.4. Desertareas
6.6.5. Wetlands
6.6.6. Hillyareas(furthertosection5.5.1)
DisasterManagement
6.7.1. Institutionalsetup
6.7.2. NationalDisasterManagementGuidelines
6.7.3. StateDisasterManagementPlan
6.7.4. DistrictDisasterManagementPlan(DDMP)
214
216
216
217
218
219
220
225
227
229
SimplifiedPlanningTechniques
IdentifyingDataNeedsandDataCollectionList
7.1.1. DataChecklist
DataCollectionTechniques
7.2.1. PrimaryDataCollectiontechniques
7.2.2. SecondaryDataCollectiontechniques
TypesofSurveys
7.3.1. SocioEconomicSurvey
7.3.2. Landuse/utilisationSurveys
7.3.3. DensitySurveys
7.3.4. InfrastructureSurveys
7.3.5. TransportationSurveys
AnalyticalTechniques
7.4.1. CarryingCapacity
7.4.2. ApplyingCarryingCapacityforUrbanandRegionalplanning:
7.4.3. ThresholdAnalysis
ProjectionTechniques
7.5.1. PopulationProjection
7.5.2. EconomicProjection
7.5.3. AssessmentofRequirementofHousing
Mapping
7.6.1. ScaleofMap
7.6.2. MapInformationChecklist
7.6.3. ProcedureofCollectingData
BaseMap&DevelopmentPlanPreparation
7.7.1. Basemapfeatures
7.7.2. PlanformulationthroughRemoteSensing&GeographicInformationSystem
7.7.3. BhuvanGeoPortalforPlanning
229
229
230
230
234
235
235
235
235
237
239
243
245
246
249
256
257
258
262
263
263
263
272
274
274
274
280
283
InfrastructurePlanning
HierarchyofUrbanDevelopment
TransportationPlanning
8.2.1. ClassificationofUrbanroad
8.2.2. DesignConsiderationofUrbanRoads
8.2.3. Footpath
8.2.4. CycleTracks
8.2.5. ForHillyAreas
8.2.6. PassengerCarUnits(PCU)
8.2.7. DesignServiceVolume
xii
283
284
284
285
286
287
288
288
289
8.2.8.
8.2.9.
8.2.10.
8.2.11.
8.2.12.
8.2.13.
8.2.14.
8.2.15.
8.2.16.
8.2.17.
8.2.18.
8.3.
8.4.
8.5.
8.6.
8.7.
8.8.
Parking
289
BusTerminals
293
TruckTerminal
295
IntegratedFreightComplex
296
TravelDemandModellingProcess
298
MRToptionsfortheCity
299
UrbanBusesandcharacteristics
303
TODNorms
303
NonMotorisedVehicles(NMV)
309
RoadSafety
310
SpecialRequirementsforBarrierFreeBuiltEnvironmentforDisabledandElderly
Persons
310
8.2.19. InlandWaterTransportation
311
8.2.20. AirportPlanning
313
PhysicalInfrastructure
314
8.3.1. WaterSupply
314
8.3.2. Sewerage&Sanitation
324
8.3.3. Drainage
335
8.3.4. RainWaterHarvesting
336
8.3.5. Electricity
340
8.3.6. SolidWasteManagement
341
8.3.7. DomesticGasSupplyPipelines
353
8.3.8. TelecomServices
354
8.3.9. ServiceLevelBenchmarkingforInfrastructure
354
SocialInfrastructure
356
8.4.1. ProvisionofInfrastructure
356
8.4.2. EducationFacilities
357
8.4.3. HealthcareFacilities
359
8.4.4. Sociocultural
361
8.4.5. OpenSpaces
362
8.4.6. SportsFacilities
364
8.4.7. Distributionservices
365
8.4.8. Police,CivilDefenceandHomeGuards
366
8.4.9. SafetyManagement
366
8.4.10. SpecialRequirementsforGenderSensitivePlanning
367
CommercialActivities
369
8.5.1. HierarchyofCommercialCentres
369
8.5.2. NormsforCommercialCentres
369
8.5.3. DistributionofActivities
370
8.5.4. UrbanStreetVendors
371
MiscellaneousFacilities
375
8.6.1. Cremation/BurialGround
375
8.6.2. DhobiGhat
375
8.6.3. Mandisandwholesaleagriculturalproducemarkets
376
8.6.4. ProvisionsforLivestockManagement/AnimalManagementCentre
376
8.6.5. NormsforTelephone,PostalandBankingfacilities
377
ProvisionsforHillyAreas
377
AccessProvisionsfortheDifferentlyabled
379
xiii
9.
9.1.
9.2.
9.3.
9.4.
9.5.
10.
10.1.
10.2.
10.3.
10.4.
SimplifiedDevelopmentPromotionRegulations
SimplifiedUrbanLanduseClassification
SimplifiedUrbanLanduseZoningRegulations
PlotRequirementRegulationsinLandusezones
9.3.1. MeansofAccess
9.3.2. AreaandHeightLimitations
9.3.3. MinimumSetbacks
9.3.4. Activitiespermissibleinopenarea
9.3.5. DistancefromElectricLines
SimplifiedDevelopmentPromotionRegulationsforSpecificlandUseZones
9.4.1. ResidentialUseZone
9.4.2. Commercial
9.4.3. PublicandSemipublic
9.4.4. IndustrialuseZone
9.4.5. Transportation&CommunicationUseZone
9.4.6. PrimaryActivity
SpecialRequirement
9.5.1. BuildingNormsforNaturalHabitat
9.5.2. HistoricalorArchaeologicalareas
9.5.3. IndustrialRegions
9.5.4. IntroduceUseofFormBasedCodes
381
382
384
392
392
393
398
400
400
401
401
404
404
407
408
409
409
409
409
410
410
411
GeneralRecommendations
AdoptionofURDPFIGuidelines,2014
KeyRecommendationsintheGuidelines
KeyaspectsofGuidelinesforlocalarea/sitespecificdevelopment
SuggestionsforfutureDevelopmentinPlanning
10.4.1. RecommendationsfortheNationalOrganisation(s)
10.4.2. RecommendationstoStateGovernments/StateTownandCountryPlanning
Departments/LocalBodies/DevelopmentAuthorities
xiv
411
411
413
413
414
417
ListofFigures
Figure1.1:RelationshipofthePlanningSystem__________________________________________________________13
Figure2.1: GeneralProcessofPlanning__________________________________________________________________23
Figure2.2: IdentificationofProjectedRequirements___________________________________________________26
Figure2.3: PlanFormulationProcess____________________________________________________________________28
Figure2.4PlanModificationProcess_______________________________________________________________________35
Figure2.5: ProcessofPreparingCityDevelopmentPlan_______________________________________________54
Figure2.6: CityMobilisationPlanningProcess__________________________________________________________57
Figure2.7: CitySanitationPlanningProcess_____________________________________________________________61
Figure2.8: SlumFreeCityPlanofActionProcess_______________________________________________________63
Figure3.1: ProjectLifeCycle _____________________________________________________________________________77
Figure3.2: FundingSources_______________________________________________________________________________78
Figure3.3: Revenuesources ______________________________________________________________________________78
Figure3.4: SourcesforFundGeneration_________________________________________________________________82
Figure3.5: PPPModels____________________________________________________________________________________90
Figure3.6: CharacteristicsofGoodGovernance_________________________________________________________99
Figure4.1: CategorisationofRegionsinIndianContext______________________________________________112
Figure4.2: PlanPreparationProcessofKerala________________________________________________________114
Figure4.3: PlanPreparationProcessintheStateofGoa______________________________________________115
Figure4.4: ProposedDistrictPlanningProcess________________________________________________________117
Figure4.5: FrameworkforKolkataMetropolitanPlanningCommittee _____________________________120
Figure4.6: PlanningBoardforInterStateRegions____________________________________________________134
Figure5.1: WaytowardsGreenRedevelopment ______________________________________________________147
Figure5.2: CompactCitysConceptandApproach____________________________________________________148
Figure5.3: TypesofIntenseLandUse__________________________________________________________________150
Figure5.4: CaseStudyofChinaSkyCity________________________________________________________________151
Figure5.5: ImportantinsightsofSMARTcityapplicationglobally___________________________________153
Figure5.6: TheUniversalTargets_______________________________________________________________________154
Figure5.7: Malta:WorldsfirstSmartIsland___________________________________________________________155
Figure5.8: IntegratedapproachtoTourismCity/RegionPlanning__________________________________171
Figure5.9: MumbaiPortCityAnalysis _________________________________________________________________176
Figure5.10:SuggestedPortcityPlanningStrategy_____________________________________________________176
Figure6.1: SchematiccrosssectionofArterialRoads ________________________________________________201
Figure6.2: ComponentsofGuwahatiClimateResilienceStrategy___________________________________204
Figure6.3: DisasterManagementCycle________________________________________________________________218
Figure6.4: SuggestedBroadFrameworkfordevelopingSDMPandDDMP_________________________227
Figure7.1: StagesofconductingPrimarySurvey______________________________________________________230
Figure7.2: TechniquesofDataRepresentation:DevelopmentRadar _______________________________244
Figure7.3: TabularpresentationofSmileyface_______________________________________________________244
Figure7.4: ComponentsofCarryingCapacityofUrban&RegionalAreas___________________________247
Figure7.5: PlanningofUrbanandRegionalareasbasedoncarryingcapacity______________________247
Figure7.6: MethodologyformeasuringTourismCarryingCapacity_________________________________249
Figure7.7: LandsuitabilityprocessinPlanning_______________________________________________________252
Figure7.8: Factorstakenintoconsiderationtoassessthemostsuitablelanduse _________________253
Figure7.9: WeightedOverlayofLandSuitability______________________________________________________255
Figure7.10:ProcessofDevelopmentPlanPreparationthroughGIS(A)______________________________277
Figure7.11:ProcessofDevelopmentPlanPreparationthroughGIS(B)______________________________278
Figure7.12:ProcessofDevelopmentPlanPreparationthroughGIS(C)______________________________279
Figure8.1: ProposedKarkardoomaTODProject______________________________________________________304
Figure8.2: ProposedKarkardoomaTODProject______________________________________________________307
xv
Figure8.3: DecisionTree:Selectingthewastewatermanagementsystem(Onsite,Decentralizedor
Conventional) ________________________________________________________________________________327
Figure8.4: FlowchartshowingthevariousArtificialRechargePractices____________________________339
Figure8.5: DitchandFurrowMethod___________________________________________________________________340
Figure8.6: RechargePit: _________________________________________________________________________________340
Figure8.7: ContourPattern______________________________________________________________________________340
Figure8.8: Injectionwell:________________________________________________________________________________340
Figure8.9: SchematicSolidWasteManagementProcess______________________________________________343
Figure8.10:BBMPmodelofSWM ________________________________________________________________________350
Figure8.11:ProcessingofConstructionWasteatMallasandra,Bangalore____________________________351
Figure8.12:CompoundwallsRestrictingStreetVisibility______________________________________________367
xvi
ListofTables
Table1.1: TrendsinUrbanisation20012011___________________________________________________________1
Table1.2: ClassificationofUrbanSettlements___________________________________________________________4
Table1.3: PlanningSystemFramework__________________________________________________________________6
Table2.1: SiteSpecificNeedsofFewCityTypes________________________________________________________24
Table2.2: DecentralisedPlanApprovalProcess________________________________________________________32
Table2.3: ParticipatoryPlanningApproach____________________________________________________________33
Table2.4: ParametersfortheEvaluationofPlans______________________________________________________36
Table3.1: ListofvariousTaxes,Surcharges,Charges,FeesandTollsasmaybeleviedforUrban&
InfrastructureDevelopment__________________________________________________________________81
Table3.2: AlternateSourcesofFundingforProjects___________________________________________________88
Table3.3: PossiblerolesofPrivateandPublicsectorsintheurbandevelopmentprocess_________92
Table3.4: CategorisationofMunicipalExpenditure ___________________________________________________94
Table3.5: CompositionandTrendsofMunicipalExpenditure(Rs.inLakh)_________________________95
Table3.6: SelectiveeGovernmentfunctionsandOnlineServicesinIndia_________________________102
Table3.7: RequiredmanpowerofStateTownPlanningDepartment_______________________________103
Table3.8: NumberofTownPlannersrequiredatDistrictLevel____________________________________104
Table3.9: NumberofTownPlannersinMetropolitanPlanningArea ______________________________104
Table3.10: NumberofTownPlannersrequiredfornonmillionpluscities(small&mediumcities)105
Table4.1:Institutionalresponsibilities________________________________________________________________116
Table4.2: RoadHierarchyforperiurbanareasinlinewithlowincomehabitatplanningnorms123
Table4.3: CriteriaforDelineationofRegion__________________________________________________________127
Table4.4: SimplifiedRegionalLanduseClassification_______________________________________________132
Table5.1: DevelopedAreaAverageDensities ________________________________________________________140
Table5.2: LanduseStructureforDevelopableAreainUrbanCentres_____________________________141
Table5.3: TransitOrientedDevelopmentMatrix_____________________________________________________149
Table5.4: eServicesofaSmartcity___________________________________________________________________156
Table5.5: Landusestructureforhilltowns __________________________________________________________161
Table5.6: LandusestructureforIndustrialtowns___________________________________________________167
Table5.7: LandusestructureforHeritage/Religious/TourismCity_______________________________173
Table5.8: LandusestructureforPortCity____________________________________________________________179
Table5.9: RajasthanTownshipPolicy:TypesofTownships_________________________________________182
Table5.10: SpaceAllocation/LandUseMix:PermittedunderGujaratIntegratedTownshipPolicy,
2008__________________________________________________________________________________________184
Table5.11: ProportionofPlots/Houses/FlatsinTownships/GroupHousingSchemes____________186
Table5.12: CantonmentCategories_____________________________________________________________________194
Table6.1: AccessibilityofPublicTransportatNeighbourhoodLevel_______________________________201
Table6.2 DisasterManagementstrategiesfordifferentsectors____________________________________204
Table6.3 StrategicActionssuggested ________________________________________________________________207
Table6.4 StatutoryObligationsofEnvironmentClearances________________________________________208
Table6.5 Thrustareasofsolarthermalsector_______________________________________________________209
Table6.6 DistanceofDifferentAreasfromIndustrialSite _________________________________________210
Table6.7: ListofBuffersforvariousactivities________________________________________________________211
Table6.8:SalientFeaturesofNDMAguidelinesforManagementofFloods,Earthquakes&other
NaturalHazards_____________________________________________________________________________220
Table7.1: PossibleProxyIndicators___________________________________________________________________232
Table7.2: Fieldsheetfornonresidentialsurvey_____________________________________________________237
Table7.3: Infrastructureindicatorsandbenchmarkprovidingagencies___________________________237
Table7.4: ComprehensiveTableofTransportationSurveys(TransportSurveyformsRefer
AppendixFofVolumeIIB)_________________________________________________________________239
Table7.5: Levelsofevaluatingcarryingcapacityfortheurbanareas______________________________246
xvii
Table7.6:
Table7.7:
Table7.8:
Table7.9:
Table7.10:
Table8.1:
Table8.2:
Table8.3:
Table8.4:
Table8.5:
Table8.6:
Table8.7:
Table8.8:
Table8.9:
Table8.10:
Table8.11:
Table8.12:
Table8.13:
Table8.14:
Table8.15:
Table8.16:
Table8.17:
Table8.18:
Table8.19:
Table8.20:
Table8.21:
Table8.22:
Table8.23:
Table8.24:
Table8.25:
Table8.26:
Table8.27:
Table8.28:
Table8.29:
Table8.30:
ItemsforconsiderationintheinventoryforCityGDPcalculation_______________________261
ScaleofMapsforPlanning___________________________________________________________________263
MapDataChecklist___________________________________________________________________________264
IRSSatelliteDataProductsrelevantforUrbanApplications_____________________________273
BhuvanSatellitedataandthematicGISdataresourcesavailable________________________276
HierarchyofInfrastructureDevelopment__________________________________________________283
Designconsiderationofurbanroads_______________________________________________________285
CarriagewayWidthforeachtypeofroad__________________________________________________286
CapacityofFootpath&Design_______________________________________________________________287
Requiredwidthoffootpathasperadjacentlanduse _____________________________________287
Cycle/NMTtrack____________________________________________________________________________288
CarriagewaywidthinHillyareas___________________________________________________________288
PCUstandards________________________________________________________________________________288
DesignServiceVolumeStandards__________________________________________________________289
RecommendedECSforvarioustypesofvehicles__________________________________________289
ParkingStandards____________________________________________________________________________290
PermissibleECSfordifferentlanduses____________________________________________________292
SpacestandardsforParking________________________________________________________________292
BusBaysParkingStandards_______________________________________________________________295
BroadLandUsebreakup ___________________________________________________________________296
SpaceNorms__________________________________________________________________________________297
BroadLandUseBreakUp___________________________________________________________________298
RecommendedderivedModalSplit_________________________________________________________299
MRToptionsfortheCity_____________________________________________________________________300
TechnicalParametersofPublicTransportOptions_______________________________________301
Typesofurbanbusesandtheircharacteristics____________________________________________303
TODInfluenceZones_________________________________________________________________________305
WaterwaysClassification____________________________________________________________________312
ApproximateLandRequirementforAirportinfrastructure______________________________313
NormsforAirportTerminals________________________________________________________________314
WaterSupplyStandards_____________________________________________________________________315
WaterrequirementsforInstitutionalBuildingsCPHEEO,1999________________________316
WaterrequirementforIndustrialUnits____________________________________________________316
OrganolepticandPhysicalParametersofDrinkingWater________________________________319
GeneralParametersConcerningSubstancesUndesirableinExcessiveAmountsin
drinkingwater________________________________________________________________________________320
Table8.31: PermissiblelimitsofToxicSubstances_____________________________________________________321
Table8.32: PermissibleLimitsofRadioactiveSubstances_____________________________________________322
Table8.33: PesticideResiduesLimitsofDrinkingWater______________________________________________322
Table8.34: BacteriologicalQualityofDrinkingWater _________________________________________________323
Table8.35: RecommendedlandRequirementbasedoncapacities ___________________________________323
Table8.36: DesignPeriodforWaterSupplyComponents _____________________________________________323
Table8.37: RecommendedDesignPeriodforSewerageSystemsComponents______________________325
Table8.38: GeneralEffluentStandardsforDischarge__________________________________________________327
Table8.39:RecommendedupperlimitsoftreatedSewagequalityforspecifiedactivitiesatpointof
use_____________________________________________________________________________________________330
Table8.40: FactSheetforVariousTreatmentProcess_________________________________________________331
Table8.41: GuidelinesfortheselectionofSeptagedisposalsystem__________________________________333
Table8.42: NormsforPublicToiletsinPublicArea____________________________________________________334
Table8.43: Runoffcoefficientsforstatedsurfaces______________________________________________________336
Table8.44: WasteGenerationPerCapitaperDay______________________________________________________341
xviii
Table8.45:
Table8.46:
Table8.47:
Table8.48:
Table8.49:
Table8.50:
Table8.51:
Table8.52:
Table8.53:
Table8.54:
Table8.55:
Table8.56:
Table8.57:
Table8.58:
Table8.59:
Table8.60:
Table8.61:
Table8.62:
Table8.63:
Table8.64:
Table8.65:
Table8.66:
Table8.67:
Table8.68:
Table8.69:
Table9.1:
Table9.2:
Table9.3:
Table9.4:
Table9.5:
Table9.6:
Table9.7:
Table9.8:
Table9.9:
Table9.10:
Table9.11:
Table9.12:
Table9.13:
Table9.14:
Table9.15:
Table9.16:
Table9.17:
Table9.18:
Table9.19:
Table9.20:
Table10.1:
Table10.2:
ComparisonofDifferentSolidWasteTreatmentTechnologies__________________________345
DisposalandProcessingSite_______________________________________________________________350
ServiceLevelBenchmarks____________________________________________________________________355
NormsforPrePrimarytoSecondaryEducation__________________________________________357
NormsforHigherEducationFacilities_____________________________________________________358
HealthCareFacilities________________________________________________________________________360
NormsforSocioCulturalFacilities_______________________________________________________361
HierarchyofOrganisedGreen______________________________________________________________362
NormsforOrganisedGreenforPlainAreas_______________________________________________363
NormsforOrganisedGreenforHillyAreas_______________________________________________363
NormsforMultipurposegrounds__________________________________________________________364
NormsforSportsFacilities_________________________________________________________________364
NormsforDistributionServices ___________________________________________________________365
NormsforPoliceFacilities__________________________________________________________________366
NormsforSafetyFacilities__________________________________________________________________366
HierarchyofCommercialCentres(NBC)__________________________________________________369
NormsforCommercialCentres____________________________________________________________369
AreaofCommercialCentres________________________________________________________________370
DistributiononActivities___________________________________________________________________370
NormsforInformalUnitsforUrbanStreetVendors______________________________________372
NormsforCremation/BurialGround_____________________________________________________375
NormsforDhobiGhat_______________________________________________________________________375
NormsforCommunicationfacilities_______________________________________________________377
NormsforHillyAreas_______________________________________________________________________377
MinimumAccessprovisionsforBarrierFreeBuiltEnvironment_______________________379
SimplifiedUrbanLanduseClassification__________________________________________________382
WidthandLengthofMeansofAccessforResidentialPlots______________________________392
WidthandLengthofMeansofAccessforplotsotherthanresidential _________________392
MinimumSetbacks__________________________________________________________________________398
FrontSetbackswithrespecttoAbuttingRoadWidth____________________________________399
Rearandsidesetbackwithrespecttoabuttingroadwidth______________________________399
DistancesfromElectricLines_______________________________________________________________400
IndicativeMinimumDwellingUnitSizes__________________________________________________401
PlottedHousing _____________________________________________________________________________402
Densitynormsforlowincomehousing____________________________________________________402
GroupHousing_______________________________________________________________________________403
FARandGroundCoverageforGroupHousing____________________________________________403
NormsforCommercialCentres____________________________________________________________404
NormsforPublicandSemiPublicuses____________________________________________________404
SocioCulturalUseZone_____________________________________________________________________406
SecurityandSafetyFacilitiesUseZone____________________________________________________406
IndustrialUseZone _________________________________________________________________________407
NormsforTransportationZone____________________________________________________________408
NormsforFarmHouses ____________________________________________________________________409
NormsforPrimaryActivity_________________________________________________________________409
KeyAspectsoftheGuidelines______________________________________________________________412
RelevantStateLevelActstobeconsideredforrevision__________________________________418
xix
Introduction
1
1.1.
Introduction
UrbanisationTrends
Globally,themoreurbanisedcountrieshavehigherlevelsofincomeandprosperity.
Indian States also exhibit the same trend. At the same time, urbanisation is also
perceivedtobecorrelatedwithpollution,congestionandinferiorqualityoflife.This
would call for developing a paradigm of urban development that would bring in
higherlevelsofprosperity,butwithouttheconcomitantnegativeeffects.TheURDPFI
hasattemptedtodevelopsuchaframework.
Populationtrends:TheCensus2011and2001giveusefulindicatorsforthetrends
inurbanisationinIndia.Thethreeurbanagglomerations,viz.GreaterMumbai,Delhi
andKolkata,havecrossedthe10millionmarkinpopulation,butwithmuchreduced
therateofgrowth.TheMillionPluspopulationcitieshaveshownagrowthofover48
percent,butthenumberofsuchcitieshasgoneupfrom35to 53andfivecitiesviz.
Chennai, Bengaluru, Hyderabad, Ahmedabad and Pune have attained more than 50
lakhpopulation.ThetotalpopulationinClassIcities(1lakh+)constitutes70%ofthe
total urban population, while the total population of million plus cities constitute
42.6%ofthetotalurbanpopulation.Whatismoreinterestingisthatthecitieswith
lower orders of population have exhibited higher rates of growth of population.
Table1.1givesthedetails:
Table1.1:TrendsinUrbanisation20012011
ClassI
>1lakh
Ofwhich,
BelowMn+
1to10lakh
MillionPluscities >10lakh
Ofwhich,
Megacities@
>1crore
ClassII
50kto<100k
ClassIII
20Kto<50k
ClassIV
10kto<20k
ClassV
5kto<10k
ClassVI
<5k
Total
StatutoryTowns
NonStatutoryCensusTowns&UAs
TotalUrbanPopulation
394
196.3
68.7
70.2
18.8
34.9
15.6
51.4
18.4
48.4
12.9
0.0
11.0 22.0
15.4 37.2
8.5 43.0
4.2 110.1
0.5 112.8
109.8 53.7
84.5
6.4
15.5 185.8
100 53.7
14.8
48.7
65.5
63.8
138.7
180.1
31.8
20.2
179.0
31.8
359
35
88.0
108.3
30.8
37.9
415 104.2
53 160.7
3
496
1388
1561
1041
234
5161
3799
1362
5161
42.5
27.8
35.2
19.5
6.7
0.7
286.1
265.1
21.0
286.1
14.9
9.7
12.2
6.8
2.4
0.2
100.0
92.7
7.3
100.0
3 48.8
605 41.3
1905 58.2
2233 31.9
2187 15.9
498
2.0
7933 377.1
4041 318.5
3892 58.6
7933 377.1
27.6
42.6
Population
%ofUrban
Population
Population
No.of
Towns
468 264.9
No.of
Towns
Decade
Growth
Rate
20012011
Census2011
%ofUrban
Population
Population
Census2001
No.of
Towns
Class
Definition
(Population)
Source:CensusofIndia.
URDPFIGuidelines,2014.MinistryofUrbanDevelopment
Introduction
The decadal population growth rate has, however, shown a decline from 21.5%
during19912001to17.6%during20012011.Thegrowthrateofurbanpopulation
alsoseemstobeheadingforstabilizationasthedecadalvariationremainedaround
31.5%duringthelasttwodecades.
Nonstatutorytowns:Thetrendofurbanisationisreflectedremarkablyinthesizeof
townsthatcarrythegrowingurbanpopulation.AsperCensus2011,thereare7933
townsincluding4041Statutorytownsand3892Censustowns.However,itisnotable
that the number of statutory towns has increased marginally, by 6.4 per cent only,
whereasthenumberofnonstatutorytownshasgoneupby186percent.Obviously,
newtownsaredevelopingveryfast,but,beingnotnotifiedasatown,thesearekept
outofthepurviewofplannedspatialdevelopmentandbecomepronetohaphazard
growth.ThiswouldcallforaseriousefforttointroducetheprinciplesoftheURDPFI
Guidelinestoevennonstatutorytowns,preferablyinaregionalsetup,whereinthe
spatialplansforsuchtownsarepreparedinconjunctionwiththatofthemaincities,
towhichthesearegenerallythesatellitetowns.
1.2.
FrameworkforaRenewedPlanningSystem
The framework for effective Spatial Planning needs to incorporate certain major
issues,which,subjecttolocalvariations,canbelistedandcategorisedasfollows:
Current principles, practises and issues in preparation and implementation of
plansatNational,RegionalandLocallevelssoastoharmonisethesamedrawing
onthebestpractices.
AnalysisofthelatesttrendintheUrbanDevelopmentscenario.
Addressrelevantissuesrelatedtoperiurbanareasandurbanplanningregions.
Compilation and analysis of the relevant data available from Census and other
sources.
Urbandevelopmentissues,especiallyinnewlyformedstatesandbackwardareas.
Needforuniformityinplanningsysteminthecountry.
Streamliningofplanningpractices.
RequirementofcoordinatedeffortsbetweenDepartments/Authorities.
Legal, funding and decision making aspects in implementation of plans and
projects.
Promotingrapidurbanisationandrespondingtotheimpactofclimatechange.
Economicaspectsofplanimplementationwhilepreparinglandusedevelopment
plans.
Promotion of sustainable development with focus on planning for People,
EnvironmentandFinancialviabilityprinciples.
Introduction
Inclusive planning, peoples participation and specific issues relating to the
elderly,women,thedifferentlyabledandtheweakersectionsofthesociety.
AttentiontoTransitOrientedDevelopment(TOD).
PlanningforandintegrationofPeriurbanareasintheplanningprocess.
Influenceofindustrialareas,suchasSEZs,onspatialandurbandevelopment.
CRZpolicyandCoastalmanagementincaseofcoastalcities.
Specialissuesofurbandevelopmentinhillareas.
ProvisionsforAffordablehousing.
Safedisposal,mainlybywayofrecyclingandreuse,ofsolidandotherwastes.
Adoptionofgeospatialdataandtechnologyintheplanningprocess.
Definingmeasureablebenchmarksandmilestonesfortheplan.
Arrangementsforperiodicmonitoringandevaluationoftheimplementationofthe
Plan.
Integration of sector specific plans among each other and in overall spatial
planning.
The last mentioned issue has become particularly significant over the years, as
different Ministries advocate preparation of plans for specific sectors, such as Slum
Redevelopment Plan, City Development Plan, City Investment Plan, Comprehensive
Mobility Plan, City Sanitation Plan, District Credit Plan, Coastal Zone Management
Plan, Environmental Conservation Plan, Riverfront Development Plan, Water
ResourceManagementPlan,HeritageConservationPlan,TourismMasterPlan,etc.It
would beofgreathelptoalliftheMasterPlanoftheCity/Regionincorporatesthe
relevantfeaturesofallsuchsectorspecificplan.Also,thesectorspecificplansneedto
alignwiththeframeworkoftheoverallMasterPlan.
1.3.
ClassificationofUrbanSettlements
The classification of urban settlements adopted by the Census of India 2011 is as

follows:
1. AllplaceswithaMunicipality,Corporation,CantonmentBoardornotifiedtown
areacommittee,etc.
2. Allotherplaceswhichsatisfiesthefollowingcriteria:
a. Aminimumpopulationof5,000;
b. Atleast75percentofthemalemainworkingpopulationengagedinnon
agriculturalpursuits;and
c. Adensityofpopulationofatleast400personspersq.km.
The first category of urban units is known as Statutory Towns. These towns are
notifiedunderlawbytheconcernedState/UTGovernmentandhavelocalbodieslike
Introduction
Municipal Corporations, Municipalities, Municipal Committees, etc., irrespective of
their demographic characteristics as reckoned on 31st December 2009. The second
category of Towns is known as Census Town. Population trends in respect of
statutorytownsandcensustownsareindicatedinTable1.1.
The human settlement classification for planning purposes, its nomenclature and
populationrangeisredefinedintheURDPFIguidelinesbasedon:
Census2011andreferencetocensustowns.
Masterplanformulationinthestates.
EmergingagglomerationsinIndia.
TheclassificationofurbansettlementsadoptedforURDPFIisindicatedinTable1.2
Table1.2:ClassificationofUrbanSettlements
S.No.
Classification
SmallTown*
Subcategory
PopulationRange
Governing
LocalAuthority
SmallTownI
5,00020,000
NagarPanchayat
SmallTownII
20,00050,000
NagarPanchayat/
MunicipalCouncil
Medium
Town
LargeCity
Metropolitan
City
Megapolis
MediumTownI
50,000to1,00,000
NumberofCities
asperCensusof
India,2011
7467
MunicipalCouncil
MediumTownII
1lakhto5lakh
MunicipalCouncil
372
5lakhto10lakh
MunicipalCorporation
43
MetropolitanCityI
10lakhto50lakh
MunicipalCorporation/
MetropolitanPlanning
Committee
45
MetropolitanCityII
50lakhto1Crore
Same
Morethan1Crore
Same
Note:NamesofLocalAuthoritiesmayvaryasperStatestraditionsandlaws.
Source:ModificationsfortheUDPFIGuidelinesbasedoncensusclassificationandStateexperiences.
*Anyurbancentresevenhavinglessthan5,000populationmaybegivenastatutorystatusandbecalledasaStatutoryTown
andCensusofIndiafollows6foldclassificationasperthepopulationsize
Smalltownscanbereferredastransitionaltownsmentionedinthe74thCAAwherea
NagarPanchayat(asamunicipality)istobeformedforanareaintransitionfroma
ruralareatoanurbanarea.
Agglomerationofurbannodesalongwithitsperiurbanandruralareasarecurrently
observed in the Metropolitan cities II (like in Chennai, Bengaluru, Hyderabad,
Ahmedabad) and in Megapolis. However, Conurbation of settlements is on much
larger scale, which may develop accounting for population more than 5 Crore and
withadjoiningseverallargecitiesandfewmetropolitancities.
TheURDPFIGuidelinesfocusonthestatutorytowns.However,theconceptsstatedin
these Guidelines can be easily made applicable to all human settlements, whether
notifiedasaMunicipality,Cantonment,SpecialEconomicZone,Porttrustareaoreven
avillage.
Introduction
1.4.
RecommendedPlanningSystem
Literature review on the planning systems in India and abroad indicates that each
country/territory has evolved its own system suiting specific needs, traditions and
legal arrangements. The recommended urban development planning systems in the
guidelineshave,therefore,takenintoaccountsuchvariations.
The recommended planning system is to consider various plans, both statutory and
nonstatutory, to be a part of the system. These various plans such as urban
revitalisation plan, city development plan, comprehensive mobility plan, city
sanitationplan,coastalzonemanagementplanetc.haveemergedduetotheplanning
needs and/or funding schemes/ programmes. Similarly, regional plan, which is to
coveralargerlandarea,isincludedinthesystemacrossthescaleofplanning.
TheTable1.3below,whichhasbeendesignedbasedonstakeholderconsultations,
suggeststheplanningsystemframeworkonthebasisof
Hierarchy
Spatialextent
Scaleofplanning
Detailsprovidedintheplan
Functionandtheirspeciality
Introduction
Table1.3:PlanningSystemFramework
Planning
Scopeandpurposeoftheplan
system
Coreareaofplanning
Perspective
Plan
To identify the region and regional resources

for development within which settlement
(urban and rural) plan to be prepared and
regulatedbyDPC.
Development To prepare a comprehensive Development
Plan
Plan for urban areas, Periurban areas under
control
of
Development
authority/
MetropolitanPlanningCommittee.
LocalArea
To detail the subcity landuse plan and
Plan
integration with urban infrastructure,
mobilityandservices.
Specificandinvestmentplanning
Special
To identify the needs of the special areas
PurposePlan which require special plan within the
frameworkofthedevelopmentplan.
Project/
Research
Variousplans;indicativelist
To develop vision and provide a policy 2030years

frameworkforurban&regionaldevelopment
andfurtherdetailing
RegionalPlan
Annualplan
Time
frame*
20years
LongTerm Conceptplan
Mission
Perspective
statement
Vision
document
Regional
Subregionalplan
Plan
(Mobility1)
2030years
District
City/Metropolitan
(Reviewevery Development DevelopmentPlan
5years)
Plan
(Mobility2)
(Mobility1)
520year
Town
ZonalPlan/
(Reviewevery Planning
Subcityplan
5yrs)
Schemes
520year
City
Comprehensive
(withincity
Development MobilityPlan
utilities30year Plan(asper (asperJnNURM)
plan)
JnNURM)
To translate Development Plan in the context 1year
Investment Auditand
of annual physical & fiscal resource
plan
monitoringplan
requirement.Tomonitorplanimplementation
withperformancemilestones.
To focus on project related investments, 520year
PrefeasibilityDetailedProject
costingandreturns&forthestudiesrequired
&feasibility Report
priortoorpostplanformulation.
study
This should be a continuous process to
support planning and implementation at all
stagesandpromotesinnovationinpractice.
MasterPlan
CityUtility
(30years)
Revised
Development
Plan
Ward
CoastalZone
Committee
MgmtPlan
Plan
1.4.1.
CitySanitation Disaster
Plan(asper Management
JnNURM)
Plan(asper
NDMA)
Urban
Redevelopment
Plan
1.4.2.
Slum
Redevelopment
Plan
(asperRAY)
Schemes&
Subprojects
Projectsuchas:
Riverfront
development
projects
Surveys&
Studies
1.4.3.
Tourism Environmental Heritage
Master Conservation Conservation
Plan
Plan
Plan
Note:ConsultativemeetingsandtheregionalworkshopsduringURDFIformulationhavepointedouttheneedtoreviewtheplanperiodof20yearsandextendthesameto30years.
Howevergeneralconsensuswasinthefavourof20years.Intermittentreviewin5yeargapwouldberequired.
Introduction
1.5.
Scopeandpurposeofvariousplans
Theneedandrolesforthespecificplancategory,namely,PerspectivePlan,Regional
Plan, Development Plan, Master Plan, Local Area Plan, Special Purpose Plan and
Annual Plan, thereby resolving gaps in the planning system is detailed in the
followingsection.
Developing a vision for region is essential for policy framework. The vision
stipulates direction of growth and identification of resource potential and
innovations to be adopted for thethrust areas of development. It integrates broad
level plan with the regional or development plan. A realistic vision helps policy
formulationandpreparationofPerspectiveplan.
Perspectiveplandefinesthevisionandfocusesonthespatioeconomicdevelopment
policies,strategiesandprogrammestowardstheintendeddevelopmentoftheState.
The Perspective Plan of a State could include State UrbanisationPolicy and State
Land Utilisation Policy. The plan is based on state resource mapping and analysis
andassessmentofpotentialresources.Itaddressesthelongtermpoliciesregarding
development of infrastructure and resource mobilisation. The scope of this plan
covers the social, economic, environmental and spatial development goals, policies
andprioritiesrelatingtotheactivitiesthathavespatialandfinancialimplications.
The purpose of a perspective plan is to provide an overall framework for
preparation of detailed plans. Therefore it serves as a guide for urban local
authoritiesandregionaldevelopmentauthoritiesinpreparationoftheregionaland
developmentplans.
1.5.2. RegionalPlan
For planned and sustainable development of the human settlements, the regional
planningapproachneedstobepromoted.Theplanningregionscouldbeclassified
underthreeheads:
(a)AdministrativeRegions,whichcanbeDistrictRegionsorMetropolitanRegions
aspertherecommendationsofthe73rd&74thConstitutionalAmendmentAct,
(b) Investment Regions, which can be new investment manufacturing zones,
industrial and freight corridors, special investment regions etc. They could be
identifiedunderNationalActs/policies,
(c)Specialregions,whicharesensitiveintermsofenvironment/socioeconomicor
politicalaspects.
States undertake Urban and Regional Planning under a variety of statutes such as
theTownandCountryPlanningAct,MunicipalLaws,Urban/MetropolitanPlanning/
DevelopmentAct,ImprovementTrustAct,IndustrialDevelopmentAct,Cantonment
BoardAct,MajorPortsActetc.Oftentheselawsaremutuallyexclusive.Forinstance,
Introduction
a Master Plan for a city would exclude the lands covered under the Industrial
DevelopmentAct,eventhoughthelandswouldbeadjacentandthemovementofthe
people and of the economic activities may be seamless. This leads to suboptimal
planningforlanduseaswellasforinfrastructure.Itis,therefore,suggestedthatthe
principlesforspatialplanningrecommendedbytheseguidelinesareextendedtoall
areas, whether administered by the regular administrative system of the State
Government or by special laws such as for the ports, cantonments, railways,
industrial zones etc. Furthermore, the concepts of regional planning enunciated in
these guidelines should be extended to all contiguous areas that are socially,
economicallyorfunctionallyinterdependent.Forinstance,aciviliantownandthe
adjoiningport/cantonment/railwayareashouldbecoveredbyanumbrellaregional
plan,eventhoughtheactualauthorityforadministrationoftheindividualpieceof
landwouldcontinuetovestwiththerespectiveorganisation,suchasthePortTrust,
Cantonment Board, Railway Administration, etc. At times, even certain
infrastructurecouldbeplannedanddevelopedinaregionalsetup.Forinstance,the
roadnetwork/mobilityplan,orthedrainageplancouldmoreefficientlybeexecuted
in a regional set up, rather than limiting to the jurisdiction of the statutory
authoritiesadministeringtheirrespectivelands.
Thiswouldalsocallfornotificationofregionalplanningauthorities,forregionsthat
have contours defined by seamless connectivity of people and economic activities.
Typically, a town in the vicinity of a industrial zone (SEZ etc.) should become the
node for notification of a Regional Planning Authority (RPA), wherein the region
would be defined to include the town, the nearby SEZ and the adjoining villages.
Similarly, a Port Area and it adjoining city and villages should put together be
notified as a Region, with a RPA duly notified to prepare a regional plan and
coordinate/ oversee the implementation of the regional plan. Such RPA may be
chairedbyaseniorofficer,suchastheDistrictCollectoror couldevenhaveafull
time officer. Senior representatives of the various authorities administering the
constituent areas (ports, villages, cantonment, SEZ etc.) should be represented on
theexecutivebodyoftheRPA.
Similar RPAs may be notified for tourist areas, religious places and the influence
zones of the transit corridors such as national/ state highways, expressways, and
waterways. Areas including and surrounding the airports may also be similarly
notified for planned regional development. It would also be desirable to regularly
monitor the contours of such RPAs and expand the same, as per need. The State
Town&CountryPlanningActsmaybesuitablymodifiedtoenableformationofsuch
authorities. Till such time such statutory arrangements are put in place, the State
GovernmentcouldissueexecutiveordersconstitutingsuchauthoritiesandMinistry
ofUrbanDevelopmentcouldextendnecessarysupportforthepurpose,asrequired.
Regionalplanistobeacomprehensiveplanatanappropriatescale(district/inter
district,investmentregionorspecialarea)fortheintegrationofurbannodeswith
Introduction
the semiurban and rural areas. The plan is based on understanding of the
characteristicsoftheregionsuchasflowofpeople,goods,knowledgeandmoney.
Some states have comprehensive town and country planning legislation, which
providesforurbanplanninganddevelopmentinaregionalperspectivebeyondthe
city limits and coordinated with the overall framework of economic development,
priorities and resource availabilities. Regions, identified in the States, are to be
plannedholisticallyorassubregionsfortheholisticapproachofplanning.
The detailed planning of the urban nodes will be addressed by the development
plans at the next stage of planning, while the requirements of the region will be
addressedbytheregionalplantobringoutpoliciesfordevelopmentandbringingin
harmony between the different types of human settlements. Regional plan focuses
on balanced development and plan for hierarchy of settlements, both urban and
rural(intermsofitsgeographicalareacoverage),hierarchyofconnectivitynetwork,
road, rail, sea and airports and intermodal transport hubs, focuses on land
utilisation, resource mobilisation, environmental protection and disaster risk
management.
1.5.3. DevelopmentPlan
Development plan is a statutory plan prepared (under relevant Act) within the
frameworkofanapprovedperspectiveplan.Theobjectiveofadevelopmentplanis
to provide further necessary details and intended actions in the form of strategies
and physical proposals for various policies given in the perspective plan and
regionalplandependingupontheeconomicandsocialneedsand aspirationofthe
people,availableresourcesandpriorities.
Proposals of a development plan should be definite, supported by an
implementation strategy and evaluation criteria. It makes known publicly the
intention of the local authority regarding physical, social and economic
development,thefacilitiesandtheservicesthatareproposedtobeprovidedinthe
nearfuture.Theapproveddevelopmentplanallowsthelocalauthoritytoimplement
development of the land area specified under the plan with the help of local area
plansandprojects.
ThetimeframeoftheexistingDevelopmentPlansisforaperiodof20yearsbymost
oftheUrbanDevelopmentAuthorities/ULBs.Forgreenfieldcities,alongerplanning
periodcanbeconsidered,alignedwiththeinfrastructurelifeof30years.
These plans should be in phases of 5 years, to make it convenient for periodic
reviews and revision. This 5year cycle could also be usefully coincided with the
State Five Year plans and State Finance Commissions recommendations, though
suchanalignmentneednotbemademandatory.Thetargetssetforeachphasecan
be assessed as the midterm review against the achievements at the end of each
Introduction
phase. For Greenfield area, phasing could include a Zero period for approvals,
institutionalsetup,initiallandpollingandrevisitinganystrategy.
1.5.3.1. MasterPlantobereferredasDevelopmentPlan
ThetermDevelopmentPlanisuseddifferentlyinStates.SomeStatesuseitforan
integratedmultisector plan, such as the District Development Plan. In some other
States, it isa statutoryland use plan, approved and adopted bythe local authority
anditsproposalsarepreciseanddefinite,notifyingthepropertyownersthemanner
in which their properties will be affected. The examples of the later type are the
Delhi Master Plan, Chennai Master Plan, Guwahati Master Plan, Ahmedabad
Development Plan, Hyderabad Metropolitan Development Plan and Bhopal
DevelopmentPlan.Here,boththeplans,DevelopmentplansandMasterplanshave
the same functions and impose similar controls, with variation in the use of
nomenclatures by States. Many states prefer and there is a growing consensus to
replacetheterminologyofMasterPlanwithDevelopmentPlan.
InareasundertheSchedule6oftheConstitution,landisnot directlyStatesubject
such as in the NorthEastern (NE) States, where land title is based on community
ownership.TheapproachtolandaspectsoftheDevelopmentPlanmaybedifferent
in such cases. Therefore, a Structure Plan approach to land management may be
appropriateinordertoallocatelandfordifferentlandusesinurbaninfrastructure
etc.
In such cases or otherwise, Structure Plan is to serve as a planning tool which
directsthegrowthandzonesofplanning,butisnotaspreciseasthedevelopment
plan(suchastheStructurePlanforBangaloreMetropolitanRegion).StructurePlans
may be considered as an overarching Development plan for Metropolitan Regions,
allowingbroadframeworkandflexibility.
1.5.4. LocalAreaPlan
Thethrustofmicroplanningshouldshifttolocalareaplans,whichcouldencourage
decentralisationandimproveimplementationofDevelopmentPlans.Inviewofthe
73rd and 74th CAA, planning decision and implementation of plans should be
disaggregated in order to bring the process closer to the local people. This would
enhancethesignificanceofLocalAreaPlans.
Localareaplansaretobepreparedtoguidethedevelopmentorredevelopmentof
land,conservationofbuildingsandphysicalfeatures,providingimprovementsinthe
physical layout, making infrastructure and amenities available and managing the
areatoenhancehealthandsafetyoftheresidentstosupporteconomicdevelopment
as well as to enhance the quality of living, environment, and for area specific
regulatoryparametersiii(seeendnote)fortheareacovered.
10
Introduction
Local area plans need to specify the implementation details to comply with the
Government Policies, such as housing, hitech townships, rainwater harvesting,
energy,disastermanagement,industrialandservicesectorinvestment,barrierfree
environmentfortheelderlyandthephysicallydisabled,eGovernance,tourismand
otherpoliciesandfacilitateformulationofspecificprojects.
Theplanshoulddelineatereservationoflandforroadsandotherpublicpurposes,
forconstruction,reclamationetc.Theplanshouldprovideaframeworkforrecovery
of the associated costs for public projects, by mechanisms like levy of betterment
charges,chargesonadditionaldevelopmentrights,andappropriateusercharges.
1.5.5. SpecialPurposePlan
SpecialPurposePlancanbepreparedforspecificdevelopmentsectorsdependingon
itseconomicandenvironmentalimportance.Dependingontheurgencyoftheneed
and priority of the sector requiring special treatment and covering special aerial
extent,SpecialPurposePlansforspecificsubjectscanbeprepared.However,these
plans are to be within the framework of the Regional Plan, Development Plan or
LocalAreaPlaninthejurisdictionofthelocalauthority.
Theseplansmayalsoemergetoservethepurposeofurbanplanningneedsunder
different Central and State Government grants, funding schemes iii(see endnote) /
programmeswithanaimto:
Encourage reforms and fast track planned development of cities, periurban
areas,outgrowths,urbancorridors,andothers,
Scaleup delivery of civic amenities and provision of utilities with emphasis on
universalaccesstotheurbanpoor,
Specialfocusonurbanrenewalprogramme,
SupplementtobudgetdocumentsonULBs,
Sustainability,Environmentalandheritageprotection,
Themebaseddevelopmentsuchastourism,ITetc.
1.5.6. AnnualPlan
AnAnnualPlanwouldcontainthedetailsofthenewandongoingprojectsthatthe
local authority intends to implement during each financial year for necessary
financialresourcemobilisationandmonitoringitsperformance.
The annual plan is to be prepared by the local authority in each financial year to
identify the new projects, which the authority will undertake for implementation
during the year, taking into account the physical and fiscal performance of the
precedingyear,thepriorities,thepoliciesandproposalscontainedintheapproved
RegionalPlan,DevelopmentPlanorLocalAreaPlan.
11
Introduction
The annual plan is intended to provide the resource requirement during the year
and sources of funds including those mobilised by the local authority, grants, aids
andproject/schemefundsbytheStateandCentralGovernments.
It is thus an important document for the resource mobilisation as on the basis of
this, the plan funds are to be allocated by the funding body. This plan, therefore,
servesasanimportantlinkwiththebudgetaryprocess.Annualplansalsoprovidea
mechanismtomonitorprogressofdevelopmentplanandvariousprojects.
1.5.7. Project/Research
Projects are derived targets of the sequences of plans, which focus on items of
execution,investments,costingandreturns.Conceivedwithintheframeworkofthe
Perspective plan, Development plan or any of the plans in the planning system,
projectsaretheworkinglayoutswithallsupportinginfrastructureanddocuments
including cost, source of fund and recovery providing all necessary details for
executionincludingfinance,development,administrativeandmanagement.
These projects could be for any area, old or new, any activity or land use like
residential, commercial, industrial, recreational, educational or health related, or
infrastructuredevelopment,separatelyorinanintegratedmanner;forresearchand
development in the field of planning, key surveys to determine statistics, by any
agency such as government, semigovernment, private or even individual; or any
agency prepared by town planners, architects, engineers as the case may be,
enjoyingmaximumfreedomofexpressionintheirdesignwithinthestipulationsof
development promotion rules and other regulations as applicable. Research,
specifically for background studies preceding Perspective Plan, Regional Plan,
Development Plan or even Local Area Plan formulation may be undertaken as
requiredbytheStateGovernmentandlocalauthorities.Specifically,trafficsurveys
&relatedstudiestocollectcurrentstatisticsarecrucialformakingdecisionsinplan
formulation.
(Detailsonthecontentsoftheplanssuggestedaboveintheplanningsystemaregiven
subsequentlyinChapter2PlanFormulation.)
1.5.8. Interrelationshipamongvariousplans
Taking into account the entire planning process and also incorporating the
suggestedplanningsystem,Figure1.1showstheinterrelationshipofthedifferent
plans, directly or indirectly related to the land development, at various levels
rangingfromnationaltoatransitionalurbanarea.
A Perspective Plan is formulation of development strategy generally at the State
levelorattheregionallevel.ThisisdetailedfurtherinRegionalPlanorSubRegional
Plan as the case may be and in Development Plan. Perspective Plan should be a
guiding document for planning. It could also specify the regional planning
12
Introduction
authorities,urban/localareaplanningauthorities,regulatoryauthoritiesintheState
and those responsible for preparing plan at various levels. The State Urbanisation
Planshallgiveastockoftheurbanisation,planningstatusandespeciallyoftheland
suitability.
Regional Plans are to be prepared at district and metropolitan region level, and
whereeconomicregionsareformulated.Thisisthelinkagefor aggregationofplan
proposalsforconsolidationandintegrationofphysicalandfiscalplanningeffortsat
District, Metropolitan area, State and also at National level (in case of interstate
regions).AsFigure1.1depicts,integrationanddisaggregationofpolicies,resources
intheplanningsystemoccursatthelevelofRegionalandDevelopmentPlan.
Figure1.1:RelationshipofthePlanningSystem
DevelopmentPlanandMobilityPlanneedtobeintegratedtoensuretransportation
oriented spatial planning. It needs to be emphasised here that urban plans should
not be considered in isolation from its region as each urban centre is part of a
regional system of the settlement which in turn play their respective roles in the
process of development of the region as a whole. The Development Plan shall
provide policies and development proposals, which are detailed in the local area
plantoagreaterscale.Thisinterrelationshipbetweenplanningsystemisthekeyto
implementation; hence DevelopmentPlanand LocalArea Plan should be prepared
inclosecoordination.
However,areasthatrequirespecialplanwithintheframeworkofthedevelopment
plan or planning for specific purpose should be prepared only when the need
arrives.Thefundingschemes,suchasJnNURM,RAY,havesignificantroleinthenew
planningsystem,whereCityDevelopmentPlan,ComprehensiveMobilityPlan,City
Sanitation Plan, Slum Redevelopment Plan, Disaster Management Plan are to be
formulated.Amongall,ComprehensiveMobilityPlanshouldbepreparedalongwith
theDevelopmentPlan,whileCitySanitationPlan,CityDevelopmentPlanshouldbe
preparedinlinewiththeDevelopmentplan.
13
Introduction
Project reports and Annual plans are necessary requirements of the planning
system. These are directly interrelated with each other and are vertical with the
entire planning system. Implementation of all intended developments is linked to
this stage and hence these can be prepared following any of the above mentioned
stages.
1.6.
SustainableUrbanandRegionalDevelopment
The urban and regional plans, in all its forms and dimensions, should focus on
sustainability, from financial, social, governance/ managerial and environmental.
Financialsustainabilityistobeachievedbyworkingoutthedetailsofthecapital
and operational costs and the options to recover the same adequately. Each
development project enhances the economic stature of the influence zone and,
accordingly,thedevelopmentactivitiesinsuchinfluencezone shouldbesubjectto
development charges, computed to recover the capex over the project lifecycle.
Similarly,theuserchargesshouldpayfortheoperationalexpenses.Indetermining
suchcharges,crosssubsidiescouldbeprovidedfor.
Socialsustainabilityrelatestoinclusion,i.e.,theprojectshouldprovidebenefitto
allresidentsintheinfluencezoneequitably.Itshouldalsobebasedonidentification
ofthegainersandlosersfromtheprojectandtoensurethatthegainersaresubject
todevelopmentandotherchargesthatcouldbepassedoninanappropriateformto
thelosers.
Governance/managerialsustainabilitywouldrequiretheprojecttomeetallthe
statutory and regulatory requirements and also to have adequate capacities
developed with the local authorities concerned for maintaining the project
effectivelyandefficientlythroughouttheprojectlifecycleatreasonablecosts.
Environmental sustainability would require, for instance, zero landfill for solid
wastemanagementprojects.Infact,eachprojectshouldaimatimprovementinthe
environment,ratherthanonminimisingthedamage.
The sustainability issues have been highlighted in numerous policy documents
includingtheTwelfthFiveYearPlan,whichrecommendsforstrengtheningurban
governance structure/ Local Bodies, augmenting the soft infrastructure including
systemcapacities,inclusivegovernance,environmentalsustainabilityandenhanced
attention to urban renewal as well as to regional approach to planning. These
frameworks have been further detailed in the National Mission for Sustainable
Habitat.
1.7.
StateLandUtilisationPolicywouldneedtobedefinedatthePerspectivePlanLevel,
which should be as per the guiding framework of National Land Utilisation Policy,
2013 (draft version is currently in place), brought out by the Department of Land
14
Introduction
Resources,MinistryofRuralDevelopment,fordifferentstateskeepingincontextthe
statespecificneeds,potential,prioritiesandlegalprovisions.
The (draft) National Land Utilisation Policy, 2013 takes into consideration the
predominant (existing or scientifically established) functions of land serving the
needs of people, environment as well as different sectors of economy and
development. Also, the Policy takes into consideration the existing laws and
approachesthatgovernlanduses.Itsuggeststhatthelandinthecountrybedivided
into Land Utilisation Zones1 (LUZs) based on the predominant use of those lands.
Here, each state should formulate the strategy of land development in a spatial
conceptplan.ThefollowingsixtypesofLUZsareindicated:
1. PredominantlyRuralandAgriculturalAreas;
2. AreasUnderTransformation;
3. PredominantlyUrbanAreas;
4. PredominantlyIndustrialAreas;
5. PredominantlyEcologicalAreas,LandscapeConservation&TourismAreas,
HeritageAreas1;
6. MajorHazardVulnerableAreas.
ItmaybedesirabletofurtherclassifyareasunderthePredominantlyUrbanAreas
LUZ,whereurbandevelopmentistobepromoted,toberestricted/controlledorto
beprohibited,asperthesituation.
The perspective of the State, the state resource mapping and LUZs would set the
foundation of the longterm policies regarding development of infrastructure and
resourcemobilisationforthelanduseplan.
1.7.1. LanduseTransportIntegration
Inthepastdecades,urbansprawlhasresultedintolossofhighqualityagricultural
land and open space, fragmentation of ecosystems, spatially segregated uses
inducing high dependency on private vehicle use and unfavourable conditions for
publictransport.NationalUrbanTransportPolicy(NUTP),2006hashighlightedthe
need for integrating land use and transport planning. Land transport integration
benefits in making investment decisions in transport infrastructure and services,
which in turn are linked to economic, social and environmental outcomes. It also
helps in determining the optimal use of land in the influence zones of the transit
corridors. Land transport integration would involve two mutually supportive
processes:
LUZ to be considered for eco-tourism, sea and river front natural vegetation areas and protected forests.
15
Introduction
Organizing the physical form and land use pattern of a city such that the
traveldemands,triplengthsandtraveltimesareminimized,whileaccessibility,
comfortandefficiencyaremaximized.
Organizing all systems of transportation from pedestrian pathways to mass
transit systems such that they integrate well with eachother and enable the
harmoniousestablishmentoflandusearoundthem,intheprocessgeneratinga
cityformthatissustainable2.
Conventional development plans for Indian cities have a statutory requirement to
plan land uses and channelize growth, whereas transportation plans are not
statutoryandworkwiththemandateofarrivingatregionalandlocallevelprojects
for improving mobility. Thus, URDPFI Guideline suggests the shift from such an
approach to explicitly regarding interactions between various land uses/ activity
subsystems and transportation. Therefore, Comprehensive Mobility Plans (CMPs),
first mooted under the JnNURM, are to be integrated with all development plans
bridgingthetransportationprojectsandstatutorylanduseplanning.3
Transportnetworksareamongthemostpermanentelementofcities,whichchange
very slowly over decades or centuries. While, buildings are the second most
permanentelementofcities,withlifetimeofhundredsofyears,butcanbeadapted
tochangesthroughrefurbishmentbuttheintegrationofthetwoshapestheurban
formofasettlement.
1.7.2. TransitOrientedDevelopment(TOD)
The integration of land use with transport systems is called Transit Oriented
Development, which is essentially any development, macro or micro that is
focusedaroundatransitnode,andfacilitatescompleteeaseofaccesstothetransit
facilitytherebyinducingpeopletoprefertowalkandusepublictransportationover
personalmodesoftransport4.Thisentailsplanningforcompactcitiesandreducing
urban sprawl and dependency on the large scale developments in the periphery
which induce shift from nonmotorizedto motorized modes of travel. Approach to
TOD highly depends on establishing mixed landuse zone as part of strategic
densification.Thepolicyincludes:
Network & Connectivity: Disperse high traffic volumes over multiple parallel
streetsratherthanconcentratingtrafficonfewmajorarterialroads.Createafine
network of streets through urban design that provides choice of routes for all
modes,reducingdistancesbetweenplacesaswellasjourneytimes.
Lastmileconnectivity:Providefast,convenientinterchangeoptionsandspatial
provision for various modes of Intermediate Public Transport (IPT) at
3
4
A framework for this purpose is provided in the Toolkit for Land Use Transport Integration and Density of Urban Growth
brought out by the Ministry of Urban Development under the Sustainable Urban Transport Project (2013).
Ibid.
Draft UTTIPEC Guidelines, 2012
16
Introduction
Multimodal Transit Station for seamless travel. Provide multiple mode choices
for lastmile connectivity at various prices and comfort levels. Also, if possible,
eliminatetheneedofIPTbydesignandengineering5.
Pedestrian access: Provide the shortest direct route to pedestrians and non
motorisedmodestostationaswellasbetweenbuildingblocks.
High Density, MixedIncome Development: Compact neighborhoods for
shortercommutesandequityforallsectionsofsociety.Mixofcompatibleuseto
promote24houractivity.
StreetscapeDesign:Urbanplacesshouldbedesignedforenjoyment,relaxation
and equity. Pedestrian and bicycle friendly designated space for all activities.
Keepinginviewthepreventionofheatislandeffectsfromwideandopenstreets,
byproperstreetandlandscaping.
Promote Place Making to Create a Sense of Place: Focus on promoting
liveability,qualityanduniquenessofeachspace
Direct Business to TOD Locations: Create transit services to regional job
centers,focusjobcreationinvestmentsintransitservicedlocations.
Publicfacilitiesatnodesofpublictransport:Planforpublicfacilitiessuchas
schools,universities,sportfacilities,stadiums,theatresandconcerthallsaround
nodesofpublictransport.
Function/Activities at nodes of public transport: Promote multifunctional
developments around nodes that are otherwise deserted in the evening or at
night.Planamixofdifferenttypesofusersandinhabitantstocreatealivelyand
safeplace.
Application of TOD is in context of scales in planning i.e. Regional context, Sub
regionalcontext,citycontextandareacontext.Itshallrequirearobustmethodology
forintervention6andwouldneedtobeplannedat(a)RegionalorSubregionallevel
and(b)CityorLocalAreaplanninglevel.
The context of TOD varies in respect to City Core areas, Peripheral areas and
Greenfield areas which are equally important and mutually dependent on
densification, redevelopment (in context of City Core areas), mode of public
transport and intermediate public transport and therefore uses of land in the
influencezone.However,inthesettingofbrownfieldcitieswheretransformationof
landuse and built form has experienced continuous change, the Development
Oriented Transport (DOT) may be used. DOT incorporates redevelopment or
readjustmentoftransitnetworkmediumsaspertransformationtakingplaceorhas
taken place in development. Detailed approach of identifying TOD influence zone
In case of China and Japan
Working paper on Transit Oriented Development, Embarq, India
17
Introduction
anditsplanningiscoveredin Chapter8andZonewiseTODmatrixisprovidedin
Table5.3
Besides, integrated urban development, TOD can benefit as an alternative revenue
generationsourcefrom:
FinancingofUrbanTransportprojectsbyUnlockingLandValuesasHigherFSIin
influencezoneofTransitcorridorswithintheframeworkoftheoverallplanning
guidelinestobepreparedbyrespectivestates.
Transit Corridors (Metro/ Mono Rail, BRTS, Ring Road) attracting economic
activitiesandleadingtoinducedurbandevelopmentwithlessefforts.
Landuse based financing sources along Transport Corridors. For example,
periodic revision of property guidance value, higher property tax along transit
corridors,impactfees,developmentcharges,conversionchargesandbetterment
charges.
If properly planned and implemented, TOD invariably promotes value added
activitiesincludingcommercialandservices.
1.7.3. FlexibilityinPlans
Statutorylanduseplanshaveimplicationsonthelanduseanddevelopmentcontrol
mechanism. Despite statutory backing, due to the controlled conventional (rigid)
approach, Development plans are not implemented fully and meaningfully. Plan
proposalestimateshavenotkeptpacewiththegrowingrequirementofcitiesorthe
aspirationsofthecitydwellers.
Development planning approach is to be for a flexible plan formulation for
facilitation and promotion of development in plan making and implementation,
where changes in landuse are tobe permitted only when necessary by specifically
appointed empowered body Urban and Regional Planning & Development
Authorities (suggested in the institutional reforms Section 3.6.1). These changes
may be guided by large developments, social interest and need for all. Further,
fixation of FAR/FSI, density should be based on more rational grounds and any
changes therein must be carefully planned. Preparation of City Investment Plan
shouldfacilitateeasierimplementationofDevelopmentplan.
For minor changes in the landuse, the planning system is to be improved to allow
flexibility in the Development Plans/Master Plans. Such as allowing mixed use of
land in the zoning regulation must consider the RoW of the abutting road for
industrialandother(residentialandcommercial)aspectsofmix.Verticalmixofuse
of land is an alternative approach for promoting flexibility and is suggested in
Section5.3.2.&9.2.
18
Introduction
1.7.4. LandtogeneratefundforInfrastructureDevelopment
The URDPFI Guidelines suggest the ways to augment financial resources for
implementation of the development/ spatial plan through various innovative
sourcesofrevenuegeneration.Formulationofspatialplanshouldbesuchthatthe
planisabletocreateeconomicgrowthandwhichcouldfundtheimplementationof
theplan.Amongthelanddevelopmentmechanism,townplanningschemesfollowed
inthestatesofMaharashtraandGujaratisasuccessfulcasetodemonstratefinancial
sustainability(costrecovery)oftheplan.
Many schemes and projects are conceptualised without proper technofeasibility
studiesorfinancialviabilityassessmentsandthereforeprojectsandresearchhave
beenintegratedintheplanningsystemnow.Consequently,inthePlan,thereisnot
muchappreciationoftheimplicationsofitsstandardsforcapitalcost,costrecovery
and maintenance by the municipalities and the state agencies. The Urban Local
Bodies(ULBs)mainlyinthesmallandmediumsizetowns,withoutexception,suffer
fromaveryweakresourcebase.Theirpercapitaincomeismuchlessthanthelevel
ofexpenditure,whichmakesitheavilydependentonexternalfundinginsteadofits
selfgeneratedrevenues.
To address such issues, fiscal resource generation from land, tax on vacant land,
regulationofunauthorisedinformaldevelopmentandunderutilisationofpermitted
FARcouldbesourceoffinancialresourcegeneration(refersection3.3),whichcan
be for dedicated urban development through an infrastructure fund. Here,
implementingagenciesneedtotreatlandasanassetforinfrastructuredevelopment
throughcapitalgain,stampduty,auctionandothermechanismsinconsensusofthe
StateFinanceCommission.
1.7.5. SustainableWasteManagement
International agencies working on zero waste have claimed that recycling rates of
75%andplushavebeenachievedbymunicipalitieslargeandsmallthroughoutthe
world. The Zero waste/Zero Landfill concept is gaining ground as being
practicably achievable in Indian cities too. Indian cities have the advantage of
significantrecyclingandreuseinthesolidwastemanagementsystem.Thosecanbe
improvedandcoordinatedwiththeviewtomovingtowardsZerowastescenarios.
Zero landfill can be achieved by adopting systematic approach of segregation at
source by planning, by collection facilitation and most importantly by public
awareness. The green waste can be converted into fuel cakes, kitchen waste into
manure, construction & demolition waste into bricks, plastic waste into oil, paper,
glass and steel back into the same and all residuary inert materials can also be
converted into bricks. Achieving zero landfill is more conveniently possible, if (a)
the collection is made from house to house and some segregation is done at
household level and (b) the recycling is done at decentralized, say, ward or even
lowerlevels.
19
Introduction
Besides solid waste, the effective management of waste water would result in
availabilityoftreatedwaterforreuse,captureofmethanegasforpowergeneration
and improvement in the quality of the environment. This could also be done in a
zerolandfillconcept.MoredetailsonSustainableWasteManagement,includingthe
normsforwastewateranditsreuse,aregiveninChapter8.
1.7.6. Inclusiveplanning
Development plan / Local area plans in India have not effectively earmarked
adequatelandandspacesfortheurbanpoor/informalsectorforresidentsorother
activities at affordable rate. In new townships and new developments of IT / BPO
Townships, Satellite Townships, SEZ, etc., where the space standards are normally
affluent, informal sector is significantly gaining recognition. Planning norms for
urban street vendors, the marginalised and the informal sector to be adopted and
developedfromthisguideline.Itisofutmostimportancetoprotecttheinterestof
urban poor by reserving space, extending legal title (ownership)and aboveall the
Master Plans/Development Plans to take this component into account. Hence,
Development Plan should allocate space with serious assessment of the
requirements of urban poor after ascertaining the ground realities with regard to
location of vendors, informal activities, slums and need for insitu redevelopment
/upgradation.NormsforinformalsectorandstreetvendorsaregiveninChapter8
andapproachtoaffordablehousingissuggestedinChapter5.
Theplacesofemploymentformostofthecitizensareoftenlocatedfarawayfrom
their place of residence, which discourages them from accessing the most suitable
employment.Whilethishandicapwouldbeapplicableforallsectionsofthesociety,
itismoresignificantforthewomenandotherweakersections,includingtheelderly
andthedifferentlyable.Theeffectivesolutionforthissituationliesintheshelter
transportlivelihood link, which ought to be made a cornerstone for planning.
Accessibility requires quality, attractiveness and safety of public spaces for
pedestrians,cyclistsandpeopleusingpublictransport.
Barrier Free Environment (refer section 8.8) is one way to enable people with
disabilitiestomoveaboutsafelyandfreelyandtousethefacilitieswithinthebuilt
environment7. In addition, to integrate the disabled and elderly persons fully into
thesociety,thesocialinfrastructurenormssuggestcodevelopmentofoldagehome
and orphanage facilities with appropriate infrastructure to be included in all the
plansespeciallyintheLocalAreaPlans.
1.7.7. DisasterRiskManagement
Over the past couple of years, the Government of India has brought about a
paradigm shift in the approach to disaster management. The new policy emanates
from the realisation that investments in mitigation are much more cost effective
Guidelines and space standards for Barrier Free Built Environment for Disabled and Elderly Person, CPWD, Ministry of
Urban Development (2013). Also recommended by UN Habitat.
20
Introduction
thanexpenditureonreliefandrehabilitation.Thisapproachhasbeentranslatedin
the URDPFI Guidelines in Chapter 6 for disaster planning, covering institutional
mechanisms,preparedness,responseandcapacitybuildingbothatStateandDistrict
level,especiallyfocusingoninclusiveplanning.
States, metropolitan areas, regions and cities need to collect data, information and
undertake mapping for all infrastructure, services and amenities to understand
requirementsandidentifygaps.Atthelocalplanningarealevel,spatialmapsneedto
be created to evaluate neighbourhood, streets and public spaces based on their
safety;comfortandconvenience(refersection2.2.4).
1.7.8. Speedingtheprocessofplanning&implementation
1.7.8.1. Simplifyingtheplanningprocess
As per the Strategy paper on master plan formulation, inclusive planning,
prioritization for housing and pedestrian movement, TCPO, there is a widely held
viewthattheurbandevelopmentplanningprocessinthepasthasbeenundulytime
consumingand largely confinedto the detailing of landuse aspects and projecting
micro level needs on long term basis when there were dynamic changes in very
short terms. In light to the concern, the State Governments would needto modify
therespectiveTown&CountryPlanningActsforthefollowing:
i.
Simplification of preparation of plan: making provisions in the Development

Plansfordetailingonlythefocusedkeysectorsandpreparationofthedraftfor
approvalinalimitedtimetooneyear,assuggestedbyTCPO.(referChapter2
onPlanFormulation).
ii.
Simplification in the implementation of plan: the plans to be easily

understandable&acceptable,minimizingconflictingrecommendationswithin
a plan, provision for translation of plans and related documents into
vernacularlanguages.
iii. Simplificationindatagathering:userfriendlyGISandremotesensingdatato
be sourced for simplifying the process for plan formulation by developing a
spatial data base useful for planning, decision making and implementation
decision(referChapter7forSimplifiedPlanningTechniques)
iv. Simplification of approval/schemes: improving the approval process by
developing citizens charter, approval mechanism for the change in landuse
permissions and by developing regulatory body at State and/or local area
planning level to bridge the gap between approval and implementation.
Provision of Interim development order 8in between the period of plan
formulationtoimplementationcanbeconsidered.
Kerala Town & Country Planning Ordinance, 2013
21
Introduction
v.
Better public participation: The State planning provisions to be modified to

emphasizeoninvolvementofpublicatearlystages,formulationofGrievance&
Redresssystemtoaddressthepublicgrievancesandbringingtransparencyin
accountingsystem.ItissuggestedtoinvolveResidentialWelfareAssociations
in Local area plans (LAPs) and ULBs to use modern tools for awareness
throughwebsites/onprojectsites.
Foremost, during the plan formulation, roles and responsibilities for the
implementationoftheplanaretobewelldefinedinordertoachievethemilestones
as per the action plan and to bring in transparency in the implementation system.
Further, during plan evaluation and monitoring, citizens charter should to be
involved,fortransparencyandaccountability.
In case of inadequacy in the manpower capacity with the Government bodies for
planning, outsourcing to nongovernmental and private organisation could be
consideredasanoption,butassuggestedbyTCPOLocalBodiesandDevelopment
AuthoritiesoftheStatesneedtotakenecessarystepsinthedirectionandtakealead
toensurethatallthecitiesandtownsoftheStatehavestatutoryMasterPlansbythe
end of the XII Five year plan. For this purpose, boost to the training of the new
planners and provision of adequate planning schools is imperative, since the
planningtask,complexandinterdisciplinaryasitis,mustbedoneonlybyqualified
planners.
22
P
PlanFormu
ulation
2
2.1
1.
Plan
nFormulation
n
PlanningPrrocess
Spaatial develo
opment planning is a continu
uous, timeoriented, cyclic process and
sho
ould be seeen and practised
p
as a proccess where planningg, implem
mentation,
mon
nitoring,reeviewandp
planupdattinggoonaasadynam
micprocess.Inthispro
ocess,the
deccision to prrepare a plan
p
is outsside the cy
ycle of planning proccess. The following
f
diaggramportrraysthegen
neralproceessofplann
ning.
Figu
ure2.1: Gen
neralProcesssofPlannin
ng
Follo
owingaretheestagesofplaanningproceess:
DevelopmenttofAimsand
dObjectives
Identification
nofsiteneed
ds
Identification
nofprojected
dneeds
Planformulaation
Inclusiveplanning
Statutoryoblligations
Decentralisattionofplanaapprovalproccess
Peoplespartticipation
Planmodificaation
Reviewandrrevisionofplans.
2.1
1.1. Aim
msandO
Objectivees
Theeaimoftheplanisa broadand
dgeneralstatementindicatingtthedecisio
onsofthe
poliicy makerss, aspirations of the people
p
and
d needs of the commu
unity. For example,
Toprovidejob
bopportun
nitiesforalllisastatementofaim
ms.
Objectivesareespecificsttatementsiindicatingtthewaysaandmeans ofachievin
ngtheset
aim
ms taking into accoun
nt the pottentials. Fo
or examplee, for the aim relateed to job
opp
portunities,,theobjecttivescouldbe:
Provisiono
ofjobsthro
oughdevelo
opmentofiindustries/commercceortrade;;
DPFIGuidelin
nes,2014.MiinistryofUrb
banDevelopment
URD
23
PlanFormulation
Provisionofincentivesandinducements(specific)toindustries;
Provisionsofinformalsectoreconomicactivitysitesaspartofcommercialareas,
andsuchothers.
Theaimsandobjectivesformulationexercisecomprisesthefollowingsteps:
1. Identification of values cherished by and needs of various stakeholders
includingcitizens,administrators,professionals,politicians,andothergroupof
people.
2. Identificationofaimsincorporatingthevalues.
3. Identification of criteria that further defines each aim to form basis for
formulationofobjectives.
4. Formulationofobjectives,whichcouldbefurtherdefinedasdesignobjectives
andimplementationobjectives.
2.1.2. IdentificationofSiteNeeds
Forcomprehensivespatialplanningandintegrationofthesectoraldevelopment,site
specificneedsaretobeidentifiedinthebeginningoftheplanningprocess.Thereport
of the Working Group on Urban Strategic Planning (12th Five year plan), states that
duetoLackofComprehensivePlanningApproach,haphazardgrowthandproliferation
of slums around industrial locations, periurban areas and randomly located new
developmentssuchasSEZsandtownshiphastakenplace.
Diverse ground conditions and interrelationships in settlements require different
strategiesforspatialplanning.Thegrowthpotentialandspecialfunctionsperformed
bytheurbancentressuchasmarketing,industrial,tourism,pilgrimcentresetc.need
tobeexplicitlyrecognized.
Atthisstageoftheplanningprocess,thesiteneedsshouldbeidentifiedbasedonthe
typologyofurbandevelopmentsuchasportcity,oldcity,industrialtownships,peri
urbanareas,corridordevelopment,regionaldevelopmentandaccordinglythevision
needs to be prepared. Table 2.1 throws light on some sitespecific features for
studying urban and regional settlements while planning. The list is comprehensive
butnotexhaustive.
Table2.1: SiteSpecificNeedsofFewCityTypes
Indicators
PortCity
Common
Indicators
Regional Settings & connectivity, Historical background, Location Analysis, Demography, Socio
economicAnalysis,Environmentalprofile,LandProfile,KeyDevelopmentalIndicators,Infrastructure,
ProposedDevelopments,Existingregulations,Administrativeprofile.
SiteSpecific
Indicators
Cargoandlogistics,
Railways,Coastal
features/detailsof
theport,Analysisof
primaryeconomic
activities,e.g.
fishing.
24
IndustrialCity
LogisticsandTransportation,
Infrastructure,analysisof
Environmentalparameters
(pollution),Common
TreatmentFacilities,
Hazardousandnon
hazardouswastedisposal
system.
PeriUrbanArea
Realestate,Housing,
Landuseconversion,
Naturalfeatures,
Analysisofsocio
economicprofile/
Primaryeconomic
activitye.g.agriculture.
OldCity
Density,Landuse,
Builtup,Socio
Economicprofile,
Infrastructure
status,Household
industries,Parking
andHeritage.
PlanFormulation
Thestageofidentificationofsiteneedsshouldbetakenasbaselinestudyphase.As
this stage has implications on the following stages, a broadbased study should be
doneforidentificationandincorporationofasmuchaselementsthatarespecificto
the settlement and are likely to have impact on the future development of the
settlementstopreparesoundproposals.
2.1.3. IdentificationofProjectedNeeds
After identification of site needs, the next stage in the process of planning is
identification of projected requirements of various activities, supporting
infrastructure and land as the basic input for plan formulation. It is this stage of
planningwhichwouldrequiremostofthetime.Thus,thereisneedtominimisethe
time taken at this stage. In this context, it is emphasised that primary surveys and
studiesshouldberationallychosensothatitsavestimeandminimisesdelaysinthe
process.Thechoiceoftechniqueofsurveys,analysis,synthesisandprojectionsshould
also be such that it is effective and time saving (refer Chapter 7 for choosing the
planningtechniques).
2.1.3.1. GapsandProjections
Expansion or development of settlement necessarily requires corresponding
provision of infrastructure to support residents and economic activities. Thus,
infrastructure gap analysis should be carried out mandatorily while preparing the
plan. Infrastructure gap can be assessed on the basis of remaining life of existing
infrastructureandcoverageofinfrastructureagainstbenchmarks.Specialfocusmust
be paid to the transport infrastructure at this stage. Detailed study/ research of
different modes of transportation and their corridors should be carried out to find
abouttraveldemandandpatternoftheplanningarea.Usingpublicconsultationsand
carrying capacity techniques (further elaborated in Chapter 7), current or future
requirementsininfrastructurecanbeidentified.Thebackgroundstudyofstandards
andguidelinesfordisastermitigationshould becompletedtofindoutthegapsthat
mayexistincityinfrastructure,landscapeandadministration.
Aimsandobjectivesofthestudyshouldalsobeconsideredatthislevelforsettingup
priorities of development. To incorporate the element of sustainability in human
settlement planning and development, environmental and infrastructural carrying
capacity study of the planning area alongwith detailed assessment of space
requirementsmustbecarriedoutatthisstage.Thecapacitytoholdthepopulationis
anindicatorforinfrastructureprojection.
Population projections can be carried out based on past trends, employment and
induced growth (of the future proposed economic activity of the land). The
correspondingneedsofthehumansettlementsoninfrastructure aretobeprojected
(refer Chapter8). Priorities for planned development are identified through norms
25
PlanF
Formulation
and stan
ndards for buildings,, provision
n of services and inffrastructure provided
d by
nationalagencies,n
nationalan
ndstatelevelprogram
mmesandpolicies.
2.1.3.2. Consulttation
Public participatio
p
on is the key
k to plan
nning exerrcise and hence
h
diffeerent group
p of
stakehollders shoulld be consulted to kn
now the needs and finalise
f
thee prioritiess for
projectio
ons.Differeentdemogrraphic,sociial,econom
miccategoriiesofstakeeholderscanbe
prepared
dforwiderangingpu
ublicparticcipationsucchasrepreesentativesfromagen
ncies
and institutions involved
i
i plannin
in
ng and deevelopmen
nt of the area, elected
represen
ntatives,associations,expertsinthesectorsandtheresidentpublic.
Figure2.2: IdentificattionofProjecctedRequirem
ments
2.1.4. PlanFo
ormulatiion
Based on
n planningg techniquees, planning theories//principless, norms an
nd standarrds
multiplealternativesofurban
nplanning conceptsm
mustbepreepared.Th
hislevelofp
plan
r
viision devellopment. At
A all scalees of plann
ning, land and
formulattion also requires
transporrtintegrationissuggeestedatthisstageofp
planning,w
whereinaC
Comprehen
nsive
Mobility
yPlan(CMP
P)istobefo
ormulated..Alltransportationsu
urveysandstudiessho
ould
beunderrtakenindependently
ybythetraansportdeepartmento
orjointlyu
underJnNU
URM
orotherschemesb
beforethissstage.
Theopportunities forTransittOriented Developmentandmultimodal mobilityn
need
to be tak
ken into acccount. Usee of nonm
motorized traffic
t
optio
ons and pu
ublic transp
port
aretobeeoptimised.TheroleeofIntelliggentTrafficcSystem(IITS)andElectronic Road
R
Pricing (ERP)
(
has to
t be intro
oduced. To a large exxtent these issueswill define future
developm
mentpoten
ntialandth
hequalityo
oflifeincitiies.
26
URDPFIG
Guidelines,2
2014.MinistrryofUrbanD
Developmentt
PlanFormulation
2.1.4.1. VisioningExercise
The focus of the plan preparation exercise should be on ensuring adequate
stakeholderparticipationtoarriveatasharedvisionforthesettlements,withregard
toeconomicdevelopmentandqualityoflife.Thevisionthusarrivedshouldformthe
guiding principle for the Regional or Development plan. These would include inter
alia:
Economic Development Objectives (Increase in GDP, Income, Employment and
suchothers)
TransportationObjectives
UtilityServices(levelsandcoverage)Objectives
SocialInfrastructureObjectives
Safetyandsecurityofthecitizens
GrowthPattern/DesignObjectives
InvestmentProgram/SustainabilityObjectives
Others,ifany.
PlanningandDevelopmentAuthorityshouldclearlymentionina planastohowthe
plans are likely to benefit the dwellers in economic terms and in this context, the
calculationofeconomicbenefitsisgiveninChapter7.
27
PlanF
Formulation
Figure2.3: PlanForm
mulationProcess
AlternativeConceptPlans
2.1.4.2. PreparaationofA
The outccomes of the first thrree stages would yieeld a digitaal updated Basemap and
LandInfformationSSystem,accompletereeportonsttatusoftheeregion/cityestablish
hing
existing situationw
withregard
dsallelemeentsofdev
velopment, identificattionofareaasof
concern,,asharedv
visionand developmeentgoalsandobjectiv
ves.Thissh
houldform
mthe
inputforrformulationoftheplan.Theplanninghorrizonforth
heplanninggperiodsho
ould
beidentiifiedbased
donthereccommended
dplanningsystemandthecomp
ponentssho
ould
include:
28
URDPFIG
Guidelines,2
Developmentt
PlanFormulation
Estimation of land requirement for different uses (refer Chapter 5 & 9 for
detailing).
Land suitability analysis: Environmental sensitive areas, social, economic and
others(referChapter7forfurthercontext).
Delineation of developable area based on environmental land suitability and
growthtrend.
Preparationofageneralactivitystructure.
Preparation of a conceptual land use plan as per the required scale (refer
Table7.7).
Asprojectionsareestimationsofanenvisionedpattern,deviationfromtheprojection
are always possible and hence projected figures should not be always treated as
absolute.Hereitisrequiredbyplannerstobuildalternativescenariosandsituations
whichmayhighlighttheextremitiesaspessimisticoroptimistic.
Thefollowingkeyremarkstobefocusedwhileformulatingtheplan:
a. Land is limited and a very important natural resource and must be utilized
vigilantly.Careshouldbetakenregardinginterrelationofvariousactivitiesand
land uses with each other. Land use to be planned most solicitously. New
conceptslikeCompactcities,mixedlanduseetc.canalsobeexplored,ifnotfor
theentirejurisdiction,thenfortheupcomingzonesatleast.
b. Deteriorating traffic conditions due to faster increasing travel demand in cities
haveimpactnotonlyonenvironmentbutalsooneconomybywastageofman
hours. Thus, to reduce the trip generation, land use and transport integration
should be made at the initial stage by incorporating TOD and mixed land use
concepts.
c. As a part of the plan implementation, a study regarding quality and quantity
manpower should be done and suggestions be made concerning human
resourcesrequirementforeffectiveimplementationofalltheaspectsoftheplan.
d. Verticalmobilityofthevulnerablesectionsofthepopulationmustbeintegralto
the planning goals. Inclusion of the women and population involved or
dependentontheinformalsectormustbeconsultedwhilepreparingplans.
e. Toprepareandimplementalltheaspectsoftheplanforthewholeplanperiod
requires steady flow of finance, otherwise the optimum outcome of the plans
cannot be realized. Thus, it is imperative to plan and map out all the financial
sources in the beginning of planning process so that plan proposals and
milestonestargetedcangetmaximumresults.Itshouldincludefinancialaspects
not only for plan implementation but also for plan preparation. At this stage,
revenue generation capacity of plan itself should also be defined with
measurablemilestoneagainstwhichplancouldbemonitoredandreviewedfrom
timetotime.
f.
Other parameters, based on which plan is prepared and projected for plan
periodshouldbeprovidedwithdistinctmeasurablemilestoneagainstwhichplan
29
PlanFormulation
g.
h.
i.
must be intermittently reviewed at interval of 5 years and finally evaluated at

thecompletionstage.Thiswillworkasinputfornextplanningprocessfromthe
previousplanperiod.
Remote Sensing and GIS technologies should be used to speed up the plan
formulationprocess.Largeamountofspatialandattributedatacanbeprocessed
through these platforms and alternate concepts of planning settlements can be
preparedinshortertimespan.ThedataavailablewiththeNRSC,SRSAC,Bhuvan
GeoportalandNUIScanbeutilisedfortheplanpreparation(referChapter7for
methodology).
Other elements like planning legislation, development promotion rules and
urbandesignfeaturesshouldalsobeincorporatedtopreparealternatives,which
willbefurtherdetailedastheproposedplan.
Green areas and related noneconomic activities to be preferably proposed on
Governmentlandtoavoidlossofeconomicbenefitoftheprivatelandowners.In
case such activities are proposed on privately owned land, the local authority
preparing the plan should provide a fair compensation as per law, to the land
owner.
2.1.4.3. SelectionamongAlternatives
Thenextlevelofplanformulationrequiresevaluationofallthealternativestoreach
oneselectedalternativethatwouldbeelaboratedtoprepareplanforthesettlement.
Atthisstage,focusedgroupdiscussionsorselectedrepresentativesdiscussioncanbe
arrangedasappropriate.Usuallyevaluationofalternativesresultintoanothernewly
developedconcept,whichderivesthebestfromalltheoptions.
2.1.5.
InclusivePlanning(furthertothesection1.10.8)
InclusivedevelopmentasperceivedbyCentralGovernmentin12 thand13thfiveyear
plansfocusesonbroadbasedimprovementinthelivingstandardsofallresidentsof
the country. 11th five year plans approach was Faster and more inclusive growth
while12thfiveyearplancalledforFaster,moreinclusiveandsustainablegrowth.
Inclusiveplanningmeansinfusionofvaryingaspects,whichleadtogrowthofwhole
societyintodevelopmentprocess,suchasintegratedtrunkinfrastructure,sustainable
development,povertyelevation,decentraliseddecisionmakingwithspecialemphasis
onwomen,elderlyanddisabledfriendlyinfrastructureandfinancialplanning.These
facets of development were not traditionally recognised distinctly. Thus, for overall
developmentofresidentsofhumansettlementsinIndia,inclusivityinplanningmust
befundamentalfeature.
30
PlanFormulation
Inclusive development in planning should have focus on the following parameters;

othersuch featurestopromoteinclusivityindevelopmentprocesscanbeidentified
basedontheneedsandrequirementsofsettlementsandtime9:
Inclusivegovernance:entiresystemmustfunctioninamanner,whichisseentobe
fairandinclusive.
InclusiveSustainabledevelopment:Developmentisaqualitativeindicatorrather
than quantitative. Development of human settlements should not be uni
directionalcausingenvironmentaldegradationintheprocess.Todirectgrowthon
sustainablemannerEnvironmentalImpactAssessmentshouldbeessentialpartof
developmentplansandprojects.
Inclusiveaccesstohealthcareandeducation.
For inclusive employment and regionally balanced growth, MSME should be
promotedthroughPlans.
DevelopingcapacitiesofInfrastructure:Infrastructureplaysanimportantrolein
growth and development of cities. It also promotes inclusivity in the society by
meansofeasyaccesstoservices.
Agriculture has been identified as very important for promoting inclusivity.
VariousLaws,PoliciesandGuidelinesmakeprovisionsthatagriculturallyfertile/
multicroppedlandbeacquiredaslastresort.Sameprovisionshouldbefollowed
whileplanningforhumansettlementstoo.
For holistic development of entire population, issues concerning the people
employed in informal sector, besides women, elderly and the disabled must be
includedintheentireprocessofplanpreparation.
The Plan should aim at creation of wealth and employment, in an inclusive and
sustainablemanner.
Water management including flood prevention, groundwater management,
rainwater harvesting, waste water treatment, recycling and reuse to be
encouraged.
Publicspacesarecrucialforpedestrianmovementandaccessiblepublicfacilities
havesignificantimpactonthequalityoflife.
2.1.6. StatutoryObligations
Numerous laws and policies made by the Central and the State Legislature and
Governmentsimpactspatialplans.Missingoutononeormoreofthesecouldcreate
seriousimpedimentforimplementationofthePlanatalaterstage.Therefore,atthe
stage of plan formulation, a study would need to be conducted to list out all
legislationsandtheirimpactontheplanformulationandimplementation,toensure
affirmationwithalltherelevantlaws.
Source: Eleventh Five Year Plan 2007-12 Volume-I; Twelfth Five Year Plan, 2012-17 Volume-I
31
PlanFormulation
2.1.7. DecentralisationofPlanApprovalProcess
Following the spirit of the 74th CAA and also recognising the fact that the current
process of approval of urban development plans is time consuming resulting into
delays,itisrecommendedthattheplanapprovalprocessbedecentralisedasfollows:
Table2.2: DecentralisedPlanApprovalProcess
Plan
Approvingauthority
Perspectiveplan
StateGovernment
RegionalPlan
StateGovernment/RegionalDevelopmentAuthority
DevelopmentPlan
MunicipalCorporation/DevelopmentAuthority/MPC
AnnualPlan
MunicipalCouncil/MunicipalCorporation/DevelopmentAuthority
ZonalDevelopmentPlan
UrbanRevitalisationPlan
CityDevelopmentPlan
(terminologytobechangedto
CityInvestmentPlan)
Asabove
ComprehensiveMobilityPlan
Asabove
CitySanitationPlan
Asabove
Projects/Research
OncetheauthorityapprovestheDraftPlan,itcanbeputinpublicdomainasperthe
StateTown&CountryPlanningActforinvitingobjectionsandsuggestionsfromthe
publicandvariousstakeholders.
2.1.8. PeoplesParticipation
Theapproachofplanningshouldbeshiftedfromtopdowntobottomupapproachto
make planning process more inclusive, comprehensive, and sustainable. Greater
public acceptability is desirable, to ensure that plans are relevant. People can
participateinthedevelopmentprocessinthefollowingrealms:
Preplanparticipationindecisionmakinginvisiondevelopment,foridentification
ofdevelopmentpriorities.
Postplan participation before finalisation and implementation of development
programmesandpriorities.
Participationduringimplementationandevaluationofdevelopmentprogrammes
andproject.
Participationandsharingthebenefitsofdevelopment,managingtheassetsetc.
ePlatform and crowd sourcing are coming up as new modes of obtaining feedback
speedily.
Takingintoaccounttheinterest,attitudeandbehaviourofthepeople,roleofurban
development professionals and obligations of local authority, a system of
participatoryplanapproachhasbeensuggestedasunder:
32
PlanFormulation
Table2.3: ParticipatoryPlanningApproach
PlanningProcessSteps
Determininggoalsandobjectives
Datacollection
Designofcriteriaandstandards
Citizens&Citizen
Representative(s)
Urbandevelopment
professional(s)
Official(s)
Developingalternativeplans
Choosinganalternative
Modificationofplan
PlanApproval
Implementation
Monitoring
/O
Maintenance
/O
Detaileddesignofselectedplan
Feedback
=Majorrole,O=Facilitatingorsupportiverole
Source:CommunityPlanningAssistanceProgram,ArizonaDepartmentofCommerceandUDPFIGuidelines,1996.
The suggested indirect participation of the people is ensured through elected

representatives in the Municipal Council / Corporation and Ward committees. The
direct participation can be through individuals, citizens, neighbourhood, business,
consumerandothersuchgroups.
Thereareseveralmechanismsandavenuesforpeoplesparticipationavailabletoday,
fewofthesehavebeenpresentedbelow.Suchmechanismsandavenuescanbeused
to bring wider and more interactive participation of public in planning and
developmentalprocess10:
Community Design Charrettesiv(see endnote): It is a multipleday interactive
meetings, workshops and site walks/visits that fosters diverse and community
sourcedideas;
Advisory Committees: Committees made up of representatives guide planning
efforts over an extended period of time while regularly meeting during the
planningprocess;
LowCostDemonstrationsandTransformations: Use of blocks and day to day
objectstocreatealowcostmodelofproposalsforvisualunderstanding.Relatively
inexpensive temporary transformations are made to test the project and
experiencechanges.
FocusGroups:Allowsmallgroupsofstakeholderstoprovidetheirknowledgeofa
project area and discuss their concerns and issues with local authority staff,
planningconsultantsetc.
Other: Citizens report card, participatory mapping and participatory budgeting
etc.
10
Modification of - Participation Tools for Better Community Planning by Local Government Commission & The California
Endowment
33
PlanFormulation
2.1.9. PlanModification
Once the plan is formulated, a draft is to be submitted to the State Government for
comments.Afterincorporatingcommentsintheplan,DraftPlanispublishedtoinvite
Objections and Suggestions (O&S) from the public. The process of inviting O&S
leading to final notification should be based on the provisions of the State Town &
CountryPlanningAct.
2.1.9.1. InbetweentheperiodofPlanformulationtofinalisation
Currently there is no legal provision by many of the States to control or record
landuse change in the period between preparation of Existing landuse map and
Gazette Notification of the approved Proposed landuse plan. The conversion of the
landuseisdoneaccordingtotheprovisionsofTownandCountryPlanningActand
Urban Development Act of States. The process and time frame varies from State to
State.
TheStateofKeralahasprovisiontomonitorlandusechangebetweenthementioned
periods of planning. According to the Kerala T&CP Ordinance, 2013, Interim
Development Order may be published by the local authority with the objective to
controltheinterimdevelopmentoflandincludedinanyplanningareanotified.The
expressionInterimDevelopmentmeansdevelopmentduringtheperiodbetweenthe
date of notification of intention to prepare a plan and the date of coming into
operation of the plan. Such orders must be approved by DPC or MPC. Further, the
planpreparationtimeshouldbeadequatetosupportInterimDevelopmentorder.
34
P
PlanFormu
ulation
Figu
ure2.4PlanM
ModificationP
Process
2.1
1.10. Rev
viewand
dMonito
oringofP
Plans
AR
Regulatoryb
body(Urbaan/Region
nalPlannin
ng&Develo
opmentRegulatoryAuthority)
atSStatelevelsshouldbeeestablished
dtoregulatteandmon
nitorthefu
unctioning ofUrban
and
dRegionalD
DevelopmeentAuthoriities/Agen
ncies.Thisrregulatory bodyshou
uldassess
and
dmonitorp
planning,ob
bserveand
devaluateiimpactsof planning,q
quickentheeprocess
ofaapprovalof
f plansinth
heStates.
Plan
nevaluatio
onaftereveeryfiveyeearsmustb
bebuiltin asperman
nentprocesssandbe
man
ndatorily done
d
at th
he complettion of thee planningg period. T
The parameters for
evaaluation of plan mustt be predeefined in the
t early stages
s
so aas to have a set of
parametersassbenchmarrkstoward
dstheendo
ofplanperriod.Thebaasicparam
metersare
provided in Table 2.4
4, besides these, otther speciific predeffined plan
n related
evaaluationparrametersco
ouldbeadd
ded.
DPFIGuidelin
banDevelopment
URD
35
PlanFormulation
Table2.4: ParametersfortheEvaluationofPlans
S.No. EvaluationParameters
QuantitativebenchmarksagainstthePlantobeevaluated
Comparisonwiththeprojected
population
Comparisonofpopulationprojectedandthepresentpopulation
Comparisonofexistinglanduse
withtheplannedlanduse
Percentagedeviationfromtheplannedlanduseofthemajorand
minorchanges
Upwardtrendofeconomy
ContributionofsectorsofeconomyinGDPofthecity
Carryingcapacityofthedevelopedareavisavisperpersonland
availability
PerformanceofindividualsectorsespeciallyMSME
PerformanceofcityGDPincomparisontoState/NationalGDP
Workforceparticipationratio
Workersclassification
Incomegenerationandparticipation
Femaleemploymentratio
VerticalmovementofthepopulationfromBelowPovertyLine
orlowerincomegroupsofthepopulation
4
Fundsinvested
Percentageshareofexpenditurevisavisthephaseand/or
projectlifebudget
Numberofproposedprojectscompleted
5
6
Achievementsoftargetsin
Infrastructuredevelopment
ComparisonagainstbenchmarksprovidedbyNationalAgencies
DirectionofgrowthvsPlanned
growth
NumberofplannedTPSchemesorZonesdeveloped
Changeintheratioofinfrastructurecoverage
NumberofNonAgriculturalconversions
The basic objective of the review/ evaluation would be to assess the progress and
identify area of success, failure and conflicts to guide/correct the future course of
action.Thisisanimportantstepinthedynamicplanningprocess,whichhithertohas
not been effectively utilised. This activity should be made mandatory under the
respectiveT&CPActs.
Thefollowingsectionsprovidemoredetailsofvariousstagesofthisprocess.
2.1.11. PlanMonitoringParameters
TheplanmonitoringparametersshouldbestandardisedbyUrban/RegionalPlanning
DevelopmentRegulatoryAuthorityforthirdpartyevaluationandmonitoringreport
to be submitted annually. The key aspects of monitoring (apart from Table2.4) are
suggestedas:
Institutionalsetupoftheauthorityinplace(parametermayincludeadequate
staffandrequiredqualifications,health&safetynormsfollowed)
Changeinjurisdictionoftheplannedarea(parametermayincludeextentofthe
area)
Changeindensity(parametersmayincludepopulationdensity,builtupdensity)
Infrastructure development (parameter may include actual infrastructure
worksvisavistheproposedtargetsorbenchmarks)
Decongestion(parametermayincludereducedtraveltime)
36
PlanFormulation
Investments(parametermayincludeproposedinvestmentsundervariousheads
andactuals)
Public Participation (parameters may include formulation of citizens charter
anditsfunctioning)
Indicatorsofsuccessandindicatorsoffailures
MonitoringofperformanceisdetailedinAnnualPlangiveninsection2.2.6.
2.1.12. Evaluation&RevisionofPlans
The Perspective Plan, Regional Plan, Development Plan, Local Area Plan, Special
PurposePlanincludingtheComprehensiveMobilityPlanandCitySanitationPlanare
prepared usually for duration of 20 years, though some States have attempted even
for 30 years. However, in the context of fast evolving social, economic and
technologicaldevelopments,itwouldbedesirabletoreviewtheseplansregularly,at
theintervalof5yearsorso.Suchreviewsshouldalsoincorporatethechangesinlegal
frameworkandgovernmentpolicies,asarenotifiedfromtimetotime.However,care
shouldbetakenthattheprocessofrevisiondoesnottaketoolongandiscompleted
within6to10months.
AsregardsAnnualPlans,therewouldnormallybenoneedtoundertakeanyreview
per se. However, a review of previous years annual plan should be included in the
exercise of annual plan preparation. Performance of the projects/schemes
implemented by the local authority, as contained in the annual plan of the previous
yearshouldbereviewedintermsofachievementsofthephysicalandfiscaltargets.
This would ensure a continuous monitoring and review of actions taken by local
authority.Resultsofthereviewshouldprovideinputforperpetrationofnextannual
plan. The monitoring of the plans/projects should be regular so that time taken in
reviewandformulationofannualplanisminimised.
The Projects / Research should be reviewed even during the project/research

period, to ensure that the data sources, research methodology and analysis are
realisticanddonotsufferfrominfirmities.
2.2.
ContentsofPlans
The approved plan should consist of a report, supplemented by the existing and
proposed landuse plans. The Report should include list of tables, list of illustrations
andannexureswhichshouldbeappropriatelyreferenced.Moreimportantly,theaims
and objectives, scope of work, limitations and methodological framework should be
highlighted.
Thecontentsofvariousplanscouldbeasfollows:
37
PlanFormulation
ThePerspectivePlanshouldbedrivenbythevisionandmissionoftheexercisebeing
undertaken.Whereasthevisionmayrefertotheendstate,themissionshouldclearly
focus on the steps to be undertaken to achieve the end state. At the same time, the
Perspective Plan must take into cognizance the relevant policies and statutes of the
Central and State Governments and projects/ schemes being implemented at
National, State, District, Region and Town levels. Based on the foregoing analysis,
clear strategies should be worked out for urban and regional planning and
development including for the periurban areas, environmental protection, heritage
conservationandthelinkagesbetweentheseaspects.
Surveys and analysisform the coreissue both in terms of spatialandattribute data
sets.Basedonthisanalysis,alternativestrategiesfordevelopmentmaybeworkedout
andthemostappropriatestrategyfordevelopmentindicatedfordetailingoutfurther.
Accordingly,thecontentsofaperspectiveplanshallbroadlyencompassthefollowing:
ExistingScenarioinoverallterms.
Projectedrequirementsforthehorizonyearbasedonthetotalquantumofland
availableandthatcanactuallybeusedfordevelopment.
Specific planning studies related to setting, linkages both socioeconomic and
physical, and likely challenges. Inaddition climatological studies,identification
ofareaspronetohazards,environmentallysensitivezones.
Population projection for the horizon year based on past trends and other
statisticalmethodstoarriveatassignedpopulationforthehorizonyear.
Economyandemploymentlevels,bothexistingandprojected.
Shelterincludingshortfallsinvariouscategoriesofhousingstockandthetotal
requirement
Transportationanalysis of the existing network, projected requirement based
ondetailedODsurveys.
Institutional uses both existing and required for the horizon year in terms of
education,health, sociocultural, religious, and distributive services like police,
fire,telecometc.
Infrastructure in terms of water, underground sewerage, drainage, and solid
wastemanagement.Visionshouldincludeanoverviewofnewtechnologiesand
thewaytodevelopandimplement.
Useofalternativesourcesofenergythroughnewtechnology.
Resourcebasemonetaryresourcesrequiredtoimplementplanproposalsvisa
visfinancialhealthofthelocalbody/implementingagencies.
Manpowerresourcesbothexistingandproposedasperrequirement.
Given the extent of the planning area and the assigned population to be
accommodated, physical proposals may be drawn up driven by transportation and
activitynodes.
38
PlanFormulation
It is important to ensure that projects/schemes are identified at this level itself

includingtheircostingandmodalitiesforimplementation.
2.2.2. ContentsofRegionalPlan
RegionalPlanistobepreparedfortheareaidentifiedasformalorfunctionalregion,
whichcouldbestate/interstate/district/interdistrict,investmentregionorspecial
area. If region so identified is interstate, all such states will need to prepare sub
regionalplansfortheirrespectiveareas.Foraregionalplanforanormalregion,the
followingkeycontentstobeincluded:
1. IntroductionoftheRegion
2. Analysisofregionalresources
3. Projectedrequirements
4. Majorproposalsandprojects
5. ImplementationPlan
ForRegionalPlanningforanInvestmentRegionorSpecialRegion,delineationofthe
regiontobeincludedintheabovegivencontents(referChapter4fordetails).
IntroductionoftheRegion
AbouttheRegion
Constitutedareas:Region,Subregion,Functionalareas,Growthcentresetc.
RatioofUrbanandruraldevelopment
RegionMorphology
AnalysisofRegionalResources&ProjectRequirements
1. Physicalsetting
Administrativeprofile
ConnectivityandEconomiclinkages
2. GeographyoftheRegion
Topography
Geology&Geomorphology
Hydrology(SurfaceandGroundwater)
Climate
Minerals&Resourcemapping
StudyofStateLandUtilisationPolicy
3. Demography(RegionandSubregionwise)
Populationanditsdistribution,
Populationdensity
Agesexcompositionandliteracyrate(trendanalysis)
Growthofpopulation(naturalandmigratory)
Populationprojectionbasedonscenarios(referChapter7)
4. Settlementpattern
UrbanandRuralsettlement
Periurbanareasandanalysisofexistingkeydevelopments
Hierarchyofsettlements(referChapter4)
Densityofsettlements
39
PlanFormulation
5. Transportation
Modeoftransportationbyroad,rail,air,waterasthecasemaybe
Networkofroads,railways,waterwaysandtheirinterrelationshipwithmajoractivitynodes
Trafficvolume
Patternofmovement
TransportCorridors&Terminals
6. PhysicalandSocioEconomiclinkages
Education
Healthcare(multispecialityhospitals,healthcentres)
Recreational
Religious
Gapassessmentandrequirementfortheprojectedpopulation
Water
Energy
Drainage,sanitationandrefuseandsolidwastedisposal
Communication
Policeprotection,fireprotection
DisasterManagementcell
Cremationandgraveyards
Gapassessmentandrequirementfortheprojectedpopulation
Heritage&Tourism
FlowofTourist(seasonwiseandoriginwise)
MappingofNaturalheritageandManmadeheritage
Tourisminfrastructureanalysisandgapassessment
EconomicactivityandFiscalpolicy
MajorEconomicsectors
Distributionofworkforceinformalandinformalsector
Workforceparticipationratio
Occupationalstructure
Economicnodes
Shelter
Housingscenario
Housingstock&supply
Housingneedassessmentincludingtypologies
Lowcosthousing
Nightshelters
Slumsettlements
7. Environment
Agroclimaticzone
Ecosensitive zones Protected or restricted areas such as National parks and Wildlife
sanctuariesandecosensitivebuffersaroundit
Rivers,waterbodiesandwetland
Groundwater
Coastal/Hillzone,ifany
Green&Forestcover
UrbanHeatIsland
Biodiversity
EnvironmentallySensitiveareasHazardpronezonessuchasearthquake,floods/flashfloods,
highwinds,cyclone,fire,landslide,tsunami,vulnerabilityandriskassessmentoftheregion.
40
PlanFormulation
Pollutionlevelsofwater,soil,land,air
OtherthreattoNaturalenvironment
MajorProposalsandProjects
1. Regionalpolicy&Developmentstrategy:
Policyforzonesofdevelopment
Growthpoles&Satellitetownships:strategyofdevelopmentofsettlementsystem
RecommendationsonUrbancentrejurisdictionchanges,ifany
DevelopmentcorridorsandTODzones
Economicactivityandfiscalpolicy
Major economic thrust sectors & its identified markets (focus on encouraging economic
activitiesforformalandinformalforwomenempowerment)
2. RegionallanduseandDevelopmentControls:
Landuse proposal: builtup area, agriculture, protected areas, waste lands, water bodies etc.
conformingwithStateLandUtilisationPolicyandStatePerspectivePlan
Proposedhierarchyofsettlements:PrioritytownsandCountermagnetareas
Majoreconomichubsandindustrialestates/parksforclusterdevelopment
DevelopmentControlRegulationsforvariousregionaluses
3. Regionalinfrastructure:
Mobility:TransportationproposalatRegionallevel(including locationsforintegratedfreight
complexes,multimodalhubsamongothers)
Majorproposedinstitutionalareasandpolicyonitslocationinperiurbanareas
Proposals for other infrastructures for water supply, sanitation, decentralised treatment and
forhealth,educationatregionallevel(proposaltoensurethatfacilitiesandinfrastructureare
easilyaccessibletofemalepopulationanddifferentlyabled/physicallychallenged/disabled).
Earmarkspacesandnormsforserviceslikecommunication(postalandtelephone),protection
(police,fire)andothersatregionallevel
Preferredlocationsforpowergeneratingactivities
Preferredlocationsandnormsforregionallandfillsite.Strategytominimizewastegeneration
byencouragingZeroWastedisposal.
4. DisasterRiskMitigationmeasures:asperNDMAguidelines(referChapter6)
5. Tourism:locationsforpromotion(evenifseasonal)andproposedcircuitsincludingstrategiesto
promotegreenmobility(walking,cycling,publictransport)fortourism.
6. NewandModifiedPolicies:
AlignmentwithStatePoliciesforEnvironmental,LandUtilisationPolicyetc.
PlanforSlumfreeCity
RationalizationofFloorAreaRatio(FAR)forvillages/transitionaltowns
PolicyonTribalSettlements
ProposalsforMSMEclustersorrecommendationsforseparatestudies
Policyandactionplanfordecentralisation/dispersalofhazardousandpollutingindustriesand
allocationofsuitablelandforindustriesclusters
Policyandprioritiesforinformalresidentialareas/slumsandunauthorisedcolonies.
OtherIssuesthatneedNewPolicies,Incentivesanddisincentives.
ImplementationPlan
Implementationstrategiesfortheregionforlandandresourcemobilisation
Coordination of local bodies and authorities and integrated management
structurefortheregion
Estimation of the Fiscal requirement phasewise and source of fund. Specifying
projectstobetakenupunderPPP
41
PlanFormulation
Capacity building for manpower and preparation of its work plan as per State
policy
Prioritiesofthedevelopmentalprojectsandfurtherdetailingofplans
Frameworkofmonitoringanditsmechanism
2.2.3. ContentsofDevelopmentPlan
This part recommends the contents of Development Plan document, which would
includethewrittendocumentaswellasthemapshowingthespatialplanandother
supporting charts and diagrams. Major heads and subheads to serve as a guide for
formulationofdevelopmentplanofanurbancentrearegivenbelow.
Contents of Development Plan should be formulated in accordance with statutory
provisions of the relevant Act. With the view of saving time and also developing a
participatory system of planning, necessary information from secondary sources
shouldbeutilised,asfaraspracticableandprimarysurveysshouldbeconductedonly
whenitisunavoidable.Conceivedwithintheframeworkoftheperspectiveplanand
adjustedaspertheRegionalDistrictPlan,aDevelopmentalPlanistobepreparedfor
aperiodof2030years.WhilepreparingDevelopmentPlan,specialattentionmustbe
paidonsafety,securityandparticipationofwomen,theelderly,andothersegments
ofsocietyrequiringspecialneeds.
TheDevelopmentplanshouldcontainthefollowingmajorheads:
1. ExistingConditionsandDevelopmentIssues
2. AssessmentofDeficienciesandProjectedRequirements
3. VisionandMission
4. DevelopmentProposals
5. ImplementationPlan
The details of each of the major subheads of Developmental Plan are given in the
followingsections:
2.2.3.1. AnalysisofExistingScenarioandDevelopmentIssues
1.
Background:
Location,regionalsettingandconnectivity
Briefhistoryofdevelopmentofthetown
Cityinfluenceanditscharacteristicsincludingsettlementpattern,ruralurbanrelationshipand
fringeareadevelopments
PhysicalsettingTopography,Climate,Soil(profileandcondition),Geology&Geomorphology,
Lithology,NeoTectonics,MicroSeismiczonesandHydrology,Subsurfaceaquifersystems
2. DemographicProfile:
Existingpopulationanddistribution
Populationgrowthanditscompositionof
Naturalgrowth
Migrationpattern/
Jurisdictionalchanges
42
PlanFormulation
Floatingpopulation
Agesexcompositionandliteracyrate(trendanalysis)
Workforceparticipation
Populationdensity(netandgross)
HouseholdcharacteristicsHouseholdsizes
3. LandProfile:
Jurisdictionchangesandeffortsofplanneddevelopment
Existinglandusemapwithrevenueleveldetails(mapscaleasperTable7.7)
Developableandnondevelopablearea
Periurbanareasandurbanvillages,ifany
Existingzoninganddevelopmentwithinzonedarea(includinginnercityarea)
Builtfloorspace,floorspacepermitted
ParticularsincludingVendingzones,Heritage(sites,buildingsandareas)
Landdevelopmentandmanagement(Central&StateGovernmentland)
4. EconomicProfile:
Primary:
Agriculture,horticulture&forestry
Sericultureand/orFishing
Mining&quarrying
Secondary:
Manufacturinglarge,mediumandclustersofMSME
Householdindustries
Construction
Tertiary:
Trade(wholesale/retailtrade)
Tourism,HotelsandRestaurants
Transport,StorageandCommunication
FinancialservicessuchasBanking,Insuranceetc.
RealestateandBusinessservices
PublicAdministration
Othersservices
Informalsectorasinformaltrade,commerce.
Workforce&Occupationalpattern(Employmentdatatobeanalysedgenderwise&agewise)
Employmentgeneration/Majorworkareas
5. InfrastructureProfile:
Transportation:
Modeoftransportationbyroad,rail,air,waterasthecasemaybe.
Networkofroads,railways,waterwaysandtheirinterrelationshipwithmajoractivitynodes
TransportCorridors&Terminals.
Transintracitytransportationfacility
Pedestrianandbicycle
Networkofcitylevelnonmotorizedroutesandzones
Goodsmovementsystem
Transportationlanduseintegration
Parking
Signageandwayfindings
Facilitieslike:
Education:schools,technicalinstitutes,universities,
Healthcare:Dispensary,healthcentres,hospitals
Recreationalspaces,ParksandOpenspaces
43
PlanFormulation
Religiousspaces
Socioculturalfacilities
PhysicalInfrastructure:(benchmarks)
Water supply: network, existingdemand and supply scenario, water transmission, reservoirs
anddistribution,rainwaterharvesting
Energy: existing demand and supply scenario, transmission and distribution network,
renewableenergy
Drainage, Sanitation and Solid waste disposal: existing demand and supply scenario,
generationandcollectionsystem,transportation,treatment,recyclingandreuseofwaste
TransportandCommunication
Policeprotection,Fireprotection
Cremationandgraveyards
Disastermanagementcentre
6. EnvironmentalProfile
Ecosensitive zone Protected or restricted areas such as National parks and Wildlife
sanctuariesandecosensitivebuffersaroundit
River,Waterbodiesandwetlands
Coastal/Hillzone,ifany
Green&Forestcover
Pollutionlevelsair,water,noise,soilpollution
DisasterManagement
Hazardpronezonessuchasearthquake,floods/flashfloods,highwinds,cyclone,fire,land
slide,tsunami
Disastermappingvulnerabilityandriskassessmentoftheregion
Allenvironmentallysensitiveareas
7. Shelter(bothformalandinformal)
Housingscenario
Housingstock&supply
Mappingofslums,squattersettlements/JJclusters,otherinformalsettlements
Housingsupplymechanism,
Housingneedassessmentincludingtypologies
Lowcosthousing
AffordableHousing
RentalHousing
Nightshelters
Publichousing
Slumsettlements
Squattersettlement
8. Administrativeprofile:
Legalframework
Institutionalframework&manpower
Fiscal:Sourcesofrevenue,streamsofexpenditureexistingandrequired
Majorpolicyissues
Keyissuesingovernance
GrievanceRedress
Citylevelreforms
9. Maps&Plans:
Existinglanduse/utilisationplan
Historicalcitygrowthmap
Infrastructuremaps
Environmentallysensitivezonesmap
44
PlanFormulation
Disastermaps
10. Gapanalysis:
Based on the existing conditions and the projected requirements of the planning area, a gap
analysisissuggestedtobedoneandissuesbeidentified.
2.2.3.2. ProjectedRequirements
Assessmentofprojectedrequirementsshouldbeforaperiodoftwentytothirtyyears
anditshouldfurtherbeclassifiedunderperiodsof5yearinlinewithStatefiveyear
plans.Suchclassificationwouldhelpinpreparationofannualplansandbudget.
1. Population
Projected population: should be guided by environmental and infrastructure (especially
drinking water) sustainabilityand holdingcapacityofthe city. Dispersalof economicactivity
mayalsoguidepopulationprojection
Floatingpopulation,agesexcomposition,literacy
2. Economicbaseandemployment
Hierarchyofcommercialareas,dispersalofcommercialactivityandrelatedactivities
Dispersalofindustries,environmentalrestrictiononindustrialdevelopment
Urbanpovertyanditsalleviation.
Workforce,employmentindifferentsectorsofeconomy:formalandinformalsectors
Proposedhierarchyoftradeandcommercearea
3. Shelter
Informalsectorhousing,slumupgradationandresettlementstrategy
Housingneedandrequirement
4. Transportation
Greenmobilitystrategywithmultimodalintegrationstrategy
Mass transportation system and its integration with activity nodes/facility centres and land
usepattern
Proposednetworkofcitylevelnonmotorizedroutesandzones
Traveldemandforecast,Roadlength,Hierarchyofroads,Transportterminals
Projectionofparkingrequirements
NeedforAirport,seaport(asthecasemaybe)
5. SocialInfrastructure
Education:preschools,schools,technicalinstitutes,universities
Healthcare:Dispensary,healthcentres,hospitals
Recreational:Parksandopenspaces,themebasedparks
Religious
Sociocultural:museum,culturalcentres
Cremation/Burialgrounds
6. PhysicalInfrastructure
Water:projectedwaterdemand,watertreatmentplant
Sewerage:estimationofgenerationandtreatmentcapacity
PowerdemandandsupplygapwithoptionsfortransitiontorenewableenergyandSmartGrid
electricity
Drainage:estimationincaseofchangeinjurisdiction,developableareaormajorchangeinland
useshare
Gapassessment&projectionofotherutilities
7. Landuserequirementfor
Residentialareas
Commercialareas
Manufacturingarea
45
PlanFormulation
Publicandsemipublic
Parks,PlaygroundsandOpenSpaces
Specialareas
Agriculture
Waterbodies
8. AssessmentofDisastermanagementinfrastructureto meet the requirement of prescribed
intheDistrictDisasterManagementPlan
2.2.3.3. DevelopmentofVision
The plan, at this stage is to formulate Vision based on existing conditions and
development issues and stakeholder consultation. Goals and objectives related to
dispersal of activities, environmental and infrastructure sustainability, mass
transportation and informal activities, Information and Communication Technology,
womenandpoorersectionstobeincorporatedifnotalreadyincluded.
It should consist of the guiding planning principles for the plan formulation. Like
whetherthecitydevelopmentstrategyisforCompactcity/Greencity/Densecities.
Also,ifitisaTouristcity,Heritagecity,Educationalhub,Industrialcityetc.
2.2.3.4. DevelopmentProposals
Theproposalsubheadsareenlistedas:
1. LandusePlan:
Hierarchy:Conceptofhierarchyofplanningunitsandspatialdevelopmentofvariousactivity
nodes,facilitycentresandnetworkofroads
Proposedlanduseplan(scaleoftheplanasperTable7.7)
Zoning regulationsfor proposed land use categories (refer Chapter9 for detailsfor the land
useclassification)including:
Residentialareas
Commercialareas
Manufacturingarea
Publicandsemipublic
Parks,PlaygroundsandOpenSpaces
Specialareas
Oldbuiltup(core)area
Heritageandconservationareas
Scenicvalueareas
Disasterproneareas/Ecosensitivearea
Primaryactivities
Waterbodies
2. ComprehensiveMobilityPlan:
Masstransportationsystemandlandusesinterfaces.
TODdevelopmentwithpriorityforNMVaroundnodes
IntegrationofproposedComprehensiveMobilityPlan
46
PlanFormulation
3. InfrastructurePlan/UtilityPlan:
Layout of plan of trunk infrastructure of each infrastructure and utility at the scale of the
proposedlanduseplan
4. SpecialAreaPlanning:
Plan for Renewal and redevelopment areas or recommendation for the further detailing of
UrbanRedevelopmentPlanfortheearmarkedarea
ProvisionsforHeritageandconservationareas
RegulationsfortheHazardzoneandprotectedareas
Proposalsfordevelopmentofwomenandvulnerablepopulation
5. DevelopmentPromotionRules/regulations
To regulate and develop landuse as mooted under the Development Plan, development promotion
rules/regulationsshouldbementionedinthissection.
6. Annexures:
Detailedscaledmapsofprevailingsituation
DetailedscaledmapsofexistingLanduse
DetailedscaledmapsofproposedLanduse
Detailedscaledmapsofproposedinfrastructureplansandsocialservices
DetailedscaledmapsofproposedSpecialpurposeplans
2.2.3.5. ImplementationPlan
Following inputs from preceding stages and prevailing Statutes, a seamless plan
implementationschedulemustbepreparedforDevelopmentPlan. Itshouldcontain
roles and responsibilities of all stakeholders, resource mobilisation framework and
phasewiseimplementationscheduleforplannedprojectactivities.Thekeyaspectsto
becoveredintheImplementationframeworkshouldbeinlinewithaims,objectives
and prioritised projects and schemes. Implementation framework may include the
following:
Prioritiesofprojectsandresearch
Phasingofdevelopmentalactivities
Proposalforlandresourcemobilisation
InvestmentStrategyandPromotion
Institutionalsetup
1. Priorities: Classify various projects identified as a part of development proposals by
priorityasunder
Essentials(toppriority)
Necessary(2ndpriority)
Acceptableanddesirable(3rdpriority)
Deferrable(4thpriority)
Projectsandresearchshouldbeidentifiedbyphasesandimplementingagencies(includingprivate
andcorporatesectors)tobegivenaspertheinstitutionalsetup.
2. Phasing:DevelopmentPlanshouldadvisablybeinphasesof5yearstocoincidewiththeState
FiveYearPlans.Thetargetssetforeachphasecanbeassessedasthemidtermreviewagainst
the achievements atthe end of each phase. ForGreenfield area phasing could include a Zero
periodforapprovals,institutionalsetup,initiallandpoolingandrevisitinganystrategy.
3. Proposal for land resource mobilisation: Implementation mechanism detailing approaches
for land polling and development in lines with the suggested mechanism in the State
PerspectivePlan
4. InvestmentStrategy:Proposalsforfiscalresourcemobilisationincluding:
47
PlanFormulation
Internalrevenue
Grants&Aids
Institutionalfinance
Marketborrowing
Privatesectorfinance
5. InstitutionalSetupto clearly provide Stakeholders role and responsibility and organisation
chart.
2.2.4. ContentsofLocalAreaPlan
OncetheDevelopmentplanisprepared,itsproposalscanbefurtherimplementedby
preparingLocalAreaPlan.ThisplancanbeeitherZonalDevelopmentPlanorLocal
AreaSchemeandthesecanhavethefollowingcontents:
2.2.4.1. ContentsofZonalDevelopmentPlan
1. Introduction
A brief introduction to the city comprising its regional setting, functional character growth
trends.
Developmentplan/MasterPlancontext
InterdependenceofZonesonotherpartsofthecity
2. SiteBackground&Analysis
Landusedistributionandanalysis
Populationanddensity
Builtuparea,character,extentanddelineation
Transportation:Circulationnetwork,trafficflow(peopleandgoods)andterminalfacilities
Physicalandsocialinfrastructure
Landownership
Slopeanalysis
Microzoninghazardmapping
Greencover:parks/openspaces,forest,orchards,greenbelts,etc.
Sitepotentialsandconstraints
Securitymapping:specifyingrelativelysafeandunsafeareas,streetsetc.
Typesofhousingsubsystems:lowcosthousing,affordablehousing
3. ConceptualFramework
Planningparameter
Planningconcept&hierarchytillcommunitylevel
Projectedrequirements
Urbandesignframework
4. Proposalsanddevelopmentstrategy
Landuseplan(scaleofplanasperTable7.7)
Proposedcirculationsystem
Proposalsforphysicalinfrastructure
Proposalsforcommunityfacilities
Strategyfornewdevelopment,redevelopmentandimprovement
Proposalforintegratinganddevelopingurbanvillages
Proposalsforinformalsector
Strategyforrehabilitation/regularizationofunauthorizedcolonies
Strategyformaintenanceofservices
Provisionforfacilitatingphysicallychallengedanddisabledinurbandevelopment
48
PlanFormulation
Proposals regarding vending zones: Transitoriented markets and market streets can be
pedestrianizedoronlyNMVsandbusesbepermittedinvendingzones.
5. ConservationandImprovementofEnvironment
ConservationandImprovementoflandprofile
Proposalsforconservationandimprovementofriversstreams,watersheds.
ConservationandImprovementofgreencoverandlandscape
Conservationofheritageareas/zones
Energyefficientandenvironmentallysustainabledevelopment
Provisionforrainwaterharvesting&commoninfrastructureatLAPlevel
Integrationofproposalsregardingairwaterandnoisepollutioncontrol
Security mapping: Focusing on provision of appropriate street furniture including lighting,
spacingofpolicebooths.Considerationisrecommendedforprovidingsecurityforwomen
6. ComplianceofGovernmentPolicies
StatePerspectivePlanand/orStateUrbanisationPolicy
StateUrbanHousingorAffordablePolicy
TownshipandIntegratedTownshipPolicy
RainwaterHarvestingPolicy
EnergyPolicy
DisasterManagementPolicy
IndustrialandServiceSectorInvestmentPolicy
BarrierfreeEnvironmentforPhysicallyDisabled
InformationTechnologyPolicy
TourismPolicy
OtherPolicies
7. ZoningRegulations
Definitionsofvarioususezonepremises
Userestrictions(usespermitted,conditionallypermittedandusesprohibited)
Proposalformixedlanduses
Strategyfornonconforminglanduses
Strategyforhazardzoneandregulations
Proposalsformeetingwomensneeds:mixedusedevelopmentwithfocusonstreetactivities/
TOD/spaceforstreetvendors/encourageareastobeactiveatvarioustimesofdayandnight
8. DevelopmentRegulations
Buildingregulationsandbuildingbyelaws
UrbanDesignofmajorhubs,ifrequired
ArchitecturalControl,ifnecessary
Specific development controls for heritage areas and other special areas traditional areas as
definedbythelocalauthoritiesifanymaybeprovided
9. ResourceMobilizationandImplementation
InstitutionalsetupforImplementation
PhysicalInfrastructuredevelopmentcostincludingannualand5yearphasing
ResourceMobilizationforimplementationthroughpublicprivateandothersectors
10. Implementationframework
Phasingandprioritizationofdevelopment
DevelopmentManagement
11. Annexures:
Detailedscaledmapsofprevailingsituation
DetailedscaledmapsofexistingLanduse
DetailedscaledmapsofproposedLanduse
Detailedscaledmapsofproposedlocationofinfrastructureandsocialservices
49
PlanFormulation
Detailedscaledmapsofvendingzonesintheplannedlocalarea
Anyotherproposalnecessaryforthedevelopmentofthezoneorwardorarea.
2.2.4.2. SpecificContentsofUrbanRedevelopment/RenewalPlan
Urban redevelopment or renewal plans have following distinct contents, apart from
thelocalareaplanscontentsasprovidedintheprecedingsection:
1. Developmentgaps&projectedrequirements
2. CityRevitalisationStrategy
3. Developmentproposals:Typologyoftheurbandevelopmenttransportation,infrastructure,
congestionareasrevitalisation,heritageresources,utilisationofGovernmentproperties
4. RestructuringofInstitutionalsetup,ifrequired
5. Annexure
6. Local Area Plan (Ward Plans) shall be aggregated at the Zonal Development Plan Level
coterminouswiththeAdministrativeDivisions/BoundariesandZonalDevelopmentPlansshall
beaggregatedattheDevelopmentplanlevel.
2.2.5. Contents of Specific Purpose Plan (e.g. City Development

PlansformulatedforaccessingfundsunderJNNURM)
A specific purpose plans should draw upon and align with the objectives of the
programmes etc. under which it is to be drawn. The CDP under JnNURM offers an
example. The objectives of JnNURM was developing physical infrastructure for
achieving MDGs and realising full potential of cities and making them engine of
growthoftheeconomy.Missionhadobjectivesfocusingonintegrateddevelopmentof
infrastructure,ensuringadequatefunds,promotingurbanreforms,provisionofbasic
servicestothepooretc.PreparingCDPisakeystrategytoachievingobjectivesofthe
Mission. Developmental Plan provides comprehensive proposals for socioeconomic
andspatialdevelopmentofurbancentrebutincreasingpopulationandspatialextent
of the cities has raised the need for urban planning. As a result various special
purposeplanshavecomeuptofillthegapandtocaterthespecialisedplanningneeds
ofdifferentaspectsofcity.11
2.2.5.1. Contents of City Development Plan (may be renamed as City

InvestmentPlan)
CDPistheperspectiveandvisiondocument,whichgivesexistingconditionofthecity,
setsoutdirectionofchangethroughvision,providesthrustareasandstrategies,and
investment framework to follow for successful implementation of plan. 12 It is
suggested that the terminology of City Development Plan be renamed as City
Investment Plan to avoid confusion as in many statesstatutory plans are named as
DevelopmentPlan.
1. Introduction
11
JnNURM: Formulation of CDP, JnNURM: Overview.
12
Ibid.
50
PlanFormulation
Background
ConceptsandprinciplesofCityDevelopmentPlan
2. CityProfile
Location
Geography
Profileofcity
3. Cityvisionanddevelopmentofgoalsandstrategies
ApproachandVisionandmissionstatement
Developmentofgoalsandstrategies
4. DemographicProfile
Demographictrends
SpatialspreadandPopulationdensity
Compositionofpopulationgrowth
Natural
Migrationpattern
Jurisdictionalchanges
LiteracyrateandGenderratio
SocialcompositionandIncomedistribution
Populationprojection
5. LandManagementandUrbanGrowth
Existingcityassessment
Morphologicaldevelopmentofcity
Existinglanduse
Unauthorized&unorganizedcolonies
Urbanvillages
Industrialdevelopment
Ecologicallysensitiveareas
Landdevelopmentandmanagement
Effortsofplanneddevelopment
6. Innercity
Innercityarea
Problemsofinnercity
7. EconomicProfile
Economicprofile
Primarysector
Secondarysector
Tertiarysector
Formalandinformalsector
Workforceparticipation
Occupationaldistributionandstructure
GDPandpercapitaincome
Directionsofgrowth
8. FinancialProfile
Reviewoftheexistingfiscalandfinancialstatus
Statusofcurrentassetsandliabilities
Overviewoffinancesoflocalauthorityanddepartments
Intergovernmenttransferinthefinancesinlocalauthority
Sourcesofrevenueandexpenditurestream
9. Infrastructure
Physicalinfrastructure
51
PlanFormulation
Citywatersupplysystem
Seweragesystem
Stormwaterdrainage
Roadnetworkandtransportsystem
Solidwastemanagement
Electricity
Education
Healthfacilities
Otheramenities
Recreationalspaces
10. EnvironmentProfile
Waterquality
Airquality
Noisepollution
Landpollution
11. DisasterManagement
Existingsituation
Disasterpreventionandmanagementplan
Investmentestimates
Trainingandotherprograms
Informationmanagementsystem
Implementationplan
12. UrbanPoorandSlum
Povertyprofile
Socioeconomicprofileofpoor
Povertyalleviationprogrammes
Slums/JJclusters
Squattersettlements/JJclusters
Slumdevelopmentpolices&strategies
Issuesofslums/JJclusters
13. ConservationandHeritageManagement
Inventoryofheritageresources
Legalframework
14. GovernanceandInstitutionalArrangement
Legalframework
Institutionalframework
Keyissuesingovernance
GrievanceRedress
Citylevelreforms
15. CommunityConsultation
Citystakeholdersprofile
Women
Peopleemployedininformalsector
Youths
SeniorCitizens
RWAs
NGOsetcetera
Sectorwiseviewpointofcommunities
Stakeholdersworkshop
16. SWOTAnalysis
52
PlanFormulation
17. InvestmentFramework
Sectorwiseinvestmentoptions
Summaryofcosts
18. CityInvestmentPlan
ACIPprovidesanestimateofthelevelofinvestmentthatwillbeneededtoimplementtheCDP.Itisan
estimate and provides an order of investment, arrived at by using financial norms or standards for
serviceprovisionandupgradationordirectlyestimatingthecostofimplementingareformagenda.A
linked aspect is to consider options and strategies for financing the vision as contained in the CDP.
Thesemaycover:
Watersupply
Seweragesystem
Roadnetwork&Transportationsystem
Stormwaterdrainagesystem
Heritageconservationandmanagement
Urbanenvironment
Urbangovernance
Otherdevelopmentprojects
Urbanslumsandpoor
Summaryofprojectinvestmentplan
Financing options of the local body could be sourced from its own resources, Central/ State
Governmentgrantsandloans,marketborrowings,capitalmarket,FDI,PPPetc.
19. InstitutionalReforms
Reviewofissuesingovernance
Measuresforgoodgovernance
Institutionalreforms
Municipalaccounting
eGovernance
Povertyreduction
Otherreforms
53
PlanF
Formulation
Figure2.5: ProcessoffPreparingCityDevelopm
mentPlan
Source: Jn
nNURMCDPT
Toolkit
2.2.5.2. ContentsofCom
mprehensiiveMobiliityPlan13
Increasin
ng populattion of urban centress has resulted in trafffic problem
ms. CMP is the
keydocu
umentprov
vidingratio
onaleforth
hetransporrtationpro
oposalsund
derJnNURM
M.It
draws itts rationalee and base from CDP,, Master Pllan and Co
omprehensiive Traffic and
Transport Studies (CTTS). It provides the
t longteerm vision of mobilityy patterns and
focuseso
onintegrattionofland
duseandtrransportan
ndimproveementofth
hemobilityand
accessibilityofpeo
opleandfaacilities.CM
MPreviewssthefutureelanduse p
patternsin
nthe
13
Guideliness and Toolkit for Urban Transpo

ort Development.
54
URDPFIG
Guidelines,2
Developmentt
PlanFormulation
Master Plan from the mobility optimization point of view and selects a preferred
patternoflandusetransportintegrationifnecessary.14
1. Existingsituation
Introduction
ObjectiveoftheCMP
ScopeoftheCMP
CityProfile
Generalbackground
Socioeconomicprofile
Legalframeworkandstandards
Institutionalandfinancialsituation
Environmentalandsocialconditions
ReviewofLandUseSystem
Existingreportsanddocuments
Landusepatternsanddevelopmenttrends
Landusedevelopmentpoliciesandstrategies
Identificationofissues
ExistingTransportSystems
Existingstudies,reportsandproposals
ExistingRoadNetworkandexistingtransportationinfrastructure
Publictransportsystems
Urbangoodsmovement
Trafficsafetyandenforcement
Otherrelevantissues
AnalysisofExistingTrafficPattern/TransportSituation
TrafficsurveysincludingTrafficVolume,OriginDestination,TrafficMovement,etc.(refer
Chapter8fordetails)
Analysisoftravelcharacteristics
Analysisofvehiculartrafficandbottlenecks
Analysisofsocialconsideration
Developmentofbaseyeartransportdemandmodel
IdentificationofIssues
Comparativeanalysisofurbantransportenvironment
2. Developmentofurbanlanduseandtransportstrategy
DevelopmentofVisionsandGoals
Visionstatement
Urbantransportdevelopmentstrategies
Goalssetting
DevelopmentofAlternativeUrbanGrowthScenarios
Urbangrowthscenariosinthemasterplan
Developmentofurbangrowthscenarios&evaluation
FutureTransportNetworkScenarios
Roadnetworkscenarios
Publictransportdevelopmentsplitscenarios
DevelopmentofUrbanLandUseandTransportStrategy
Evaluationofurbangrowthandtransportnetworkscenarios
14
Comprehensive Mobility Plans: Preparation Toolkit; Guidelines and Toolkits for Urban Transport development in Medium
Sized Cities in India.
55
PlanFormulation
3. Plansandprojects
PublicTransportImprovementPlan
Busserviceimprovementplan
MRTdevelopmentplans,ifrequired
Trunkandfeederpublictransportnetwork
ITSapplication
RoadNetworkDevelopmentPlan
Hierarchicalroadnetwork
Arterialroadconstruction/improvement
Secondaryroadconstruction/improvement
Intersectionsandflyovers
Railwaycrossingandunderpass
NMVFacilityImprovementPlan
StrategyforNMTfacilityimprovement
Pedestrianfacilityimprovement
NMVfacilityimprovement(bicycles,rickshaws)
IntermodalFacilities
Busterminals
BusRailinterchange
Parkandridefacilities
Freightterminals
RegulatoryandInstitutionalMeasures
UnifiedMetropolitanTransportAuthorityandTrafficandTransportationcellforsmalland
mediumsizetowns
Trafficimpactassessmentmechanism
RegulatorychangesrequiredfortheintroductionofTDMmeasures
Trafficsafetyregulations
Parkingregulations
FiscalMeasures
Farepolicyforpublictransportationandparking
Subsidypolicyforpublictransportoperators
Taxationonprivatevehiclesandpublictransportvehicles
Potentialforroadcongestioncharging
MobilityImprovementMeasuresandNationalUrbanTransportationPolicyObjectives
Introduction
SummaryofNUTPobjectivesandtheproposedmeasures
Socialandenvironmentalconsiderations
4. Implementationprograms
Implementation program should provide detailed process of implementing the proposal along with
timeframe,financingoptionsandimplementingagenciesforeachproject.
ImplementationPrograms
Listofmobilityimprovementprojectsandmeasureslisttobepreparedbyreviewingall
theexistingandongoingprojectsalongwithverybriefsummaryofeach.
Selection of priority projects/measures while considering timeframe of measures, a
selection process should be developed to screen prime candidates based on their
importanceandconstraintstoimplementation.
Implementation agencies/organizations for each project implementing agency /
organisation should be identified and considering existing implementation capacity, new
agenciescouldbeproposed.
56
P
PlanFormu
ulation
Finan
ncing option
ns financing options could be from Local Governmen
nt, Central
Goveernment, priv
vate sector financing
f
(orr PPP) and in
nternational developmen
nt partners
(donoragencies).Inaddition,thefinancialshareofthelocalbodysh
houldalsobeclarified.
Implementationp
programsfo
ollowedbyaboveexamin
nationstheim
mplementatio
onprogram
shou
uldbesummaarized.Anim
mplementation
nprogramcaanbeprepareedbasedonttimeframe
ofeaachproject,w
whichwillind
dicatearealissticschedule forimplemeentingallreco
ommended
projeectsandmeassures.
5 Annexure
5.
es
Surveydata
Detailsoftrafficdemaandmodelling
ProposallPlans
Projectp
profilesheets
Figu
ure2.6: CityMobilisation
nPlanningProcess
Sourrce: Guidelin
nesandToolk
kitforUrbanT
TransportDeevelopment
DPFIGuidelin
banDevelopment
URD
57
PlanFormulation
2.2.5.3. ContentsofCitySanitationPlan15
Unprecedented growth of urban population in India has resulted in several
infrastructuralissues.Sanitationinfrastructureisimportanttokeepcitieshealthyand
liveable.TheNationalUrbanSanitationPolicy(NUSP)waspreparedwiththevisionof
makingallIndiancitiestotallysanitized,healthyandliveableforallcitizensespecially
the urban poor. The CSP is a vision document on sanitation with 20 to 25 years
horizon with short term town level action plans for 35 years to achieve sanitation
goals. CSP provides for the preparation of City Sanitation Task Force, stakeholder
mapping, situation analysis, current deficiency assessment, prioritising of areas,
institutional capacity and financial mapping.16The key contents of CSP are listed as
under:
1. Introduction
Background
ObjectivesofCityWideSanitationPlan
CitySanitationPlanning:Process,detailedstepsandlimitations
ActivityUpdateonCSP
VerificationofMoUDchecklist
2. ProfileoftheCity
Introduction
Locationandregionallinkages
Climate
Topography
BriefHistory
RegionalImportance
Economy
Demography
Populationprojections
Populationdensity
SexRatio
Literacy
Wardwisepopulationdistributionandgrowthpotential
HousingScenarioOwnershipStatus
Slumsandsquattersettlements
ExistingLanduse
MunicipalGovernance
3. EnvironmentalSanitationAnAssessment
SanitationSituationAnalysis
Introduction
Householdsanitation
Slumsanitation
Opendefecationareas
Communitytoilets
Publictoilets
15
16
Manual on Preparing CSP

National Urban Sanitation Policy.
58
PlanFormulation
4.
5.
Schoolsanitation
Wastewatertreatmentinfrastructure
Septagemanagement
Servicelevelbenchmarkingindicators
Wastewaterprojections
StormWaterDrainageSystem
Introduction
Existingdrainagenetwork
Coverage
Outfalls
Existingdrainageconditions
Localfloodingareas/lowlyingareas
Stormwaterdrainagepeakrunoffcalculations
Standardizedservicelevelindicators
SolidWasteManagement
Primarycollectionandcoverage
Streetsweeping
Wastegeneration&segregationquantityandcharacteristics
Secondarycollection
Transportation
Treatment&disposal
Institutionalsetup&Healthofsanitaryworkers
Operation&Maintenance(O&M)
Servicelevelbenchmarkingindicators
Futuredemandandgap
WaterSupply
Sourceofwater
Existingtransmission,distributionandstoragecapacities
Servicecoverage
Standardizedservicelevelindicators
Futuredemandandgap
InstitutionalCapacityandFinance:
Existinginstitutionalframework:
DetailsofexistingStatelawsrelatedtoslumsapplicabletothecity
Institutionsengagedinslumimprovementi.e.SlumClearanceBoard,ULBs,DistrictUrban
DevelopmentAgency(DUDA),StateUrbanDevelopmentAgency(SUDA),HousingBoards,
Development Authorities, District Collectorate, NGO, CDS / Neighbourhood societys,
assessmentoforganizationalcapacities.
Community participation arrangements (Identification of city level Lead NGOs) and the
existingcommunitymobilizationanddevelopmentstructure
FinancialCapacityAssessmentofLocalBody
SanitationSituationwithrespecttoNationalRankingParameter
Sanitation situation with respect to national sanitation ranking parameters: To promote
sanitationinIndiancities,NationalRatingandAwardSchemeforSanitationforIndiancities,
wasimplementedunderNationalUrbanSanitationPolicybyMoUD.Citiesareratedbasedon
setofobjectiveindicatorsofoutputs,processesandoutcomes.
6. CityWideSanitation
Introduction
59
PlanFormulation
VisionandCityWideSanitationPlanning
Visionstatement
PrinciplesofCSP
Assumptions,normsandunitscosts
Variousoccurrencesofissuesversusconsequences
SubsectorStrategies
Opendefecationfreestatusbyensuringaccesstoall(includingpoorandslumdwellersas
wellasvisitingpopulation)
Excretadisposalandwastewatermanagement
Improvementofintegratedsolidwastemanagement
Improvementofstormwatermanagement
EnablingandSustainingstrategies
Awarenessraising,hygienepromotionandcommunityparticipation
Institutionalarrangementandresponsibility
MonitoringandEvaluation
Monitoringandreview
Launchingrewardscheme
Incentivesanddisincentives
60
P
PlanFormu
ulation
Figu
ure2.7: CitySanitationPllanningProceess
Sourrce: CSPMan
nualNUSP.
2.2.5.4. Con
ntentsofSlumRed
developmentPlan17
Inp
pursuanceo
ofGovernm
mentofInd
diasvisionforSlumF
FreeIndia,RajivAwaasYojana
wass launched
d in 2011 under wh
hich Slum Redevelop
pment Plan
n is preparred. RAY
env
visagestwo
ostepimplementation
nstrategy i.e.preparaationofSlu
umfreeCittyPlanof
Actiion(SFCPo
oA)andpreeparationo
ofprojectsfforselected
dslum.RAY
Yprovidesfinancial

17
Ra
ajiv Awas Yojana
a Guidelines.
DPFIGuidelin
banDevelopment
URD
61
PlanFormulation
supporttoStates/UTs/UrbanLocalBodies(ULBs)/CentralGovernmentAgenciesfor
providinghousingandimprovementofbasiccivicinfrastructureandsocialamenities
ineachselectedslums.
1.
2.
62
PreparationforSFCPoA(SlumFreeCityPlanofAction)
ConductingStakeholderWorkshopsandmeetingstopreparethegroundforbeginningthe
processesandsurveysrequiredunderSFCPoA.
PreparationofaCityprofile
Reviewofexistingpoliciesandprogrammesrelatedtoslumimprovementandhousing.
Curativestrategy
Assessmentofpresentstatusofslums
Preparationofamunicipalinformationbaseforallslums
Categorizationofslumsbasedontenabilityanalysis
Prioritizationoftenableslumsthroughprioritymatrix
Prioritizationofuntenableandsemitenableslums
FormulationofSlumInterventionStrategies
DetailedAnalysisofallPrioritisedSlums
Formulationofsluminterventionstrategiesforallprioritisedslums
Preventivestrategy
EstimatingUrbanPoorHousingShortage&IdentifyingSupplyandDemandconstraints.
Estimatingpresentandfuturehousingshortagefortheurbanpoor
Identificationofsupplyanddemandconstraintsinhousing
IdentifyingSupplyandDemandSideReformsandFramingFutureSupplyStrategy
Identifying policy reforms (Not applicable for smaller cities less than 3 lakh population
includedunderRAYimplementationphase)
Framingfuturesupplystrategy
DiscussingandsharingfindingswithstakeholdersguidelinesforpreparationforSlumFree
CityPlanofAction
P
PlanFormu
ulation
Figu
ure2.8: Slum
mFreeCityPllanofActionProcess
Sourrce:RAYGuid
delinesSFCPo
oA.
3. Investme
3
entplan
FramingInvestmentR
Requirementts&FinancinggPlan
Estim
mationofInveestmentRequ
uirements
Finan
ncialPlanningforImplem
mentationofS
SlumImproveementandPrreventionStraategy
FormulattingaCreditPlan
Revieewofexistingghousingfinanceoptionsfortheurban
npoor
Revieewofthecreditprofileofurbanpoor
4. FinalisatiionofSFCPo
4
oA
FramingInstitutionalArrangemen
nts
Preparationofind
dicativeimpllementationm
modeanddeefinitionofro
olesandresponsibilities
ofinsstitutionsforrimplementation
FinalizationofSlumF
FreeCityPlan
nofAction
DPFIGuidelin
banDevelopment
URD
63
PlanFormulation
2.2.5.5. DisasterManagementPlan(DMP)
The Disaster Management Plan is to be prepared on the lines of proposals made by
National Disaster Management Authority. Chapter 6 on Sustainability Guidelines
providesdetailedcontentsforDMPatStateandDistrictlevel.
OtherspecificpurposeplansTourismMasterPlanandHeritageConservationPlanto
bepreparedasrequiredbytheStateGovernmentand/orLocalAuthorityforspecific
purposes, but within the framework of the Development Plan or Regional Plan (for
therespectivescaleofpreparationatcityleveloratdistrictlevel).
2.2.6. ContentsofAnnualPlan
This section provides the contents of Annual plan prepared in the framework of an
approved development plan by the local authority. It is an important document for
the local authority as its aggregation at the district planning committee or
metropolitanplanningcommitteelevelwillgeneratethedistrictormetropolitanarea
annual plan which when further aggregated at State level will form its consolidated
annual plan. The State annual plan would indicate the State and Central funds for
different sectors, which finally will result in the allocation of funds to the local
authorities.Theannualplanofthelocalauthoritywillalsohelpinformulationofits
annualbudgetandmonitoringtheperformanceannually.
Asannualplanandbudgetareinterlinkeditisimportantthatprecedingannualplan
beevaluatedbeforethenextfinancialyear,sothatthefollowingplanwillhaveinputs
frompreviousplanandinvestmentsfornewplancanbeincorporatedinbudget.The
contents of annual plan of a local authority, as given in the following sections, are
applicabletoallsizesofurbancentres.
2.2.6.1. RevieworEvaluationofPrecedingAnnualPlan
Reviewoflastyearsperformance
Thereviewoftheperformanceoftheprecedingyearshouldincludebothphysicaland
fiscal achievements. It should cover all the components of the development plan as
containedinthelastyearsannualplanandhighlightforeachcomponent:
Thephysicaltargetset,suchasexpressway,trunkinfrastructurelines
Thestatusattheendoftheannualplanandthelevelofphysicalperformancebypercentageof
targetsachieved
Thefiscalallocationsmadevisavisproposed
Themoneyspentandleveloffiscalperformancebypercentageofmoneyspent
Thereviewshouldalsopresentananalysisofperformancecomponentwise,highlighting:
Areaswherethelocalauthorityhadaveryhighdegreeofperformance.
64
PlanFormulation
Areas where the local authority had a very low degree of performance and reasons for such
performanceaswellasthewaysandmeanstocorrectthecourseofaction.
A further analysis of the performance by source of funds should also be presented. It should
includephysicalandfiscalperformanceoftheprojectsimplementedthroughfundsfrom:
Centralassistance
Centralandstateassistance
Stateassistance
Nationalfundingagencies
Internationalassistanceorfundingagencies
Localauthorityresources
PPP
Privatesectorfunds
Finally,specifytheareas/actionsthatrequireattentionwithparticularreferenceto:
Finance
Capacityandskillupgradation
Administrativeandlegalissues
Changesinpolicies,programmesorpriorities
MechanismsofreviewofAnnualPlansPerformance:
Preparationofapertchartineachannualplan,whichshallbereviewedinthenextyeartorate
theperformance.
The physicalandfiscalperformance to be assessedon the targetachieved on quarterlyorat
leasthalfyearlybasis.Thiswillensuredistributionofdevelopmentandactivitiesthroughout
theyearandnotattheendoftheannualperiod.
Key performance indicators (KPI)to be proposed in the Annual plan for its evaluation in the
followingyear.Thiswillensurethequalityandwillbeapplicationspecific.
Itissuggestedtoconsiderdisasters,hazardsandActofGod,ifany,whilereviewingtheannual
planperformance
2.2.6.2. TheAnnualPlan
BriefIntroduction:
A brief introduction of the urban centre as indicated in its Development Plan. The
objectiveinwritingthisintroductionistomaketheannualplanselfcontainedandits
sectionshouldbeasbriefaspossible.
AimsandObjectives:
Takingthereviewofthepreviousyearsannualplanandtheproposalsofthedevelopmentplaninto
account,annualplanidprepared.Thisplanshouldprovide:
Aimsandobjectivesofdevelopmentduringtheyear
Priorities
Fiscalrequirementsandphysicaltargets:
Suchaplanshouldprovideimplementationofeachcomponentoftheplan:
Thefundsrequired;and
Thephysicaltargetstobeachievedduringtheyear
Fiscalresourcemobilisationplan:
65
PlanFormulation
Theresourcemobilisationplanshouldpresentthemannerofmobilisationofresourcerequiredfor
implementationoftheannualplan,specifyingthefundsproposedtobemobilisedthrough:
Localauthorityresources
PPP
Institutionalfinancing
Marketborrowing
Privatesectorfunds
Stateassistance
Centralstateassistance
Centralassistance
Landassembly:
Estimatethetotallandrequiredbythedevelopmentcomponentsandpresentthemannerofassembly
oflandbythelocalauthorityincludingassembly.
Capacitybuildingandskillupgradation
Thissectionshouldincorporate
Appointmentofstaff,bothtechnicalandadministrative
Trainingofstaff
Strengtheningoftheurbanplanningdepartment
Consultancypractice
OtherProposals:
Dependinguponthespecificneedsandlocalarearequirementsprovideotherproposalsalso.
2.2.7. ContentsofProjects/Schemes
Thefollowingistherecommendedlistofcontentsofplansofprojectsforexecution
onsite.Dependinguponthelocalrequirementsoftheapprovingorfundingagency,
thesemaybemodified.Thesecontentsareapplicabletoallplansofprojectsforall
sizeofsettlements.
Location
Locationandotherphysicalcharacteristicsofthesiteifitisalreadyavailable
Identificationofpossiblesites,ifnotalreadyavailable,and:
Evaluationofalternativelocation;
Selectionofpreferredlocation;and
Physicalcharacteristicsofthepreferredsite.
SitePlanning
Aims and objectives and schedule of area requirements as per provision of the development
plan.
Alternativeconceptsoflayout,theirevaluationandselectionofapreferredconcept.
Layoutbaseduponthepreferredconcept.
Planning and design of infrastructure (water supply, sewage, drainage, electricity, road
networkandotherinfrastructures).
Detaileddrawings
In case of further contracting of projects detailed drawings shall be provided for estimating cost,
workingdrawingfordesignandprocurementspurposes.
66
PlanFormulation
EnvironmentImpactAssessment
As per the Guidelines issues by MoEF, Environment Impact Assessment of the project may be
undertakenasanindependentexercise.
SpatialImpactAssessment
Incaseoflargeproject,aspatialassessmentoftheprojectmaybeundertaken,ifnecessary.
Assessmentshouldinclude:
ImpactoftheprojectonadditionaldemandforhousingwithspecificreferencetoEWS&LIG
sectionsofthesocietywhowouldsquatneartheprojectsiteifnopropercareistakeninthis
context
Impactonthedirectionofthegrowthofthesettlement
Impactonthecommercialandotherancillaryindustrialactivities
Impactonresettlementofthepopulationduetocompulsorylandacquisition
Impact on city level infrastructure specially roads, bridges, transportation system, water
supply,seweragetreatmentplant,electricitygenerationandsupply
Impactoncitylevelfacilities
FinancingPlan
Costrecoverystrategy
Financingterms
Financingplan
Sourcesoffinance
Proportion,formandnatureoffunds
Proportion,formsandnatureoffinancingbyvariousparticipatingagenciesandlocal
authority
Interestratesandtermsforborrowedfunds
Cashflowandrepaymentschedule
ProjectAdministrationandOrganisation
Projectadministrationagency
Majoradministrativerequirements
Advertisement
Processingofapplication
Collectionofdues
Systemofallotmentofplots/units
Supervision
Monitoring
Generalmanagement
Requirementofmanpower
Executingagency
LegalSupport/Constraints(ifany)
Landassemblylaws.
Landtenurelaws.
Developmentpromotionlaws/regulations
Thesesectionsmaynotformpartofthedocumentsneededatthetimeofapprovalof
privatesectorprojectbythelocalauthority.
All plans to be formulated in accordance with statutory provisions of the
relevantAct.
67
PlanFormulation
68
3 ResourceMobilizationforPlanImplementation
3.1.
Introduction
Land, finance and manpower are the three main resources for planning and
development of urban and regional centres. As a basic principle, allocation of these
resourcesamongvariouscompetinglandusesmustbesuchthatithelpsinachieving
anoptimallevelofeconomicefficiencywithinclusionandequity18.
In case of spatial development and various development programmes, the
government has been normally considered as the sole source for finance and
ownership.However,intherecentyearstheroleofprivatesectorinthedevelopment
process has been duly recognized. As a general policy on resource mobilization, it
wouldbedesirabletohaveapropermixofpublicandprivatesectorsparticipation,
bothplayingasymbioticroleinsuchawaythatthepublicinfrastructureprogrammes
are implemented with the strength of public authority and efficiency of the private
entrepreneur.ThisshouldbetheframeworkforPPP.Theroleofpeopleisalsobeing
recognized,leadingtodevelopmentofthePPPPmodel.
Thischapterfocusesonthefiscalresourcemobilization,land resourcemobilization,
goodgovernanceandmanpowerresourcesmobilizationstrategies fordevelopment.
The local authorities,chief town planners, city commissioners could select the most
appropriatemodelandcombinationdependinguponthecontextualpossibilities.
3.2.
Land
Land is the medium on which the entire superstructure of human settlement is

createdandunderwhichalotofinfrastructurefindtheirplace.Planningfortheuseof
land leads to socioeconomic and physical development of urban and rural areas.
However, it is a scarce commodity as its supply is limited and it cannot be mass
created.
3.2.1. LandasaResource
The (Draft) National Land Utilization Policy, 2013 states that land is required for
developmentofessentialinfrastructureandforurbanization,whileatthesametime
thereisalso a need to protect land underenvironmentally sensitive zones and land
which provides ecosystem services. Farmers livelihood options and food security
issues make it imperative to protect land for agriculture. Further, the need to
preserve natural, cultural and historical areas requires land protection. It is,
therefore, most essential to ensure that utilization of the available land is judicious
and in the best interest of the community through the instrument of Development
Plans.
18
Technology and capacity to handle the various resources can also be defined as a resource.
69
3.2.2. LandEconomics
Land value depends on demand and supply of land. The value increases as the
demandexceedsthesupply,whichisthegeneralcase,owingtolimitedsupplyofland
againstitgrowingdemandinthewakeofurbangrowthanddevelopment.TheRight
to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and
Resettlement Act, 2013(RFCTLARR Act, 2013), defines land so as to include the
benefits that arise out of land, and things attached to the earth or permanently
fastened to anything attached to the earth19. The Act also requires that the market
value of land be calculated as the minimum land value specified under the Indian
Stamp Act, 1899 for the registration of sale deeds in the area, where the land is
located, or the average of the sale price for similar type of land located in the
immediateareasadjoiningthelandbeingacquired.Itistobe ascertainedfromfifty
percentofthesaledeedsregisteredduringtheprecedingthreeyears,wherehigher
pricehasbeenpaid.Thisapproachissuggestedfordeterminingthemarketvalueof
landforacquisition.
The Land Acquisition Act of 1894 was made mainly to facilitate the government to
procure privately held land for the purpose of developing public infrastructure and
also for companies. After 120 years, this Act was replaced by the RFCTLARR Act,
2013. The Act has provided for fair compensation to those whose land is acquired
permanentlyortemporarily,whilebringinginenhancedtransparencytotheprocess
ofacquisitionofland.
3.2.3. LandAssembly
Landassemblyanddevelopmentmechanismareundertakenforachievingoptimum
socialuseofurbanlandandtoensureadequateavailabilityoflandtopublicauthority
andindividuals.PublicPrivateParticipationisachievedinlanddevelopmentthrough
various techniques. Mainly, land assembly techniques prevent concentration of land
in few hands and promote its efficient social and economic allocation. Some of the
land assembly techniques also promote flexibility in land utilization in response to
changes resulting from growing city. The various mechanisms to assemble and/or
developlandareenlistedbelow:
LandAcquisition:bulklandacquisitionbyStateandbyprivateinitiatives.
Land Pooling: land pooling approach and redistribution scheme, popularly known as
TownPlanningschemes.
Land Reservations: the concept of Accommodation Reservation which allows the land
ownertodevelopthesitesreservedforanamenity.
Transferable Development Rights: a technique of land development which separates
thedevelopmentpotentialofalandparcelforuseelsewhere.
19
Appendix B of Volume II B provides definition for land and associated terms.
70
Guided Land Development: this model uses the provision of infrastructure as an

instrumenttoguideurbandevelopmentinpartnershipwithlandownerswithoutpooling
anyland.
3.2.3.1. LandAcquisition
LandAcquisitionpopularlymeanstheacquisitionoflandfordefinedpublicpurpose
byagovernmentagencyfromindividuallandowners,asauthorizedbythelaw,after
paying a governmentfixed compensation to cover losses incurred by landowners
fromsurrenderingtheirland.Thelandacquisitionprocesscanbeundertakenbythe
State or through private initiatives. As of now, most of the land acquisition is to be
processed as per the RFCTLARR, 2013. Some models of land acquisition are as
follows:
BulklandacquisitionmethodasaStateInitiative:Inthismethod,MasterPlanispreparedforthe
entire area encompassing different land uses and involving various activities. Land is developed in
accordancetotheplanningnormsforvarioususes/activities.Bulklandisacquiredfromfarmersbythe
developmentagencyandcompensationispaidtofarmers/ownersbasedontheprovisionofprevailing
act.
BulklandacquisitionmethodwithPrivateInitiative:To defray the cost of land acquisition some
stategovernmentsandULBshavedevelopedmodelsinwhichprivatesectoracquirelandbydirectly
paying compensation to the affected families. A variety of models are in existence per which land is
acquiredforplanneddevelopmentwithprivatepartnership.
Haryana Guided Land Development Model: In this model, the private developer can acquire land
directlyfromfarmersatmarketpriceandatthesametime,itpermitsalandownertoassumetherole
ofacolonizer.Thismodelprovidesfixedtimeperiodof5yearstoutilizethatlandacquired(initially2
years, then extension of 3 years, if required)and the developer is expected to complete the projects
withinthisperiod.Majorhighlightsofthismodelarethatthedifficultiesanddelaysinlandacquisition
are avoided and pressure on government to pay compensation is reduced, overall enhancing
investments.
Ghaziabad Joint Venture Model: As per approach followed by Ghaziabad Development Authority
(GDA), a joint venture (JV) is formed between the GDA and the builders/developers/cooperative
societiesthroughopenbid(basedontechnicalandfinancialcapabilities).Twentypercentoftheplots
developedaretobereservedforEWS/LIGandthecostingandallottingofsocialfacilitybydeveloper
hastobedoneasperthegovernmentregulations.Thebalanceofthelandistobesoldbythedeveloper
atprofit.Fortheentireprocess,thedevelopmentauthorityactsonlyasafacilitator.Projectdurationis
specifiedintheJVagreementandpenaltyisimposedifdeveloperrequirestimeextension,thusmaking
surethatlandisutilizedwithinthestipulatedtimeperiod.
Hyderabad Differential Compensation Models: In Hyderabad, the land acquisition technique has
beenmodifiedintotwodifferentmodels,inwhichwhileacquiringlandforpublicandprivateprojects,
differentlevelofcompensationsarearrivedat,theseare
ModelI:Whenlandisacquiredforprojectsmainlyforpublicpurpose suchasroads,power
generationanddistribution,irrigation,schools,welfarehousing,environmentalprojectsetc.,
appropriatecompensationispaidtolandownersbyconsultingthem.
71
Model II: When land is acquired for projects such as SEZ, Industrial Estates, Satellite
townshipsandotherswherevalueadditionenhancesthelandpricessubstantially,mainlyfor
thirdpartyuse,compensationisnormallyworkedoutonprofitsharingbasis,whichisintwo
parts,namely
BasicValue(GovernmentRate)ofLand
%EquitySharinginSPV/%ofNetDevelopedArea/BuiltSpace
CIDCO Model of Land Development in Navi Mumbai follows the technique of land banking for land
assembly.Thecompensationtolandownersisdonebythewayofmonetaryandlandcompensation.
ButinVasaiVirarsubregion,CIDCOundertookthelandassemblybyobtainingpowerofattorneyfrom
landownersoroutrightpurchaseoffreeholdlandslocatedclosetoeachotherbyprivatedevelopersor
builder. The promoter is solely responsible for providing and maintaining infrastructure for
consolidatedlandparcel.
3.2.3.2. LandPooling
In Town Planning or Plot Reconstitution Scheme, the land is pooled and its
developmentisfinancedwiththeinvolvementoflandownerswithoutcompulsorily
acquiringland.Thislandassemblytechniquehelpstoprovideplotsforbasicservices
inaplannedlayoutfromtheoriginalhaphazardarrangement.Costsincurredbythe
developmentalauthorityfordevelopmentandforinfrastructure arerecoveredfrom
the sale of few of the final land plots reserved by the authority and betterment
charges levied on landowners. The reconstituted plots are allotted to the land
ownersinproportiontotheiroriginallandholdings.
TheschemewasfirstintroducedintheMaharashtraRegionalandTownPlanningAct,
1966andlaterinGujaratTownPlanning&UrbanDevelopmentAct,1976andisnow
widely appreciated model of land assembly. Another deviation of the land pooling
mechanismhasbeenrecentlyintroducedbytheDelhiDevelopmentAuthority(DDA),
whereinDDAfacilitateddevelopersandlandownerstopoollandfordevelopment.
Thetownplanningschemeisreferredaslandacquisitionwithouttearsandhasthe
followingkeyadvantages:
Infrastructureisprovidedincoordinatedway.
Partialcostisrecoveredthroughbettermentcharges.
Land for public and community purposes including green & open spaces is
acquiredwithoutdirectexpanses.
Communitybenefitsthroughunifiedplanning.
Landownersharestheprojectcostandbenefitsbyincreasedpropertyprices.
However,theLandPoolingSchemesuffersfromcertaindifficulties,suchas:
Delayinprocessofpreparation,approval,arbitrationandimplementation,mainly
duetolitigations.
Thereareissuesrelatedtocostrecovery.
72
There is also inadequate public participation in such schemes. To overcome the

drawbacksofTPscheme,somesuggestionsareenlistedbelow:
Division of scheme into planning and financial part, which has been done in the
Gujaratmodel.
Appointment of an arbitrator and a project planner by local authority to modify
the plan after initial preparation, who would undertake active consultation with
originalstakeholderspreandpostplanpreparation.
The contribution, which is based upon the estimated value of land assuming full
development as per the scheme, should be replaced by estimated cost of the
scheme.
ProvisionofTransferableDevelopmentRightsinlieuofcompensationtooriginal
plotholderscanbeconsidered.
Land pooling schemes to be prepared only for the areas included in current
developmentplan.
Land development for Schedule6 areas: Some Northeast states have areas covered under the
Schedule6oftheConstitution.Insuchareas,landdevelopmentandplanningarenotdirectlyunderthe
control of the State government but vests with the Autonomous District Councils and mainly under
community ownership. Therefore, communities can be involved in development process of the
settlementsasitmaybeviableandeasierapproach.
3.2.3.3. LandReservations
The concept of Accommodation Reservation allows the landowners to develop the
sites reserved for an amenity in the development plan using full permissible Floor
SpaceIndex(FSI)/FloorAreaRatio(FAR)ontheplot,subjecttoagreeingtoentrust
and hand over the builtup area of such amenity to the local authority free of all
encumbrances and accept full FAR/FSI as compensation in lieu thereof. The area
utilized for the amenity would not form part of FAR/FSI calculation. Reservations
such as retail markets, dispensaries, etc. can be implemented in this way wherein
local authority is not required to acquire the land by incurring expenditure on
payment of compensation. In case of reservations like shopping centres etc., the
ownercanbeallowedtodeveloptheseonagreeingtogiveatleastupto25%ofthe
shopstothelocalauthorityforthepurposeofrehabilitationofthedisplacedpersons
onpaymentofcostofconstruction.
Incaseofroadwidening/newconstruction,thelocalauthoritycangrantadditional
FSIon100%ofthearearequiredforthepurpose,providedtheownersurrendersthe
land for widening or construction of new roads to the local authority free of all
encumbrancesandaccepttheadditionalFAR/FSIasthecompensationinlieuthereof.
This mechanism has considerably relieved local authorities from incurring huge
expensesforthepurposeofacquisitionofsuchlands.Themodelcanbeexploredfor
othernoneconomicactivitiessuchasopenspaces,publicutilitiesamongothers.
73
The concept of accommodation reservation has been incorporated in the
DevelopmentControlRulesoftheMumbaiMunicipalCorporation.
3.2.3.4. TransferableDevelopmentRights(TDR)
TDRisatechniqueoflanddevelopment,whichseparatesthedevelopmentpotential
ofaparticularparceloflandfromitandallowsitsuseelsewherewithinthedefined
zones of the city. It allows the owner to sell the development rights of a particular
parceloflandtoanother.ThisentitlementisoverandabovetheusualFSIavailable
for receiving plot in accordance with the prevailing laws and regulations, which
entitlesalandownertoconstructadditionalbuiltupareaonhisexistingbuildingor
vacantland.
TDR is taken away from the zone and it is tradable which makes it different from
AccommodationReservation.Thisisalsogenerallyusedforredevelopmentofinner
city zones and for reconstruction/ redevelopment and has been tried out in
numerous cities/ States including Bengaluru, Chennai, Mumbai and Rajasthan.
However it has its prospects and consequences as experienced from the
implementation in various cities. For instance, unbridled pooling of TDRs could
damagetheurbanform,TODstrategies,qualityofpublicspaces,etc.Henceitshould
be used carefully within a predefined spatial framework.States like Karnataka and
Rajasthanhavemadeprovisionstomitigatesucheffects.
3.2.3.5. GuidedLandDevelopment
Guided Land Development model uses the provision ofinfrastructure as instrument
toguideurbandevelopment.Thisisdoneinpartnershipwithlandownerswhopay
for the cost of providing services to their land and in return donate land for public
infrastructure and a payment as betterment levy. This model, also proposed by the
UnitedNationsEconomic&SocialCommissionforAsia&Pacific(UNESCAP),hasbeen
forguidingtheconversionofprivatelyownedlandintheurbanperiphery.Itusesa
combination of traditional government role of providing infrastructure and the
enforcement of land subdivision regulations. The key advantage of the approach is
that it is less costly than outright land acquisition and more equitable than land
banking.
The principle behind guided land subdivision is that the government agency
proactivelyselectsthedirectionwhereitfeelsurbandevelopmentshouldtakeplace
and provides infrastructure in those areas. This acts as an incentive to encourage
developertoinvestintheplannedareaselectedbythegovernmentagency.Thecost
effectiveness of guided land development approach results from the fact that land
development is planned, designed and implemented with the landowners of the
designated area, who donate land for roads and right of way for infrastructure and
public spaces, as well as pay a betterment levy to meet the costs of the project. To
financethescheme,aloanisinitiallytakentobuildtheinfrastructure,whichispaid
74
frombettermentleviesprovidedbylandownerseitheronannualinstallmentsorin
lumpsumuponsaleofland.Theinfrastructureisprovidedbythegovernmentagency
uptothesite.Individuallandownersaresupposedtosubdividetheirlandforvarious
developmentsandlaytheonsiteservices.
But guided land is often fraught with difficulties on the ground. First, as the model
depends on the consent of the landowners it cannot be applied in areas with
fragmentedlandownership,lackofownerswillandconsensus.Second,collectionof
betterment levies may not be feasible by small landholders and lead to default of
payment.
3.2.4. InclusiveLandDevelopment
Most cities in developing countries suffer from land market distortions caused by
poor land development and management policies including poor planning, slow
provisionofinfrastructureandservices,poorlandinformationsystems,cumbersome
and slow land transaction procedures, as well as under regulation of private land
development, leading to unplanned or ribbon/corridor development of land in the
urbanperiphery.Theurbanpoorsuffermostfromadysfunctionalcity.Distortionsin
thelandmarketsallowlandspeculation,whichoftenpricesthepooroutoftheformal
land markets and into the informal land markets, which are exemplified by slums,
squattersettlementsandillegalsubdivisions,mainlyintheperipheryofcities.This
leads to longer commuting time and costs, poor living conditions, in adequate
infrastructure and services, adversely affecting the health and financial condition
especiallyofthepoor,therebyentrenchingthecycleofpoverty.
Landandhousinghavespecialsignificanceforthepoor.Oftenforpoor,ahouseisnot
justashelter,butisalsoaplaceforincomegeneration.Urbansettlementsofthepoor
intheregionarecharacterizedbyhomebasedworkshopsfromwhichthepoorearn
their incomes. Though slum, squatter and illegal settlements are often used
interchangeably but they are different from each other and denote different
characteristicsofthesettlement.
Slums are legal but substandard settlements, with a lack of adequate services and
overcrowding.
Squatteraresettlementswherelandhasbeenoccupiedillegally.Theyareoftenfoundon
marginalorenvironmentallyhazardouslands,suchasclosetorailwaytracks,alongrivers
and canals etc. They are also found on government land or land whose ownership is
unclear.
While squatter settlements are spontaneous and unorganized, illegal settlements are
planned and organized. These usually occur in cities where the government owns large
tractsofvacantland,withlowopportunitycost.
3.2.4.1. InclusionofPoorintotheFormalLand/HousingMarket
Experience has shown that bringing the poor into the formal land and housing
marketsneedsatwoprongedstrategy:increasingthechoicesavailableonthesupply
sideandincreasingaffordabilityonthedemandside.
75
1.
2.
Increasingsupplyoflandforthepoorincludesfollowing:
SitesandServices:Itprovidesthetargetgroupwithaplotandbasicinfrastructure,such
aswater,roadsandsanitationfacilities.
Illegal settlements regularization/upgrading: Settlement upgrading provides existing

settlementdwellerslandtenure,aswellas,basicinfrastructure.
Landsharing:Landownerandthelandoccupantsreachanagreementwherebytheland
owner develops the economically most attractive part of the plot and the dwellers build
housesontheotherpartwithfullorlimitedlandownership.
Siteswithoutservicesincrementaldevelopment: The approach includes mechanisms

wherebygroupsofhouseholdsareencouragedtoorganizethemselves,accumulatefunds
andprovideinfrastructuregradually.
Private developers to provide a percentage of FAR (DDA norms provides 15%) for EWS
housingtobehandedovertoLB/Authorityatpredeterminedprice.
Reservation for service population including domestic help, cleaners, drivers, other
smallscaleandinformalservicesshouldbemade(DDAnormin50%).
Thestrategyofincreasingeffectivedemandforlandforthepoorhasfollowingschemeswhich
canbeusedtoprovidebettersheltertotheurbanpoor:
Community organization: Organized communities of the poor can afford housing and
theyalsonegotiatewithgovernmentsandotherstakeholdersmoreeffectively.
Increasing savings and providing access to finance: Communitybased savingsand

creditschemespreserveorganizedcommunitiesandincreaseaccesstofinance.
Improving income opportunities by providing access to the Central and State level
schemes for employment (like Swarna Jayanti Shahari Rozgar Yojana, Urban Wage /Self
EmploymentProgramme,WomenSelfhelpProgramme)andvocationaltrainings(likeSkill
TrainingforEmploymentPromotion).
(Source:UNESCAPUrbanLandPolicyfortheUninitiated,DDANormsandothersources.)
3.3.
FiscalResourceMobilisation
Localbodiesplayanimportantroleinprovidingsocial,civic,physicalandeconomic
infrastructureservicestothepublic.Municipalfinancesarecriticalininitiatingmany
urban and local governance projects, as financial resources strategic management
plays a vital role in ensuring longterm sustainability of local services and
infrastructure. With the introduction of 73rd& 74thCAA, local governments role and
responsibilities have been increasing continuously. To realize these responsibilities
local governments require steady flow and efficient management of financial
resources. However, as the traditional system of funding on basis of plan and
budgetary allocations will be reduced, the local authorities will have to devise
innovative methods of resource mobilization through fiscal instruments and
accessing the market. The subsidies will need to be rationalized and urban
development plans and projects need to be designed as commercially viable. A
generallifecycleofaprojectisdepictedinFigure3.1.
76
UrbanPla
anningApp
proach
Figu
ure3.1: ProjectLifeCycle
Also
otheestimatiionofprojecttcostistobeaccuratelycaalculatedinclludingcontin
ngencies.Theeimportant
head
dforprojectccostcalculatiionare:
1. CapitalInvestment(Caapex),includiing
1
Landcosst
Common
ninfrastructu
urecost,likeroads,watersupplyetc.
Projectsspecificinfrasstructurecosstliketollplaza,bridges
Buildinggandcivilcosst
Interestduringconsttruction
2 Workingccapitalmargiin(alsoincideentalexpensees)
2.
3 Operation
3.
nsandMainteenancecost(ss)(O&M),inccluding
Salary&
&Wages
Recurrin
ngrawmaterrialcost
Repair&
&Maintenancce
Administration&Oveerheads
Marketin
ngexpenses
Projectsspecificoperaatingexpensees
Req
quirement offinance intheprojjectlifecyccleisforim
mplementaationandthenlater
for operation andmanaggement.Th
hefirstactiivityisraissingfunds inbulkto initiatea
project. Once construction is oveer, the lateer stage off operation
n and maintenance
requires steaady flow from
f
revenue sourcces. Howev
ver, only well planned and
imp
plemented infrastructtureprojectsgenerateerevenueiincomeforrlocalauthoritiesin
form
m of fees and
a chargees. Figure 3.1
3 depictss general life cycle of a projectt. Various
inno
ovative an
nd traditional approaaches for financing developmeental activ
vities are
avaailablethesedaysand
danattemp
pttoprepaareacomprehensive listhasbeenmade,
asp
presentedinFigures3.2&3.3below.
DPFIGuidelin
banDevelopment
URD
77
UrbanPlanningA
Approach
Figure3.2: FundingSources
Figu
ure3.3: Reveenuesources
3.3.1. Traditional an
nd Inn
novative approaches for Fisscal
ResourrceMobiilisation
Diverse optionsof thesourceefinancearreavailableefordevelo
opmentalp
projects.Th
hese
tradition
nalandinnovativesou
urcesoffin
nancingpro
ojectsatStaateandULB
Blevelthro
ough
fundingandrevenu
uesourcesaredetaileedbelow:
a.
Taxes:StateGov
vernmentautthoriseslocallgovernmentsbylaw,to collecttaxess.Taxesarem
major
sourrceofrevenu
ueofUrbanL
LocalBodies. Propertytaxx,profession taxandadveertisementtaxare
majo
orsourcesoffrevenueinlo
ocalgovernm
ments.
b.
Chargesandfee
es:Localbodiieslevycharggesandfeesfortheserviccesprovided tocitizens.T
These
charrges,forwateersupply,sollidwasteman
nagement,paarkingandotthersuchservicestocoveerthe
costtofundertakiingtheprovissionofservicces.
c.
Gran
ntsandSubssidies:Granttsandsubsidiesaregenerrallygivenby
yCentralGoveernmenttoState/
Locaal Government or State to Local Goveernment for developmentt and provisiion of services to
citizzens.
d.
Pub
blic Private Partnership
p: PPP is an
n agreementt between public
p
and p
private entity
y for
prov
vidingserviceesorinfrastrructuretocitizens.Ithelpsmunicipalaauthoritiesto
oshedsome ofits
funcctionsandevo
olvealternativeinstitutionalarrangem
mentforthep
performanceofsuchfuncttions.
e.
Loan
nsfromfina
ancialinstitu
utions:Publiccandprivateeorganisation
nscometogetthertopoolffunds
from
mpublicandiinvestingitin
nfinancialassets.Suchloaansareforlongterm.
f.
Fun
nding by Bila
ateral and Multilateral
M
Agencies: These
T
are deevelopmentaal agencies which
w
prov
vide soft loan
ns for infrastructural pro
ojects. Almosst all such lo
oans are back
ked by soverreign
guarranteeandtaakelongprocesstoaccess.
g.
Fore
eign Direct Investment:: FDI is direect investmen
nt from company or entiity into a forreign
coun
ntry.
h.
PooledFinanceDevelopme
entFund(PF
FDF)Scheme
eofGovernm
mentofIndiia:PFDFis meant
m
toprovidecredittenhancemeentgrantsto enableULBsstoaccessm
marketborrow
wingstofacillitate
deveelopmentofm
municipalinffrastructure.
i.
Mun
nicipal Bond
ds and Debe
entures: Mun
nicipal bondss and debenttures are issu
ued by ULBss and
Infraastructure Fu
unds, to gen
neral public or
o specific in
nstitutional investors
i
to raise finance for
deveelopingphysiicalinfrastructure.
78
URDPFIG
Guidelines,2
Developmentt
3.3.1.1. Taxes(Propertytaxes,Vacantdevelopedlandtax)
The municipal entities derive their tax powers from the laws enacted by the State
legislatures. The sources of revenue both tax and nontax are delegated to them
under these laws as obligatory and discretionary taxes. However, the municipal
bodiesareatthelibertytolevyataxandmayormaynotlevyalltheentitledtaxes.
In order to match the functional domain of municipal bodies with tax power, it is
imperative to devolve additional tax powers to municipalities and to provide for
transfer of new functions to them as proposed in 73 rd & 74th CAA, along with the
requisite funds which currently are under the purview of State Government
Departments.
Inadditiontotaxes,stategovernmentsalsoprovideauthority tolocalbodiestolevy
surcharge on some taxes to generate additional fund to meet its requirements.
Following is the list of taxes and surcharges that local bodies can levy to generate
revenue.
Taxes:
Propertytaxonlandsandbuildings:reformingthepropertytaxentailsbringinginamendment
ofinherentRentControlLawseitherfordelinkingitspresentdepressingeffectonrentalvalueor
forpermittinglegallytheperiodicalrevisionofstandardrent.TheModelRentControlActofMoUD
provides for refurbishing of standard rent and its periodical revision. This, if adopted by all the
states,willgoalongwayinrestoringthebaseofthistaxwithsomerelationshipwiththemarket
value.
StampDuty:Thistaxisleviedonthoseinstrumentsordocumentsoftransactionswhensellingand
buyingproperty.TheproceedsinregardwiththisdutygodirectlytoStateinwhichtheindividuals
arelevied.ItcanalsobesharedwithLocalBodies.
TaxonLand/Propertyvaluesincrement:It is common phenomenon that land values keep on

increasing over the years not because of any individual effort but due to implementation of
developmentschemes.Landvaluesincrementmayalsobeduetoeconomicphenomenonofrisein
generalprices.Thebasicobjectiveoflandvalueincrementtaxesistocapturesomeofthisincrease
forthebenefitofthecommunity.
Water tax: The Municipality can levy a water tax on any land or residential building or non
residentialbuildingasapercentageofpropertytaxasspecifiedbyregulations.
Firetax:TheMunicipalitycanlevyafiretaxonanybuildingasapercentageofpropertytaxasmay
bespecifiedbyregulations.
Taxoncongregations:Itisataxleviedperheadorpervehicleforprovidingmunicipalservicesto
personsorvehiclesvisitingthemunicipalareaforthepurposeoftourismorinconnectionwithany
congregation of whatever nature, including pilgrimage, fair, festival, circus or yatra, within a
municipalareaforpersonsorvehiclesassemblingwithinthemunicipalareaforthepurpose.
Taxonpilgrimsandtourists.
Taxondeficitinparkingspacesinanynonresidentialbuilding: This tax ison thedeficits in

the provision for parking spaces required for different types of vehicles in any nonresidential
building.
79
Advertisement Tax: Such tax can be levied for the exhibition or display of any advertisement
(otherthaninnewspaper)topublicviewinanymanner.
Vehicletax:Itisataxonpurchasingvehiclesandusingroads.
ProfessionTax:Professiontaxisleviedbymunicipalauthorityonindividual,company,business
ownersormerchantsItisleviedontheincomeearnedbywayoftrade,profession,employmentor
business.
DomesticServantsTax:Thistaxispayablebyemployerondomesticservants.
Vacantlandtax:Insomeurbanplaces,thelandiskeptvacantwithoutanyusebytheownerfora
periodoftime.Ataxispayableonvacantlandtoincentivizeitsdevelopmentorsaletothosewho
havetheinterestandaccesstoresourcestodevelopit.Itis recommendedtolevythistaxasper
applicableFARratherthanavailedFAR.
Octroi:Thistaxisleviedontheentryofgoodsintoalocalareaforconsumption,use,orsale.Many
StateshavereplacedoctroibyentrytaxleviedandcollectedbytheStateGovernment,butshared
withtheLocalBodies.
Other taxes: The municipalities can also levy any other tax, which the state legislature has the
powertolevy,subjecttothepriorapprovalofthestategovernment.
Surcharges:
SomeStatesprovidefor levy ofsurcharge onState taxes, to bepassed onto the local bodies,though
someeconomistsfindsuchsurchargestobedistortionary.Examplesare
Surcharge on stamp duty: The Municipality can levy a surcharge on the transfer of lands and
buildingssituatedwithinthemunicipalareaasapercentageofstampdutyleviedonsuchtransfer.
Surchargeonentertainmenttax:Itisasurchargeonanytaxleviedbythestategovernmenton
anyentertainmentoramusementwithinthemunicipalarea.
Surchargeonelectricityconsumption:Itisasurchargeonconsumptionofelectricitywithinthe
municipalarea.
Surchargeonpetroleumproducts:Stategovernmentslevysalestaxonpetroleumproductsand
additionalsurchargetocoverthefinancialdemandsoflocalbodies.
Tolls:
Toll is a form of tax, typically implemented to help recover the cost of road construction and
maintenance.
Roads&Bridges:AMunicipalauthoritycanestablishatollbaronanypublicstreetorbridgein
themunicipalareaandlevyatollatsuchtollbaronvehicles,overandabovethevehicletax,for
specifiedreason.
Ferries: Where a ferry plies between two points on a watercourse and either one or both the
points are situated within a municipal area, State Government can declare such ferry to be a
municipalferryandlevytollortax.
Heavytrucks: It is a toll on heavy goods or passenger motor vehicles, plying on a public street.
Thisistocontrolheavypassengermotorvehiclesmovementintherestrictedhoursofthedayand
intherestrictedareas.
Toll collection on navigation channels: The State Government can levy tolls for use of any
navigablechannel,whichpassesthroughthelimitsofamunicipalareainlieuofthemaintenanceof
navigationchannel.
80
Table3.1: ListofvariousTaxes,Surcharges,Charges,FeesandTollsasmaybeleviedforUrban&
InfrastructureDevelopment
Heads
SourcesofRevenue
Taxes
Propertytaxonlands Water
andbuildings
Vehiclesand
other
conveyance
ElectricityCess
Conservancy
Property:(Lighting,
water,drainage,
generalpurpose,
sanitary)
Drainage
Motorvehicles
Educationcess
Congregation
Profession
Sanitary
NonMotorized
vehicles
Special
educationtax
Saleofcattlein
themarket
Terminal
Pilgrimsand
Tourist
Carriageand
animal
Localbodytax
onentryof
goods
Artisans
Scavenging
Trade
Timber
Animals
Markets
Boats
Dogs
Buildingapplication Garbage
Treatment
Advertisement
Menialdomestic
servants
DogsLatrine
Vacantland
developmenttax
Theatre
Octroi*
Fire
Stampdutyon
transferofproperties
Stampdutyon
transferof
immovable
properties
Electricity
Deficitparkingspace Specialwater
inanynonresidential tax
building
Landaccordingto
circumstances&
property
Latrine
Specialand
general
sanitation
Surcharges
Transferoflandsand Tax/charge/
buildings
feeon
Buildings
Electricity
consumption
Entertainment
Petroleum
products*
Charges
Developmentcharges Watersupply
Drainage
SolidWaste
Management
Sewerage
BettermentLevy
Otherspecific
Services
rendered
Stackingof
materialor
rubbish
Sanctionofbuilding
plans
Building
betterment
Compounding
Hotel/
Restaurant
Carts
Issueofcompletion
certificates
Betterment/
Development
Fee
Warrantfee
Swimmingpool
Carriages
Licensing:
Professionals,
activities
Building
construction
Natureandcost
ofInternet
services
Food
adulteration
Registrationof
DogsandCattles
IssueofBirthand
Deathcertificates
Advertisement Street
Fee
Compounding
Cattlepounds
BirthandDeath
registration
Boats(rental)
Pilgrim
Dangerousand
Offensivetrade
license
Animals
Mutation
FireBrigade
Drainage
Market
Slaughterhouse
Registration
PublicHealth
Lighting
Composting
Scavenging
TradeLicense
Water
Connection
Feeforsaleof
Goods
StockRegistration
Roads
Bridges
Ferries
Heavytrucks
Navigablechannel
Fees
Tolls
Source:
CompilationofStatewiseapplicabletaxesandfeesasin2004.*Taxesandsurchargeswhichmaybeabolished.
81
CaseStudy:Canada,BritishColumbia
InBritishColumbiaprovinceofCanada,astudywasundertakentoidentifyastohowtomakebetteruse
oftaxationpowerstoincreasefundingofLocalGovernmentneeds.Variousnewsourcesofrevenueby
way of sharing or negotiating a greater share of existing taxes, developing new taxation tools were
identified.Someoftheinnovativesourcesasidentifiedarediscussedbelowinthreemajorcategories:
Figure3.4: SourcesforFundGeneration
(Source: http://www.thinkcity.ca/node/289)
3.3.1.2. Charges and Fees (Development Charges, Levies, Impact Fees,

nontaxsources,valorisationcharges,servicecharges)
Chargesareafeechargedbyaconsumerslocalbodytorecoverthecostsofspecific
community/physicalservices.Forexample,municipalchargesofwatersupplymaygo
to cover costs of laying water supply infrastructure and water treatment plant in a
city.Bettermentchargesareusuallyimposedonthebeneficiariesoftheimprovement
projects to recover the project cost. Development charge is used for recovering the
costofprovidingnewservicesandinfrastructureinanarea.
The Municipality can levy user chargesforfollowing services provided in theurban
areas:
Provisionofwatersupply,drainageandsewerage
Parkingofdifferenttypesofvehiclesindifferentareasandfordifferentperiods
Stackingofmaterialsorrubbishonpublicstreetsforconstruction,alteration,repairordemolition
workofanytype
Otherspecificservicesrendered
82
Transit Corridors attracts economic activities and concerted development where

provision of additional infrastructure or its augmentation requires additional
financial support. Therefore, such areas call for selffinanced urban infrastructure
projects. Alternative possibilities to raise revenues in these areas can be by tapping
landbasedfinancingsourcesalongdensetransportcorridors,theseoptionscanbe:
HigherConversionchargesespeciallyforcommercialandeconomicallylucrativeactivities.
Higher Development charges or Betterment levy on land uses which put more pressure on
infrastructureImpactfeesorhigherchargesonthepurchaseofextraFSI/FARalongthecorridor
uptoamaximumprescribedbytheauthority.
Overall additional changes and fees such as higher property tax, special water tax (mentioned in
theTable3.1).
Nontax source for the use of particular services, such as Service charges for parking in the TOD
influencezone,firesafetyfacilitiesinthezoneamongothers.
ApartfromtheTODfocusedcharges,theMunicipalitycanlevyfeesandfinesforthe
followingservicesandactivitiestogeneraterevenue:
SanctionofbuildingplansandissueofCompletioncertificates,
Issueofmunicipallicensesforvariousnonresidentialuseoflandsandbuildings,
Licensing of various categories of professionals, activities such as sinking of tubewells, sale of
meat, fish or poultry or premises used for private markets, slaughterhouses, hospitals, animals,
cartsorcarriagesandotheractivities.
Sitesusedforadvertisementsinroads,parkinglots,commerciallocationsandpublicbuilding,
Issueofbirthanddeathcertificates.
Impact Fees: It is a fee imposed on builder, developer on industrialist to compensate the impact
andburdennewprojectisgoingtohaveonsocialandphysical infrastructure(existingandneed
fornew)andenvironment.
3.3.1.3. GrantinaidandSubsidies
Central Finance Commission (CFC) evolves a comprehensive framework for the
distributionofthegrantsinaidbetweenstates,includingthoseforthelocalbodies.
Further, the 13th Finance Commission has introduced other grants namely, general
basic grant, general performance grant and special area basic grant. Similar
provisions are made by the State Finance Commissions. In addition, Planning
Commission recommends Development (or Plan) Grants to States, including for the
localbodies.
A capital grant is usually utilized for capital expenditure like purchase of land,
building, equipment, facilities, etc. The benefits of such expenditure are of an
enduring nature and spread over an extended period of time, such as road
developmentgrant.
The revenue grant is generally utilized for meeting recurring expenditure, the
benefits of which usually expire within the accounting year in which it is incurred.
RevenueGrantsareusuallyinthenatureofasubsidy.Subsidiesareprovideddirectly
or indirectly for the provision of services such as water supply, disposal of sewage,
83
transportinganddisposalofwastes,municipaltransport,streetlighting,hospitalsand
schools.
3.3.1.4. PublicPrivatePartnership(PPP)
Oneofthewaystoenhancefiscalcapabilitiesofthemunicipalauthoritiesistoshed
some of their functions and evolve alternative institutional arrangement for the
performance of such functions. Public Private Partnership is such arrangement
betweenagovernment/statutoryentity/governmentownedentityononesideand
a private sector entity on the other. This partnership is for the provision of public
assets or public services, through investments being made and management being
undertakenbytheprivatesectorentity,foraspecifiedperiodoftime.Thereiswell
defined allocation of risk between the private sector and the public entity. The PPP
arrangementensuresthatprivateentityreceivesperformancelinkedpaymentsthat
conformtospecifiedandpredeterminedperformancestandards,measurablebythe
publicentityoritsrepresentative.
PPP models are generally classified in the categories enlisted below and detailed in
section3.3.3:
ManagementContracts
TurnkeyProjects
Lease
Concession
PrivateOwnership
3.3.1.5. LoansfromFinancialInstitution(s)
Afinancialinstitutioniseitherinpublicandprivatesector whichbringsfundsfrom
the public and puts them in financial assets rather than physical property. Such
institutions are made up of different organizations such as banks, trust companies,
insurance companies and investment dealers. Specialized financial institutions e.g.
IDFC,NHB,HUDCOandIL&FSaresomeagencieswhichprovideloansandavarietyof
instrumentsforinfrastructurefinancing.Otherfinancialinstitutionse.g.ICICI,LICof
India, etc. also provide funds for infrastructure projects. These institutions have
accesstofundswhichareforlongerduratione.g.loansfromdevelopmentagencies,
bondsfromopenmarket,foreigninstitutionalinvestors,etc.andarethusabletolend
forrelativelylongerdurationsthanbanks.
CreditRatingoftheULBplaysanimportantrolehere.Thebetterthecreditratingfor
repayment of principal and interest, lower is the rate of interest. Certain financial
institutionsprovidecreditenhancementmechanismstoenhancetheinherentcredit
qualitytoobtainabettercreditratingresultinginlowerinterestrates.Thisfacilityis
now also being extended by MoUD through its Pooled Finance Development Fund
(PFDF) scheme. Institutions may also provide guarantees for funds accessed from
othersources.(Source:MunicipalFinanceImprovementProgrammeJnNURM)
84
Bankinginstitutionsalsoprovidefinancetolocalauthorities.Bankloanisarelatively
new avenue and an easier option for finance for Local Bodies, as the banks have
prescribednormsandwelllaiddownprocedures.Thetimeperiodoftheseloansare
short to medium term and generally do not cater to the long tenure needs of
infrastructure projects. Bank loans are available to finance the short term needs of
institutionse.g.workingcapitalloan,bridgeloans,loansagainstpropertyetc.
3.3.1.6. FundingbyBilateral&Multilateralagencies
Bilateral organizations are government agencies or nonprofit organizations of a
country that provide aid to other countries. Bilateral organizations receive funding
from their national governments, and use the funding to aid developing countries.
Fewbilateralagenciesareasfollows:
USAgencyforInternationalDevelopment(USAID)
DepartmentforInternationalDevelopment(DFID;UK)
JapanBankforInternationalCooperation(JBIC)
JapanInternationalCooperationAgency(JICA)
AustralianAidAgency(AusAid)
Multilateral organizations are international organizations whose membership

comprises member governments, who collectively govern the organization and are
theprimarysourceoffunds,whiletheloans/grantsinaidareprovidedforprojectsin
variouscountries.Someexamplesofmultilateralfundingagenciesare:
VariousUnitedNation(UN)bodies
WorldBank
OrganisationforEconomicCooperationandDevelopment(OECD)
AsianDevelopmentBank(ADB)
Bilateral and Multilateral bodies are also known as Development Agencies. These
providesoftloansandgrantsforinfrastructureprojects.Accessingfundsfromthese
agencies is relatively a long process and it requires preparation of various project
documentsindepthplanning,andstudiestoassesscomplianceoftheprojectwith
respect to environment, rehabilitation / resettlement and social safeguard policies,
andpilottestingofnewinitiatives.Asalmostallloanprojectsofbilateralandmulti
lateral agencies are backed by a sovereign guarantee, the Department of Economic
Affairs,MinistryofFinance,GovernmentofIndiaplaysanimportantroleduringthe
entireprocess.Inlinewiththedevelopmentfinancingobjectivesoftheseinstitutions,
projectsfundedbytheseinstitutionsaretypicallyinsectorsthatarenotcommercially
attractive. Local bodies can receive external development assistance from bilateral
and multilateral sources on behalf of the State Governments for State sector
projects/programmes.
(Source:MunicipalFinanceImprovementProgrammeJnNURM)
85
3.3.1.7. ForeignDirectInvestment
FundsfromForeignDirectInvestment(FDI)haveemergedasamajorsourceoffunds
ininfrastructuralprojectsinIndiaforinstanceJapans(JapanBankofInternational
Cooperation)FDIsupportindevelopingtheDelhiMumbaiIndustrialCorridor(DMIC).
UnderFDIPolicy2013,almostallthesectorshavebeenopenedfor100percentFDI
except agriculture, mining and petroleum and natural gas, manufacturing, service
sector and financial services. The sectors in which hundred per cent FDI is
permissible are construction (townships, housing and built up infrastructure),
Industrial Parks and Airports with few conditions. Hence FDI support for financial
resourcemobilizationiseasilyavailable,whichcouldbepermittedthroughfinancial
collaborations, joint ventures/technical collaborations, capital market, preferential
allotmentsetc.
3.3.1.8. PooledFinanceDevelopmentFundschemebyGoI
Smallandmediumsizedcitiesfinditdifficulttoraiseresourcesfromthemarketfor
infrastructure projects due to lack of project structuring capabilities and
creditworthiness. The Government of India has launched the Pooled Finance
DevelopmentScheme(PFDS)toenabletheselocalbodiestobridgethisgapthrough
accessing market funds for their infrastructure projects. The scheme is meant to
provide credit enhancement grants to enable local authorities to access market
borrowingsthroughPooledFinanceMunicipalBonds(PFMB)forinvestmentinurban
infrastructureprojects.
PFDSfacilitatesULBsinmunicipalinfrastructurebyhelpingthemaccesscapitaland
financial market for investment in essential projects. It facilitates local bodies in
developing bankable urban infrastructure projects. With appropriate credit
enhancementmeasuresithelpsULBsinreducingthecostofborrowingfrommarket,
ontheotherhandstrengtheningthemunicipalbondmarket.
ThePFDScreatesanincentivestructuretosupporturbanreforms,whichwouldalso
bedrivenbycovenantsoffinancialmarketlenderstoULBs.Theseurbanreformsare
in synergy with urban reform agenda of other central schemes as JnNURM and
UIDSSMT. In order to apply for the grant assistance a State Pooled Finance Entity
(SPFE)isrequiredtobeestablishedineverystate.TheSPFEcouldbeatrustprovided
that the entity is just a pass through vehicle. The Central Government will be
responsible for the funding of these State pooled finance entities through the PFDF.
ThecostofeachprojectoftheMunicipality/ULBswillbeestimated.Seventyfiveper
centofthesecostswillbereimbursedbytheCentralGovernmentandtwentyfiveper
centbytheStateGovernments.
86
Otherfundsatthenationallevel,setupbyFinancialInstitutionsandBankshavealso
started providing the much required funds. State level Infrastructure funds (from
supply side) and Pooled Finance Funds (from demand side) have also started
providing funds for infrastructure projects. The examples of such funds are Tamil
NaduUrbanDevelopmentFundandGujaratInfrastructureDevelopmentFundetc.
3.3.1.9. Municipalbonds/debentures
UrbanLocalBodiesandInfrastructurefunds,issuemunicipalbondsanddebentures
togeneralpublicorspecificinstitutionsatfixedrateofinterestandareredeemable
afteraspecificperiod.Municipalbondscaneitherbetaxableortaxfree.Thesebonds
anddebenturescanbelistedonthestockexchangewhichmakesthesecuritieshighly
liquidandmakessecondarymarketavailableforthebondsanddebenturesholders.
NationalStockExchangeandBombayStockExchangeprovideafacilityforlistingof
bondsanddebenturesintheirExchanges.InIndia,theMunicipalbondmarketisstill
in its budding stage. Only large ULBs having buoyant revenue base e.g. Ahmedabad,
BangaloreweresuccessfulinthepastinraisingfundsthroughMunicipalBonds20.
Some national success cases of Local Bodies in raising bonds for infrastructure
projectsaregivenbelow:
Municipal Bonds by Ahmedabad Municipal Corporation (AMC) for water supply and sewerage
program,1998:Tofinancethewatersupplyandsewerageprogram,AMCfloatedmunicipalbondsin
January 1998. These were rated AA(SO) specifying having high degree of safety regarding timely
servicingoffinancialobligationsorcarryingverylowcreditrisk.Thesebondswerefloatedforseventy
fivepercentprivateandtwentyfivepercentpublicissues.Thiswasasignificantaccomplishmentat
thegiventime,asitwasthefirstmunicipalbondissueinIndiawithoutastategovernmentguarantee
anditrepresentedthefirststeptowardsfullymarketbasedsystemoflocalgovernmentfinance.
Tamil Nadu Urban Development Fund (TNUDF), 2003: Tamil Nadu Urban Development Fund
issuedbondsforcommerciallyviablewaterandsewerageinfrastructureprojectsbypoolingfourteen
municipalitiesin2003.Aspecialpurposevehicle,theWaterandSanitationPooledFund(WSPF),was
setuptoissuethemunicipalbonds.TheIndoUSAIDProgrammeonFinancialInstitutionsReformand
Expansion (FIRED) supported the efforts of WSPF to structure the bond issue whose proceeds
financed small water and sanitation projects in the fourteen small ULBs. USAID provided a backup
guarantee of fifty per cent of the bonds principal through the Development Credit Authority (DCA)
mechanism.
Greater Bangalore Water & Sewerage Project (8 ULBs), 2005: Government of Karnataka created
debt fund called the Karnataka Water and Sanitation Pooled Fund (KWSPF) and successfully floated
taxfreemunicipalbondsduringJune,2005.ItwasdonefortheGreaterBangaloreWaterSupplyand
SewerageProject(GBWASP).GovernmentofKarnatakawasassistedbyUSAIDunderitsDCAprogram
and provided a guarantee of up to fifty per cent of the principal amount of market borrowing. The
GBWASP was planned to provide water supply to 1.5 million people residing in about 300,000
households.
20
(Source: Indo-US Financial Institutions Reform and Expansion Project - Debt Market Component FIRE(D);
Creative Financing of Urban Infrastructure in India through Market-based Financing and Public-Private
Partnership Options, Chetan and Hitesh Vaidya)
87
3.3.1.10. PossibleSourcesofFundingForProjects
Possiblesourcesoffundingvarioustypesofprojects,butnotlimitedto,aretabulated
below:
Table3.2: AlternateSourcesofFundingforProjects
S.No. Projecttype
Indicativesourcestofund
FundingbyBilateral&Multilateralagencies
LargeInfrastructureProjects(atState/
Districtlevel)
ForeignDirectInvestment
PublicPrivatePartnership(PPP)
CityUrbanInfrastructure
CentralGrantinaid&Schemes
LoansfromFinancialInstitution(s)(ifshorttomediumterm)
Municipalbonds/debentures
SocialInfrastructure,CapacityBuilding
andPMCProjects
FundingbyBilateral&Multilateralagencies
CentralGrantinaid&Schemes
PublicPrivatePartnership(PPP)/CorporateSocialResponsibility
RealEstateProjects
ForeignDirectInvestment
LoansfromFinancialInstitution(s)
3.3.2. Alternative Financial Avenues by Private Sector

Participation
PublicPrivate Partnership (PPP) is a long term contractual agreement between a
publicagency(central,stateorlocal)andaprivatesectorentityforprovidingapublic
asset or service in which the private party bears significant risk and management
responsibility.
The private sector includes consultancy firms, developers, builders and promoters,
cooperative societies, NonGovernmental Organisations (NGOs) and Community
BasedOrganisations(CBOs),cooperativebodies,industrialistsandbusinessmen.
PPPmeansanarrangementbetweenagovernmentorstatutoryentityorgovernment
ownedentityononesideandaprivatesectorentityontheother,fortheprovisionof
public assets and/ or related services for public benefit, through investments being
madebyand/ormanagementundertakenbytheprivatesectorentityforaspecified
timeperiod,wherethereisasubstantialrisksharingwiththeprivatesectorandthe
private sector receives performance linked payments that conform (or are
benchmarked) to specified, predetermined and measurable performance
standards21.
21
(Department of Economic Affairs - DEA, Ministry of Finance, Government of India, 2010)
88
3.3.2.1. Conditions/SituationsforPPPSelection
A project may be considered to be implemented as a PPP project when there are
efficiency gains from improved project delivery, operation and management, and
accesstoadvancedtechnologycanoffsettheincidentalcosts,improvementinhuman
resource etc. In fact, many countries have established value for money as the main
criterioninjudgingthemeritsofaPPPoptionforaproject.DecisionforPPPtobean
alternative development mechanism can be selected for a project, if it satisfies the
followingconditionsorissetinthegivensituations:
Enhancethesupplyofmuchneededservices
Doesnotrequireanyimmediatecashspending
Providerelieffromtheburdenofthecostsofdesignandconstruction
Transferofmanyprojectriskstotheprivatesector
Promisebetterprojectdesign,choiceoftechnology,construction,operationandservicedelivery
PPPprojectsareviableessentiallywhenrobustbusinessmodelscanbedeveloped
3.3.2.2. SystemsofParticipation
PPP models vary from shortterm simple management contracts to longterm and
verycomplexBOTform.Dependingupontypeofprojectandrequirementsofpublic
entity any single or combinations could be selected. In such models amount of
investment,risks,obligationsanddurationsvary.Thesemodelsvarymainlyby:
Ownershipofcapitalassets
Responsibilityforinvestment
Assumptionofrisks
Durationofcontract
ThePPPmodelscanbeclassifiedintofollowingbroadcategoriesinorderofgenerally
(butnotalways)increasedinvolvementandassumptionofrisksbytheprivatesector.
Theseareenlistedbelowandarediagrammaticallypresentedinthefigure3.5.
ManagementContracts
TurnkeyProjects
Lease
Concession
PrivateOwnership
1.
ManagementContracts:Itisacontractualagreementbetweengovernmentandprivatesectorfor
themanagementofpublicenterprisepartiallyorcompletelybyprivateparty.
Control of public enterprise remains with the government. While private sector skills are
brought into service design and delivery, operational control, labour management and
equipmentprocurement.
SupplyorServiceContracts:Inthesetypesofcontractssupplyofmaterial,equipmentor servicesis
providedtopublicenterprisebyprivatecounterpart.Themainpurposeofsuchcontractsistoensure
the supply of the relevant service at the desired level of quantity and quality. Example of these
contractsiscateringservicesforpassengersonpublicrailwaysystems.
89
UrbanPlanningA
Approach
Maintena
anceManage
ement:Privattepartneris contractedb
bypublicpartnertooperaate,maintain
n,and
manageafacilityorsystemprovidiingaservice. Suchasinprrovisionofw
wastewatertrreatmentserv
vices,
transportprojectsetc.
nalManagem
ment: Publicc partner (Ceentre, State, or
o Local Goveernment agency or autho
ority)
Operation
contractsw
withaprivattepartnertop
provideand//ormaintainaspecificserrvice.
Such contrracts are usseful in major transportt facilities (port or airp

port) when local
manpowerr is limited, in the transsport sector for providin
ng managem
ment servicess like
ticketing, reservation
r
o of urban transport. In
or
n the simpleest type of su
uch contractt, the
private op
perator is paaid a fixed fee for perfforming man
nagerial tasks. More com
mplex
contractsm
mayoffergreeaterincentiv
vesforefficien
ncyimprovem
mentbydefin
ningperform
mance
targetsand
dthefeeisbaasedinparto
ontheirfulfilm
ment.
2.
Turnk
keyprojectss:Itisatraditionalpubliccsectorprocu
urementmod
delforinfrasttructurefacillities.
Theprivatecontraactordesignsandbuildsafacilityforafixedfee,ratteortotalcosst,whichisoneof
thekeeycriteriain selectingtheewinningbid
d.Thecontraactorassumeesrisksinvollvedinthedeesign
andco
onstructionp
phases.Thesscaleofinvesstmentbytheprivatesecctorisgeneraallylowand fora
shortterm.Thisty
ypeofprivateesectorparticipationisalssoknownasDesignBuild
d.
3. Lease
e:Inthiscateegoryofarran
ngement,an operator(theleaseholderr)isresponsibleforoperating
and maintaining
m
t
the
infrastru
ucture facilitty and servicces, generallly without m
making any large
investtment.Theop
peratorretain
nsrevenueco
ollectedfrom
mcustomers/usersoftheffacilityandm
makes
aspeccifiedleasefeeepaymentttothecontractingauthoriity.Fixedfaccilitiesandlandareleased
dout
foralongerperiod
dthanformob
bileassets.
Figure3.5: PPPModeels
Source:
4.
90
PP
PP,MoUDandAGuidebookonP
PPPInfrastructurre,ESCAP,UN
Co
oncessions: In this alterrnative, Government defin
nes and gran
nts specific riights to a prrivate
co
ompanytobu
uildandoperrateafacility
yforafixedp
periodoftimee.TheGovern
nmentmayretain
URDPFIG
Guidelines,2
Developmentt
theultimateownershipofthefacilityand/orrighttosupplytheservices.Typicalconcession
periodsrangebetween5to50years.Concessionsmaybeawardedtoaconcessionaire,under
twotypesofcontractualarrangements:
Franchise:Underafranchisearrangementtheconcessionaireprovidesservicesthatarefully
specifiedbythefranchisingauthority.Commercialrisksarecarriedbyprivatesectorandmay
be required to make investments. This form of private sector participation is historically
popularinprovidingurbanbusorrailservices.
BuildOperateTransfer (BOT): BuildOperateTransfer or its other variants type of

arrangement, the concessionaire undertakes investments and operates the facility for a fixed
period of time after which the ownership reverts back to the public sector. In BOT type of
model the government carries the risk. The various types of BOT combinations are given
below:
DesignBuildFinanceOperate (DBFO): In DBFO approach, the responsibilities for

designing, building, financing, operating and maintaining are bundled together and
transferred to private sector partners. Varying degree of financial responsibilities is
transferredtotheprivatesector.Directuserfeesarethemostcommonrevenuesource.
DesignBuildFinanceOperateMaintenanceTransfer (DBFOMT): DBFOMT model is

the same as a DBFO except that the private sector owns the asset until the end of the
contractwhentheownershipistransferredtothepublicsector.
BuildRehabilitateOperateTransfer(BROT):Aprivatedeveloperbuildsanaddonto
an existing facility or completes a partially built facility and rehabilitates existingassets,
thenoperatesandmaintainsthefacilityatitsownriskforthecontractperiod.
DesignBuildOperateMaintain(DBOM):DBOMmodelisanintegratedpartnershipthat
combinesthedesignandconstructionresponsibilitiesofdesignbuildprocurementswith
operationsandmaintenance.
BuyBuildOperate(BBO): BBO is a form of asset sale that includes a rehabilitation or

expansion of an existing facility. The government sells the asset to the private sector
entity, which then makes the improvements necessary to operate the facility in a
profitablemanner.
BuildOwnOperateandTransfer (BOOT): BOOT is based on the granting of a

concession by the Union/ Government/local authority to the concessionaire, who is
responsible for the construction, financing, operation and maintenance of a facility over
theperiodoftheconcessionbeforefinallytransferringthefullyoperationalfacility.
BuildTransferandOperate (BTO): BTO is a contractual arrangement whereby the

publicsectorcontractsoutthebuildingofaninfrastructurefacilitytoaprivateentitysuch
that the concessionaire builds the facility on a turnkey basis, assuming cost overrun,
delayandspecifiedperformancerisks.
BuildandTransfer(BT): BT is a contractual arrangement whereby the concessionaire

undertakes the financing and construction of a given infrastructure or development
facility and after its completion turns it over to the Government Agency or Local
Governmentunitconcerned.
BOT Annuity: BOT Annuity is the contractual arrangement quite similar to BOT but
returnoninvestmentisnotthroughthelevyandcollectionof userfeedirectlyfromthe
users.Insteadtheowner/GovernmentpaytotheConcessionaire anamountannuallyor
biannually(Annuity)whichhebidsfor.
91
5.
BuildLeaseandTransfer:BLTisacontractualarrangementwherebyaconcessionaire
isauthorizedtofinanceandconstructaninfrastructureordevelopmentfacilityandupon
itscompletionturnsitovertothegovernmentagencyorlocalgovernmentunitconcerned
on a lease arrangement for a fixed period after which ownership of the facility is
automaticallytransferredtothegovernmentagencyorlocalgovernmentunitconcerned.
RehabilitateOperateandTransfer(ROT):ROTisacontractualarrangementwhereby
anexistingfacilityisturnedovertotheprivatesectortorefurbish,operateandmaintain
foraconcessionperiod,attheexpiryofwhichthelegaltitletothefacilityisturnedoverto
thegovernment.
RehabilitateOwnandOperate(ROO): ROO is a contractual arrangement whereby an

existingfacilityisturnedovertotheprivatesectortorefurbishandoperatewithnotime
limitationimposedonownership.
Private ownership of assets: In this form of participation, the private sector remains
responsible for design, construction and operation of an infrastructure facility and in some
cases the public sector may relinquish the right ofownership ofassets tothe private sector.
Themainvariantsunderthisformaredescribedbelow
BuildOwnOperate:InBOOtype,theprivatesectorbuilds,ownsandoperatesafacility,
andsellstheproduct/servicetoitsusersorbeneficiaries
Private Finance Initiative: In PFI model, the private sector similar to the BOO model
builds, owns and operates a facility. However, the public sector purchases the services
fromtheprivatesectorthroughalongtermagreement.
Divestiture by license or sale: A private entity buys an equity stake in a stateowned

enterprise. However, the private stakemayormay not imply privatemanagement ofthe
enterprise.
Joint Venture: Joint ventures are alternatives to full privatization in which the
infrastructureiscoownedandoperatedbythepublicsectorandprivateoperators.Under
ajointventure,thepublicandprivatesectorpartnerscaneitherformanewcompanyor
assumejointownershipofanexistingcompanythroughasaleofsharestooneorseveral
privateinvestors.
Table3.3: PossiblerolesofPrivateandPublicsectorsintheurbandevelopmentprocess
Model
MainFeatures
Ownership
ofCapital
Assets
(Public/
Private/
Shared)
Public
Sector
Investment
Investment
Investment
By
Private
Sector
Assumptionof
Risk
(Public/Private
/Shared)
General
Durationof
Contract
(Years)
Public
15
Supplyand
Management
Contracts
Governmentretains
theultimatecontrol
ofthePublic
enterprise
Public
Turnkey
projects
Privatecontractor
designsandbuildsa
facilityforafixedfee,
rateortotalcost
Public
Investment
Private/Public
35
Public
Investment
Private/Public
520
Lease
92
Operatoris
responsiblefor
operatingand
maintainingthe
infrastructurefacility
Model
MainFeatures
Ownership
ofCapital
Assets
(Public/
Private/
Shared)
Investment
By
Public
Sector
Private
Sector
Assumptionof
Risk
(Public/Private
/Shared)
General
Durationof
Contract
(Years)
andservices
Concessions
Specificrightsare
grantedby
Governmenttoa
privatecompanyto
buildandoperatea
facilityforafixed
periodoftime
Public
/Private
Investment
Investment
Private/Public
1530
Private
ownershipof
assets
Theprivatesector
builds,ownsand
operatesafacility
andthenpublic
sectorpurchasesthe
servicesfromthe
privatesector
throughalongterm
agreement
Public
/Private
Investment
Private/Public
1020/
Indefinite
Source:PPP,MoUDandAGuidebookonPPPInfrastructure,ESCAP,UN
While the spectrum of models discussed above are possible as individual options,
combinationsarealsopossiblesuchas,aleaseor(partial)privatizationcontractfor
existingfacilitieswhichincorporatesprovisionsforexpansionthroughBuildOperate
Transfer.Infact,manyPPPprojectsofrecenttimesareofcombinationtype.Someof
casestudiesofPublicPrivatePartnershipProjectsinIndiaareenlistedinAppendixC
ofVolumeIIB.
3.3.2.3. ToolkitsforDecisionMakingforPPPs
ToolkitsfordecisionmakingforPPPprojectsareavailableandcouldbeusedbythe
partners to identify, assess, develop, procure and monitor the PPP projects. Such
toolkitsarestructuredtocoverthefulllifecycleofPPPprojects.Thetoolkitsarebuilt
on specific approaches for project procurement; approval etc. currently in place in
IndiatoensurethatitformsarelevantresourceforpractitionersinIndia.
Various toolkits to assist decision making for PPP are provided by Ministry of
Finance22.Someoftheseareasfollows:
1. PPPFamilyIndicatorItgivesastartingindicationofwhichPPPmodefamilytheparticular
projectmightbesuitedto.
2. PPPModeValidationTool It uses a risk allocationanalysisto help decide further whether
theselectedPPPmodeisbestfortheproject.
3. ThePPPSuitabilityFilterIttestshowwellsuitedtheprojectistobeingaPPPandchecksfor
barriersthatmightmakeitdifficulttodotheprojectasaPPP
4. Financial Viability Indicator Model It allows an analysis of the key questions of financial
viabilityoftheprojectandtotesttheseusingwhatif?scenarios.
22
(www.pppinindia.com).
93
5. ValueformoneyIndicatorToolItprovidesanindicationoftheexpectedrangeofvaluefor
moneyforthepublicsectorfromthePPP.
6. ReadinessFiltersThistoolkitchecksthatalltheimportantstepshavebeenfollowedandthat
theimportantpreparationshavebeenmade,sothattheprojectisreadytomoveontothenext
stepindevelopmentasaPPP.
3.3.2.4. MunicipalAccounts
Reliable municipal accounting system has come to front as cities are approaching
differentsourcesforfundinginfrastructuralprojects.Toaccessbankorbondmarket
soundfinancialmanagementisrequired.Currentlyduetolackofgoodfinancialand
expendituremanagement,ULBsarewastingscarceresources.
With a view to provide better financial management, improved governance,
accountability, and transparency of management, Ministry of Urban Development
aims at implementing municipal accounting reforms as a part of the mandatory
reformagendaundertheJawaharlalNehruNationalUrbanRenewalMission.Hence,
JnNURM reform conditions call for improved municipal accounting, with the
objective of having a modern accounting system based on double entry and accrual
principles,leadingtobetterfinancialmanagement,transparencyandselfreliance,as
amandatoryreformforlocalbodies.
The Ministry of Urban Affairs & Employment (erstwhile Ministry) has introduced
NationalMunicipalAccountingManualwiththeobjectiveofprovidingsupporttothe
state governments in implementing financial management reforms in the ULBs23.
ExistingtrendofMunicipalexpenditurepatternisstudied.
3.3.3. ExistingTrendofExpenditurePattern
Before an attempt is made to evaluate expenditure pattern of ULBs of India, its
imperative to understand expenditure heads. The details of expenditure categories
aregiveninTable3.4.
Table3.4: CategorisationofMunicipalExpenditure
ExpenditureCategory
Establishmentexpenditure
Administrativeexpenditure
Operations&Maintenance
Capitalexpenditure
Other expenditure
Source:
ExpenditureItems
Staffsalaries,Allowances,wages,Pensions&Retirementbenefitsetc.
Rents,rates&Taxes,Officemaintenance,Communications,Books&periodicals,
Printing&stationary,Travelexpenditure,Lawchargesetc.
Power&fuel,Bulkpurchases,Stores,Hirecharges,Repairs&expenditureMaintenance
andInterestpaymentsmadeonloans
Buildings,Watersupply&Sewerage,Energy/lighting,Solidwastemanagement,Roads,
Bridges,Culverts,Causeways,Health&sanitation,Parksandrecreationspaces,etc.,
Principalrepaymentsofloans,Furniture&fittings,Tools&plant,Equipment
Miscellaneous expenses not accounted for in the above
BudgetsofMunicipalCorporations.
As accepted and emphasized by reports of various institutions and committees24,

cities are important for national economic growth, while physical infrastructure is
23
(Source: National Municipal Accounting Training Manual- MoUD, JnNURM Primers-Municipal Accounting,
ULB level Reforms [http://jnnurm.nic.in/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/Mandatory_Primer_2-Mun-Acc.pdf])
24
Rakesh Mohan Committee; The High Powered Expert Committee (HPEC) for Estimating the Investment Requirements for
Urban Infrastructure Services of MoUD; & Urban Infrastructure in India by FICCI.
94
driving force for urban economies. Thus, for faster and consistent growth of cities,
extensiveinfrastructuredevelopmentisbeingpromotedbycentreasevidentthrough
variousPolicies,ProgrammesandActs.Thisshouldreflectintheexpenditurepattern
of the cities. The development of infrastructure will be reflected in Capital
Expenditure,asexpenditureoninfrastructuredevelopmentfallsunderthelatter.
In ULBs of India, as given in the table below, majority of expenditure goes into
EstablishmentandAdministrationexpenditurehead.Infact,expenditureinO&Mof
existing infrastructure is higherthan for new infrastructure. In absence ofadequate
infrastructurepresentinIndiancities,thesefiguresindicatethatenoughmoneyisnot
being spent on Infrastructure development as required. A positive outcome of the
policies like JnNURM which has been emphasizing infrastructure development in
citiesandprovidingfinanceforsame,isthatgrowthrateofcapitalexpenditureisto
increase.
Table3.5: CompositionandTrendsofMunicipalExpenditure(Rs.inLakh)
S.No
.
Compositionand
Trendsof
Municipal
Expenditure
AverageGrowth
1999
2000
2000
2001
2001
2002
2002
2003
2003
2004
(%oftotal
expenditure)
Establishmentand
administration
expenditure
279,216
330414
329,592
411,432
402550
10.19
Operationand
maintenance
expenditure
107,383
Otherrevenue
expenditure
51,830
56,120
55,954
58,190
56265
Revenue
Expenditure
(1+2+3)
438,429
514,699
527720
634,028
613215
Capital
Expenditure
96,933
OtherExpenditure
(notclassified)
209744
TotalExpenditure
(4+5+6)
745106
5
6
7
Source:
(36.25%)
128165
142174
164406
154400
9.96
(14.43%)
2.17
(5.88%)
9.2
(56.66%)
105,942
119,463
124,817
150424
11.76
(12.37%)
266611
210685
399205
470925
28.4
(31.07%)
887252
857868
1158050
1234564 14.34
MunicipalFinanceinIndia:AnAssessmentbyDepartmentofEconomicAnalysisandPolicy,ReserveBankofIndia,
Mumbai.December27,2007.
It is recommended that the urban settlements need to increase spending on capital

expenditure head intotal Municipal Expenditure which leads to the development of
economyandlivingcondition.
3.3.4. EffectiveFinanceManagement
3.3.4.1. Uniformityofaccountingsystem
UndertheJnNURM,MoUDdecidedtoprovidefinancialresourcestostatesandULBs
thatagreetoundertakefollowingmodernaccountingreforms:
95
Budgeting,accounting,internalcontrolsandauditing.
Reengineeringbusinessprocessestoalignwithaccrualbasedaccountingsystem.
Integratefinancialmanagementsystemswithfinancialaccountingsystem.
Staffandbuildingfinancialmanagementcapacity.
To encourage decentralization and improving transparency in the functioning of
municipalities of the country, the Government of India has made initiatives for
improvements in the accounting and budgeting systems, improved record keeping
and maintenance among others. With this objective the Ministry of Urban
Development, initiated to develop a National Municipal Accounts Manual. The
Manual comprehensively details the accounting policies, procedures, guidelines
designedtoensurecorrect,completeandtimelyrecordingofmunicipaltransactions
andproduceaccurateandrelevantfinancialreports.Themanualistobeadoptedand
followed by the various State Governments while drafting their state specific
municipalaccountsmanuals.
3.3.4.2. Efficienttax/chargesadministrationandrecoverymanagement
TaxadministrationandrecoverymechanismsneedtoberevisedinIndiatoimprove
taxcollectionandincreasetherevenueresourcesavailablewithlocalbodiestomeet
its requirements. Enforcement of tax collection needs to be strengthened. For
collection of fees for provision of services, proper techniques should be enforced.
Periodicassessmentandvaluationofpropertiesfortaxrevisionshouldtakeplaceand
forexpandingthetaxbase,propertytaxrollsshouldbeupdatedviaidentificationof
newproperties,computerisingbilling&collection.
3.3.4.3. FiscaltransfermanagementforULBs/RDAs
LackofstructuredfiscaltransfermechanismsfromStatetoULBsisoneofthemajor
reasons of availability of lesser fiscal resources with local authorities. State
Governments and ULBs need to explore the performancebased grants as suggested
by the 13th Central Finance Commission (CFC). State Finance Commissions (SFC)
generally do not have access to good database at the ULB level and there are no
agenciesatthestatelevel,whichcollectandmaintaincomprehensivedatabases.State
Governments should address this issue of creation and maintenance of database of
ULBsratherthandependingondatabasesbasedonsamplesurveys.
Timely constitution of SFC and timely submission of SFC Reports is very important.
ThesystemofprovidinggrantinaidtoULBsiscomplexandtheSFCsshould tryto
introducetheconceptofdevolutionpackagesaftertakingintoconsiderationalltypes
ofrevenuegrantsandtheseshouldbelinkedwithStatesownresources.
SFCsshouldalsoconsidertheideaofperformancebasedorincentivegrantsbasedon
outcomessuchasimprovedservicedelivery,improvedtaxcollectionsandimproved
96
financial management etc. SFCs could review and link the grants to performance as
suggested by the 13th CFC and reforms under JNNURM. Importantly, the State
GovernmentsshouldgiveaseriousconsiderationtotherecommendationsoftheSFC
Reports and timely issuance of Action Taken Reports (ATR). All State Governments
shouldbuildasystemforpredictabilityandtransparencyofstatetransferstoULBs.
The State Governments should follow the system of electronic transfers to ULBs
ratherthantheconventionaltransfers.
(Source:TrackingCentralFinanceCommissionsandStateFinanceCommissionsGrantstoSelectedStates
andUrbanLocalBodiesinIndia,NIUA.)
3.3.5. CityInfrastructureFund
The infrastructure plays a vital role in the growth and development of cities in the
current context. Keeping in mind the demands and requirements of urban
development,GovernmentofIndiahasalsobeenemphasizingand providingfinance
for development of infrastructure. Following the same line of thought, a City
InfrastructureFundshouldbeestablishedaturbancentresbyanExecutiveorder.It
shouldbeotherthantheBudgetfundanddedicatedonlyfortheUrbanandRegional
Infrastructuredevelopment.
Thefollowingcanbepossiblesourcesoffunding(wholeorpartofit):
1. StampDutyontransactionofrealestateproperty,
2. Capitalgaintaxonrealestateproperty,
3. Landuseconversionfee,
4. Entrytaxonvehiclesinspecialareas(innercity,CBDetc.)ofcities,
5. Part of the TDS on realestate transactions valued over 50 Lakh (now mooted by the Finance
Ministry),
6. VacanttaxonMunicipalFARratherthanvacantland,
7. Tolltax,
8. Partoffundsraisedthroughauctionofstrategicplots,
9. Cessonpurchaseofluxuryvehiclessaycostingabove10lakh,
10. Bettermentlevyonspecialzones(transportcorridorsetc.).
11. Cessonelectricitybillisimposedtocoverthecoststreetlighting,
12. UrbanInfrastructureBonds,
13. Useidlefunds(ProvidentFund,variousTrustsetcetera)tosubscribetotheBonds.
14. LeverageUrbanInfrastructureBondswithlongtermloansfrommultilateraldevelopmentbanks.
15. Landbased financing sources along Transport Corridors tapped through Betterment charges,
Developmentcharges,Impactfees,PricingofFloorSpaceIndex(FSI)aboveacertainlimit.
State of Odisha has developed Odisha Urban Infrastructure Development Fund (OUIDF) to
strengthenrevenuebuoyancyatULBlevel.
InstitutionalframeworkofOUIDFconsistsof:
UrbanLoanFund.
GrantFund.
ProjectDevelopmentFund.
OUIDFhasbeendevelopedasaTrustundertheHousingandUrbanDevelopmentDepartment(HUDD)
withassistancefromKfW(GermanysDevelopmentBank).
97
The OUIDF seeks to (a) catalyse development of wellstructured pool of bankable projects, (b) build
capacityinappraisalsandresourcemobilizationand(c)spurinstitutionalreformsasaprerequisite
forexternalfinancing.
FocussectorsandprojectsforfundingundertheOUIDFincludethefollowing:
Watersupplyandwatersupplyimprovementschemes,
Undergroundsewerageschemes,
SWM,
Climateadaptionmeasures,
Slumdevelopment,rehabilitation,provisionofbasicamenitiestoinformalsettlements,
Biomedicalwastemanagement,
Developmentandrenovationofbus/trainterminals,
Electriccrematories,
Energyefficientstreetlighting,
Reclamation/preservationofwaterbodies/tanks.
Toraisefinancialsupportunderthefundprojectneedstoclearsetofcriterialike,positiveclimate/
environment impact, financial soundness of ULB, projects which are expected to achieve economic
viabilityafterthreeyearsofgrantsupportamongstothers.
Source:OdishaInfrastructureDevelopmentFund
Similarly,StateofRajasthanhasdevelopedinnovativesources offinancetodevelopinfrastructurein
State.Theexpenditureofthefundisbroadlydividedintotwo
50%onTransport
50%onUrbaninfrastructureandbuildings
3.4.
Governance
TheneweconomicpolicyofGovernmentofIndiahaschangedtheroleofgovernment
from provider to facilitator. With entry of private sector in service provision and
improvingeconomicprofileofIndianeconomy,urbanpublic(basicallybutnotonly)
has started demanding better service provision standards and accountability in the
processofgovernance.HereincomestheroleandconceptofGoodgovernance.Itis
an evolving concept, concerning best practices of decision making for conducting
public affairs and management of public resources. Good governance is responsive
and responsible governance. It is described as accountable, transparent, responsive,
equitable & inclusive, effective & efficient, follows rule of law, participatory and
consensusoriented.Followingarethecharacteristicsofgoodgovernance:
98
UrbanPla
anningApp
proach
Figu
ure3.6: CharracteristicsofGoodGoverrnance
Sourcce:
UNESCAP,,GoodGovernan
nceguide:MuniccipalAssociation
nofVictoria
3.4
4.1. ChaaracterissticsofG
GoodGov
vernancee
3.4.1.1. Pub
blicaccou
untability
y
Acccountability
yisakeyrrequiremen
ntofGood Governancceandhasbecomek
keypolicy
prio
orityofthegovernmeent.Ingeneeral,anorgaanizationo
oraninstitu
utionisacccountable
to those
t
who will be affected
a
by its decisio
ons or acttions. Not only goverrnmental
insttitutions but
b also th
he private sector an
nd civil so
ociety orgaanizations must be
acco
ountable to
t the pub
blic and to
o their insstitutional stakehold
ders. Accou
untability
cannotbeenfo
orcedwitho
outtranspaarencyand
dtheruleofflaw.
(Sou
urce:Centrefo
orGoodGoverrnance)
3.4.1.2. Traansparenccy
Traansparency is the basis of Go
ood Goverrnance. Th
his requirees manageement of
gov
vernmentin
nstitutions sothatgovernment officialsan
ndagenciessareaccou
untableto
citizzens.Transsparency iss also esseential for acccountabiliity, peoples participaation and
efficciency. Th
he workingg of the public
p
autthority sho
ould be su
uch that all
a rules,
regu
ulations, decisions sh
hould be in
n the publiic domain. Transpareency is esseential for
purrsuing colleective visio
on of deveelopment, determinin
d
ng the locu
us of accou
untability,
keeepsstakeho
oldersawareofachiev
vementsan
ndprocess..
Emergenceof UnitedNationsConv
ventionagaainstCorrup
ption,activvismandaw
wareness
of civil
c
society
y for transparency, sttrong med
dia leading to increased voice of citizens
and
dparticipattioningov
vernancehaavefurtherremphasizzedtheneeedfortransparency
in governance
g
e. This meeans addreessing corrruption an
nd ensuring accountaability in
form
mulation of
o policies,, implementing proggrammes and
a
deliveering serviices in a
con
nvenient,acccessiblean
ndresponssivemanneerisbecom
minganonnegotiableepriority
forgovernance.
DPFIGuidelin
banDevelopment
URD
99
(Source: Good Governance & Transparency Their Impact on Development by Saladin AlJurf &
TransparencyandGoodGovernanceattheMunicipalLevel:TransparencyInternationalCanada.)
3.4.1.3. CitizenscharterandGrievanceRedress
Oneofthefunctionsofgovernmentistoprovidepublicservicestothecitizensandto
dothesame,governmenti.e.StateandLocalauthorities,Municipalities,Government
departments have to operate efficiently and effectively for reaching its optimum
performance. For the delivery of public services to the citizens at acceptable
performancerequiresgovernmententitiestoactinthepublicinterestatalltimes.It
requires transparency, citizen participation in decision making and public
accountability. Citizens feedback plays an important role in service delivery and its
improvement.
Citizenscharterandgrievanceredressbringsaccountabilityintheprocessofservice
delivery.ACitizens'charterrepresentsthecommitmentofthe organisationtowards
standard, quality and time frame of service delivery, grievance redress mechanism,
transparencyandaccountability.TheconceptofCitizenscharterenshrinesthetrust
betweentheserviceprovideranditsusers.Agrievancecanbedefinedasanysortof
dissatisfaction,whichneedstoberedressedinordertoresultinservicedelivery.
GovernmentofIndiahasintroduced,TheRightofCitizensfortimebounddeliveryof
Goods and Services and Redress of their Grievances Bill, 2011. It confers right on
every individual citizen to time bound delivery of goods and provision for services
and redress of grievances25.The citizen report card is a simple but powerful tool to
provide public agencies with systematic feedback from users of public services. By
collectingfeedbackonthequalityandadequacyofpublicservicesfromactualusers,
CRC provides a rigorous basis and a proactive agenda for communities, civil society
organizationorlocalgovernmentstoengageinadialoguewith serviceprovidersto
improvethedeliveryofpublicservices.
(Source:ImprovingLocalGovernanceandServiceDelivery:CitizenReportCardLearningToolKitADB&
ADBI)
3.4.1.4. Inclusivedevelopment
TheGovernmentofIndiahasputfocusoninclusivedevelopmentinthelasttwoFive
YearDevelopmentplansvisionstatement.Asthetitleimplies,inclusivedevelopment
meansdevelopmentofallthecitizensofanarea.Ifallgroupsofpeoplecontributein
creatingopportunities,sharethebenefitsofdevelopmentandparticipateindecision
making, the development can be inclusive. This requires all groups, but particularly
themostvulnerablehaveopportunitiestoimproveormaintaintheirwellbeing.Here
focus should be given to women, poorer & disadvantaged section of society and
peopleemployedininformalsectorinordertoimpartsocialandeconomicinclusivity.
25
(http://goicharters.nic.in/welcome.html& Study on Reforms and Restructuring Final Report of Meghalaya State Power
Sector)
100
3.4.1.5. FollowtheRuleofLaw
Goodgovernancerequiresfairlegalframeworksthatareenforcedimpartially.Italso
requires full protection of human rights, particularly those of minorities. Impartial
enforcement of laws requires an independent judiciary and an impartial and
incorruptible police force. Here, need for a regulatory body is felt for planning and
developmentwithalegalbackingtotakedecisioninsuchaspects.
3.4.1.6. Peoplesparticipation
Good governance is linked to the welfare of citizens. Good governance through
peoples participation ensures development, which is equitable and sustainable.
Peoples participation is not a single stage activity but as suggested in the planning
process, it should be taken up at multiple stages. It should take place preplan and
postplanpreparationatvariousstagesfromdecisionmakingtoimplementationand
then feedback, for ensuring answerability and transparency in the public
governance26.
3.4.1.7. Consensusoriented
There are several actors and as many viewpoints in a society. Good governance
requiresmediationofthedifferentinterestsinsocietytoreachabroadconsensusin
societyonwhatisinthebestinterestofthewholecommunity andhowthiscanbe
achieved. It also requires a broad and longterm perspective on what is needed for
sustainablehumandevelopmentandhowtoachievethegoalsofsuchdevelopment.
This can only result from an understanding of the historical, cultural and social
contexts of a given society or community and brought in the planning system right
fromtheStatePerspectivePlantobeconceivedforimplementationinDevelopment
PlanandSpecialPurposePlans.(Source:UNESCAP)
3.4.2.
EGovernanceReforms
EGovernanceistheapplicationofICTindeliveryofservicestopublicbygovernment.
Itbringsefficiency,effectiveness,transparencyandaccountabilityofinformational&
transactionalexchangeswithingovernment,governmentagenciesofNational,State,
Municipal & Local levels and citizen. It empowers citizens through access & use of
information.InIndiathroughNationaleGovernancePlan(NeGP)boththeUnionand
the State Governments are making efforts to bringinthe latest ICT technologiesfor
administrationandincreasethereachofservicestocitizens.
VisionofNeGPistomakeallGovernmentservicesaccessibletothecommonmanin
his locality, through common service delivery outlets and ensure efficiency,
transparency & reliability of such services at affordable costs to realise the basic
needsofthecommonman.UnderstatemissionmodeprojectsofNeGP,NRLMP,Road
26
(http://peoplesgoals.org/)
101
Transport,Agriculture,Municipalities,CommercialTaxes,EPanchayatservices,State
Governmentsareresponsibleforitsimplementation.
Internationalbestpractices:
Singapore: EGovernance in Singapore started with computerisation of civil service
in 1981. Three relationships on which Singapore's eGovernment framework is
centredonareGovernmenttoCitizens(G2C),GovernmenttoBusinesses(G2B)and
Government to Employees (G2E). The objectives of eGovernance are integrated on
acronymCAREindicating:Courtesy,Accessibility,ResponsivenessandEffectiveness.
Five thrust areas of eGovernance in Singapore are: (i) reinventing government, (ii)
delivering integrated electronic services, (iii) being proactive and responsive, (iv)
using IT and Telecommunication to build new capabilities and capacities (v)
innovatingwithITandTelecommunication.
Vancouver: The City of Vancouver has defined Digital Strategy as a broad range of
technologythatenablesnewmethodsofengagementandservicedeliverysupported
by a robust and accessible digital infrastructure and open government ecosystem.
The Vision is to enhance multidirectional digital connections amongst citizens,
employees,businessandgovernment.ThepillarsofdigitalstrategyofVancouvercity
are: engagement and access, digital infrastructure and assets, digital economy and
organizationaldigitalmaturity.
Nationalbestpractices:EGovernancefunctionsandonlineservicesaredetailedin
Table3.6.
Table3.6: SelectiveeGovernmentfunctionsandOnlineServicesinIndia
State
OnlineServices
Gujarat
Publicgrievanceredress,
eGramVishvagram(connectingvillages)
eDhara(computerisationoflandrecordsthrough),
HospitalManagementInformationSystem,
eCity(deliveryofmunicipalservices)
Delhi
Conversionofleaseholdtofreehold,
Bookingofcommunityhall,parks,openspaces,
Samsyanidansewa,
Legalmanagementsystem,
OPDmedicalclaimreimbursement
ReviewofMasterPlanforDelhi2021
Ghaziabad
Vehiclepoolingfacility(registrationforowner),
Systemoffeedbackforpublicdepartments,
Onlinepropertyinformationsystem
Onlinecomplaintsystem
Tiruchirappalli
DuesPayment:propertytax,watercharges,nontax,professionaltax
(underITDepartment,Govt.ofIndia)
BirthandDeathcertificate,
BuildingPlanapproval,
Tradelicense
Source:AMDA:WebsitesofGujaratandTamilNaduGovernment,DDAandGDA.
102
3.5.
InstitutionalSetUp
Planning function is a continuous process and the Planning Departments work

continues from plan preparation to plan processing, enforcement, implementation,
plan detailing, review and then plan formulation and so on. The plan formulation,
implementation, monitoring and review exercises must be statutorily prescribed in
the State Acts and completed within the specified timeframe as schedule. In the
contextoftheserequirementsinstitutionalsetuphasavitalrole.
3.5.1. TownandCountryPlanningDepartments:StateLevels
MostoftheStatesinIndiahaveDepartmentofTownandCountryPlanning(T&CP),
under the provisions of State Town and Country Planning Acts. But, not all the
Departments of T&CP are headed by qualified planners. Instead of Chief Town
Planner,theDepartmentsareheadedbyChiefEngineersorAdministratorsandinfew
cases by Senior Town Planners. Thus, despite of qualified manpower T&CP
departmentsatmanystatesareheadedbynonplannerswhichleadtoproblems,like
delayeddecisionmaking,lackofappropriatevisionsandpolicyinplanning,delayin
masterplanpreparation.AreviewofthevariousStatesanddetailedstudybyTCPO
has provided (Table3.7,3.8,3.9&3.10) general manpower requirements at State
DepartmentsofT&CP.
Table3.7: RequiredmanpowerofStateTownPlanningDepartment
Professionals
SubProfessional
Administrative
ChiefTownPlanner
AssistantTownPlanner
DeputyChiefTownPlanner
VillagePlanner
AssistantDirectorofTownPlanning
ExecutiveEngineer
Head Clerk, Accountants, UDC,

LDC, Typists, Stenographers,
Peons, Drivers, Cleaners,
Gardenersandothers
TownPlanner
AssistantEngineer
DeputyTownPlanner
StatisticalAssistant
ResearchAssociates
AssistantConsultingSurveyor
AssistantSociologist
UrbanDesigner
Planner(s)
Architectural/GISDraftsman
AssistantArchitectural/GISDraftsman/
CAD/CAMexpert
PhotographercumDraftsman
QuantitySurveyor
Supervisor
SubOverseers
Source:TCPO
103
3.5.2. DistrictPlanningCommittee
StateGovernmentshavebeenempoweredby74thConstitutionalAmendmentActto
constitute District Planning Committee. These committees are to be responsible for
the preparation of District Development Plan. However, even after 2 decades of
amendment,mostofthestateshavenotconstitutedthesecommittees.
In a study done by TCPO in consultation with State Town & Country Planning
Departments and academic institutions, tentative strength of planners required at
different planning levels was deliberated. It was agreed that proportion of town
plannerswouldvaryaccordingtothepopulationandsizeoftheadministrativeunits.
ThemanpowerrequirementofDPCs,asassessed,ispresentedinTable3.8.
Table3.8: NumberofTownPlannersrequiredatDistrictLevel
Designation
Number
ChiefDistrictPlanningOfficer
SeniorDistrictPlanningOfficer
AssociateDistrictPlanningOfficer
AssistantDistrictPlanningOfficer
Total
10
Source:TCPO
3.5.3. Urban Local Bodies (Municipality, Development Authority,

MPC)
In view of growing number of cities and towns the number of town planners at
Metropolitan Planning Committees was assessed to be around 1,200. It was
established that number of town planners may vary city to city depending upon
numberofzones/wardsinthecity.Itwasnormatedthatforevery5lakhpopulation,
1townplannerisrequiredatmetropolitanplanningarea.
Table3.9: NumberofTownPlannersinMetropolitanPlanningArea
Designation
Number
ChiefTownPlanner
AdditionalChiefTownPlanner
SeniorTownPlanner
AssociatePlanner
AssistantPlanner
12
Total
23
Source:TCPO
TheCensusofIndia,2011hasforthefirsttimeclassifiedalargenumberoftownsas
census towns (3,894). These rural settlements have attained urban characteristics
andneedsupportoftownplanners.Itwasassessedthatabout79,000plannerswill
berequiredinsmallandmediumcitiesalone.
104
Table3.10: NumberofTownPlannersrequiredfornonmillionpluscities(small&mediumcities)
Designation
Number
ChiefTownPlanner
SeniorTownPlanner
AssociatePlanner
AssistantPlanner
Total
10
Source:TCPO
Thus,theanalysisdonebyTCPO indicatesthat85,000to90,000plannerswouldbe
requiredinthecountryatvariouslevelsofplanningframework,whichroughlyworks
outto1plannerper14,000population.
3.5.4. TeamRequirementforPlanFormulation
Though the number of cities and the necessity of planning in these cities have
increasedbutthequalifiedmanpowerforthepreparationofvariousplanshasbeen
not yet met, as well as no statutory framework has been formed to meet the
manpowerrequirementnormatively.TheTCPOstudyhasconcluded thishasledto
regional variations in planning manpower and hinders regional or national
integration of ideas and rationales of planning standards followed in States. In
addition the use of modern techniques of planning including advancements in IT
systems, Remote Sensing (RS), Geological Information System (GIS) and Global
PositioningSystem(GPS)technologies,useofCAD,CAMisalso fallingbehinddueto
lackoftrainedmanpowerofsuchdisciplinesinplanning.Thuscurrentsituationcalls
for predefined acknowledgement of minimum team requirements for plan
formulation, boosting training of the new planners and provision of adequate
planningschools, capacitybuilding.Itisalso desirabletorevisitthecurricula ofthe
under and postgraduate study courses in town planning to bring in the newer
conceptandtechnologies,includingRS&GISetc.,intoeveryaspectoftownplanning.
3.5.4.1. TeamRequirement
Core Planners team for holistic planning of cities and regions should necessarily
consistof:
Urbanplannerand/orregionalplanner,
Environmentalplanner,
Transportplannersand
Infrastructureplanner.
Apartfromteamofplannerscertainexpertsarealsorequired(asperrequirementof
thestudy)suchas,
Urbandesigner,
Legalexpert,
Economist,
Geographers&Demographer,
Sociologist/Anthropologist,
105
Expertinhousingandgoodgovernance,
Heritageconversationexpert,
Tourismexpert,
Urbanpolicyexpert,
Developmentplanner,
Water&Sanitationexpertandothers,
Architecturaldraftsman/GISexpertorassociate.
3.5.4.2. QualifiedPlanner
A qualified planner should preferably be a member of ITPI. A list of institutions
recognized by ITPI is given in Appendix D of Volume IIB. However, to bring
uniformity in the planning profession, Draft Town & Country Planners Registration
Bill,2012hasbeenpreparedbytheTCPO.TheBillalsoprovidesforestablishmentof
aCouncilofTown&CountryPlanning.Thepurposeofsuchcouncilistoregulatethe
quality of educational institutions and qualified professionals in Town and Country
Planning. The Bill has defined "Town and Country Planning" as the profession
responsible for planned development of urban and rural areas and the process
concerned with control of the use of land so as to guide and ensure planned and
orderlydevelopment.
Town and Country Planner is proposed to be a person holding a professional
undergraduate or postgraduate qualification in Town and Country Planning or in
accordance with the nomenclature as specified in the Schedule of the Bill, acquired
from a recognized School, Institution, Department of study / University and
registered with the Council. The Council will prescribe the standards of Town and
Country Planning education. The Council could help ensure that only certified
plannerscarryoutthetaskofurbanandregionalplanning.
3.5.4.3. PolicyOptionsofManpowerMobilisation
Asindicatedabove,therequirementofplannerstoperformthe functionofplanning
and development at district, metropolitan and local area levels is over 85,000.
Currentlythereare3700plannersregisteredwithInstituteof TownPlanners,India
(ITPI),workingindifferentorganizations.Itisthereforesuggestedthat:
Every state should have a PlanningSchool. As of now, NE States, Bihar, Haryana, Himachal
Pradesh,J&K,OrissaandUttarPradeshdonothaveanyrecognizedinstituteofferingcoursesin
TownPlanning.Thisgapneedstobefilledinsoon.
Capacity building for enhancing institutional capacities for plan preparation, effectively
function as institutions of local governance and for improved service delivery. As per the
Toolkit for Comprehensive Capacity Building Programme, JnNURM, 2013, the efforts
shouldfocusesoncreatinganenablingenvironmentatULBleveltoimprovegovernanceand
servicedeliveryfunctions.Further,capacitybuildingtoincludetrainingprogrammes,suchas:
i.
106
Training /awareness programmes to ULB staff and elected representatives, with special
emphasisonthewomenelectedrepresentatives.
ii. Skill development trainings to ULB/parastatal functionaries to plan and implement

developmentprojects.
iii. Technical and sectoral training programmes for ULB/ parastatal staff in water supply,
solid waste management, roads & bridges, urban transport, sewerage, environment, and
othersectorsrelatedtourbandevelopment/management.
Itisalsodesirabletostrengthenthearrangementsfortrainingandcapacityenhancementof
town planners and urban designers in nongovernment sectors, for which ITPI or similar
bodiescouldactasfacilitators.
3.5.4.4. OutsourcingProfessionalServices
planning, outsourcing to nongovernmental and private consultancy/ organisation
could be considered as an option. The conditions of engagement of professional
servicesandscaleofprofessionalfeesandchargesareprovidedbyITPI27.Itprovides
professional fees for preparation of different types of plans based on projected
plannedpopulationandalsoaspermanmonths,whichcanbereferredforestimating
thecostofrespectiveplanpreparation.
3.6.
InstitutionalReforms
3.6.1. RegulatoryBodyatStateLevel
ARegulatorybodyUrbanRegionalPlanningandDevelopmentRegulatoryAuthority
atStatelevelshouldbeestablishedthroughstatutorysupport.Theroleofthisbody
shouldbetoregulateandmonitorthefunctioningofdevelopmentbodiesandalsoto
regulate Urban and Regional Development Authorities / Bodies / Agencies28.This
regulatorybodyshouldhavefollowingobjectivestofulfi litsroleandfunctionsinan
envisionedmanner:
AssessandMonitortheoverallUrban/RegionalPlanningintheState.
Observer and Evaluate impacts of planning on other elements of development system, especially
EnvironmentandSocial&BalancedRegionalDevelopment.
QuickentheprocessofapprovalofPlanscoupledwithtransparency.
PromoteanddirectFDIinRealEstateSector.
PrepareStandardmonitoringplanandevaluationparameters
ToserveasaCentralisedSingleWindowforclearanceand
Authority to exam the plan modification request and permit (midterm) landuse changes in the
planwhichmaybeguidedbylargedevelopments,socialinterestandneedforall.
27
Document: Conditions of engagement of professional services and scale of professional fees and charges, ITPI, effective
from December, 2011 available at: http://itpi.org.in/pdfs/DiscussionDraft.pdf.
28
Such arrangements have been introduced in Kerala, where Town & Country Planning Commission under the Kerala Town
& Country Planning Ordinance, 2013 isan apex body to advise the Government and guide and assist the MPCs and DPCs
on matters relating to spatial planning and development.
107
3.6.2. GrievanceRedressalSystem
A decentralized grievance redress system should be established in every state upto
theleveloflocaldevelopmentauthority,toprovideredressforcomplaints.
ACitizensChartercouldbeformedintheframeworkoftheActionPlanforEffective
and Responsive Government, 1997 and the Citizen's Charter and the Grievance
RedressBill,2011underconsiderationinParliament.
CentralGovernmentisprovidingbaseforpublicgrievanceunderCitizensCharter,for
which guidelines are also available in the Compilation of Guidelines for Redress of
PublicGrievance,2010oftheD/oAR&PG,whichhasadedicatedwebsiteforcitizens
charter:http://goicharters.nic.in/welcome.html.
To ensure obligation of transparent modification of schemes, including the updated
progress Local Area Planning level, the method of public participation should be
utilised.
108
4.1.
NeedofRegionasPlanningUnit
Region is a contiguous geographical area, which has a fair degree of uniformity, in

administration,economiclinkagesornaturalenvironment.Itisrelativelyalargearea,
withhierarchyofsettlementsandvaryinglandscape.
UrbanisationhasacceleratedinthepastfewdecadeswhileplanninginIndiahasbeen
largely limited to urban settlements and the space between cities and their
surroundings has been growing in an unplanned haphazard manner. Centrifugal
forces attract huge volume of migrant population to urban centres, which has
rendered short the planning efforts of local bodies. The resultant biases in
demographyhavealsohadnegativeimplicationsinthedevelopmentatthesourceof
migration. Thus, urban centres & its surrounding settlements have twoway
interrelationshipintermsofcauseandeffectofmanyelements.Accordingly,planning
asanexerciseshouldnotbeexclusivelylimitedtourbansettlementsbutaregioncan
be identified to have holistic development of growth promoting centres and
surrounding subsequent hierarchy of settlements. This should facilitate optimal
planning and development of infrastructure in cities along with the adjoining rural
areasandstrengthentheeconomiclinksintheregion.
The paradigm of regional development has evolved through the years after
Independence. Most important ones are district planning, metropolitan planning,
watershedmanagementandspecialareadevelopment.ThePlanningCommissionhas
also developed methods for regionalisation and policy guidance for preparation of
developmentplansforregions.Anumberofsuchcasestudieshavebeentakenupby
the State Governments for development of special regions. Considering the
importanceofregionalplanningatthedistrictlevelandwith theviewtointegrating
theurbanandregionaldevelopment,theDPCandMPCwerecreatedthroughthe73rd
and74thCAA.
4.2.
AspectsofRegionalPlanning
The preliminary aspects of regional planning may constitute the following, which
highlighttheadvantagesoftheapproach:
1. SustainabilitySustainabilityleadstobalanceinRegionalDevelopmentwhichimpliesefficient
use of available resources and opportunities for development in all parts of the region.
Sustainabilityofregionalplanningdependsupon:
i.
Management of major environmental inputs namely water (both surface and ground),
minerals, maintenance of green cover, protection of sensitive environmental areas and
linkingareaswithspecialopportunitiesfordevelopmentlikereligious,archaeologicaletc.
ii. Balancedandequitablespatialandeconomicdevelopmentoftheregion
iii. EffectiveUseoflocalresourcesincludingculturalresourcessuchasart&crafts.
iv. OptimisationofregionalmultimodalmobilityandTOD.
109
Sustainability based regional development can provide solutions for elevation of urban poverty,
minimisation of urban sprawl and managing migration, which are majorly outcomes of lack of
regionalplanning.
2. EnvironmentSomeofthemajorenvironmentalconcernsthatcanbeaddressedbyregional
planningapproacharethefollowing:
i.
Controlofpollutionspeciallywaterpollution,useandmaintenanceofthewatercourses.
ii. Maintenanceofgreencover,forestsandecofragileareas.
iii. Controlandregulationofactivitieswhichhaveimpactonenvironment.
Whileplanning,theenvironmentallysensitiveareasshouldbeidentifiedwhicharenonconducive
for development. Such areas should be either protected or developed while following relevant
standards.
3. Disaster Management The impact of natural disasters is exaggerated by unscientific plus
unplanned development. Regional development should promote efficient response and
preparednesstodisasterssuchasfloods,landslides,landsubsistence,fireandearthquake.The
Disaster Management Act, 2005 makes it mandatory to prepare Disaster Management Plan at
State and District level. Integration of hazard (micro) zoning in planning activities is more
facilitative and responding at regional level which can be integrated with the provisions of
NDMA. Zoning hazards and its holistic approach can be achieved largely at the regional level
scaleorbetteratcitylevel.Thus,regionalplanningisthesolutiontointegratedresponse.
4. PromotingBalancedDevelopmentImbalanceddevelopmentofthecountryduetomissing
regional planning approach to bring development in urbanrural settlements simultaneously
has led to lopsided development in favour of urban settlements. As a result centripetal and
centrifugalforcesofhumanmovementhavecometoworkwithintensityintheurbanpartsof
thecountry.Lackofintegratedspatialplanningspeciallyintheinfluenceareaofmetropolitan
cities has led to rural push. Migration across administrative boundaries to the cities without
adequate functional infrastructure to support the population puts pressure on the
administrativedepartments.Ontheotherhandtheareasfromwhereoutmigrationtakesplace
suffer with imbalance growth. Thus, an integrated planning approach is required to provide
administrative solution for provision of sustainable infrastructure in the region and vision
developmentoftheperiurbanareas&countermagnets.
5. Inclusivity Regional planning can bring inclusivity in broader area by preparing plan after
considering issues, strengths and prospects of a large spatial unit. Regional disparities
especially periurban areas surrounding large cities and metropolitans present contrasting
conditionsbothphysicallyandsocialeconomically.Regionalplanningcanefficientlytacklethe
problem arising out of the transition of rural area into periurban and urban areas. Inclusive
developmentprinciplescanbridgethegappresentintermsofregionaldisparityinIndia.
4.3.
PlanningRegionsinIndia
The increasing need of urbanisation further aggravated by the rural push factors is
directlyaffectingthequalityoflifeandenvironment.Suchareasshallnotbemerely
left to the factors of natural growth and can be identified for Regional Planning. A
regionisaflexibleconceptandcanbereferredtoasacontinuousandlocalisedarea
intermediatebetweenNationalandUrbanlevels.
The District Planning Committees is to be the single decision making committee,
whichcanaddresstotheissuesofplanningintheDistrict.InmanyStates,DPCsare
110
not constituted, however, in some of them, the Town and Country Planning Acts
providesalegalframeworkforconstitutionofRegionalDevelopmentAuthorities.For
example,theBombayMetropolitanRegionDevelopmentAuthorityAct,1974makesit
mandatory to constitute the Metropolitan Regional Development Authority for the
planninganddevelopmentofMumbaimetropolitancity.
Whenever functional areas cut across different State boundaries there may be
problemsofcoordinationinadministration.Ideallyinsuchcases,aunifiedRDA(for
thisspecifiedregion)maybeinstitutedwithrepresentationfromeachoftheState.
Inthepresentscenario,Indianmetropolitancitieshaveplanneddevelopment,which
partially satisfies the aim of the 73rd& 74th CAA, however, incomplete adherence of
the Act has resulted into lack of holistic planning. Thus, it is required that state
governmentsamendrespectiveStateTownandCountryPlanningActsandprovidea
structureofregionalplanningwithappropriateadministrativestructuretocarryout
itspreparationandimplementation.
Such regions are holistic from administrative point of view and there are little
chances of conflict when there is a single administrative unit. The present planning
systemforonlyurbansettlementshasdevelopedislandsofgrowthcentres,creating
vast disparity. Planning for district as a region is the approach in which country as
whole can be covered in planning exercise leaving no intermediate space. Thus, for
convenience of administration of regions and entire coverage of country under
planneddevelopmentthestructureofregionalplanningshouldbefollowed.
The 12th Five Year Plan has emphasised on regional development particularly DPC
compositiontocontrolandregulateunplanneddevelopmentbeyondtheurbanareas
i.e.urbansprawl/scatter.TheStateT&CPActsprovidestatutorysetupforurbanand
regional planning and development. In many States, Special Area Planning Acts,
similartoRegionalPlanning,arealsoinplace.
Transportlinkagesplayanintegralroleinthegrowthofurbannodes.Asmovement
ofgoods,servicesandalignmentofinfrastructurefollowthetransportnetworkwhile
the human settlement and economic activities generally follow the transport lines.
Lately, Government of India has recognised the potential of transport corridors as
instrument of imparting economic push to large region and thus has been
implementingprogrammes,whicharespreadacrossalargeregionlike,DelhiMumbai
Industrial Corridor (DMIC) Programme. The objective of DMIC project is to expand
India'smanufacturingandservicebaseanddevelopDMICasa"GlobalManufacturing
andTradingHub".Theprojectwillprovideamajorimpetustoplannedurbanization
inIndiawithmanufacturingasthekeydriver.29.
The National Highway Development Programme (NHDP) was launched in 2000 to
upgrade and strengthen National Highways and one of the advantages identified
undertheNHDPisallrounddevelopmentofareas.Othertransportorientedregional
29
http://www.dmicdc.com
111
UrbanPlanningA
Approach
corridorrs conceptu
ualised aree the Easteern and Western
W
Freeight Corriidors. Keep
ping
thesedeevelopmenttsinmind,TransitOrrientedDev
velopmentt(TOD)app
proachtop
plan
anddeveelopregion
nscanbead
dopted.
There arre other ty
ypes of reggions as well, which have homo
ogeneity aand linkagees in
terms off investment, tourism
m and natu
ural enviro
onment. In India, ow
wing to its vast
stretchaandheterogeneity,multiple/diffferenttypo
ologiesofrregionscou
uldbeadop
pted
for plan
nned development. The
T
regional plannin
ng approacch is suggeested in th
hese
guidelineesforplann
nedandsu
ustainabled
developmen
ntofthehu
umansettleements.
Theplan
nningregionsinIndiahavebeen
ncategoriseedas:
Figure4.1: CategorisaationofRegio
onsinIndianContext
Source:
Co
ompilationfrom73rd&74thCAA,SStateAdministrativesetupsandregionalplannin
ngcasesinIndia
4.3.1. DistricttasaPlaanningR
Region
India haas 640 disttricts and according to Censuss of India, 2011, 67%
% districts are
urbaniseed upto 50
0% out of which
w
apprroximately
y 7% have crossed th
he line of 40%
4
urbanisaation. New
w Delhi, Central
C
Deelhi, Kolkaata, Mumb
bai, Mumb
bai Suburban,
Hyderab
bad, Chenn
nai, Yanam and Mahee (in Pudu
ucherry) arre 9 distriicts which are
112
URDPFIG
Guidelines,2
Developmentt
100% urbanized. However, there are many other districts which have ruralurban
character and have a fast rate of urbanisation. Therefore, the urban trend of these
districts should be planned. Efforts to direct urbanisation of such districts will
synchronizethegrowthofcitieswithgoalsofnationaldevelopment.
District as a unit is a holistic concept which administratively provides a strong
foundationforplanning.Thehierarchyofsettlementsandnaturalresourcesavailable
inrelativelylargerregionareotheradditionalreasonswhich makedistrictaunitof
planningmorelogicalpremise.
4.3.1.1. NeedforAdministrativeStructure
Administrative structure to guide planning at district level is important. The 74th
ConstitutionalAmendmentActprovidesthattheStateLegislatureshouldprovidefor
the composition of District Planning Committee (DPC) given that there shall be
elected representatives of Panchayats and municipalities in committee in
proportionate ratio. For this, State Governments are required to amend existing or
enactnewlawstointroduceDPCinplanningadministrationstructure.
4.3.1.2. ProcessofplanningatDistrictlevel
InIndia,planningprocessforadministrativeareasequaltoorbiggerthandistricthas
beenattempted.
Kerala: The State of Kerala has provision for DPC and MPC. Its methodology of District plan
preparation provides for a decentralised planning process by initiating preparation of an Integrated
District Development Plan (IDDP) along with Local Development Plans (LDP) for every local
governmentinthedistrictinanintegratedmanner.TheIntegratedDistrictDevelopmentPlan(IDDP)
aimsforanintegrateddraftdevelopmentplanwithdueregardtocommoninterestsofPanchayatsand
municipalities(asshowninFigure4.2)toplanforspatialandsharingofresources:bothnaturaland
manmade.TheIDDPincludesplanningofspecialareassuchastribalareas,coastalareas,economically
backward areas, areas for establishment of new towns etc. Also, there are provisions of Joint area
planning in case the area comprises more than one Municipal Corporation, Municipal Council, Town
PanchayatorvillagePanchayat,eitherinfullorinpart.
Draft IDDP should be prepared for the district incorporating suggestions of LSGs. The Draft IDDP
preparedshallbeaninputfortheidentificationofdevelopmentissuesandsettingupofdevelopment
goals and objectives of each LSG and thus becomes the frame within which the Draft LDPs are
prepared. Based on suggestions and proposals of the Draft LDPs, the Draft IDDP is modified and
finalised. Once the draft IDDP is approved by the DPC and sanctioned by the State Government, the
DraftLDPsshallbemodifiedandfinalised.
113
Figure4.2: PlanPreparationProcessofKerala
Source:
TheKeralaTownandCountryPlanningOrdinance2013
Goa:TheStateofGoahaspreparedGoaRegionalPlan,2021.ThebasicapproachforpreparationofGoa
Regional Plan has been protectionof environmentallysensitive area ofthe Stateby introducingEco
SensitiveZonesandplanningdetailsatvillagePanchayatslevel.TheRegionalPlangivesamicrolevel
planning of the State of Goa with the village Panchayats as the planning units. Multiple level
consultative process has been undertaken in preparation of the plan. A decentralised approach was
adopted in which a vision document was prepared for the State and was shared with the local
bodies/villages.PlanspreparedatgrassrootlevelwerecompiledathigherlevelstoprepareDraftState
Regional Plan. Another round of public participation ensured inclusiveness. The approach has been
presentedinthefollowingdiagram.
114
UrbanPla
anningApp
proach
Figu
ure4.3: Plan
nPreparation
nProcessinth
heStateofGo
oa
Sourcce:
GoaRegion
nalPlan,2021
TheeStatesof Keralaand
dGoahave attempted
dsuccessfu
ullythepreeparationo
ofDistrict
th
orR
RegionalPllansbyado
opting74 CAA.WhileeKeralahaasprepared
dDistrictP
Plans,Goa
hasprepared Statelevel RegionalP
Plan(butbasedontheetwodistrrictplans)d
duetoits
sizee. Both thee states have adoptted decentralised approach as prescribeed in the
Con
nstitution of
o India an
nd have focused on public participation. The appro
oach and
metthodology of these tw
wo States is
i influenceed by the size and seettlement structure
s
and
dhierarchy
ypresentin
ntheStates.
APlanningprocessatdiistrictlevellforthelarrgerStatessofIndiaw
wouldrequ
uiremuch
morre complexx procedurre to integgrate botto
omup and
d top down approach. Hence
con
nsideringth
heabovem
mentionedccasestudieesandkeep
pinginview
wtheconsttraintsof
larggesizeStates,aDistricctRegionallPlanningssimplifiedaapproachisgiveninF
Fig4.4.
Plan
npreparationprocessforregionalplanm
muststartw
withpreparrationofSttatelevel
Perrspective Plan
P
alongg with preplan intteractive consultatio
c
ns of gov
vernment
dep
partments, elected representat
r
tives, stakeholders, NGOs and
d Selfhelp
p groups.
Outtcomeofsu
uchconsulttationsisaPerspectiv
vePlanwhichwillbevvisiondocu
umentfor
the entireStatteeitherby
ytheState PlanningB
Board,StateeTownPlaanningCom
mmission,
dStateTow
wn&CounttryPlanningDepartm
mentorbySStateUrban
nisationCo
ommittee,
and
such
haseffortsstakenbyK
KeralaandRajasthanrecently.
PerrspectivePllanmustin
ncludetheL
LUZsfrom theStateL
LandUtilisaationPolicy
y.Incase
the State Land
d Utilisatio
on Policy iss not prepared, Persp
pective Plaan should delineate
d
Statteintodevelopable,p
prohibitedaandrestricctedzones. Forthiscllassification
n,variety
ofp
parametersscouldbeu
usedbasedondevelop
pmentapproachofth
hestate.Som
meofthe
DPFIGuidelin
banDevelopment
URD
115
parameters have been shared below but this is only suggestive list, which must be
madeexhaustivewhilepreparingplanatstatelevel:
Ecosensitivezonesofthestate,
Boundariesofalltheurbanandruralsettlementsofthestate,
Mappingoftransportandcommunicationnetworks,
Mappingofnaturalfeatures,
Industrial,miningandrelatedarea,
DisasterZonation
Allmaps/plansmustbepreparedonGISplatformandgeoreferenced.
The State Perspective plan should be distributed to the Districts as a reference for
preparation of further plans at district level. At the stage of Perspective Plan
preparation, the mapping scale, time lines and roles and responsibilities for the
preparation of district plan preparation should be decided which will bring clarity
and uniformity in mapping and plan preparation process. District administration
shouldproceedwithdistributingtheplansandmapsat talukalevelandfromtaluka
level to village Panchayats. The Draft Development plan should then be prepared at
each village Panchayat level with public participation. Here, capacity building and
technicalknowhowwouldneedtobepercolatedfromthetopadministrativesetups
and supporting institutional arrangements. The training to the selected people or
peoples representatives must be provided along with trained officials through the
plan preparation process. Similar process must be followed in settlements of urban
hierarchy. Once the plan process at grass root level is over, these plans should be
compiledfirstattalukaleveloratitsurbancounterpartsbyDevelopmentAuthority/
MunicipalCorporationtoformulatethedraftDistrictRegionalPlan.
TheDraftDistrictRegionalPlanthenmustbeputonpublicforumforobjectionsand
suggestions to impart transparency in the plan process. To meet the purpose of the
district plan, interchangeable options and conflict of interest would need to be
answered in the regional plan. Once the process of public participation is over and
withtheapprovalofStatelegislature,thefinalRegionalPlanshouldbeuploadedon
relevantwebsitesforfuturereferenceanduse.
Table4.1:Institutionalresponsibilities
AdministrativeUnit
InstitutionalBody
District
DPC/ZilaParishad
Taluka
BlockDevelopmentLevel/Town&CountryPlanningDepartment
VillageLevel
Panchayat/GramSabha
Metropolitan&Megapolis
MPC/DevelopmentAuthority/MunicipalCorporation
Large&MediumTowns
DevelopmentAuthority/Municipality/UrbanLocalBody
SmallTowns
NagarPalika/MunicipalCouncil/StateT&CPDepartment
Ward
WardCommittee
116
UrbanPla
anningApp
proach
Figu
ure4.4: Prop
posedDistrictPlanningPrrocess
Source:Compilatio
onfrom73rdan
nd74thCAA,Sta
ateAdministra
ativeSetupand
dRegionalPlanningexamplessofKerala
and
dGoa
4.3
3.2. VarrioussetttlementtsinRegion
In delineation
d
n of the planning
p
reegions therre can be certain leevels of settlement,
exisstingorplaannedwhicchgivespeccialstructu
uretoaregion.Thegrrowthnodeesaround
whiich the flow
ws are acttive and intense shalll be the no
odal centree. The nodal centre
cou
uldactasth
hehighest echelonin
nthehierarrchyofthe settlemen
nts.Thismaayhavea
unipolar (meetropolitan city), bipo
olar (such as twin citties) or mu
ultipolar structure.
s
Thee other setttlements within
w
the region shaall be directly or ind
directly fun
nctionally
link
kedtothisccentre.Theeycanbe:
1 CounterM
1.
Magnets: Th
he counter magnets
m
are potential
p
and growing sub
b nodal centrres located
outoftheedirectfuncttionallylinkedareasofth
hegrowthnode/nodalceentresinthe region,e.g.
Hissar, Gw
walior, Patialla and Kota etc
e incontexxtofNCR. The main objecctive of devellopmentof
DPFIGuidelin
banDevelopment
URD
117
i.
ii.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
the counter magnets is to prevent undesirable concentration of growth impulses in the nodal
centres and to disperse the same to counter magnets for more balanced development of the
region.Thecountermagnetareasmayplaytwodistinctiveroles:
Asinterceptorsofmigratoryflowsintothenodalcentre
Asregionalgrowthcentres,thiswouldbeabletoachieveabalancedpatternofurbanisation
intheregionoveraperiodoftime.
SatelliteTowns:ASatelliteTownisone,whichislocatednearorwithinreasonabledistance,
wellconnectedbytransportationrouteofthegrowthnodeorametropolitancity,e.g.Gurgaon
andNoida(Delhi),NaviMumbai(Mumbai)andSaltLakeCity(Kolkata)etc.TheSatellitetowns
are dependent on the growth node largely for employment. If developed well, satellite towns
offergreatscopedoeprovidingeconomicgrowthandemployment forthebenefitofthemain
city,subjecttoefficienttransportconnectivity.
Priority Towns: Priority towns are the potential towns for investment and development;
identified on the basis of their interaerial relationship with the regional nodal centre. For
integrated development of the identified region, identification of the priority towns and
planningfortheirdevelopmentshouldbedone.
GrowthCentres/Points:Settlementswithgrowthpotentialandspecialadvantageoflocation
withintheregioncanbeclassifiedasgrowthcentres/growthpoints/servicevillageinorderof
hierarchyfromhightolowwhileplanningforsettlementstructurewithintheregion.
Peri Urban Areas: Periurban areas are zones of transition from rural to urban land uses
locatedbetweentheouterlimitsofurbanandregionalcentersandtheruralenvironment.The
boundaries of periurban areas are porous and transitory as urban development extends into
rural,agriculturalandindustrialland.Periurbanareasmightincludevaluableprotectedareas,
forested hills, preserved woodlands, prime agricultural lands and important wetlands, which
mayrequireconservation.Irrespectiveofhowtheboundariesmove,therewillalwaysbeperi
urban zones. These areas if planned properly can provide essential life support services for
urbanresidents.Inpreparation ofdevelopmentplansformetropolitancities,theareamaybe
takenas58kmsaroundexistingcities,saythosewithmorethan3lakhpopulationtocoverthe
urbanspill.30
Urban Agglomeration: Census, 2011 defines an urban agglomeration (UA) as a continuous
urban spread constituting a town and its adjoining outgrowths, or two or more physically
contiguous towns together with or without outgrowths of such towns. An UA must consist of
atleast a statutory town and its total population (i.e. all the constituents put together) should
not be less than 20,000. In varying local conditions, there were similar other combinations
which have been treated as urban agglomerations satisfying the basic condition of contiguity.
Examples:GreaterMumbaiUA,DelhiUA,etc.
Out Growth: Census 2011, defines Out Growths (OG) as a viable unit such as a village or a
hamlet or an enumeration block made up of such village or hamlet and clearly identifiable in
terms of its boundaries and location. Some of the examples are railway colony, university
campus,portarea,militarycamps,etc.,whichhavecomeupnearastatutorytownoutsideits
statutory limits but within the revenue limits of a village or villages contiguous to the town.
While determining the outgrowth of a town, it has been ensured that it possesses the urban
featuresintermsofinfrastructureandamenitiessuchaspuccaroads,electricity,taps,drainage
systemfordisposalofwastewateretc.educationalinstitutions,postoffices,medicalfacilities,
banksetc.andphysicallycontiguouswiththecoretownofthe UA.Examples:CentralRailway
Colony(OG),TriveniNagar(N.E.C.S.W.)(OG),etc.
SpatialPriorityUrbanRegions(SPURs):NationalCommissiononUrbanisation,1988witha
visionary approach to future urbanisation in India, identified 329 urban centres all over the
country as Generators of Economic Momentum (GEMs) where development activities should
30
Working group on urban strategic planning, p 33.
118
converge, based on which the upcoming Metropolitan regions could be forecasted. The
Commission also identified 49 Spatial Priority Urban Regions (SPURs). SPURs were based on
observedtrendsofgrowthandCommissionsassessmentofgrowthpotential,integrationwith
national transport network, optimising investments and opportunities already in a particular
region.SuchanattemptofregionalplanningpanIndiawasthefirstofitskindandevolvedfrom
theideaofexpandingplannedurbanregions.
4.4.
MetropolitanPlanningRegion
Metropolitanareaisalargeurbansettlement,whichhaspopulationfrom10lakhand
above.Theaerialextentofsuchsettlementsishugeandoftenspreadacrossmultiple
districts.Indiahas53metropolitancitiesperCensus,2011.Manyofthesecitieshave
alreadybeencoveredbymetropolitanplanningordevelopmentauthorities,suchas
Mumbai, Kolkata, Chennai, Bangalore, Hyderabad, Ahmedabad and Guwahati.
FormulationofMetropolitansAuthoritieswasconceivedwiththeideaofinitiatingthe
integratedplanninganddevelopmentofthemajorcitiesandtheirsurroundingareas.
Constitution requires the States to constitute Metropolitan Planning Committees
throughStatelegislature.VariousStatesWestBengal,Maharashtra,AndhraPradesh
have issued procedures for formulation of Metropolitan Planning Committee (MPC)
and metropolitan areas like Kolkata, Mumbai, Nagpur, Pune have MPCs. However,
only Kolkata MPC has prepared a Metropolitan Development Plan (MDP). This has
beenreferredasalessontoguidetheMPCformulationandintegrationintheexisting
scenario.
4.4.1. MetropolitanAdministrativesetups
Asmajorcitiesincreaseinsize,MunicipalBodiesoftenturnouttobeinadequateto
meet the requirements. Thus, the need for Metropolitan Regional Development
Authority(MRDA)Actswasfelt,toregulateadesignatedjurisdictioncoveringurban
and periurban areas. The authorities formed under these acts perform functions in
close coordination with the State agencies, apart from the already core Municipal
Corporations. MRDAs perform the function of integrated spatial planning and
inducing coordination among the numerous authorities and institutions operating
in/for the region, thus facilitating the planned growth in a smooth urbanrural
continuumframework.ExamplesareBengaluru,Chennai,Kolkata,Mumbaietc.
119
UrbanPlanningA
Approach
Figure4.5: FrameworrkforKolkataaMetropolitaanPlanningC
Committee
Source:
Ko
olkataMetropoliitanPlanningCom
mmittee
4.4.2. TransittOrienteed(Urbaan)Deveelopmentt(TOD)
In India,, the conceept of TOD
D to plan an
nd develop
p cities / regions
r
hass been used in
variousccities,fewo
ofwhicharreNationallCapitalReegion,HydeerabadMettropolitanA
Area
andAhm
medabadUrrbanDevellopmentAu
uthority(A
AUDA).InN
NCR,transp
portoption
nsof
metro raail, ring railway and ring road has been used to gu
uide urban
n developm
ment.
Hyderab
bad Metrop
politan Developmentt Authority
y has prep
pared TOD
D developm
ment
planfor cityusing metrocorridors,MM
MTS,potenttialBRTS/L
LRTandou
uterringroad.
AUDAhaasdevelopedBRTSco
orridor,rin
ngroadto guidedeveelopmentaalongtransp
port
corridorrs.Hyderab
badMetrop
politanDev
velopmentA
Authority (HMDA)haasdevelopeda
TransitO
OrientedDevelopmen
ntplantod
developmetropolitanarea(theccasestudyiisas
follows)..
120
URDPFIG
Guidelines,2
Developmentt
UrbanPla
anningApp
proach
Case
eStudy:HMD
DA:TransitOrientedDe
evelopment(
(TOD)
ApproachandMeethodology:H
HMDAconceivedTODplaantobecomp
patiblewithM
MasterPlan.Integrated
tran
nsit network was propossed with focu
us to integraate employm
ment generating nodes with
w
transit
netw
work.Influen
ncezonealon
ngtransitnetw
workwereid
dentifiedanddetaileddevvelopmentcontrolrules,
FAR
Randlanduseeinsuchareaasaredecided
d.
TOD
Dzones,speciialfeaturesoffsuchzonesaandthefaciliitatingauthorritieshavebeeenrecogniseedinthe
Hyderabadmetro
opolitanregion.FeaturesofTODZonesare:
Mixedlandu
usezoning,
Incentivizedhigherdensitydevelopmeent,
Expeditedbu
uildingpermiits,
Decreasingp
parkingrequirement
Affordableho
A
ousing,
Integrationo
ofemploymen
ntandtransitt,
Alternatives
A
topersonalissedvehicleow
wnership.
Themethodfollowedforplanningand
ddevelopmeentunderTO
ODapproach
hisgivenbeelow:
Sourcce:HyderabadM
MetropolitanDeveelopmentAuthorrity
DPFIGuidelin
banDevelopment
URD
121
4.4.3. Planningforperiurbanarea
Periurban is the zone which is within the planning area limits but outside the
urbanisationlimitofthemunicipalcorporation/authorityormetropolitanplanning
committee or authority. Integration of the plans of such settlements can be done
throughtwoapproaches.
The plans can be prepared by the developmental body in consultation with the
village authority and implemented jointly by the village authority and/or
developmentalbody,
Village bodies may prepare the plan and such plans will be compiled and made
partofoveralldevelopmentalplanoftheregionbydevelopmentalbody.
Since,periurbanareaisnotwelldefinedinallthestates,identificationandplanning
ofperiurbanarea(outsidemunicipallimits)isimportantinthecontextofurbanand
rural development. Also the States till now have not clearly defined what should
constituteperiurbanareasandthereforeachangeintheActsinthiscontextissurely
calledfor.HoweverperiurbanareahasbeenincludedinplanningareasofMaster/
Development plans which invariably go beyond the municipal boundary. In some
state like in Andhra Pradesh, Mandal committees are empowered to prepare land
conversion and development of periurban areas. Nonetheless this aspect of urban
andruraldevelopmentneedsspeciallegalandpolicyefforts.31
To holistically approach the legal and planning issues for periurban areas, it is
suggestedbytheMinistryofUrbanDevelopmenttotheStatestoavoidmultiplicityof
the authorities and simultaneously allow coordination. In a regional authority, the
urbanagglomerationshouldberecognisedastheurbancentre,whilethesmalltowns
and service villages should be within the overarching boundary of the Metropolitan
regions to coexist. Where planning, the power to plan landuse should be
decentralised to local authorities, apart from some regional resource management
suchasmanagementofwaterandpreservationofecosensitiveareas.
Astheregionalandmetropolitanareaplanningintendstobringsuchareainplanning
framework it is only logical that development norms of urban area are adopted for
periurban area too because of its heavy bias towards urban character. In addition,
provision for institutional requirements for example specialised hospitals and
educationandresearchcentresintheperiurbanareasaretobeallowedasperthe
RegionalPlan.
31
Note:UttarPradesh Government has followed forlongyearsdelineationof planning areabytheauthorityon thebasisof 8

kmsfromthemunicipalboundary.Thisnormisnotbacked/supportedbyanyrationality.Addingtoit,theplanningareaso
designatedundertheTownandCountryPlanningActunderthesection143,conversionoflandusefromrural/agricultureto
nonagriculture was permitted by the competent authority (District Collector). The conversion of land use as per the Act,
section143couldbedonefordevelopmentabadi.Thishascreatedconfusionforplanningurbanextension.In2013,theUP
governmentmodifiedtheActandexcludedabadifromthesection143.Thisimpliesthatanytypeoflanduseproposedsuch
landuseconversion,landlordsmustadheretothedevelopment controlrules,regulationsandbyelawsspecifiedunderthe
MasterPlan.
122
LowincomehabitatplanningnormsofNationalBuildingCode,2005aresuggestedto
befollowedinperiurbanareas.Thestatesmaydevelopfurtherspecificguidelinesfor
suchsettlementsbasedontheirgrowthtrendandeconomicbase.Lowincomehabitat
planningnormsareasfollowing:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Plotsize:Minimum80sq.m.
Density:Maximum60plotsperha
Minimumfrontage:6m
GroundCoverage:33%(subjecttoamaximumof50%)
FAR:Maximum200
Openspaces:1.21haopenspaceforavillagewith200houses.
Ifrequired,facilitieslikebranchesofcooperativebank,afertilizerdepot,aveterinaryhospital,
marketplaceandabranchofthecooperativeconsumerstorebesidesfacilitiesforeducational
andhealthcareshouldbeavailablewithinamaximumdistanceof5kmfromanysettlement.
8. ProposedRoadHierarchy:
Table4.2: RoadHierarchyforperiurbanareasinlinewithlowincomehabitatplanningnorms
RoadType
RoadDescription
Roadwidth
Function/Remarks
R1
Roadwhichconnectsvillagetonearby
areas
9m
Widestroad
R2
Roadwhichtakemajortraffictovillage
6m
Aminvillageroadswithdrainonbothsidesto
facilitatedrainagesystemofthevillage
R3
InternalVillageroad
4.5m
R4
InternalVillageroad
3m
Source:
Othervillageroads
Villagelanes
NBC
9. Communityfacilities:
- Acommunityhall/baraatghar
- RuraldevelopmentcentreshallincludePanchayatghar,aMahilaKendrathatmayalsoserveas
avocationaltrainingcentre
- School,healthcentre,postoffice,policepost,shopping,workshedsfortheartisans,telephone
facilities,shouldbeestablished.
- Theconceptofaidedselfhelpshallbeensuredforactiveparticipationoftheprospectiveusers
and association in the construction and development of dwelling units and other community
buildings.
10. WhenspecificallyplanningforanIndustrialarea;servicevillages,hamletsandruralsettlements
tobeprovidedwithabufferof100300metersfortheexpansionofthesettlements,forhealth&
safeguardpointofview(aftercalculatingtheinducedgrowthrate).
4.4.4. VillagePlanning
PlanningatgrassrootlevelincludesvillagePanchayatinruralsettingsofbothDistrict
PlanningandMetropolitanPlanningregion.Planspreparedatgrassrootlevelmust
becompiledathigheradministrativeunitseitherthroughtalukasorvillagesfallingin
urban areas and finally compiled draft plan is prepared at appropriate level. Use of
cadastral maps at village area planning level is important and the revenue
department which is custodian of cadastral maps has to play the critical role in
providing,reliableandauthenticlanddatabase.
States are advised to provide technical support to village Panchayat for providing
supportinplanningprocess.Lowerliteracylevelsinruralareascanbehindranceto
123
the planning process or can result in faulty planning or socialeconomic bias. The
State governments can provide conditional planning powers to village Panchayats.
State can provide planning function to village Panchayatswhen the performance at
grassrootlevelisgoodinfollowingparameters:
Literacy,
Womensparticipationindecisionmaking,womenempowerment,
Handlingofdevelopmentfundsasinpastrecords,
Transparencyinfundshandling,
Inclusionofvulnerablegroupsandyouthsindecisionmaking.
Case study: Goa Institutional set-up Study

IntheStateofGoatofacilitatetheprocessofRegionalplanningthreetierstructurewasprepared.At
highestlevelisStateLevelCommittee,atlowestlevelisVillagePanchayatandTalukaLevelTaskForce
at intermediate level. The State of Goa has prepared Draft Regional Plan for Goa, 2021 through this
threetierstructure.
State Level Committee (SLC): This committee had 10 members and presided by CM and Minister
(TCP). SLC supervised the process of Public participation, coordinated with Taluka level technical
team (TLTT), explained the Revised Regional Plan for Goa, 2021 and its features to TLTT. It also
preparedaquestionnaireandalistofparametersonwhichcomments/suggestionsweresoughtfrom
villagePanchayats.
TalukaLevelTechnicalCommittee(TLTC):Thiscommitteecomprisingof7memberswasheadedby
Town Planner/Dy. Town Planner to headed Committee of concernedtaluka. TLTC took the Revised
Regional Plan for Goa2021 to the respective village Panchayats and municipalities, under its
jurisdiction.ItarrangedforthevenueofmeetingatrespectivevillagePanchayatsandmunicipalitiesto
explain the plan. Committee also assisted the village Panchayats and municipalities by visiting the
Village Panchayats/municipalitiesinphasedmannerandsupervisedthepublicparticipationprocess.
The suggestions from all village Panchayats and municipalities were collected and classified in
categoriesandsubmittedtoStateLevelCommittee.
Localbodylevelteam/committee:These bodies had to mark all the existing (up to 6 meters) and
proposedroadsinthevillage,identifiedresources/services,waterbodies,heritagesites,missingwater
bodies,nalhas,heritagesites,settlements,industrialareas,publicutilitiesandservicesetconthemap
withthehelpofTLTC.
Source:GoaRegionalPlan,2021
124
4.5.
InvestmentPlanningRegions
Investment Regions/ Zones are generally areas which show potential for
developmentduetoeconomicforces.Theseareasfaceproblemofuncontrolledland
confiscation and holding by the private entities. Due to lack of policies or plan to
controldevelopmentinsuchplaceshaphazarddevelopmentofcommercial,industrial
activities and human settlement takes place along transportation nodes and routes.
Urbanisationintheecosensitiveareastakesplaceandnaturalresourcesaremisused
in the process of unplanned growth. Thus, the planning efforts of the investment
regions must be undertaken at the earliest to realise the scope of economic
developmentwiththeglobalvision.
Government of India has started the process of developing investment zones across
the country. DMIC, Chennai Bangalore Economic Corridor and BangaloreMumbai
Economic Corridor are examples of such efforts. While these investment zones are
interState and backed by Central government, States have also started envisaging
suchinvestmentregionsandhavebroughtlegislationstosupportthesame.TheState
of Gujarat has enacted Special Investment Region (SIR) Act, 2009. The Act is an
initiativetodevelopinvestmentzonesandencourageindustrialactivitiesintheState.
UnderthisAct,minimumarearequirementforanSIRis100sq.km.Fortypercentof
the area of such zones shall be for industrial activities. This is an example of intra
Stateinvestmentregion,whichcanbeinterdistrictorintradistrict.
4.5.1. ApproachofPlanPreparation
Unlike the district and metropolitan region planning which has administrative
boundaries, planning of investment region involves a strategic decision making
process beginning from delineation of the region boundary; identifying the region
which has the potential to attract investment and can lead to an economic
development.
Amongtheseveraltechniquestodelineatearegion,fewhavebeenelaboratedinthe
subsequent section. These techniques use parameters based on which area is
demarcated.Incaseofdevelopmentofnodes,thedelineationshouldbebasedonthe
potential of development/ investment that the node can attract, while the corridor
developmentshalldependuponitshinterland.Thedelineationofinvestmentregion
shouldfollowthestepsgivenbelow:
Identification of infrastructure gaps and planning for providing last mile connectivity either at
regionalorsubregionallevelasthecasemaybe.
Identificationofmainthrustsectorsforinvestment.
Identificationofgrowthdriversandpotentialgrowthcentres
Marketassessmentprimary,secondaryandtertiary
Prefeasibilityoftheproposals
125
Basedontheevaluationofresources,thrustareasshouldbeidentifiedfortheregions
economic development and overcome the bottlenecks. For such regions to be
investmentfriendly,marketanalysistechniquestoarriveattheviabilityoftheregion
in terms of generating investment and feasibility of thrust areas in terms of
technicality. For Indian investment regions to compete in the International market
and attract foreign investment, the state of art infrastructure facilities must be
developedrapidly.
Withthisvision,theeconomicprofileoftheregionshouldbeenvisagedandrealistic
investmentgoalscouldbetargeted.Atthegivenstageofinvestmentregionplanning,
a broad spatial plan, along with indicative land use shall be proposed for
conceptualising the region as a whole. Here, planners must pay attention to major
roads,trunkinfrastructure,tappingpointsforpower,waterandcarefullymodifying
localdrainagepattern.
Theapproachoftheplanpreparationshouldbefollowedbyencapsulatingthevision
fortheInvestmentregion,whichshouldbecomethepartandparcelorthebasisfor
preparationofthePerspectiveplanfortheregion.
4.5.1.1. AspectsofInvestmentRegionPlanning
Theplanningprocessshouldincludethefollowingkeyelementsessentialtopromote
growthandbalanceddevelopmentoftheregion,namely:
Thepolicyinrelationtolanduseandtheallocationoflandfordifferentuses.
Identificationofthepotentialnodesandcountermagnets(ifrequiredfordecongestion)forfuture
andproposalsfordevelopment.
Integratedtransportpolicy,administrationpolicy,lawandordermachinery.
Plan for regional infrastructure linkages, a dedicated and sustainable connectivity across the
corridorandhinterland.
Policyforeconomicdevelopment.
Fundflowfordevelopment.
Indicationoftheareaswhichrequireimmediatedevelopmentas"priorityareas".
Rolesandresponsibilitiesofvariousstakeholders.
Housingandshelterdevelopment.
Protectionofenvironmentallyandecologicallysensitiveareasandconservationofheritage.
Sustainabledevelopmentofresourcesincludingagricultureandruraldevelopment.
The perspective plan should define the influence zone ofthe corridor ordefine the rationality of
selectionincaseofanode.
Monitoringsystemsandsocialauditmechanismstoensureeffectiveimplementationoftheplan.
4.5.2. CriteriaforDelineationofRegion
Regions can be classified based on many criteria but while delineating region for
planningpurposetheforwardandbackwardlinkagesoftheparametersmustbekept
in mind and relevant parameters be selected for the delineation process. Some
126
criteria for delineating the Planning Regions are presented below but list can be
expandedbasedonrequirementsonplanningapproachandregionsspecifications:
Table4.3: CriteriaforDelineationofRegion
S.No.
Parameters
Indicators
Environmentandlandsuitability
Soilcover&fertility,
Topography,Geology,Geomorphology,Lithology&Drainage
Surfacewaterbody&Groundwatertable,
Green&forestcover,
Bufferareas,
Agriculturecoverandintensityofproduction
Hazardouszone
Otherenvironmentallysensitiveareas
Demographic,QualityofLife
Populationgrowthrate:percentageincreaseinpopulation,
Urbanism:percentageofurbanpopulationtototalpopulation
Migration:numberofpersonsmigratingtonodalpoint,
Density:populationperHa,
Aspectofliteracy,
Othersocioeconomicaspects,
Flows
Goods:Volumeofgoodstraffic:
Supplyofrawmaterials,
Saleoffinishedgoods,
Supplyofperishablegoodslikevegetables,milk,egg,meat,etc.
People:Passengertraffic:
Floatingpopulation
Laboursupply
Culturalaffinity:shopping,majorrecreational,
Finance:bankingfacilities
Infrastructurelinks:Supplyandmanagementofservicessuchaswater
supply,wastewaterandsolidwastetreatmentwithfocusonrecycling
andreuse.
Drainagechannels,irrigationchannels,powerhouseetc.
Information:locationofinstitutes,movementofstudentsandscholars,
Telephonecallsetc.
Economicandinvestments
Economic:
Localeconomicactivity,
Wholesaletrade,
Majorexistingdevelopments,
Largeinvestmentproposalsfordevelopments
Workers:Percentageofnonagriculturalworkerstototalworkers,
Landownershipandlanduses
Others
Contiguityofareas,
Integrateddevelopment,
Adjustmentofboundarieswithotherplanningareas,
Manageablesizeoftheregionfromplanningpointofview.
Source:
VariousSourcesincludingReadingMaterialonPlanningTechniquesbyJHAnsariandMahavir.
It is recommended that the planning region should have a nodal point, either
developed or developable to satisfy the organisational needs of the region. The
homogeneous region identified should be adjusted to the nearest administrative
boundary,suchasvillageboundary,talukaordistrict.
127
4.5.2.1. Techniquesfordelineation
The criteria mentioned above are to be analysed by the following suggested
techniquesforareadelineation:
1. Weighted Index Number Method: This method helps to determine a homogeneous region
within certain variations/ deviation limits. For example, delineation of a region based on
literacy rate may be limited within the area having specific mean literacy rate with not more
thanoneastandarddeviation.Theapproachusedinthismethodis:
i. Identificationofthecriteriasuchasliteracyrate,unemploymentrate,watershed,contours
etc.
ii. Determinationofweightstotherespectivecriteria
iii. Determinationofhomogeneitylimitssuchasstandarddeviation.
2. FlowAnalysis:The flow analysis identifies the direction and intensity of flows and builds up
functionalrelationshipbetweenthedominantcentreandthesurroundingsatellitetowns.The
flows show decreasing intensity as it becomes more distant from the main centre, hence
identifyingthesphereofinfluenceofthemaincentre.Theflowscanbeplottedonlineargraphs
fromwhichfollowinginformationcanbeobtained:
i. Mostintense(Primary)andlessintense(Secondary)flowsintoandoutofeachcentre
ii. Hierarchyofnodesprovidingtheformandextentoffunctionalrelationshipswithinanarea.
Theflowanalysisinvolvesgroupingtogetheroflocalunitswhichdisplaysaconsiderabledegree
ofinterdependence.
3. Gravitational Analysis: This technique identifies the potential flows between centres rather
than the actual flows. This model suggests that the interaction between the two centres is
directly proportional to the mass of the centres and inversely proportional to the distance
between the centres. The variables used to measure mass and distance depend upon the
problem and data availability. The mass can be represented by variables such as population,
employment,income,expenditureetc.anddistancecanberepresentedbydistanceinphysical
termsi.e.km,time,priceetc.Mathematicallythiscanberepresentedas:
Tij=[pipj/d2ij]
WhereTijisthegravitationalforcebetweentownsiandjandPiandPj arethemassesofthetwo
centresanddijisthedistancebetweenthem.
Bycalculatingthepotentialforthecentresinastudyarea,contourlinesofequalpotentialcanbe
plottedonamap,illustratingtherelativeattractivenessandsphereofinfluenceofvariouscentres.
4.6.
SpecialAreaPlanningRegions
Specialareadevelopmentplanningimpliesprudentuseofalltheavailableresources
to ensure optimum and sustained development of the region, towards improving
qualityoflifeofthepeopleandtomeetgrowingdemandsofincreasingpopulation.It
is also imperative to maintain the fragile balance between development and
conservationpracticesthroughidentificationoftheproblemareasandpreparationof
locationspecificdevelopmentplans.
Thespecialareasrequiringconservationdevelopmentapproachcouldbe:
128
4.6.1. Ecosensitiveareas
Ecosensitiveareaisadesignationprovidedtoareawhichhasverydiverseyetfragile
ecosystem.WesternGhatsisoneoftheecologicallysensitiveareasinthecountry.The
GovernmentofIndiahadtakenasteptoconserveanddevelopthisregionsustainably.
For this GoI constituted WesternGhatsEcologyExpertPanel which submitted its
report in year 2011. Western Ghats is a region which is defined by its geological
characteristics, biological landscape, richness in florafauna species, spatial
heterogeneity, high conservation value and ecological sensitivity. Human activities
had deteriorating ecological impacts on the region due to which the committee was
constituted to give recommendations for its conservation. The committee has given
recommendations for protection of Western Ghats, few of which have been shared
below:
Riverbasinlevelplanninganddecentralisedmanagementofwaterresources
SustainablestrategyoflivestockdevelopmentfortheWesternGhats
Convertteaestatestoorganicproductionwiththeintegrationofanimalhusbandry
Promotesystemsofprovidingincentivestolocalpeopleforconservationefforts
StrengtheningtheRuralDevelopmentdepartmentonissuesrelatedtonontimberforestproduce
Promoteindustriesandservicesthatinvolvedematerializatione.g.ecommerce,teleconferencing
Promote education hubs and special incentives should be given to agrobased fruit and food
processingindustries
The Zoning Atlas for siting of Industries should be used as a tool for decisionmaking at various
levelsforindustry,regulatoryauthoritiesandthegeneralpublic
Exclusionofminingfromecologicallysensitiveareas/zonesetc
Thebasicunitofdevelopmentofecosensitiveareascanbeawatershed,whichisa
manageable hydrological unit and covers the entire area starting from the highest
point of the area to the outlet of the stream. The efficient development planning
requiresanoverlayofvariousthematiclayersofthespatialandnonspatialdata.The
watershed management approach is a suitable planning platform for conservation
andsustainabledevelopmentofalltheresourcesspeciallylandandwater.
Thedevelopmentapproachshallconsistofthefollowingsteps:
a.
b.
c.
Identificationandacquisitionofthespatialandnonspatialdata
Identification of the formal region on the basis of homogeneity of demographic and economic
characteristicsandsharingofnaturalresources
Creationofthethematiclayers,overlayandinterpretationfordevelopinganintegratedapproach
forconservationanddevelopment
4.6.2. Socioeconomicsensitiveareas
These are areas which lack amenities due to an imbalance in the economic
development of the region/ nearby region and standard of living of the residing
population.Suchareasalsoencounterhighrateofsocialstresses.
129
Thereareculturallysensitiveareasliketribalareaswhichlackeventhebasicsocial
amenitiesofhealthandeducationasmostlytheyarenotcoveredinthejurisdictional
areas of the administrative offices. Schedule 6 of Constitution of India gives the
provision for the tribal areas in the northeast states of India. This schedule gives
provisions for the administration of tribal areas in the States of Assam, Meghalaya,
Tripura and Mizoram. In such cases, planning and land development is not directly
under the control of the State, but rests with the Autonomous District Councils,
formedinthedistrictsaspertheconstitution.
However, the Regional Council of an autonomous region or District Council for an
autonomousdistrictofthesestateshavethepowertomakelawswithrespecttothe
allotment,occupationoruse,orthesettingapart,ofland,otherthananylandwhichis
areservedforestforthepurposesofagricultureorgrazingorforresidentialorother
nonagriculturalpurposesorforanyotherpurposelikelytopromotetheinterestsof
theinhabitantsofanyvillageortown.
4.7.
LanduseclassificationforRegionalPlanning
1. Urbanisable Zone: In Regional Plan, the areas under existing development and those
earmarkedforfuturedevelopmentshallbetermedasUZone.Thiszoneisenvisagedatthree
levelsU1,U2&U3.
U1 zone shall primarily cover the existing areas where more intensive urban
developmentandeconomicactivityareexpectedinfuture.
U2 zone shall cover the new town areas/ satellite towns/counter magnet/growth
centreswhereurbandevelopmentandeconomicactivityisexpectedorproposed.
U3 zone shall be zone outside the existing or proposed urban zones, which have
potentialforurbandevelopmentsuchaslandsaroundmajorroadsandcorridors,railway
stations etc. No formal development plan may be prepared for U3 zone but the
developmentshallberegulatedonthebasisofroadwidthsand developmentpromotion
regulations.
In U Zone all residential, commercial, light and service industry, public and semipublic
buildings, transport zones and recreational area may be permitted depending upon the
compatibilityoftheuses.
2. IndustrialZone:Theareasearmarkedforindustrialuseserviceandlightindustry,extensive
andheavyindustry,specialindustrialzoneordevelopmentofSIR,ITzonesetc.shallbetermed
asIZone.
3. TransportandCommunicationZone:Theareasearmarkedfortransportandcommunication
useshallbetermedasTZone.ThiszonecanbesubdividedintoRoads/BRTS:T1,Railway/
MRTS:T2,Airport:T3,Seaports/Dockyard/Dryports:T4,Busdepots/truckterminalsand
freightcomplexes:T5andTransmissionandCommunicationT6.
4. PrimaryActivityZone:The areas earmarked for primary activity use shall be termed as PA

Zone. This zone can be sub divided into Agriculture: PA1, Forest: PA2, Poultry and dairy
farming:PA3,andBrickkilnandextractiveareas:PA4.
5. OpenAreaZone:TheareasearmarkedforleavingopenshallbetermedasOZone.Thiszone
canbesubdividedintoRecreationArea:O1,GreenBufferZone:O2.Greenbufferzoneshallbe
provided,soastorestricttheperiurbanareasfromunauthoriseddevelopment.Forperiurban
130
areas special regulations and development control regulations shall be determined in the
developmentplans.
6. Protective and Eco Sensitive Zone: The areas earmarked as Protective and Ecosensitive
Areas shall be termed as E Zone. This zone may comprise of Water bodies: E1, Special
recreation zone/ protective areas such as sanctuaries/ reserve forests: E2, Forest Zone: E3,
CoastalZone:E4andUndevelopableusezone:E5.Undevelopableusezoneshallbeidentified
as Earthquake/ landslide prone, cliffs and environmentally hazardous area, areas adjacent to
fault lines, areas withslope higher than 45, areasadjacenttomajor drainage lines and other
areas identified by State Disaster Management Authority and all environmentally sensitive
areas.
7. SpecialAreaZone:Inadditiontotheabovelistedzones,zonesmayalsobespecifiedkeepingin
view the special characteristic of such areas/pockets. Such areas shall be termed as S Zone.
Thiszonemaycompriseofoldbuiltupareaswitharchitecturalorhistoricalimportance:S1,
areasofscenicvalue:S2whichneedtobepreservedwithoutspoolingthecharacterbyputting
up various kinds of structures, the area restricted for development by Government: S3, or it
may be area under other uses/ spot zones: S4. Therefore, it is necessary that use/activity
permissibilityinspecialareasshouldbecarefullythoughtofinthedevelopmentplanwhenitis
beingformulated.
131
Table4.4: SimplifiedRegionalLanduseClassification
LevelI
LevelII
AN
UseZone
AN
UseZone
1.
UrbanisableZone
11
U1
ExistingZone
12
U2
NewAreaZone
13
U3
PotentialforUrbanDevelopmentZones
2.
IndustrialZone
3.
Transportation&
CommunicationZone
31
T1
Roads/BRTS
32
T2
Railways/MRTS
33
T3
Airport
34
T4
Seaports,DockyardsandDryports
35
T5
BusDepots/TruckTerminalsandfreight
Complexes
36
T6
TransmissionandCommunication
4.
PA
PrimaryActivity
Zone
41
PA1
Agriculture
42
PA2
PoultryandDairyFarming
43
PA3
RuralSettlements
44
PA4
BrickKilnandExtractiveAreas
5.
OpenAreaZone
51
O1
RecreationArea
52
O2
Greenbufferzone
6.
ProtectiveandEco
sensitiveZone
61
E1
WaterBodies
62
E2
SpecialrecreationZone/ProtectiveAreassuchas
sanctuaries/reserveforests
63
E3
ForestZone
64
E4
CoastalZone
65
E5
UndevelopableUseZone
7.
SpecialAreaZone
71
S1
HeritageandConservationAreas
72
S2
ScenicValueAreas&TourismZone
73
S3
GovernmentRestrictedArea(suchasDefence)
74
S4
OtherUses/SpotZone*
Source:VariousRegionalPlans(NCRPB,MMRDA,HMDA).
N=NumericCode
;AN=AlphaNumericCode
Note: *Theprocessofchanging/relaxing/modifyinglanduseofpartorSpotofazoneinaparticularlanduseis
termedasSpot Zoning.SpotZoningcanbe doneforcomparativelysmallerareainaparticularlandusezonein
suchawaythatitdoesnotaffecttheoverallPlan.
4.8.
CompositionofthePlanningCommittees
Traditionally, the planning bodies in India have remained nominated, starting with
theChairpersonandincludingthemembers.Attimes,inthenameofdemocratisation,
aservingorformerLegislatorismadetheChairperson.Also,thetechnicalexpertise
availablewiththePlanningBodiesneedstobeaugmented,inviewofthefloodingof
the environment with technological tools and techniques that can make spatial
planning far more realistic, speedy and transparent. Accordingly, in the changing
socioeconomic environment, it would be desirable to consider introducing greater
132
democracy a well as subject matter expertise in the composition of the Planning

Authoritiesatalllevels.
There is also this perception that Planning bodies are increasingly doubling up as
DevelopmentAuthoritiesand,intheprocess,theysufferfromconflictofinterestand
besides, the development functions get overwhelming attention to the detriment of
theplanningfunctions.TheMunicipalitiesandPanchayatsfallinginthejurisdictionof
the Development Authorities (DAs) have been complaining of all the financial and
regulatory cream being skimmed off by the DAs, leaving only the rubbish removal
task and unpleasant authority (like property tax collection) with the Municipalities
andPanchayats.
Toaddresssuchconcerns,somebroadsuggestionsaregivenbelow.
District/MetropolitanPlanningCommitteesandRegionalPlanningBoards:The
DPCsandMPCsmaybeconstitutedasperthebroadframeworkindicatedinthe74th
CAA.However,itissuggestedthattheDPC/MPCshouldnotbeunwieldyinsizeand
thetotalnumberofmembers,includingtheChairpersonandthenominatedmembers,
should not exceed 30. Subject matter experts (3 to 4), from the fields of spatial
planning, agriculture, climate issues, and finance should be nominated as members.
The members should be authorised to elect among themselves a Chairman, Vice
ChairmenandChairmenofSubjectCommittees.WherevertheDistrict/Regioninclude
cantonmentareas,theHeadoftheCantonmentBoardmayalsobe madeamember.
TheStatelevelHeadsofrelevantCentralandStateGovernmentorganisationsmaybe
invitedfromtimetotime,asperfeltneed.
For interstate regions, such as the NCR, Parliament would have to make a law, in
consultation with the States concerned, for constitution of the Regional Planning
Board(RPB).Concomitantly,theStateLaws,includingtheT&CP Acts,wouldneedto
be amended suitably, to mandate the alignment of the Local Area Plans with the
RegionalPlans.TheonusofsuchalignmentshouldremainwiththeStateGovernment
concerned by way of self certification and there should be no need for mandating
formal approval of the Local Area Plans by the RPB. The Chief Ministers of the
participating States should, by rotation, be made the Chairperson of the RPB. This
wouldbeinlinewiththefederalprinciples.Inthealternative,aMinisteroftheUnion
may be the Chairman of the Inter State RPB. For the area of region falling in the
respective States, there should be State Regional Planning Board, to carry out the
regionalplaninfinerdetailsinthesubregions.
133
Figure4.6: PlanningBoardforInterStateRegions
InterStateRegion
PlanningBoard
Representativesfrom
SubRegionState1
StateRegional
PlanningBoard
Representativesfrom
SubRegionState2
StateRegional
PlanningBoard
Representativesfrom
SubRegionStaten
StateRegional
PlanningBoard
Regional Development Authorities and Improvement Trusts: The broad

principles for composition and functioning indicated above for the DPCs and MPCs
maybesuitablyadoptedfortheRegionalDevelopmentAuthoritiesandImprovement
Trustsaswell.TheDevelopmentAuthoritiesshouldpreferablynotbecombiningthe
planning, regulatory and development functions all in one. All the resources
generatedbywayoffeesetc.inapprovaloflayoutsshouldbesharablewiththelocal
bodies (Panchayats and Municipalities) besides using it partly for development of
regionalinfrastructure.
134
5.1.
Introduction
The location, site and situation significantly contribute to growth and function of a
settlement. Location and surroundings could have positive and negative impact on
settlement development. However, careful planning should be able to use well the
advantagesthatthelocationofatownprovides.Particularlylocationinthecontextof
waterfront of sea, river and large lakes provides special resources, which can be
effectivelyusedfordevelopmentofthetown.Similarly,thetownlocatedonthehills
provideotherspecialopportunitiesfordevelopment.Anyappraisalofthevalueand
importance of a particular site must involve a knowledge of its historical past,
evolutionandlandmarksofchange.
The growth of clusters of urban settlements is more frequently found around large
metropolisesandresultsinwhataresometimescalledcityregions.Oftentheseare
made up of small towns and villages, which have been enormously expanded as a
result of national policy on dispersal of economic activities away from the
metropolises. The small and medium towns in these city regions are related to one
another by the functions, which they perform. Site condition in the hilly and
mountainousregionsmayoccupysiteinRidges,Valleys,Riverterraces,Confluences,
Rolling Meadows and in cases linear settlement growth along the major
transportationroutesorattheentrancetospecifichillregion.
5.2.
Guidelines for Study on Location, Site and situation of

Settlement
5.2.1. Location
Locationattributestobeconsideredinaplanningexercise:
a) Location in terms of latitude and longitude, population size and area and connectivity with
othersettlementsetc.
b) Nodal significance in the national or regional transport and communication network, power
networkandindustrialdevelopmentetc.
c) Location in terms of agricultural produce collection and distribution centre, agroindustries
linkedtolocalmarkets,irrigationnetwork,agriculturalextensionservicesetc.
d) Significanceofthelocationinecologicalterms,relatedtoimportantecologicalnetworks
e) StatusthatthesettlementinhierarchyintheStateortheRegion
f) Roleandstatusofthecity/towninthenationaldeliverysystemsofsocialservices;
g) Relativesignificanceoflocationsofcity/towninproximitytoaMetropolitan/Megapolis:
i. Nodalsignificance
ii. Presenceofhighproductiveeconomicactivities
iii. Presenceoflargescalemarket
135
5.2.2. Site
Siteattributestobestudiedforplanningexercise:
a) Conditionsofsite:lowlying,swamp,ordryland,ridge,onariverbankorcanalside.Withinthe
townflat,slopping(inwhichdirection),undulatinggentleslope,moderateslope,steepslope.
b) Value and importance of the site and its historical past, that is, when the nucleus was
established.
c) Analysethefactorsresponsiblefordeterminingthesite:
i. Inalluvialplains
ii. Inhillyandmountainousregions
iii. Inaridregions
iv. Intheareasofterritorialrulership
v. In the areas around some localised physical resources, mining settlements,
manufacturingtowns,resorttowns
vi. Aroundlargemetropolis
d) Climateanditsinfluenceondailylife,construction,rangeofcropsandhowthecityactivities
havemodifiedthenaturalclimate,particularlyinthebuiltuparea.
e) Analysis of climate type, variations in temperature, wind velocity and wind directions in
different parts of the city; study of the climate with reference to summer, rainy and winter
seasons.
f) Limitingandthefavourablefactorsofsiteinthespreadandgrowthofthecity/town.
5.2.3. Situation
Thefollowingtobeconsideredforsituationanalysis:
a) The endowment of the situation (wider setting) for the subsequent growth in size of the
city/townandfortheenhancementofitsfunctions
b) Theimportantandinterrelatedaspectsofsituation,namely,
i. Physicalconfiguration
ii. Routepatterns
iii. Theextentoftheterritorytowhichtheurbanfunctionsarerelated
c) Suggestmeasurestoretardorevenovercometheweakeningoftheoriginalvalueofthesite
andsituation.
5.2.4. Hinterland
The endowment of the hinterland is another factor on which growth of an urban
centre rests. An urban centre, for example, can establish a mutually interacting
relationship with its hinterland if the hinterland has a variety and extent of natural
resourcesintermsofbothagricultureandeconomicpotentials.Acitysgrowthmay
beconsistentandstablemainlybecauseitseconomicbaseiscloselylinkedwiththat
ofitshinterland.Itisalsoconceivablethatthecitycanbe aninstrumentnotmerely
for effectively utilising the existing potential of its hinterland but also of increasing
thehinterlandspotentialitself.Thedevelopmentoftheregionaleconomyhelpsthe
growthofsmalltowns,whichintheprocessbecomethemainservicecentresfortheir
hinterlands.
Therefore, considerable attention should be given to the delimitation, functionality,

socialandeconomiclinktoaparticularurbansettlement.Thearealinkedsociallyand
136
economically to an urban settlement has been given various names, such as

Hinterland, Upland, Urban Field, Sphere of Influence, Zones of Influence,
Tributary Area, or Catchment Area. The immediate hinterland of a large city,
whichisdirectlyundertheinfluenceoftheagglomeration,istheperiurbanarea.
Location, Site, Situation and Hinterland may be studied using Geospatial techniques
ontheaspectslikeHydroGeologicalanalysis,TemperatureChangeanalysis,Network
analysis,Proximityanalysis,LandSuitabilityanalysis,UrbanGrowthanalysis,etc.
5.2.4.1. Periurbanarea
The area influenced by a town is not a twodimensional feature, not a sphere, nor
does itnecessarily formacontinuous zone. Flowof goods, servicesandinformation
into and out of a town/city, most modern urban settlements and their immediate
hinterlandsareeconomicallyinterdependent,ratherthanonebeingatributarytothe
other.Ananalysisoftheruralareaservedbyacity/towngivessomeindicationofthe
relation between city and the urbanrural mix (the periurban area), which is of
practical application in examining the provision of goods and services in an urban
centre. However, as mentioned in the Regional planning chapter, Periurbanisthe
zone which is within the planning area limits but outside the limit of the
municipal corporation / authority or metropolitan planning committee or
authority.
As smaller towns fall within the areas served by larger metropolitan regions, the
delimitationofurbanzonesofinfluencealsoshedslightonthemannerinwhichacity
at a particular level in the urban hierarchy provides specialist services for the
surrounding population and settlements (such as service towns, satellite towns or
service villages). Finally, very large cities extend a particularly intensive influence
over the areas around them; so much so that these can be well defined periurban
areas. Delimitation of periurban areas is directly influenced by accessibility as of
highways and/or prime economic investments. With rapid urbanisation conditions,
theperiurbanzoneisdynamic.Henceperiurbanlimitsundergoalterationssubject
tohighstressforurbangrowthandthereforealwaysinfasttransition.
In examining zone of influence, one commonly adopted method is to establish on a
map the areas served by employment, shopping, entertainment, education, health
servicesandsoon.Thismethodofanalysisisapplicabletocitiesandtownsatalllevel
in urban hierarchy.Ata higher level in urban hierarchy the criteria used reflect the
distinctivefunctionsoflargersettlementsandemployinformationlike:
Theareaservedbythecitysservicesandamenitieslikewatersupply,electricity,gassupplyand
telephone, health services, educational, cultural, recreational elements, security services such as
policeandfirebrigades,postalservices,mainlythelocaldeliveryareasandpostalzones;banking
andinsurancefacilities,thecirculationofitsdailynewspapers.
137
Flowofwholesaleproducts,tripgeneration,intensityandspeedofmovementshouldbetakeninto
consideration.
Other reflective elements, which may be considered, are land use ratio of nonagricultural to
agriculturalpopulation,densitytrendsinpopulationgrowth,settlementpattern,growthofbuiltup
areasandpatternofcommunication.
Inrespecttoatypicalindustrialtown,itsperiurbanareamaybemuchmorerestrictedthanthatofthe
other types of town. An intrusive industrial town may well not have the full range of urban services
appropriate of its size. These missing functions will be supplied from other centres, thus making its
zoneofinfluencelessclearlydefined.
Temporal data provided by Satellite imageries may be used for the delineation of Urban Zones of
influence. All maps for urban areas like utility maps, infrastructure maps, growth maps, vegetation
maps,transportmaps,etc.maybepreparedusinghighresolutionsatellitedata.Itwillbeclearthatthe
analysisofurbanzonesofinfluenceismostappropriateforthosecitieswhosedominantroleisthatof
servingasacentralplace,althoughmostsettlementsofanyreasonablesizewillhavethisamongtheir
variousfunctions.
5.2.4.2. LeapfrogDevelopmentandUrbanSprawl
Leapfrog development refers to the occurrence of urban settlement in places
separatedfrom denser areas by open spaceand land under agricultural production.
Thisdevelopmenthasjumpedlandunavailableforsuchdevelopmentbecauseitis
held by the state, by other private owners, or because it is under the control of
traditional authorities. This type of development may take the form of upmarket
residential and business park development, or it may take the form of lowcost
housingprojectsorinformalsettlementswhichmaybeimplemented,orwhichmay
occurasaconsequenceofrapidurbanization32.
Urbansprawlreferstourbangrowth;alongtransportationroutesinlinearformwith
oneorafewpropertydepthaswidthonbothsidesoftheroad,takingadvantageof
accessibility, flow of goods and services. These urban developments have higher
infrastructuresystemscostsuchaswatersupply,powersupply,whichoftenhaveto
belongextendedfromthenearestservingareas.LandAssembly/LandManagement
Techniques using geospatial techniques may be used for effective utilization of land
andthuschecktheurbansprawl.
Municipal Planning & Management should apply careful control over change of
agriculturallandfornonagriculturaluses.Theseconversions arecommonlyseenin
periurban areas and are neither covered under Municipal laws not under any
planning regulations as the location is outside the limits of municipality or even a
planningauthority.
Often,sporadicandscatteredconversionscreateproblemsforfutureplannedurban
development, where many of these are done for speculation purposes to gain high
32
SustainableUrbanization:GuidelinestoManageUrbanGrowth,Volume2:ToolsandGuidelines,McIntoshXaba& Associates.
138
capitalreturnsfromlandlots.Thoughthelawsrequirethelandrevenueauthorities
to take the advice of State Town Planning Department about viability before
permittingconversions,butduetoabsenceofanyapprovedlanduseplanandweak
structureofTownPlanningDepartment,thisstepisrarelytakenoreveniftakenitis
hardlyeffectivefromplanningperspective.Suchhaphazardurbansprawlneedstobe
curbedandregulationsshouldbeinplacetodiscourageunplannedgrowth,whichcan
beachievedthroughtheRegionalPlanningApproach(seeChapter4).
5.2.5. Accessibility
Accessibilityisthedominantfactorinfluencingthelocation,growthandfunctionsof
urbancentres.Itistocombineatleastthreeelements:thelocationofaplacewithina
region (in general, centrally located places are more accessible); the form of the
transport system; and accessibility within the area of the activities: access to
employment opportunities, access to population, access to educational or health
facilities,etc.GreenmobilityandTODdemandafocusonbetteraccessibilitybynon
motorisedmobilityandpublictransport.
Urban settlements tend to grow on transport routes only at specific places,
particularlyatjunctionsandbreakofbulkpoints,whereoneformofthetransportis
changed for another. Hence settlements whose locations are guided by transport
routesarefoundnotonlyattheendoftheseroutes,butalsoalongthem.Thenumber
ofroutes,whichcometogetherataparticularpoint,isimportant,butthedegreeto
whichpassengersandgoodsareinterchangedismoreimportant.
Theguidelinesforthestudyofaccessibilityareasunder
Establishtheroleof:
i. Longdistance regional/interregional transportation in determining the locations of the
city/town;
ii. Boththelongdistanceaswellaslocalandintraurbantransportationinthegrowthofsizeof
thecity/town;
iii. Interurbanandintraurbantransportationinaffectingurbanstructure.
iv. NonMotorised Transport and Transit Oriented Development in defining intraurban
transportationandurbanstructure.
v. Interregionaleasyaccessbydifferentmodes;
vi. Good mobility within city/town due to construction of tunnel results in the development of
new areas with commercial, industrial and residential activities, which leads to population
increaseintheentireurbanarea.
5.2.6. SocioEconomicProfile
Cityisnotaloneacharacteristicofitsphysicalorlocationalforms;itspopulationand
its characteristics determine the social processes that set the City culture. Socio
economic classwise distribution of the population is a key indicator of the social
parameters in a settlement. In case of existing settlement, the pattern of population
on the basis of socioeconomic levels can be studied for planningto understand the
services and facilities. On the contrary, it is useful for the greenfield sites, where
139
zoningcanbeproposedbasedontheincomeofthesettlingpopulationclass,higher,
middleorlow.Spatialplanisusuallyinfluencedbylivingandworkplacesofdifferent
ofpopulationclasses.
This principle of Urban Strategic Planning33should in consonance with the income
distribution structure of the city region with the urban poor located near public
transport nodes/links and specially providing space for the urban poor in
master/development plans for living, selling and working at city, zone and local
levels.
Overall,thesocialindicatorsallowtheplannertounderstandthecity,linkitwiththe
cityspatialformanditsbehaviourpattern.Inshort,unlikethetraditionalapproachto
zoning, social parameters can be used for creating zones and its functions. This can
directly point at the urban facilities such as bus services, dedicated transportation
corridors,facilitiesofsocialinfrastructureandphysicalinfrastructure.
5.3.
DistributionofLandUse
5.3.1. DevelopedAreaAverageDensities
For the purpose of these guidelines, the densities mentioned in this section are the
Gross Population Densities defined as person per unit area (in hectares) for
developed area only. The calculation includes population of the settlement on the
developedlandofthesettlement.
Fixationofdensitynormsshouldbebasedoncarryingcapacityanalysisfocusingon
parameters space per person, access to facilities, available piped water per capita,
mobility and safety factors. The task should be settlement specific. However, for
overallplanningapproachdensityrangesaresuggestedinTable5.1.
Table5.1: DevelopedAreaAverageDensities
SettlementType
PersonsperHectare(pph)in
PlainAreas
HillAreas
SmallTowns
75125
4575
MediumTown
100150
6090
LargeCities
125175
6090
MetropolitanCities
125175
100150
Morethan200
Megapolis
Source:RevisedbasedonUDPFIGuidelines.
Thesearesuggestivepopulationdensitiesasperthesettlementsize.However,while
planning for compact and TOD development, these densities should be modified to
suit the requirement and should be based on carrying capacity analysis. Developed
areadensitiessuggestedaboveisusefultocalculatetotaldevelopedarearequirement
33
th
Report of the Working Group on Urban Strategic Planning, 12 Five-year Plan
140
at city level, when thetarget populationfor the city isgiven. Whenused alongwith
thesuggestednormsfordifferentlanduse,areacanalsobecalculated.
5.3.2. ProposedLanduseStructureofUrbanCentres
TheproposedlandusestructureforurbancentresisindicatedinTable5.2:
Table5.2: LanduseStructureforDevelopableAreainUrbanCentres
PercentageofDevelopedArea
S.No. LanduseCategory*
Small
Medium
LargeCities
Metropolitan
Cities&
Megapolis
Residential
4550
4348
3639
3638
Commercial
23
46
56
56
Industrial
810
79
78
78
Pub.&SemiPublic
68
68
1012
1012
Recreational
1214
1214
1416
1416
Transport&Communication
1012
1012
1214
1214
Agriculture,Waterbodiesand
Specialareas
Balance
Balance
Balance
Balance
TotalDevelopedArea
100
100
100
100
Source:
RevisedbasedonUDPFIGuidelines,1996
Note:
1. It would be desirable to fix the recommended Landuse share for essential uses (Residential,
Transportation and Recreational) while the proportion for other uses may be flexible. Actual
land use percentage in a given city case should be calculated based on local conditions and
needs.
2. Zoning regulations given in Table 9.1 Simplified land use classification to be followed in
consistencywiththelandusestructuregiveninthetableabove.
3. *Land occupied under Special Areas (refer Table 9.1 for uses) to be included in the land use
categories16giveninthetableabove,unlesslargespecialareastobeconsideredasaseparate
entityforplanning,suchascantonmentareas.
4. *However,toproposethemixedlanduseofacitypercentageshareofresidential,commercial
andindustriallandusetobeadjustedproportionallyasplannedbythelocalauthority.Mixed
landuseshouldbeeithernonindustrialorientedorindustrialmixoriented(referTable9.1for
uses).
5. The adjustment in the residential, commercial and industrial land use (dominant use) to be
basedonthelandareaproposedformixedlandusezoneandreductionofrespectiveproposed
mixed land use(s). Appropriate reduction in residential, commercial or industrial uses and
adjustmentsinotherusestobemadesothatthetotallandusebecomes100%.Themixeduse
oflandtobeenvisagedatvisiondevelopmentstageoftheplanformulation.
6. Detailed study is to be undertaken on the corelation of and effects of FAR/Densities in our
towns(bothsmalltownsandmetropolitancities)andguidelinestobeadoptedfortheoptimal
useofland.
Specificattentionneededonareasinsection5.4Urbanplanningapproach.
141
5.4.
Though urban development increasingly accounts for a large share in the National
economy, huge gap between the need of infrastructure services and available
resourcestillremainsunbridgedasamajorconcern.Itadverselyeffectsprovisionof
employment, mobility and lifestyle of large sections of citys population. Challenges
like environmental sustainability, changing but stressed lifestyle put pressure on
mobility and health. In order to reduce pressure on land and response to climate
changeimpact,alternativeapproachesofcityplanningandbuildingistheneedofthe
hour.
Suchsolutionslayinkeepingthecitycompactbymixingusesoflandtoanoptimum
level, decreasing trip generation and high population density making mass rapid
transit systems technically and economically viable. Aspect to be encouraged by
urban planners are walk to work best designed pedestrian safety, protection of
naturalfeaturesandenvironmentallysensitiveareas,alongwithfindingnewsource
offinancialresourcesforcitydevelopment.
To moderate and eventually curb the environmental impacts of urbanisation,
sustainable ways of planning are required. Urban centres by its conventional form
play a significant role in mounting urban heat island. Green city modules such as
street orientation in lines with sun direction, prevailing wind direction and use of
heatrepellingmaterialnotonlyhelpreducetheimpact,butalsoslowdownthegas
emissionsfromartificialcoolingsystems.Furthergreenspaceswithintheurbanset
upensurecoolingeffectandbetterpublicinteractionspaces,apartfrompsychological
supportsinreducinghumanstresslevels.
Bothcompactcityandgreencityapproachshouldhelptoreleaselandforopenspace
and recreational use purposes, reducing pollution levels, decentralising waste
handling,encouragingpublictransportationandsimplifyinglandusesegregation.
Totechnicallymeetthedemandoftheurbancentresinmakingitcosteffectiveandin
optimumutilisationofavailableresourcestoanyoftheurban planningapproaches,
InformationCommunicationTechnology(ICT)hasemergedasasolution.Smartcity
concept facilities better living experience for human kind, declining dependency on
contingencies by using ICT enable development of smart communities, providing a
communication web that connects buildings, energy and mobility devices such as
Electric Vehicles (EV) by using bidirectional information exchange. 3D City Models
may be used to facilitate orientation of views in terms of scale and spatial position
and planning other urban utilities. Digital modelling can also be used to create
decision support tools that help to reduce the environmental impact of planning
decisions,forfloodriskpreventionandforcostbenefitanalysis.
142
The following sections cover the key benefits of compact city, green city and smart
cityapproachesanditsaspectsinplanning.
5.4.1. GreenCity
Green cities are those where economic growth and development is fostering, that
reducenegativeenvironmentalexternalities,theimpactonnaturalresourcesandthe
pressure on ecosystem services. These cities have significant synergies between
environmental and economic objectives. A clean or effective production and
consumption of facilities related to movement of people and goods, waste
management and recycling, pollution prevention, treatment, energy, abatement,
design,construction,maintenance,resourceextraction,agriculture,naturalresource
managementandotherenvironmentalservices,aretheprimecomponentofagreen
city.
5.4.1.1. KeyBenefitsofGreencity
Effective Land Use: Green cities promote effective land use and get rid of urban sprawl by
encouraging compact mixeduse developments. Higher urban densities are promoted without
affectingthequalityoflife.
Habitat Prevention and Restoration: These cities aim to prevent damage to the natural
landscape, productivity of agricultural land, biodiversity and natural habitat. Such green spaces
improvethequalityofairandcanopycoversreducesnoiselevel.
Efficient Transportation Management: Green city increases opportunities for nonmotorised
movement, bicycling, pedestrian friendly network, reduction in the number of automobile trips,
promotingpublictransportationanduseofvehicleswithalternativefuels.
EffectiveUseofResources:Limitstheusageofresourcesbyincorporatingefficientsystems,like:
WaterEfficiency:GreencityincludesR3(reducerecyclereuse)strategiesandcansavepotable
watertoanextentof3040%includingwaterharvesting.
Energy Efficiency: Onsite power generation using various renewable energy technologies and
other clean fuels can significantly reduce the load on grid power supply. There can be energy
savingtothetuneof2030%.
Waste Management: Waste management in Green Cities are well planned which takes into
account waste reduction initiatives by planning and implementation of efficient and effective
systemsforcollection,transportation,treatment,recyclingandreuseordisposalofmunicipalsolid
waste.Also,Wastetoenergyisakeycomponentofgreencity.
OtherBenefits:Reducedmaintenancecosts,resourceconsumption,wastegenerationalongwith
highermarketabilityandspeedyenvironmentalclearanceapprovals.
5.4.1.2. GreencityPlanningComponents
SiteSelectionandPlanning
Green city development in India is a new effort. West Bengal Government and
MaharashtraGovernmenthaverecentlytakeninitiatives.Greencityinitiativesshould
onpublicallyownedlandwithminimumsitedisturbanceshouldbepreferredduring
siteselectionincaseofaGreenfieldtownship.Priorityshouldbegiventothealready
developedlandinordertoachievegreenredevelopment.
143
LandUse&TransportationPlanningguidelinesforgreencities
1. Urbansprawliscontrolledbypracticinghigherdensitydevelopment
2. Greencitiesshouldmajorlyusepublictransportationtoreducefossilfuelconsumption&vehicular
emissions.Theproximitiesofbasictransportationmodeshouldbeinwalkabledistance.
a.
EcofriendlytransportationservicesshouldbepreferredwhichrunsonCNG,biofuels,solar
batteryetc.Thus,NonMotorisedTransport(NMT)andIntelligentTransportSystem(ITS)34
shouldbeencouraged.
b.
Requirements:
i. Rail Station Proximity: Locate a city project within 1/2mile (800meter) walking
distance as far as possible (measured from a station building entrance) of an existing or
plannedcommuterrail,lightrailorsubwaystation.
ii. BusStopProximity:Locateacityprojectwithin1/4mile(400meter)walkingdistance
as far as possible (measured from a main building entrance) of 1 or more stops for 2 or
morepublic,campus,orprivatebuslinesusablebybuildingoccupants.
iii. PublicTransportationProximity:Locatetheprojectwithinmile(400meter)walking
distanceasfaraspossiblefromthebusstop.Rideshareoptionsshouldbepromotedwhich
includepassengerferryterminals,vansandIPT,suchasrickshaws,thatareauthorizedby
thelocaltransitauthorityandthatmeetthedefinitionofpublictransportation.
3. About2535%oftotalareashouldbeearmarkedasrecreationalandopenspaceswithintheGreen
Cityinadditiontoenvironmentalsensitiveareas,whichmustbeprotected.
4. Locatebasicamenitieswithinwalkabledistancestoreducedependencyonautomobiles
a.
Basic amenities like ATM, Parking, Convenience shopping, religious facilities, crche etc.
shouldbewithin600800meters.
b.
Amenities such as School, Medical Clinic, Community hall with sports facilities, Restaurant
etc.within1.62km.
5. Provide a nonindustrial mixed land use by including at least 34 developments like Offices,
Hospitals,Retails,Recreationalareas,etc.
6. Economic sustainability and resilience are important aspects of green cities. Provide good
connectivityandaccessibilitybygreenmobility.ProvisionofTODtocreateeconomicopportunities
andfacilitiesaroundmultimodalnodesofinfrastructure.
7. Theneedofdifferentlyabled/physicallychallenged/disabledpeopleshouldalsobeadequately
addressed.
InfrastructureResourceManagement
Greencitiesarerequiredtobedevelopedasaselfsustainedentityi.e.theplacewheretheresources
canbeutilizedinarecycledandreusableapproach,sothatthedependencyoverthecivicbodiescanbe
minimized.
Addressing water supply: It should be mandatory for a green city to practice the rainwater
harvestingtoenhancegroundwatertablethoughrechargingandreducemunicipalwaterdemand.Asa
whole,watersupplyshouldcomplywiththeR3 (ReduceRecycleReuse)35conceptinordertoaddress
thewaterrelatedissues.Greywaterreuseshallbeinbuiltintheinfrastructuresetup(referChapter8
fordetails).
Efficientenergy:Greencitiesshallmajorlyemphasizeonnonconventionalsourcesofenergy,atleast
10% of citys peak electricity load36. Solar energy, Wastetoenergy, Landfill Gas Energy and Wind
energyaresomeofthealternativesourcesthatcanbeintegratedwiththegreencitydevelopmentto
reducetheloadongridpower.Furtherattemptsshouldbemadetoguideandchannelprevailingwind
GreenModule,AstudyofWestBengal.
Ibid.
36PasadenaGreenCityReport.
34
35
144
UrbanPla
anningApp
proach
thro
ough sensitive design of roads,
r
related
d plantation and mainten
nance of buillding lines. This
T
should
redu
uceheatislan
ndformationandalsomak
kemobilityin
ncludingcycliingandwalkiingeasier.
Wasstereduction
n:Theaimsh
houldbetoaachieveZeroWastetolandfills.Userrfriendlyreccyclingand
com
mposting proggrams should
d be implemeented with th
he goal to reeduce at leasst 20% per capita
c
solid
wasttedisposalto
olandfill.Useeofecofriendlymaterialss(e.g.heatreepellentmateerial)arereco
ommended
inclu
udinguseofh
hollowAACB
Blocksforbettterinsulation
ns.
Ca
ase study: Vancouver,
V
the Greenes
st City
Va
ancouveristtheworld'sm
mostliveableecityasperttheEconomisstmagazine.IIt'sprovedto
obenotonly
ythe
mostliveable,b
butalsoCanaada'smodelfforusingreneewableenerggysources.
93%ofVan
ncouverseleectricityisgen
neratedfrom
mrenewablessources.
TheCityhaasimplementtedthegreen
nestbuildingcodeinNorth
hAmerica.
TheCityhaasshiftedinv
vestmenttow
walking,cycllingandtransitinfrastrucctureinstead
dofbuildingn
new
roads.
Vancouverrhasthesmalllestpercapiitacarbonfoo
otprintofany
ycityinNorth
hAmerica.
By 2020, reduce
r
wastee heading to
o landfills or incinerator by 40% and
d over 50% of commuterr by
walking,biikingorpubliictransport.
Sourcce:GreenestCityActionPlan,CityyofVancouver
Micrroclimatech
hange37
Greeencitiescanb
beplannedin
naccordancewiththemiccroclimate.Co
onditionsofw
wind,sun,rad
diationand
hum
midity experieenced at a paarticular locaation around
d the built mass contribute to microclimate and
undeerstandingofthesecan createenergy
c
yefficientlan
ndscapesfor buildingsandcomfortablledwelling
units.
Prop
perpracticesthataffectm
microclimateccanreduceprressureonarrtificialtempeeraturereduccingpower
conssumptionand
dultimatelyG
GHGemission
ns,whichisexplainedbelo
ow:
1 StreetOrrientation:SStreet geomettry and orien
1.
ntation influeences the am
mount of solar radiation
receivedb
bystreetsurfaces,aswellasthepotentialforcoollingofthewh
holeurbansy
ystem.The
streets caan be orienteed (as mentiioned earlierr) parallel to
o prevailing w
wind directio
on for free
airflowin
nwarmclimaates.Preferab
bly,thestreettorientation inIndiancon
ntextshould beEW,as
thebuildiingswillbeo
orientedNS,thustherew
willbeeasierrseasonalsolarcontrolasthewalls
areprotecctedinthesu
ummerandexxposedintheewinter.

37
MNRE,SolarEnergy
y,Chapter2
DPFIGuidelin
banDevelopment
URD
145
2. Waterbodies:Sincewaterhasarelativelyhighlatentheatofvaporisation,itabsorbsalarge
amountofheatfromthesurroundingairforevaporation,whichcoolstheair.Thewindpattern
atasiteisalsoinfluencedbythepresenceofwaterbody.Therefore,waterbodiessuchaslakes,
pondsorfountainsshouldbeprovided.
3. Openspaces&Vegetation:Open spaces such as courtyards can be designed, that can act as
heatsinks.Grasscoverandshadingwhichgivescoolingeffect.Plantsadsorbradiationsandcool
the environment. Planting a deciduous plant (e.g. Mulberry, Champa) on East and West side
provides shade from intense and glazing morning and evening sun in summers, cut off hot
breeze,andalsoallowsolarradiationsinwinterastheyshedtheleavesinthatperiod.
4. Semiperviousgroundcover:Semiperviouspavingwhichallowpercolationofwaterintothe
undergroundwatertable.
5. GreenBuildings:A green building is one, which uses less water, optimises energy efficiency,
conservesnaturalresources,generateslesswasteandprovideshealthierspacesforoccupants,
as compared to a conventional building. As an added benefit, green design measures reduce
operating costs, enhance building marketability, increase worker productivity and reduce
potentialhealthimpactsresultingfromindoorairqualityproblems.
6. SolarPassiveDesign38:Passive solar design refers to the use of the suns energy for heating
and cooling of living spaces. In this approach, the building itself or some element of it takes
advantageofnaturalenergycharacteristicsinmaterialsandaircreatedbyexposuretothesun.
Thekeyfeatureslieswithsolarpassivedesignare:Orientationofbuilding,Sunshades,Window
design, double glazed windows, Building insulation, Roof treatment, Evaporative cooling,
Landscaping, Surface to volume ratio, Passive heating, Earth air tunnel, Solar chimney, and
Windtower.
7. Green Roof: Green roofs are roofs that have a layer of living plants on top of the standard
structure and waterproofing elements. It helps in reducing Urban Heat Island Effect and also
delays stormwater runoff. It also reduced energy consumption. Thus, adaption of this
technologythroughoutthecitywillincreasethegreenarea;henceareaswithconstructioncan
alsobeconvertedtogreenarea.
Fordevelopmentofgreenbuildings,thenormsassuggestedbyMoE&Fandvarious
bodies such as LEED, IGBC or GRIHA may be applicable depending upon the
requirements.
An effective design of green city for its various components can even reduce crime.
Greencitiespromotefeaturesthatmaximizevisibilityofpeople,openspacesinand
around the campuses and building entrances looking over the streets and parking
areas,pedestrianfriendlysidewalks,whichallowsnaturalsurveillance.
5.4.1.3. Redevelopmentofbrownfieldsites
Priorityshallbegiventoredevelopmentofcontaminatedanddensesites,whichare
environmentally degraded or demographically saturated. Focus should be on green
redevelopmentofsuchsite,whichcanimprovetheoverallconditionofexistingsites.
Thus, it is advisable to prefer redevelopment on brownfield sites than fresh
developmentonagreenfieldsiteuntilabsolutelyessential.Insuchacase,brownfield
38
TERI with support of MNRE
146
UrbanPla
anningApp
proach
redevelopmen
nt makes efficient
e
usse of existing infrastrructure. T
The process for the
deccisionandaactionsisgiiveninthefigurebelo
ow:
Figu
ure5.1: Way
ytowardsGreeenRedevelo
opment
5.4
4.2. Com
mpactcitty
Urb
ban sprawl is a resulttant of an everexpan
e
nding city jurisdiction
j
n due to ab
bsence of
com
mpactdevelopmentpractices.Th
hishasressultedinun
ndesirable extension ofurban
infrrastructuree, encroacchment off valuablee agricultu
ural land,, raising cost of
dev
velopmentaandalsoincreasingcaarbon,wateerandenerrgyfootprin
nts.
Con
ncept of Compact
C
C
City
revolves aroun
nd highdeensity devvelopment without
com
mpromisinggthequalittyoflifeof thepeoplee.Citiesbassedoncom
mpactappro
oachmay
orm
maynotinccorporateaalldimensiionsofagrreencityap
pproach,sttatedunderrsection
5.4.1. This ap
pproach larrgely solvees the prob
blem of extternalities such as friction on
space (congesstion), trav
vel time deelays and lo
osses in ecconomic prroductivity
y, air and
watterpollutio
on,solidwaastecollecttionanddissposal.Theeoptimumdensityred
ducesthe
capital and operating
o
c
costs
of providing
p
public
p
infrrastructure and serv
vices and
imp
provesoverrallaccessibility.
DPFIGuidelin
banDevelopment
URD
147
UrbanPlanningA
Approach
Figure5.2: CompactC
CitysConceptandApproaach
Source:Vario
oussourcesinclu
udingFactSheett,UNESCAP,MIL
LUNET,Practitio
onersGuide,200
06etc.
As shown
n in the figurre above, th
he efficient densification
d
and effective intensification needs to
t be
balancediinordertomaintaintheliveabilityofp
people.
5.4.2.1. KeyBen
nefitsofC
Compactccity
Thebeneefitsofthecompactciityapproacchare:
Efficieentuseofland
dandurbanccontainment
Increaaseinthenum
mberofridershipforecon
nomicallyviab
bleMRTS
Enviro
onmentproteectionbylow
weringtheclim
maticchangeemissions
Protecctionofecolo
ogicaldiversitty,countrysid
deandlandfo
oragriculturee
Efficieentdeliveryo
ofutilityserviicesinmore denselypopu
ulatedareas.Duetotheeconomiesofscale
in sup
pplying energgy, water and
d treating waaste, it is less costly to deliver
d
urban utility service in
39
compaactcitiesthan
ninsuburban
nareas
Increaasedsocialintteractionlead
dingtosafety
yagainstcrim
me
Lesstrravellingdisttancesthatsaavestime,mo
oneyandfuelconsumption
npercapita
Impro
ovedpublicheealthbybetteerwaterandairquality,aandbywalkin
ngandjoggingg
Theappro
oachofcomp
pactcitydeveelopmentisg
givenbelow::
5.4.2.2. TransittOriented
dDevelop
pment
TransitO
OrientedDevelopmen
ntisacomp
pact&integgratedtran
nsportation
ndevelopm
ment,
which sh
hould be in
ncorporated in Comp
pact Cities. It is defineed as, anyy developm
ment,
macro or micro th
hat is focussed around
d a transit node, and facilitates and comp
plete
easeofaaccesstoth
hetransitfaacility,therrebyinduciingpeopletopreferto
owalkand
duse
publictrransportationoverpersonalmod
desoftranssport.40
TOD pro
ovides opp
portunitiess by accesss to high
hquality public
p
tran
nsportation
n by
enhancin
ngconnectivityandcontributinggtoattracttiveandwaalkabledisttancesthro
ough
39
FactSheet,UNESCAP.
40
DraftUTTIIPECGuidelines,,2012.
148
URDPFIG
Guidelines,2
Developmentt
densification.TODIdeallandusemixandmixedlandusedevelopment(withDensity)
andtheTransitmodefunctionatvariouscitydestinationsare indicativelyexplained
intheTable5.3.Highdensity,mixeduseandinterconnectedstreetnetworksreduce
percapitavehiculartrips.Thiscanbeachievedthroughabalancedmixofjob,housing
andmarketsalongMRTScorridors.
Table5.3: TransitOrientedDevelopmentMatrix
TOD
IdealLandusemixandmixedlanduse
development(withDensity)
Transitmodefunction
CoreArea
Residential:HighIntensity
BicycleLanes
Commercial/Office:MediumIntensity
PedestrianNetworks
MixedUse
Intermediatetransportationsupportedby
nonmotorisedvehicles
Supportingretails&services
CommercialZones
LimitedParkingLots
Employment(commercial,office,industrial,
institutional):HighIntensity
ParkingLots,ifrequired
Supportingretail&services:MediumDensity
BicycleLanes
Residential:Minimal
PedestrianNetworks
BRTandBusStops
Intermediatetransportationsupportedby
motorisedvehicles
Neighbourhood
PeriurbanArea
Residential:MediumIntensity
PedestrianNetworks
Employment(commercial,office,industrial,
institutional):MediumIntensity
BicycleLanes
Supportingretails&services
Intermediatetransportationsupportbynon
motorisedvehicles
Commercial:HighIntensityalongTOD
ConsiderableMultilevelParkingAreas
Residential:MediumIntensityininnerregion
Transitiontohigherdensityandgreatermix
ofusesclosetothetransitsource
MixedUseincludingcompatibleinstitutional
use
GreenInterconnectedPedestrianNetwork
BRTandBusStops
ConsiderableMultilevelParkingAreas
Source:TransitOrientedDevelopmentPolicyGuideline,Calgary,2004.
As a whole, TOD encourages use of nonmotorized transportation, directs compact

highdensity developments, intensifies underutilized urban areas through
redevelopment, leads to lower infrastructure costs and increases public safety,
mobilityoptionsandhealthbenefits.
5.4.2.3. IntensiveUseofland
Theintensivelanduseofferscitiesthepossibilityof(re)developmentofurbanareas
for a number of functions that, in combination, can offer residents, workers and
visitors high quality services. This concept can be subdivided into three types with
combinationsasshowninFigure5.3.
149
UrbanPlanningA
Approach
Figure5.3: TypesofIn
ntenseLandUse
Source:
MILUNET,PractitiionersGuide,20
006
MixedL
LandUse:M
Mixeduse developmeent is the practice
p
of
f allowing m
more than one
typeofu
useinabuiildingorseetofbuildin
ngswhich canbeaco
ombination
nofresiden
ntial,
commercial, industrial, officee, institutio
onal or oth
her land uses.
u
It is p
presumed that
mixedlaandusesyieldssocioeconomicb
benefitsan
ndthereforrehasapositiveeffeccton
housingandcommercialvalues.
Goodmixedusecaanbedefineedasafineelygrainedmixofprim
maryland uses,nameelya
varietyo
ofhousingaandworkp
placeswith housingprredominan
nt,closelyin
ntegratedw
with
allotherrsupportsservices,wiithinconveenientwalk
kingdistan
nceofthem
majorityoffthe
homes.((Murrain1993:86).Ittisalsorefferredasceellulardeveelopment.M
Mixeduseiisto
be carefu
fully alloweed along with
w the com
mpatible usse only.Th
he mixed u
use of land and
the dom
minant usee thereof should be referred
d from Ch
hapter 9 on Simpliified
Developm
mentProm
motionRegu
ulations.
Theapprroachesforrpromotin
ngmixedussedevelopmentcanb
bebyincreasinginten
nsity
of land use,
u increasing diverssity of land
d use or in
ntegrating segregated
s
uses. The key
paramettersforinteegrationofdifferentu
usescanbe:
Thefu
unctionaland
dphysicalinteegrationofdifferentusessuchasResidential,Comm
mercialRettail&
serviceandPublicSemiPublic.
Integrration of thrree or more significant revenue pro
oducing usess Industriaal, Commerccial
Wholeesale,Retail&
&serviceandPublicSemiPublicofficces
Inanurbaanspace,mixxedusedevelopmentcanb
beplannedaatselectedloccationswith idealmix,suchas
a)Cityorttowncentresscomprisingthecommerccialandcivic coreoftown
nandcities,b
b)Innercityaareas
andc)Perriurbanlocattionsandgreeenfieldsitessinurbanfrin
ngesasalso indicatedin Table5.3.M
Mixed
layerdevelopment/M
Multifunctionallanduse
e:
Mixed laayer develo

opment is based on the princiipal of high intensityy with verttical
integratiion. It is un
nder the category of
f multifuncttional land
d use and aalso termed as
Layerin
ngDevelopm
ment.
Vertical integration
n has many
y benefits to offer to
o cities as a
a whole. Beenefits incllude
energyssaving pottential, reduction in
n unnecesssary jourrneys, imp
proves oveerall
accessibilityandso
ocialinclusiionpossibiilitiesofferedbycomb
bininghoussing,shopp
ping,
work, trransport, recreation,
r
culture and
a
social functionss within o
one area. This
T
150
URDPFIG
Guidelines,2
Developmentt
combinationalsohelpstoutilizethefullpotentialofanurbansite,leavingsufficient
open spaces for a greener surrounding. A mixeduse highrise development
diversifies the use of space within a single building structure, which in turn saves
horizontaltravelling,andhenceadditionallandrequirement.
Mixedlayerdevelopmentprovides(re)developmentopportunities thateasetheway
towardsCompactCities.Thisconceptshouldbepreferredforabandonedsiteswithin
the city instead of building on greenfield sites on the edge of town. Therefore,
brownfield sites can be redeveloped to offer a higher building density by layering
different functions on top of each other. The land use structure and densities given
earlier in this chapter is not applicable for mixed layer development. Such planned
areasareproposedtohavehighaveragedensityupto8001000pph,withlargeopen
spaces and interblock margins. Typically, this form of vertical integration land use
development has commercial/retail on the street level with offices and recreational
commercial on the top levels, while the intermediate levels are for residential, well
developed open spaces, institutional. Case study of Sky City, China, is a worldclass
example,whichisexplainedbelow.
Figure5.4: CaseStudyofChinaSkyCity
Source:Sky City, China.
Highrisedevelopmentmaylimittheaccessoflighttothelowerstoreysandtherefore
demands slender buildings or appropriate setbacks from the boundary wall. The
151
recommendations of the Expert Advisory Committee (EAC) for highrise buildings
are:
The height of the building should be linked with the width of the road on which the proposed
buildingistobelocated;
Also the distance of Fire Station from the building so that in case of emergency, the Fire Tender
mayreachintheshortestpossibletime.
The EAC also recommended thatthe provisions andthe guidelines, as applicable, of

theStateDepartmentsandNational/StateDisasterManagementAuthorityshouldbe
strictlyfollowed41.
Multifunctionaluseintime:
Apublicspaceorabuildingcanhavedifferentfunctionsatdifferenttimeperiods.For
exampleuseofspacesevenbuildingscanbeusedinshiftsinadayallowingdifferent
typesofusesindifferentshifts.
School playground, which can be utilized by the students during school hours and
later in evening wherever possible, can be used for sports training and practice
purposesorpublicstadiumwhichcanbeseasonallyusedasfairgrounds.Suchareas
canbeconsideredespeciallyinsmallsizetownswhereinfrastructureandfundsare
limited.
5.4.3. SmartCity
A smart city uses information, communication and technology to enhance its
liveability, workability and sustainability. A smart city is buildup by key basic
functions:Informationcollection,communicating,andcrunching(analysing).Thetwo
basicstepstowardsSmartcityare:
1. DATACreatedbythealreadyimplementedinformationtechnology.SomeoftheIndiancitieshave
createdacornucopiaofdatainpastfewdecades,whichcanformthebasisforthedevelopmentofa
Smartcity.
2. DIGITAL DNA (BUILT ENVIRONMENT DATA)Data collected by building departments,
engineeringdepartments,landdepartment,planningdepartment,taxdepartmentanddepartment
ofpostalservices.Indiaisstillfindingitsfootprintsinthisregard.
Inviewofrapidurbanisationandhighcongregationofpopulationinlargecities,itis
imperativetomakeuseofadvancesintechnology,capabilitytomakecitiessaferand
protect cities from cybercrime and also augment the quality of governance with
higherlevelsoftransparencyandaccountability.Suchcities,whichtakeadvantageof
advancedtechnology,arecalledasSmartCities.
41
MoEF Office Memorandum, Guidelines for High Rise Buildings, 2012.
152
5.4.3.1. ImportantInsights
ThefollowingfigureprovidestheimportantinsightsofSmartCityapplicationglobally.
Figure5.5: ImportantinsightsofSMARTcityapplicationglobally
Source:
VarioussourcesincludingSmartCitiesReadinessGuide,RICSSmartCities.
5.4.3.2. UniversalTargetstoachieveSmartcitydevelopment
There are mandatory targets that must be accomplished in order to propel on the
smartcitypath,thesearetermedasUniversalaseachofthemappliestoeverycity
responsibility.TheCheckSheet(ImplementationProgress)reflectsthestrongand
the weak points in the existing city infrastructure. Status of this matrix reflects the
preparednessofthecitytobeaSmartcityandhelpsinprioritizingthepointsonthe
basisofthestatus(progress)inordertodriveonthepathofdevelopmenttowards
beingaSmartcity.
153
Figure5.6: TheUniversalTargets
Source:
SmartCitiesReadinessGuide.
TheessentialelementsoffocusinaSmartcityinclude:
5.4.3.3. Smartgridconcept
Asmartgridisamodernizedelectricalgridthatusesanalogueordigitalinformation
and communications technology to gather and act on information, such as
information about the behaviours of suppliers and consumers, in an automated
fashion to improve the efficiency, reliability, economics, and sustainability of the
productionanddistributionofelectricity.MeteringandSmartpowergenerationsare
thetwobasicstepstakeninthedirectionofhandlingpowerincities.
a.
b.
SmartmeterSmartmetershelputilitiestobetterdetectandmanageoutages.Smartmeters
coupledwithadvancedmeteringinfrastructure(AMI)helpstopinpointproblemsinthegrid,
allowingdeterminationoffaultsandfailuresinnotime42.
Smart power generator Smart power generation is a concept of matching electricity
productionwithdemandusingmultiplegenerators,alternativelytobufferthepeakandhigh
demandforloadbalancing.Thesegeneratorsaredesignedonsmarttechnologiestooperate
efficientlyatchosenload43.
5.4.3.4. SmartTransportationConcept
Thesmarttransportationreferstotheintegrationofinformationandcommunication
technologieswithtransportinfrastructuretoimproveeconomicperformance,safety,
42
AU.S.DepartmentofEnergystudyshowedthatrealtimepricinginformationprovidedbythesmartmeterhelpedconsumers
reducetheirelectricitycosts10%onaverageandtheirpeakconsumptionby15%.
43
Source:GE:Smartgridtechnologyguide.
154
UrbanPla
anningApp
proach
mob
bility and time sav
ving of thee citizens. The abov
ve can bee accompliished by
inco
orporatingthefollowingtechnollogiesinth
heexistingsstructure:
a
a.
b
b.
c.
DigitallviewterminalsThesetterminalspro
ovideusersw
withanintelliigentnavigattionsystem
that op
ptimizes thee best routess, alternativee destination
ns, efficient movement by
b a well
inform
medguidancefromtheterm
minal.Forexample,theen
ntirecity'sbu
uslines,theirrstops,and
dropo
offandpicku
uptimesared
displayedon theterminalsalongwith satellitestreeetviewsof
locations,suchasofrestaurantssandotherto
ouristattractiions.Coordin
natesforbank
ks,schools,
hospitaals, and real estate are also
a
featured for the citizzens to deterrmine bestsu
uited route
betweeendestination
ns.
Intellig
gentroads It includes setting
s
up of sensor techn
nologies in th
he pavementts and over
thebridges,whichccanbecombinedwiththeedatacollecttedfrommovvingvehicles toprovide
operators, mainten
nance autho
orities and road
r
users with rapid warning of
f emerging
problem
ms.
TrafficcPredictionToolItpred
dictstrafficflo
owsoverpresetduration
ns(10,15,30,45and60
minutees)bystimulaations.Withtthesepredicttions,trafficccontrollerscaananticipateandbetter
managetheflowoftraffictopreventcongesttionandsavetime.
Oth
hersmartap
pplicationssintheinteelligentTraansportatio
onsystemm
mayconsisttof:
Optimiseddy
ynamicsignallling
A
Automaticpa
arkingsystem
m,
A
AdvancedDr
riverAssistan
nceSystems((ADAS),
Satelliteappllicationforem
mergencyhan
ndling,trafficcalerts,roadsafetyandin
ncidentpreveention
A
Automatedtr
ransportsysttems.
Ca
aseStudy:M
Malta,WorldsfirstSmarttIsland
Maltaisagrou
upofsmallisslands50milestothesou
uthofSicily. Smartmeterrsareinstalledinthe
islland for both
h electric and
d water custo
omers. Thesee smart meteers records th
he data automatically
an
ndsendsthe databackto
otheofficefo
orbilling.Sm
martmetersaalsoactastheeanalysisinsstrument
th
hatlocatepro
oblemsandd
determinewh
henandwhethertoexpan
ndthegrid.T
Thenewsmaartwater
grrid has increaased theft deetection, and has also inttroduced new
wpricingop
ptionsforcu
ustomers
th
hatrewardco
onservation
n.
Figure5.7: Malta:WorldsfirstSmartIsland
Source:
SmartC
CitiesCouncilReadinessGuide
Th
he goal of Sm
mart City Maalta is to put everything a
a hightech company
c
neeeds to succeeed in one
place, includin
ng stateoftheart ICT infr
frastructure along
a
with a host of IT, m
media and prroduction
seervices.
DPFIGuidelin
banDevelopment
URD
155
5.4.3.5. ApplicationofBuiltEnvironmentData
The built environment data of the city is captured by the different departments to
develop a blue print of the city and its attributes for virtual representation of the
physicalcity.ThisdataformstheDNAforthesmartcity.Itincludes:
Demographicdistribution
Landuses
Transportationandotherinfrastructureframework
Forestsandparks
Generalurbanplan
Space and organization plan: This data when linked with the Information communication and
technology develops the digital DNA, which forms the basis for the Smart city. The software and
servicelayersforthebuiltenvironmentdatacancontainthefollowinglayers44:
Data layer: that presents all the information, which is required, produced and collected in the
smartcity.
Servicelayer:Thisincorporatesalltheparticulareservicesbeingofferedbythesmartcity.
Infrastructure layer: that contains network, information systems and other facilities, which
contributetoeServicedeployment.
User layer: that concerns all eservice endusers and the stakeholders of a smart city for
dialoguingandindecisionmaking.Theparticipationincludes:
Thelocalstakeholderswhosupervisethesmartcity,anddesign
Thosewhooffereservicesand
Theenduserswhoconsumethesmartcitysservices
5.4.3.6. Urbanplanningandsmartcityinterrelations
Ontheattributesdiscussedintheprecedingsection,variouseserviceportfolioscan
beofferedinamodernsmartcity,someofwhichhavebeenmentionedbelow:
Table5.4: eServicesofaSmartcity
eServices
eGovernment
Publiccomplaints,showingadministrativeprocedure,bringingtransparencyin
governance.
edemocracy
Performingdialogue,consultation,pollingandvotingofissuesofcity.
eBusiness
Supportsbusinessinstallation.
ehealthandTelecare
Distantsupportandservicestoelderly,civilianswithdiseases,disabled
elearning
Distantlearningopportunities,trainingmaterialtothestudents.
eSecurity
Supportspublicsafetyviaamberalertnotifications,schoolmonitoringandnatural
hazardmanagement
Environmentalservices
Informationaboutrecycling,guidehouseholdsandenterprisesinwaste/energy/water
management
IntelligentTransportation
Offerstoolsfortrafficmonitoring,measurementandoptimization.
Communicationservices
Broadbandconnectivity,digitalTV
Source:CompiledfromUrbanPlanning&SmartCities:InterrelationsandReciprocities,LeonidasG.Anthopoulos.
44Source:UrbanPlanningandSmartCities:InterrelationsandReciprocities,LeonidasG.Anthopoulos.
156
5.5.
CityTypology
Urbanisation over centuries and evolving city morphology has given shape to the
presentdaycitiesinIndia.Mostpostindependencecitieshaveemergedfromplanned
directionsandyethaveexperiencedpopulationexplosion.Citiesalsohavebenefited
from planning based on Government schemes and programmes. However, the
functions of the urban centres have takennatural course to its maturity, without or
with intended interventions. These are the consequences of response of human
settlementandinteractionofsocieties.Focusonplanningevenapplicationoflanduse
standardsanddevelopmentcontrolscouldvarydependinguponthetypologyofthe
cities.
Situationofthecity:Situationofthecityistheprimefactortobeconsideredwhile
planning.Citysituationisestablishedonitsgrowthinsize, physicalconfigurationor
routepatternandlargelywithitsfunction.Cities,besidesmultifunctional,canbealso
definedonthebasisoftheprimeeconomicactivityand/orevolutionofthecity.Such
cities with typical location, situation and functions need focused approach while
planning,toaddresstheassociatedissues.Someofsuchkindsare:
Hillcities,
Innercities/walledcities,
Industrialcities,
Religiouscities,
Tourismcities,
Heritagecities,
Portcities,
Medicities(townships),
Sportscities(townships)
Site and situation specific solutions: These cities, owning to its nature of
development and population, and either permanent, new settlers or floating
population,havespecificfunctionsandthereforehaveassociatedissues.Someofthe
genericonesare:
Lackofalternativeeconomicactivities,
Stagnationofcitygrowth,
Strictsegregationofclassesbyprofessionandincome,
Highcrimerate,
Lackofpublicspaces,
Lackofrecreationalactivities,
Lackofeducationalfacilitiesforlowincomeclass/poor,
Significantratioofbachelorpopulation,
Lackofgenderspecifichealthfacilitiesandotherfacilities,
Investmentorientedland/propertyownership,
Others:pressureonpublicutilities,lackofsocialguidanceincaseofexposuretoculturalvariation
etc.
Suchas,incaseofindustrialcitiesortownship,specificdrawbacksareobservedlike
lack of recreational activities, lack of alternative economic opportunities, and social
activities. These townships are limited to work home relationship and lack
157
recreationalactivitiesandtherefore,thereisaneedtofocusonprovidingdedicated
publicspacesforpopulationtointeractinsuchcities/towns.
Similarly, other city typologies also have specific issues to be addressed for which
approach can be defined while preparing plans. Mix of economic activities such as
serviceindustriesandsocialactivitiesshouldbepromotedtoencouragetheavenues
forwholesomedevelopment.
Increasedrateofcrimeasobservedinsomeindustrialandporttownisprimarilydue
to segregation of population income classes, lack of recreational activities, lack of
educationalfacilitiesforlowincomeclass,andtosomeextentduetohighproportion
maleworkerslivingwithoutfamiliesandalsolargenumberofbachelorpopulation.
Thereforetopromotesustainabilityofcities,itssituationintermsofitsfunctionand
itssocialbehaviourshallbeaddressed.Suchcasesneedemphasisoncomplimentary
requirements of the city, besides its prime economic activity and physical
infrastructure for holistic development of the city. Some of the complementary
activitiesaresuggestedbelow
Promotionofserviceindustries,
Educationalfacilitieswithemphasisontechnicalinstitutes
TODmixofinstitutionalandadministrativelanduse,
Socialinfrastructure,targetingneedsofspecificstrataofpopulation
Recreationalfacilities,alsothemebasedfacilities
Heritageandreligiousactivitiestobepromotedformixingofeconomicbaseandpopulation
Earmarkedspacesfortheurbanpoor/informalsectorresidentsortheiractivities45.
5.5.1. Hillcity
The National Building Code defines hilly areas as Any area above 600 m in height
frommeansealevel,oranyareawithaverageslopeof30,consideringthesensitive
andfragileecosystemofhillsandmountains.However,theStateGovernmentsmay
identifyandnotifyareastobecoveredunderHillyArea,whichneedtobedealtwith
specialconsideration,whendevelopmentalactivitiesaretakingup.
Hillyareashavefragileecosystems,whichneedtobeconserved.Thereforeplanning
and development strategies for hilly areas shall have to be designed with added
sensitivityandsoundlanduseplanningandsettlementplanning.
5.5.1.1. AssociatedIssues
Hilly areas have a sensitive ecosystem consisting of mountains, rivers and valleys,
several lineaments and some of them even experience extreme weather conditions.
These varied natural features also make hilly areas a suitable place for tourist
destination,thuscreatingapullforcommercialdevelopmentandurbanisation.Also,
many rivers originate from the Northern Himalayan range, thus the areas attract
45
AlsoSuggestedinStrategypaperonmasterplanformulation,inclusiveplanning,prioritizationforhousingandpedestrian
movement,2010
158
development of hydro power plants, which directly or indirectly have shown great
impactontheriverhydrologyandbiodiversity.
ThecommonissuesassociatedwithplanninginHillyareasare:
Hilly areas in Himalayas and Northeast experience heavy rainfall, which makes the shallow soil,
cover highly susceptible to erosion (such as in Darjeeling) 46. These conditions necessitate
conserving the precious soil cover during monsoons and harvesting irrigation water for dry
months.Inotherareasheavyrainfallcausesdeepweatheringofsedimentaryrockandrapidand
activeerosionofweatheredmaterialsfromsteepslopes.
Thereareissueswithrespecttomobilityandconnectivityduetosteepslopesanddifficultterrain.
Alsogeographicallyyoungerhillareaswithhighseismicactivitiesmakesettlementsvulnerableto
disaster risks. In such areas regulating construction activity is of prime importance in planning.
Adherencetoseismiccodespecifictoseismicdesignofbuildingsistobemademandatoryforplan
approvalinhillareas.
In hilly areas, remarkable variations in culture and practices(including in many places tribal
culture and rich craft skill) exists between the settlements even within short distances as
comparedtothoseinplainareas47
Asterrainplaysacrucialroleinthehillyareas,settlementsaretobeondefinitehabitablelands
onlyandthus,itscarryingcapacityneedstobedeterminedforadequateplanning.
Theplanningstatusofhillyareas,inthepresentstate,isuncontrolledcreatinghaphazardgrowth
due to need for urbanisation, industrialisation (such as quarrying and hydro power generation)
and intrusion of commercial activities (such as tourism industry) on the limited land cover,
typicallyalonghillroutes.Thesetrendshasledtoencroachmentonforestlandandpreciousgreen
cover, construction on unsuitable lands and development at higher level of ridges, thereby
disturbingthenaturalecosystemandmakingtheareasmorevulnerabletodisasters.
The impacts on infrastructure are traffic chaos, inefficient service infrastructure and congestion in
primelocations,inadequatesocialinfrastructure.
The impacts on the environment are loss of hill and forests, degradation of stream system, landslide
and erosion, increase in natural hazard as earthquake, landslide and manmade hazards such as air
pollutionandroadwaynoise.
5.5.1.2. StrategiesforDevelopment
Hilly areas have various factors, which necessitate a thrust on adoption of an
integrated planning approach for conservation, preservation and planned
development.
Strategy1:LandConservationandOptimisation:
1) Environment Inventory/ Impact Assessment: For planning of the new settlements or
workingoutthestrategiesforthegrowthoftheexistingsettlements,itisnecessarytoconduct
detailedenvironmentalinventory/impactassessment.Theinventorywouldinvolvegeological
investigations,slopeanalysis,soil,floraandfaunaanalysis,climaticinventories,vulnerability
to natural disasters (such as earthquakes, landslides, floods etc.), etc. In addition to this the
aesthetic factors, cultural, architectural and historical heritage, scenic/ landscape value shall
alsobetakenintoconsideration.
46
PlanningCommissionReportofTaskGrouponProblemsinHillyhabitations.
47
ReportoftheEvaluationStudyonHillareaDevelopmentprogrammeinAssamandWestBengal,PlanningCommission,June
2010.
159
2) Identification of Developable Area: Identification of developed area is calculated by
deducting the natural ecological area from the entire township jurisdiction. Jurisdiction may
belargetocontrolthesurroundingareas.Theclassificationoflandusesshouldbegivenonly
for developed area, while the rest of the ecological area shall be for conservation or
restoration.
HillTownDevelopableArea=HilltownjurisdictionareaNaturalEcologicalArea.
3) Landuseoptimisation:Keepinginviewthescarcityofgoodbuildablelandandalsothehigh
costoftheconstruction,itisnecessarytooptimizetheuseoflandbycalculationofcarrying
capacityandlandsuitabilityanalysis.Greenbuildingapproachshouldbeadoptedsuchasuse
ofcosteffectiveandappropriatebuildingmaterialsandtechnologies.
Strategy2:SustainabledevelopmentbasedonWatershedManagement:
Awatershed,alsocalledadrainagebasinorcatchmentarea,isdefinedasanareainwhichallwater
flowing into it goes to a common outlet. People and livestock are the integral part of watershed and
theiractivitiesaffecttheproductivestatusofwatershedsandviceversa.Fromthehydrologicalpointof
view, the different phasesof hydrological cycle in awatershed are dependenton the various natural
featuresandhumanactivities.Inhillyareasorwhereintensiveagriculturedevelopmentisplanned,the
sizeofwatershedrelativelypreferredissmall.48Watershedmanagements,i.e.riverbasinmanagement
alsoisimportantinthecontextofregionalplanningbothintermsofasasourceofwaterandsources
ofdisasterrisklikefloodetc.
DuringtheTenthFiveYearPlanofGovernmentofIndia,emphasiswasonwatersheddevelopmentand
ecologicalrestoration/preservationforthehillareasofAssamandWestBengal.InthesixthFiveYear
Plan, the Planning Commission had suggested achieving a balance between beneficiaryoriented and
infrastructural development programmes, keeping in view the vital importance of ecological
restorationandconservation.Thiscanbeachievedthrough49:
Betterwaterandlanduseandcontrolofsoilerosionthroughwatershedmanagement,
Afforestation, silvipasture development and replacement of annual crops with perennial shrubs
and trees and plantation crops in steep slopes and development of other high valuelow volume
cropslinkedwithprocessingandmarketing.
Rural and small industries and electronic and precision instruments industries can also be
promotedtakingadvantageoffavourableweatherconditions.
To understand watershed system data from latest and authentic sources to be collected (details
provided in Chapter 7), simulation models may be used to analyse (drainage pattern modification)
scenariosbeforeDevelopmentPlanPreparationandbuildingregulations.
48
http://oar.icrisat.org/3914/1/1._Watershed_Management_Concept.pdf.
49
http://planningcommission.nic.in/plans/planrel/fiveyr/6th/6planch25.html.
160
5.5.1.3. ProposedLanduseStructureofHillTowns
Theproposedlandusestructureforhilltownsare:
Table5.5: Landusestructureforhilltowns
PercentageofDevelopedArea
LanduseCategory
Small
Medium
Large&Metropolitan
Cities
Residential
5055
4852
4548
Commercial
23
23
45
Industrial
34
45
46
Pub.&SemiPublic
810
810
1214
Recreational
1518
1518
1618
56
56
68
Balance
Balance
Balance
Transport&
Communication
Ecological
Source:
UDPFIGuidelines,1996.
Theecologicalarea(nondevelopablearea)giveninthetableaboveforHilltownsis
applicableforthehilltownjurisdictiondevelopableareaonly.Hilltowndevelopable
areashallbeconsideredasarea hilltownjurisdictionminusnaturalecologicalarea.
Where, nondevelopable area is defined as Earthquake/landslide prone, cliffs and
environmentallyhazardousarea,areasadjacenttofaultlines,areaswithslopehigher
than45o,floodplainandareasadjacenttomajordrainagelinesforgeneralguidance
and all environmentally sensitive areas. Land suitability analysis should be an
importanttoolinfirstprincipalapproachfordecidingonlanduseproportions.
5.5.1.4. Aspectsofplanning50
Theimportantaspectstobeconsideredinplanningforthehillyareasaresuggestedasbelow:
1. Thehillsidewithlessthan30slopeareingeneralstable.Therefore,buildingsites(temporaryor
permanent) should in general be located on hillside with not more than 30 45 slope. In areas
wheremostofthelandisabove30degreeslope,spatialregulationsshouldcontrolconstruction
activityonslopesabove30degreewithmaximumof45providedthatappropriatetechnologyis
used.
2. Themaximumheightofthebuildingtobefixed,suchasinStatesofMeghalayamaximumbuilding
heightpermittedis15metersonhills.
3. Flatlandisnormallynotavailableinhillyregions.Thehousesarerequiredtobeconstructedon
partiallyslopinglandmadeavailablebycutandfill.Itshallbenecessarytoprotectthehouseby
buildingretainingwalls/breastwallstoavoidlandslidesoccurringattimeofearthquakesorheavy
rains.
4. Cutslopeswithheightlessthan5mortwotothreestoreyheightsofresidentialbuildingsarein
general stable. For higher cut slopes special investigation should be carried out and details of
protectionworksshouldbeworkedoutandimplemented.
5. Site development in hilly regions consumes about 30 to 40 per cent of total cost of building
complex,thereforethefollowinginvestigationsshallbedonetoobtainthefollowinggeotechnical
parameters:
50
NBC, 2005 & IS 14243, 1995 b.
161
a.
Type of Soil Rock: Weathered or intact, dip of bedding planes, drainage conditions, shear
planes,materialbetweenthejoints,tensioncracks,typeofplantation,verticalityoftrunksof
the trees etc. Cliff sides and spur faces need to be protected with appropriate technology
includingwherenettingwithtablesand/orblowingofRCCalongthewalls.
b.
Thicknessofoverburden,natureofsoilstrata,detailsofsoilmatrixetc.
c.
Estimationofshearparametersoftheinsitusoilmass,whichwillgovernthefailure.
d.
Drainage pattern of the area and permeability tests in the area to see the Drainage
conditions.
e.
Specificslipzonesinthearea,ifany.
6. Roadsandpaths:StreetorientationshallpreferablybeEastWesttoallowformaximumSouthsun
toenterthebuildings.Thestreetshallbewideenoughtoensurethatthebuildingsononesidedo
notshadethoseontheotherside.HillRoadManual(IRC:SP: 481998)shouldbereferredtofor
detailedguidelinesforplanningroadsinHillyAreas.
7. ProvisionsforLandslideHazardMitigation,SeismicMicrozonationandmitigationofLiquefaction
hazardshouldbeintegrated.
SpecificaspectsforNewHillTowns:
1. Thenewhilltownswillhavetofollowthebasicprinciplesofhillarchitectureincludinguseoflocal
building materials, slanting roofs, seismic bands in structures etc. so that they merge in cultural
landscapeoftheirregions.
2. Travellingtimefromnearesttowntothenewtownshipshouldbeatleastonehouror20Km.
3. Thenewtownshouldbeselfsufficientininfrastructureanditsareashouldideallynotbelessthan
40hectares.
4. Provisionoffacilitiesforadditional(and/orfloating)populationshouldbemade.
SpecificaspectsforBuildingsinHillyarea:
1. Aminimumclearanceof1.5mshouldbeprovidedbetweentoeofboundarywallandbuildingwall.
2. Ontheuphillsideofthebuildingonaslopingsite,thenaturalflowofthewatershallbediverted
awayfromthefoundations.
3. Theslopeofgroundallaroundbuildingshouldbenotlessthan1:50builtinsuchawaythatrain
waterdoesnotfindwaytoingressingroundexcessivelyandmovesawayquicklytosurfacedrains
orawayonadjoininghillsurfacetowardsnaturalstreams.
4. Aminimumof0.75mwideapronshouldbeprovidedallaroundthebuildingtoprevententryof
waterintofoundation.
5. Stepped terrace development and stepped storeyed building construction may be adopted for
offices,schoolsandotherbuildingcomplexes51becauseoffollowingadvantages:
a. Itresultsinleasthillcutting,disturbancetohillstabilityandalsoinleastdeforestation.
b. Cost of site development works, slope protection and other protection works is reduced
considerably.
c. Leastloadcomesonvalleyside,sodangeroffoundationfailuresisavoided.
6. Buildings to be provided with good drainage facilities to prevent excessive saturation of sub
surfaceformations.Constructionshouldnotobstructexistingsurfacedrainagecourses.
7. Buildings shall be located on the south slope of a hill or mountain for better exposure to solar
radiation. Atthe same time, locatingthebuilding on the leeward side mayminimize exposure to
coldwinds.
8. Appropriate solar passive methods, such as orientation, doubleglazing, trombe walls and solar
collectors,tobeadoptedtoachieveclimaticcomfortwithlittleuseofconventionalenergy.
51
(Refer conditions of development from IS 14243 Part 2: 1995 for details )
162
5.5.2. PlanningforInnercity
Walled cities, old city, often central zones, which are also generally the core area of
the settlements, are referred as inner cities. These city parts have been the melting
pot for cultures with a history. Some of the old cities have been historically an
important trading centre, owing to its regional prominence, strategic location and
tradelinks.However,owingtoitsprosperity,someofthecitieswereunderthethreat
ofplunderandloot,whichreshapedthecityformoverthecenturies(asalsowalled
cities).Thesecitiesaremarkedbykeyfeatures,suchas,narrowroads(gullies),dense
builtup,oftenmixeduseofland,smallplotsizesoccupying100%groundforbuilt
up, social homogeneity, limited public spaces, which are usually congested
developments,incomparisontothemoderndaycities.
5.5.2.1. AssociatedIssues
Commonissuesassociatedwiththeinnercities:
Outmigrationoflocalresidentsandreleaseofresidentialspacesforcommercialuse,
Dilapidated buildings (as building owners only repair their buildings, while little or no
reconstructionistakesplace)andvacantproperties,
Narrowroadsnotplannedforvehicularmovement,
Unorganizedonstreetparkingatvariouslocations,
Noprominentpublictransportsystempresentinthecity,
Presenceofcottageorhouseholdindustriesandpollutingindustries
Prominenceofonstreetencroachmentsforinformalmarkets&hawkers,
Due to shift from residential to commercial land use, emergence of warehouses, godowns,
workshopsorothernoncompatibleactivities,
Oldwatersupplydistributionnetworkandinnonmetricsizes,difficulttomaintain
Repeatedexcavationofroadsdamagingtheundergroundutilitiesanddisturbedroadlevels
Overalllackofsocialinfrastructurefacilitiescomparedtothedensityoftheinnercities
Outcrop of Slum like conditions in the open areas surrounding historical properties or on old
recreationalopenspaces
5.5.2.2. AlternativestrategiesforRedevelopmentandRegeneration
Redevelopmentandregenerationaretheprimeplanningaspectsofinnercities.The
spacenormsanddevelopmentcontrolrulesthataregenerallyapplicabletoothercity
areas are normally not applicable to inner cities. The two alternatives for the
redevelopmentofaninnercity/oldcityarebasedonthestrategyofrevivalorinsitu
development.Theseare:
Alternative1ModificationinBuiltup:Inthisapproach,theresidentialbuiltupisadjustedwiththe
plot size and height from urban renewal point of view. The building density is redefined, usually by
increasingthepermissibleFAR/FSIaspermissiblebytheavailableinfrastructure.Itallowsthemarket
forces to reconstruct and redevelop the core city areas. The urban local authority may provide
supportinginfrastructurethroughbettermentlevyorcharges.Thistoolofredevelopmentisinpractise
in major cities like, Hyderabad and in some parts of the old Delhi (Shahajahanabad). Abutting road
width, plot sizes, accessibility and land use regulates the increased building height. This entails
amalgamationofplots.
163
Thisalternativecanbeappliedfortheentireinnercityoritcouldbelimitedtoanidentifiedareasuch
as along the transport corridors as in the case of Old Delhi (Shahajahanabad) wherein a 500 meter
influencezoneofmetrorailispermittedwithasuitableenhancedFAR.52.
An added advantage of this alternative is amalgamation of residential units. To improve the
morphology of the core city, increase in unit size of the residential plots is also often necessary,
especiallywhereverysmallunitsarepresent.HigherFSI,for mediumsizeplots,evenmarginallywill
lead to amalgamation of small and very small plots by market forces. This will improve the urban
design and density of residential areas. However amalgamation of plots is to be carried out in lines
with regulations, which is to be defined based on the study of the area by the local authority. The
redevelopmentprojectofeastKidwaiNagar,NewDelhiisamongthefirstinitiativesasavisionproject
ofMinistryofUrbanDevelopment.
Alternative 2 Insitu Development: In order to conserve the characteristics of the inner city, this
alternative is adopted to maintain and revive the old city by different mechanisms. Unlike the
alternative1,insitudevelopmentmaintainstheheightandthebuildingfootprint,bycarefullyusing
TransferableDevelopmentRights(TDR).Thisalternativeisusedwheretheredevelopmentstrategyis
to maintain and encourage the heritage of the city and its housing morphology, as in the case of
Ahmedabad, where Tradable Development Rights are provided for the notified Structures, Buildings
andPrecinctsintheformofTradableRightCertificatebycompetentauthority.Howevertheauthority
controlsotheractivitiessuchas:
The Permissible Uses for the Heritage Areas and other buildings on the basis of its plot size and
floor.
Amalgamationand/orSubdivisionnotbepermittedintheZone,
The owners of these heritage structures and buildings are required to conserve the following
originalaspectsoftheirBuildings:
AllFaades
BuildingFootprint
CharacterofOpenSpacessuchascourtyards,khadki,streets,etc.
Theinsitudevelopmentalsodoesnotencourageroadwideninguntilnecessary,asitaimstopreserve
the building faade. Therefore parking spaces are created through community initiatives and by
consultative process. In case if it is not feasible to provide the required parking within the existing
buildingasperRegulations,theCompetentAuthoritymayrecoverfeesfordeficitparkingtodevelop
onstreetparking/parkinglots/parkingstructuresasapartofParkingManagementPlan.
The conceptof AccommodationReservation may be introducedfor social infrastructure whereby for
theprovisionofessentialpublicfacilitiestobehandedovertothelocalbody/government,theowner
ofpropertyisgivenfullpermissibleFARonthecomponentofpublicfacility.Vacantpropertiesshould
bepreferredforthispurpose.
The two alternatives of redevelopment to be chosen carefully and a combination of the two may be
usedforsuitablesubzonesinaninnercity.Howevertheredevelopmentstrategyistocoverthekey
aspecti.e.positivegrowthforthecitytobealiveableareaandalsoasaworkspace.Thereforeinmost
oftheIndianinnercities,mixedlanduseistoberecognisedaspermissibleandthereafterorganised,as
thecityisplannedontheconceptofwork&livewithinheritedbenefitofreducedtraveltrips.Theland
usestructuregiveninTable5.2couldbemodifiedandadjustedformixedlanduseasplannedbythe
local authority. To achieve this, regeneration is to be a part of the redevelopment, including socio
economic development, maintaining and encouraging commercial lifeline of the inner city for its
revival.
52
Source:ITPIarticlebyA.K.Jain,Commissioner(Planning),DelhiDevelopmentAuthority.
164
5.5.2.3. AspectsofRevival
Whileplanning,plannersfacetheproblemsassociatedwithroadlevels,lyingofnew
pipelines,parkinginresidentialareas,decongestion,firesafetyissues,requirementof
roadwideningandloseofheritagefaade,provisionoflandforsocialinfrastructure
andsometimesreplanningundergroundinfrastructure.Corecityrevivalisbasedon
conservation,promotionandsolution.Thesecanbe:
1. OutShifting of polluting, noxious and hazardous trades / industries and delimitation of non
residentialnoncompatibleactivitywithpriority,
2. To decongest the inner city, proposal can be to develop counter centres in the form of
IntegratedFreightComplexesattheperipherallocationornewindustrialarea,
3. Iconic developments along the historically valuable areas and if space allows encourage city
levelrecreationalareastocreateapullfactortowardstheoldcity,
4. AnewsetofdevelopmentcontrolsforMixedUse,enhancedFARandTDRapplicability.Mixed
usetobemaintainedwithregulationsontheroadwidth,plotsizesanddensity,
5. Conservationandrestorationofhistoricalbuildings.ProvisionsforFARandTaxincentivesfor
thosewhohavetomaintainthearchitecturalcontrols,
6. Revival of cities by alternative public transport system technically modified for the road
networkandasperthetripgeneration,
7. Forparking,multilevelparkingisoneofthesolutionsforidentifiedresidentialpedestrian,
8. Incaseofnewdevelopmentorredevelopment,stiltparkingtobemandatory,
9. Adding street furniture can enhance street design. This is to facilitate public space for
communityinteractionandpromotepedestrianmovement,
10. In congested and bottle neck areas, solutions such as one ways and multilevel parking to be
adopted,
11. Alternativesolutionsofuseofsmallerfirehydrantsforverynarrowroadsforthefiresafety,
12. Tomeetthesocialinfrastructure requirement,reducingspacenormsupto5060%incaseof
spacenonavailabilityinthecorecity.Inordertocompensatefortheshortfallinvarioustypes
andlevelsoffacilitiesintheexistingbuiltuparea,suchfacilitiesmaybeprovidedincontiguous
/proximitytosectorsofnewdevelopment.
13. Multifunctionalusesshouldbeproposedtoencourageoptimumutilisationofexistingbuiltup
infrastructure.
14. ULBs to initiate developing database of the buildings, with attributes such as its age, height,
heritagevalue,revenuecollectionandotherpointsasdesirable.
5.5.3. Industrialcity
Citieswithmajorthrustinmanufacturingandproductionareindustrialcities.Sucha
focus on manufacturing was initially in the beginning five year plans after
independence, when the focus was on heavy iron and steel manufacturing.
Industrialisation again boosted after liberalisation in 1991 and encouraged
developingclustersforexportin2005bytheSEZAct,2005,whichprovidesforthe
establishment,developmentandmanagementoftheSpecialEconomicZonesforthe
promotion of exports. There were also schemes proposed for promotion of cluster/
park development by respective Ministries, while Small Scale Industry (SSI) was
definedunderMicro,Small&MediumEnterprises(MSMED)Act,2006.
Lately,GovernmentofIndiahasalsoannouncedtheNationalManufacturingPolicyin
year 2011 with the objective to enhance the share of manufacturing in GDP and
165
increasing employment. Under the National Manufacturing Policy, the New
InvestmentandManufacturingZones(NIMZ)guidelineswasclearedbytheCabinetin
2011.
5.5.3.1. Associatedissues
Thefollowingarethekeyconcernsforindustrialareaplanning:
Industrialcitiesaremarkedbyhighintensityofnoiselevelsandairpollutionlevels,whichmakes
unsuitableforresidential.Also,improperdischargesofliquidandsolidindustrialwaste/effluents
areconcernsforhealth.Thesehazardproneactivitieshaveadirectimpactonresidentialareas,
Movementofheavytrafficfortransportationofrawmaterialandfinishedgoods,largeshareofthe
trafficloadontheroads(highways)&rail,
Lackofsupportinginfrastructuresuchaslogistics,warehousing,
Industriesfacepowerproblemswithrespecttounscheduledcuts,whichaffectstheproductivity,
especially in the continuous process plants. In order to make up for production loss, industries
havetooperateDGsetswhicheventuallyincreasetheoverallproductioncostandairpollution,
Lack of emergency facilities for fire safety and accidents, including medical infrastructure and
healthcare,
AbsenceofintegrationwithresearchanddevelopmentandICTinfrastructureinIndianindustrial
cities,
Unplannedinfrastructureprovisionsforvariousutilities,bothundergroundandonsurface,
Limitedspaceforindustrialplots,allowingnoexpansioninfuture.
Otherissuesassociatedwithindustrialtownshipare:
Issuesofcompatibilitybetweenprocessingandnonprocessingareas,
Lackofalternativeeconomicactivitiesleadingtostagnationofcitygrowth,
Someoftheindustrialtownsalsoshowhighrateofcrime.Thisisprimarilyduetosegregationof
classes, lack of recreational activities, lack of educational facilities for labour class, and to some
extentduetoaportionofthepopulationisbachelor,
Ignoranceonthepublictransportationintheindustrialareasforlabourandmanageriallabour,
Lackofhousingforconstructionlabour,whocontinuetolivewithinandadjacenttotheindustrial
citiesforyearsandlackofhousingrequirementsforlowincomelabourandinformalemployment.
5.5.3.2. Planningstrategies
Sitelocationoftheindustrialcityistheprimeaspectofitsplanning.Thesitingcriteriashallsatisfythe
environmental requirements mentioned by Ministry of Environment and Forest, which is with
sufficientbuffers,distancefromalargesizetownandagriculturalland(referChapter6forspecifics).
Land suitability analysis to be done for identifying zones for placing hazardous industrial (uses
including air polluting units and wind directions), other manufacturing industrial, compatible uses
alongsurfacewaterbodies,hamletsandsettlementsandplacingofnonprocessingareas.Forlocating
industrial zone, preference to areas with easy connectivity, provision for logistics and areas with
existingindustriestobegiven,alsowinddirectionstobeconsidered.
Zoningforprocessingandnonprocessingareasisrecommendedintheratioof40:60(especiallyin
SEZ).Thelanduseregulationshavetokeepinviewtherequirementsofboththeseareasaccordingto
the activities envisaged. Due to the health concerns and safeguards, provision of green buffers of
minimumof500metersbetweencompatibleandnoncompatibleshallbewelldefinedwhilezoning(as
giveninChapter6).
166
Processingarea:maybecompriseofthefollowingactivities:
Industries/manufacturing;
Ancillary&MSMEs;
RetailTradeandcommerce;
Godownsandwarehousing;
Utilitycorridor;
Portandportrelatedactivities;
Airportandrelateduses,rail,roadandinlandwaterwayandspacesforparkingetc.;
Publicutilitiesandanyotheressentialservices;
Incidentalandotheractivitiesforsafetyandsecurity;andessentialresidentialforthesame;
Governmentaluse/activitiestomanagetheproperfunctioningofsuchprocessingareas.
InformationTechnologyandEnabledServices;
Within the processing areas, space for informal commercial, service industries and parking as per
industrialrequirementtobepaidattention.FordevelopmentofvarioustypesofparkslikeITparks,
Plastic parks, Biotechnology parks, Food parks, Agro park, etc. the policy and norms issued by
respective departments and guidelines available to be considered for planning. In absence of such
handholdingprovisions,casestudiesofthespecificindustrialsectortobereferred.
Clusterdevelopment:A cluster approach may be taken to optimise use or resources and minimise
costofproduction.Forexample,allworkrelatedtocomputers,IT,Communicationcanbehousedina
cluster at the outskirts of processing area to minimise heavy transportation within the city. Small
clustersrelatedtoITandcommunicationcanalsobeaccommodatedwithinthenonprocessingareaat
uniformdistanceforeasyreachofavailabilityofallservicesintime.
Nonprocessing areas: Areas other than processing area are to be planned for various uses and
activities, mainly as an industrial township including residential, commercial, recreational and
activitiesrelatedtosocialinfrastructurelikeeducation,healthcare,andsocioculturalfacilities.
Social infrastructure: The overall quantum of social infrastructure to be provided in the industrial
townshipmaybedividedintotwolevelsoffacilities,includingIndustrialcitylevelFacilitiesandLocal
LevelFacilities.
Landuse:Anindustrialtownshipshouldprovideforajudiciousmixoflanduses/activitiesinsucha
way that it is not dependant on the neighbouring or other city. The norms and standards for
distributionoflandusemaybeasunder53.
5.5.3.3. ProposedLanduseStructureofIndustrialtowns
Table5.6: LandusestructureforIndustrialtowns54
Sl.No.
LanduseCategory
PercentageofDevelopableArea
Residential
2025
Commercial
34
Industrial
PublicandSemiPublic
Recreational
1215
TransportandCommunication(includinglogistics)
1012
Waterbodies&Specialareas
Total
3035
68
Balance
100
Note:Theabovelandusedistributionisindicative,andmayvaryasperthesizeofSEZ,industrialtown,clusterdevelopment.
53
54
DraftSEZGuidelinesstudybyTCPOpresentedtotheParliamentStandingCommittee.
Ibid.
167
5.5.3.4. Aspectsofplanning
The industrial town should primarily be a modern stateoftheart township having
worldclass infrastructure 55 , high quality living, working and entertainment
provisions, which are particularly suited to the flexible uses and space demands of
moderntechnologyandknowledgebasedactivities.
Infrastructure:
a.
AllindustriestoberesponsiblefortreatingtheeffluentgeneratedaspertheCPCBregulations,
for small and medium size industries infrastructure of Common Effluent Treatment Plants
(CETP) to be planned. Special care to be taken in cases where the effluent after treatment is
dischargedintoawaterbody.
b.
Solid waste disposal to be as per CPCB/SPCB regulation, specifically for hazardous waste
disposal,
c.
Tomeetthepowersupplypressure,alternativesourceofenergytobeexploredinthesiteand
situationtomeetthedomesticandcommercialdemandwithintheregion.
d.
Logistics and Parking requirement of industrial area as per the industrial area demand. The
transportationinfrastructure,includingRoWandspeeddesigntobeasperthenormsgivenin
thetransportationsectionofthisguideline.
e.
To ensure safety from hightension power line, reduce disruption and for increasing life,
infrastructure lines are to be well designed within the Row for infrastructure corridors, by
allocatingRightofUseasperregulationsofeachfacility.
Nonprocessingareas:
a.
To bring harmony in the society, integration of residential sectors (informal/low income
group/managerial staff/ pocketsof highincomegroup) shall be planned to reduce friction and
encourage interaction socially and economically. The locations of low income group to be in
proximity to the industrial and commercial areas to facilitate easy movement and reduce
pressureonpublictransportation.
b.
Publictransportationshallprimarilytargetintegrationofresidentialareaswithindustrialzone.
c.
Incaseofgreenfieldindustrialsites,fortheexpansionofexistinghamletsandsmallsettlement,a
buffer to be governed by respective authority (to be marked on the development plan after
calculatingtheinducedgrowthrate).Suchbuffersshallbeestablishedforrecreational,livestock
support and social infrastructure for the developments of the hamlets. Similarly buffers along
riversintheindustrialareasshallbewellprotectedfromanywaterpollutionbyallowingriver
frontdevelopmentswithrecreationalactivitiesbutwithoutpermanentdevelopments.
Spacenorms:
After liberalisation in 1991, several changes have taken place in the manufacturing and service
industries.Amongwhichthekeyshiftisfromlabourintensivetocapitalintensive.Hencethespacefor
industrial allocation is shrinking, while in service sector the work space norms are altering with the
FDIinIT/BPOsector.Workersspacenormsaretobeproposedbasedonthelatesttechnologiesused,
scaleofdevelopmentandinvestmentplanned.Theworkforceratioisasgivenbelow56:
1) Work force participation can be considered more than 75% of the total population in
industrialtowns,incasetheWorkForceParticipationRate(WFPR)isnotavailable.
2) TheIndustrialworkersdensitycanbe:100pphto125pph
55Worldclassinfrastructurewouldconsistof24X7hourwatersupply,uninterruptedpowersupply,efficientandpollution
freetransportandmodernsolidwastemanagement,seweragetreatmentandcommunicationsystems.
56
Source:BasedonUDPFIGuidelines,1996
168
The ratio of employment to land allocation should be case to case specifically for the sector of
investment. With the advancing technology, the investment intensive developments will be altering
theemploymentandspaceratio.
Safeguards:
a.
Disaster management Plan for the industrial towns to be prepared at initial stages of planning
and integrated with the Development Plan. In case of hazardous industrial, an evaluation plan
shall be designed within the transportation network, to ensure evaluation by high speed
designedroads.
b.
Health care facilities and emergency services to be decentralised and located in the processing
andnonprocessingareasboth.
c.
Specificallyfirestationstobelocatedonthecornerplotgivingdirectaccesstosubarterialroads.
d.
Localwaterholesandrainwaterharvestingtankstobelinkedwithpressuredhosesasabackup
tofireextinguisher.
5.5.4. Heritage/Religious/Tourismcity
Heritage areas and cities with historical and tangible / intangible cultural values;
preserved, conserved and evolved by social interactions and changing economic
factorshavegivenshapetotourisminthesecities.TheWorldHeritageOrganisation,
Ministry of Culture, Ministry of Tourism have laid focus on the conservation,
restorationandpromotionofculturalheritage.Amongthesehistoricalcities,pilgrim
destinationsandcentresofreligiousvalueshaveemergedwithbroadbaseeconomic
activityoftourism.Closeobservationofthesecitiesrevelsthatthesecitieswerenot
designed for large population influx. Many of the religious towns with pilgrim
destination in India are located on the fronts of water bodies or in the fragile
ecosystems, (such as in the Himalayan ranges) where the balance between human
activities and the nature is sensitive issue. It is crucial to include the ecosensitive
area mapping, evaluation of carrying capacity (refer Chapter 7 for details) and
provisionofecotourisminplanningforsuchtowns.
Plannedtourismisamajorcontributortocitieseconomy.Tourismsectorprovidesa
high multiplier in employment generation. Tourist cities economy may almost be
totallybasedontourism.
As evolved from the Tourism 2020 Vision, UNWTO 2002, cities or places of high
populationdensitywheretripsaretakenbytravellersforleisureandrecreationcan
bereferredastourismcities.Besides,theheritageandreligiouscities,asmentioned
before,tourism cities/regions have developed from natural tourism, sports tourism,
adventuretourism,ruraltourism,andwellnesstourism,amongothers.TheNational
TourismPolicy,2002,MinistryofTourismrestsontheprincipleof:
Institutional framework may be based on participation between Government and the private
sector.Governmenttoprovidelegislativeframeworktoregulatetourismtradeandprivatesector
totourismrelatedactivities,
The deep rooted relationship of tourism and culture to be realised, and promotion of cultural
tourism should be encouraged focusing culture related (craft, art, performing art, living style as)
saleableproductsfortourist.
Greater emphasis on Ecotourism, focusing on natural landscapes and other environmental
featuresandalsovirgintraditionalruralenvironmentetc.
169
Specialthrust may be impartedto rural tourismandtourism in small settlements, where sizable

assetsofourculturalandnaturalwealthexist.
Linking heritage, build and nature with tourism is important. Heritage sites both
global(worldheritagesites)andnaturalaretobeidentifiedandprotected.Suchareas
should be integrated with rest of the development based on rules and regulations
specified by World Heritage Centre, Archaeological Survey of India and State
Governments.Protectionofsitesofhistoricalvalueotherthanofficiallydesignatedat
local area level may be identified and integrated in the Regional/ Development /
LAPs.
5.5.4.1. Associatedissue
Someoftheissuesassociatedwithheritagecities,religiouscitiesandcitiesoftourism
potentialare:
Influxofthefloatingpopulationortourists,
Assessmentofareasofinfluenceoftourism/pilgrimage,
Pressureonfragile/sensitivetourismzonesandonecotourismsitesinthetouristcircuits,
Seasonalvariationofthelocaleconomicbase,
Unclearinfrastructureestimations&planningestimationsforthetourismtownsduetofluctuation
inthepopulationtobeserved,
Transportplanningissuesassociatedwithterrain,slopesandundulatedsystems,
Priorityfornonmotorisedtransportandpublictransport.
Conservationandimprovementoflandprofile,areasofscenicvalueandutilizationofsitefeatures
forstrengtheningtheambience,
Issuesinsolidwastemanagementespeciallyinreligious/pilgrimtowns,
Street vending activities in the popular religious and tourist sites and measures for their
rehabilitation,
Lack of documentation of heritage buildings and areas and application of general architectural
controlinhistoricalareas,
SupportinginvestmentinheritageassetsandgeneratingreturnsbyULBsorbyprivatesector,
Lack of social guidance in case of exposure to cultural variation, specifically in international
tourismdestination,etal.
5.5.4.2. PlanningStrategy
Atourismcityplanningstrategyistobebroadlybasedontheunderstanding
ForNatureinitsmanyforms,itsmountains,streams,sylvansurroundings;
ItsCultureasmanifestintheart,architecture,templesandpilgrimtowns;
ItsHistoryasseeninthearchaeologyofthetangibleandintangibleoutputsofanearlierera.
On 10th November 2011, UNESCOs General Conference adopted the new

recommendation on the Historic Urban Landscape by acclamation, as an additional
tooltointegratepoliciesandpracticesofconservationofthebuiltenvironmentinto
thewidergoalsofurbandevelopmentinrespectoftheinheritedvaluesandtraditions
of different cultural contexts. The UNESCO General Conference recommended its
Member States to take the appropriate steps to facilitate its implementation and
further recommended that Member States and relevant local authorities identify
170
within their specific contexts the critical steps to implement the Historic Urban
Landscapeapproach,whichmayincludethefollowing:
To undertake comprehensive surveys and mapping of the citys natural, cultural and human
resources;
Toreachconsensususingparticipatoryplanningandstakeholderconsultationsonwhatvaluesto
protect for transmission to future generations and to determine the attributes that carry these
values;
To assess vulnerability of these attributes to socioeconomic stresses and impacts of climate
change;
To integrate urban heritage values and their vulnerability status into a wider framework of city
development, which shall provide indications of areas of heritage sensitivity that require careful
attentiontoplanning,designandimplementationofdevelopmentprojects;
Toprioritizeactionsforconservationanddevelopment;
To establish the appropriate partnerships and local management frameworks for each of the
identified projects for conservation and development, as well as to develop mechanisms for the
coordinationofthevariousactivitiesbetweendifferentactors,bothpublicandprivate.
Through adopted strategies, such as of UNESCOs new Recommendation on the

Historic Urban Landscape, the local conservation approach is to be defined by the
local authority in lines with the broader prevailing policies in India. However
applicationofconservation,preservationandpromotionisnottobeequallytreated.
Withdetailedmapping,documentationandanalysis,zonesoftreatmentandextendof
tourism may be identified for sustainable development. Figure 5.8 explains the
integratedapproachtotourismcity/regionplanning.
HighValuezone:Thecorezoneofheritage,religiousoroftourismvalueisthehigh
value zone. This may consist of Natural Heritage or Built Heritage or both. Ethnic
value of the zone is of the highest level and is meant for preservation. The carrying
capacityofthisvaluezoneisthekeytothetourismpotentialofthecity.
Figure5.8: IntegratedapproachtoTourismCity/RegionPlanning
Natives Zone: This can be called as the residential zone of the locals or the
settlement.Thiszoneusuallyoverlapswiththehighvaluezone,asmentionedearlier,
due to social interactions and economic relationships. The economic benefits of
tourismaremeasurableinthenativezoneandimprovementinthequalityoflifeof
thelocalpopulationcanbeachievedthroughplanneddevelopment.Thiszoneisfor
conservation of the culture, valuable architecture, and for promotion of local
economy.Thiszoneissuggestedforinnovativestrategiestoprovidethecitywitha
171
consistent image and therefore provide significant revenue and added value to its
residents.
Newinfrastructurezone:Thecityperipheryorouterzoneisthenewdevelopment
zone. This outer zone is for the new development to comeup to meet the tourism
requirements for the promotion of tourism and for city growth. By understanding
market trends through market analysis, demand and needs of the tourist is to be
assessed for the Tourism Product Development57such as experientialshopping,
festivals, emotionalcultural and historic resources, hospitality, physical
infrastructure, natural resources, restaurants, accommodation. In doing so, tourist
attraction spots and areas should be first made easily accessible. Depending on the
quality of such tourist area, certain experience based tourist trails can be planned
with adequate support of logistics. These new developments should be integrated
withtheinnertwozones.
The investment in this zone can draw from the various tourism infrastructure
development schemes by the State. Promotion of tourism as an economic activity,
alternative economic base including thrust in institutional & commercial
developmentsistobeadoptedinthiszone&ifallowableinNativesZonetoo.
Incaseoftourismregions/circuits,thenewinfrastructurezonemaybewidespread
andcanbeconsideredastherestoftheareaoftheregion/circuitoutsidehighvalue
zoneandnativeszone.Atourismcircuitwillhavevariousnucleusofhighvaluezone
beddedbythethreadofconnectivity.
Networks: The integration of the zones is to be strong with networks. Networks to
connect zones for accessibility between the two outer zones i.e. new infrastructure
zoneandnativeszoneshallhavestronglinkages,whilefromecosensitiveapproach;
the High Value zone shall have limited access (if possible pedestrian). For the
protection of the (built and natural) heritage from the adverse impacts of tourism,
adoption of greener tourism in this zone is the key. For improving external
connectivity up to the tourist city/ nodes inthe touristcircuit, alternative modes of
transportationshouldbepromoted.
Simplepracticalstepstoreduceadverseimpactontheenvironmentandpromotethe
benefits of tourism are through zoning. Local consultative approach to be taken for
tourismbasedlivelihooddevelopment,physicalinfrastructure,transportandtourists,
heritageandtourismconservation,environmentandtourism,anyother.However,a
generalisedlandusestructureisproposedbelow.
57
Tourism Product Development is a key factor in the overall experience demanded by tourists visiting cities or other types of
destinations. Understanding market trends through market analysis will help create a strategy that will match tourists
needs and demands.
172
5.5.4.3. Proposed Land use Structure of Heritage/ Religious/ Tourism

city
Table5.7: LandusestructureforHeritage/Religious/TourismCity
Sl.No.
LanduseCategory
Residential
3540
Commercial
57
Industrial
PublicandSemiPublic
1012
45
1214
Recreational&waterbodies
1012
Specialareas(includingheritageandreligiousareas)
710
Total
100
Source: Modified based on the Proposed Land use Structure for Urban Centers and analysis of various case studies (including
Agra,Puri,Rameshwar,Hampi,Bodhgayaetc.)
Note:Theabovelandusedistributionisindicative,whichmayvaryasperthesizeofcityandtheeconomicbase.
5.5.4.4. Aspectsofpreservation,conservation&promotion
1. Inline,withtheobjectivesoftheMinistryofCulture,(RFD201314),planningforheritagecitiesto
includesafeguardofvariousformsofIntangibleCulturalHeritageandpromoteresearchthrough
financialsupporttoartistes,scholarsandculturalorganizationsandManagenationalmonuments
(Tangible Heritage) of India through Archaeological Survey of India, State Governments,
Universities,LocalBodies.
2. Special attention to be paid while planning for religious settlements along the river fronts and
waterbodies,whereemphasisistobelaidonconservationofwaterbodies,reductionofpollution
(due to incompatible activities), improper solid waste management and no alteration of the
watershedsystemofthearea.
3. Fortheapplicationoftheconservation,preservationandpromotioninvariouszonesoftreatment
andflowoftourist,thevariousplanningaspectscanbeadopted:
a.
Development plan should include historic & religious zones as special zones where all
Developmentshouldbepermittedbythecompetentauthority.
b.
Development controls to be based on ground realities with a separate section on urban
designapproach(suchasfaadecontrols)forimprovingaestheticsofthetownatlarge,
c.
Standardisation of Urban Design in the preservation and conservation zone including:
Typical elevation of the houses, Building height, Elevation colour theme, Building material
(Maintain and encouraging local building material use), Typical styles for column, bracket,
balcony,motifs.Whiletheusableareainsideshouldbefreefromregulation.
d.
Visibility of historical monuments and faade of the core zone to be maintained and
implementation of the Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites & Remains Act, 2010
(AMASR).
e.
Signagestobespecifiedandpreferablyaestheticallyfitted,(asgiveninShimlaMasterPlan)
4. FormationofaHeritageConservationCommitteewithintheMunicipality/DevelopmentAuthority
fortheheritagecitiesissuggestedasanimplementationagencyforHeritagerelatedpoliciesand
plans.ThecelltoessentiallyconsistofPlanners,Conservationarchitects,Archaeologist,Structure
(retrofitting) engineer, urban designer, Property evaluator, representative from ASI, members
from revenue department, town planning department and local representatives (councillor). Its
roles&responsibilitymayinclude:
a.
StrictimplementationofCentral&StateGovernmentpolicies
b.
CarryoutHeritagerelatedstudies&surveys,categorisingheritagepropertiesandmapping
173
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
Formulatespecialheritageguidelines
Formulate & implement Heritage related Development Control regulations and make
revisionsfortheregulatedzoneaspertheAMASRAct,2010
Anyheritagerelatednotificationandfines
Equipmentandinfrastructureformaintenanceoftheheritagebuildingstobeacquiredand
maintained
Conductingworkshops,awarenessprogramsandculturalactivities
Supportheritagepropertyownersinrepairandmaintenanceandsuggestionsforretrofitting
ofoldstructures
5. Thetourismplanmayalsoinclude:
a.
PromotionofHeritagewalkwayandRiverfrontwalkway,
b.
Landscaping&Upgradationofavailableopenspaces
c.
Revivalofurbanwaterbodies
d.
Seasonal tourism events such as Fair and Festivals to be organised as per the approved
GuidelinesforFinancialAssistancetoStateGovernment/UnionTerritoryAdministrations
forOrganizingFairandFestivalsandTourismrelatedEvents.
e.
Alternative modes of transportation to be encouraged in the tourism plan. Key nodes on
transportationnetworkstohaveTouristInformationCentre/kiosk.
f.
Marketing strategies of the tourism destinations to be welldefined including generating
revenuetothelocalpopulation,apartfromemploymentgenerationestimations.Onaverage,
Employment generation by tourism industry as direct and indirect is suggested for hotel
industry(perroom)bytheTourismPolicyis:
i. Directemployment:2persons
ii. Indirectemployment:3persons
5.5.5. Portcity
Acoastalcitywhoseseafrontisdominatedbyportandwhichhascomeintoexistence
primarily due to port activities is referred to as a Port City. Such cities represent
exceptional developmental potential due to their maritime identity. Coastal features
remarkably notable within the highlow tide line mark are mudflats, salt pans,
estuaries, creeks, mangroves, coral reefs, geomorphological features with patches
undersandandbeaches;scrubs,plantations,forestsandsometimeshorticulture.On
theotherhand,easyaccesstolargewaterbodyoftheportleadstodevelopmentof
coastal infrastructure, fishing activities, salt manufacturing, presence of industries
and even power plants, which provide an advantage to the City development by
means of bearing the benefits of its location. Besides the coastal advantages, these
sitesareconnectedtothehinterlandbyrailandroads.
Thechallengeinthemanagementofsuchacityliesinthebalanceddevelopmentof
portactivities,environmentalprotectionandurbanisation.Keyissuesassociatedwith
portcityplanningare:
Challengetosustaintheportcitysactivitieswhiletransformingintomajoreconomiccentres.Some
oftheportshaveintensifiedportactivities,whichhaveresultedinincreasingpressureonlandfor
urbanisation.
Development of compatible land uses, activity areas and integration of port, industries, logistics
facilitiesandtheresidentialzones,withtheprovisionofadequategreenbufferandconnectivity.
174
DecentraliseddevelopmentthroughprovisionofselfcontainedzoneswithinthePortCityregion.
Preservationofecologicallyfragileareas,waterbodiesandtheirbasins,CRZandforests.
IdentificationandplanningfortheCoastalRegulationsZoneandlandundertheHighTidelinesper
theCRZregulationsandmajoruseoftheavailablewaterfront.
Attemptsalongtheportlandtoreclaimlandimpactingthemarineecology.
Lackofalternativeeconomicactivitiesleadingtostagnationofcitygrowth.
Someoftheporttownsalsoshowhighrateofcrime.Thisisprimarilyduetosegregationofclasses;
lackofrecreationalactivities,lackofeducationalfacilitiesforlabourclass,andtosomeextentdue
toaconsiderablepercentageofthepopulationisbachelor.
5.5.5.2. Planningstrategy
Aportandacityusuallyhavetwodistinctentities,theportoperationalareaandthe
civilcity.Thesetwoentitiesmaybedifferentlyadministeredandmanaged,however,
undertheIndianPortAct(IPA),1908;thePortTrustisthenodalagencyfortheport
operationalareaand,attimesthecivilcitytoo.Insomecasesportcitymayhavethe
administrationunderthemunicipallaw,henceplanningforportcitymusttakeinto
accounttheconditionsofIPA1908.Planningfortheportforwhichthejurisdictional
areaiswelldefinedistobedonebythePortTrust.Whileplanningforthecivilcity
may be done by the Port Trust or by the Town and Country Planning Department/
relevantbodyoftheState.
Agrowthmodelingeneralisobservedforportcity,whichevolvesfromharbourtoa
heavy manufacturing base, eventually leading to a commercial growth centre. The
pressure on land impacts its demographic profile and land values. Also, industrial
development requires supporting residential development. Often ancillary and
service industries, warehousing facilities, logistic sector, truck and heavy vehicle
parkingareasbegincroppinguparoundtheindustrialdevelopment.Thisisthestage
wheretheunplannedproliferationofdevelopmentalactivitiesstartandastrongneed
forplanninginterventionisfelt.Slowlythesurroundinglandsrealestatevaluerises
andcommercialdevelopmentintensifies.Asaresultworkerpopulationincreasesand
forward linkages are established as services like institutional development,
development of financial institutions, corporate offices, BPO amongst others. As the
quality of infrastructure and service improves, eventually the tourism sector also
grows.
International and Indian port cities, viz, Mumbai, Vishakhapatnam, Shanghai and
Singapore reflect presence of industrial manufacturing base and other key
componentssuchascitysizeandpopulationdensity.LandusepatternofLosAngeles
and Vishakhapatnam, amongst others have inspired the planning for the non
industrial components of institutional support system and commercial economic
base.
175
Figure5.9: MumbaiPortCityAnalysis
Source:
MMRDA.
ThestrategytoaccommodatealltheselfcontainedzoneswithinthePortCityregion
islargelydependentonthegeographicalandtopographicalpatternsofeachportcity.
However there are some fundamental similarities in the arrangements in their land
usepattern,whichhavebeendepictedinthefollowingdiagram.
Figure5.10:SuggestedPortcityPlanningStrategy
Source:
VariousPortcitycasestudiesreferred.
Port&Industries:Portsbringinavarietyoftradeandtheirancillaryactivitiestothe
immediate hinterland. Freight handling and industrial activities have inseparable
linkageswiththeport.
176
The industrial and residential zones generally form two distinct parts of the port
cities with industries and manufacturing units clustering together in the area
immediatelysurroundingports.Withintheindustrialregion,theheavyandthelight
industries tend to be separated as well with the light industries being set up away
fromtheportbutwellconnectedwithtransportlines.InmanysituationsSEZscome
uprightaroundtheporttoattractindustryandformthemainurbancentreofthese
port cities. However, shipbuilding and saltpans are economic activities, which come
upalongthewaterfront.
Residential&Support:PortTrustcanallowthedevelopmentofresidentialbuilding
fortheemployeesoftheBoard,withinoroutsidethelimitsofportastheboardmay
considernecessary58.Migratorypopulationincreasesthedemandforhousinginthe
portvicinity,whichcreatesalargeportionofthelandusesharetoberesidentialand
commercialactivities.
Residences are generally planned in the port hinterland with strong connectivity.
Alongwithresidences,plannededucational/institutionalandcommercialareascome
up with a view to cater the urban population. Here it is important to note that the
commercial and institutional developments are as a complimentary requirement of
thethrusteconomicsectorsandthusneedtobeintegratedwiththeport&industries.
To avoid stagnation of port city growth, alternative avenues and economic
opportunitiesshallbeadoptedaskeystrategytakingadvantageoftheagglomeration
economy and accessto basic logistics, like transport, power and water. Institutional
infrastructurebaseprovidesskilledandsemiskilledlabourasperthedemandandas
a consequence, share of institutional requirement in port cities is slightly on the
higher side. With higher end services being provided, an institutional framework is
establishedthatprovidesahighlyeducatedandmotivatedworkforce.
Transportation: There would be two aspects for the development of transport
infrastructure in port cities. Firstly, the aspect of infrastructure development is the
establishment of interstate rail lines and airports that are created to accommodate
theeasymovementofcargoasthecapabilityofportincreasewiththesettingupof
moreindustries.
Secondisdevelopmentofapublictransportnetwork,whichinmostcasesconsistsof
raillinesaswellasmassrapidtransitservice.Thiscomesuptocaterthemovementof
the residential population to the commercial and industrial zones and forms the
backbone of the expansion and growth of the city. Also, the areas around these
TransportCorridorsgaininlandvaluesandvariouskindsofmixedusedevelopments
develop around it including commercial, institutional, theme developments,
investmentareas,andhospitalityandtourismactivitiesamongstothers.
A seamless transport infrastructure network should be developed throughout port
trustandlocalauthorityarea.Worksforroads,railways,bridges,andtunnelscanbe
58
MajorPortTrustAct,1963.
177
executed within or without the limits of the port by the sanction of the Board of
Trustees.59
Environment and Sustainability: Marine ecosystems of the coast are very rich in
speciesdiversityandabundance.Itisseeninmanyoftheportcitiesacrosstheworld
that once industry and residence has been established, port cities set up
environmentalreservesandforestregionsandfishcultureareasbeginfocussingon
sustainabledevelopmentevenattractingtourism.Economicactivitiesrequiringwater
frontandconservationofthisfrontundercoastalregulationzoneshaveacombating
demand for the sensitive land. However, port trusts have power to carry out the
activitieslikereclaiming,excavating,enclosing,andraising anypartoftheforeshore
oftheportorportapproachestocarrytheportactivitiesproperly.60
This zone can be regulated through provision of buffers and protected areas
surrounded with compatible land uses of recreational, institutional and sparse
residential areas. Recreational zone can be developed with beaches, creek
development,parks,streetshoppingetc.toaccommodateurbanleisureactivitiesby
carefullyintegratingtheseaedgewiththecitybywelldevelopedpedestrianpaths.
Qualityoflife:Asmoreworkersbegintosettle,anurban,cosmopolitanenvironment
isgeneratedwhichattractsthecommercialandservicesectors totheseportaswell
as recreational areas. The development of these service sectors attracts a different
population of workers, service providers, henceforth emphasising on the need of
educationalfacilitieswithtechnicalinstitutes.
Forinteractionofthevariousclassesofthesociety,thelivingandrecreationalareas
aretobeintegratedandhencetheopenspacesandamenitiestobedecentralisedand
inclusivelyplannedforpublicintegration.Here,socialinfrastructurecantargetneeds
ofspecificstrataofpopulationtoensureimprovedqualityoflifeandeventuallysocial
security.
Maritime boards of the country in respective States are making effort to plan these
citiesasmultifunctionalandsustainable.Theideaistoprovideforinfrastructureto
attract&accommodateurbanpopulationandtoregulatedevelopmentinandaround
theseports.
59
Ibid.
60
Ibid.
178
5.5.5.3. ProposedLanduseStructureofPortcity
Table5.8summarisesthelandusestructureforatypicalportcity
Table5.8: LandusestructureforPortCity
Sl.No.
LanduseCategory
Residential
Commercial
Industrial(includingPort)
PublicandSemiPublic
Recreational(includingwaterfrontactivities)
1520
TransportandCommunication(includinglogistics)
1518
Primaryactivities&Waterbodies
Total
2024
34
2025
68
Balance
100
Source: Modified based on the Proposed Land use Structure for Urban Centers and analysis of various case studies, including
Singapore,Shanghai,LosAngeles,Vishakhapatnam,Chennai,Mumbai,Surat,Rotterdametc.
Note:Theabovelandusedistributionisindicative andincludinggreen,openspaces, waterfront activitiesarea,butexcluding
CRZareasandnondevelopableareas.
5.5.5.4. AspectsofPlanning
1. Planning of the port and its surrounding area to be based on the harbour
structure, port infrastructure, cargo capacity, facilities including jetties &

wharfs, Godown facilities and on the understanding of its backward& forward
linkages of the commodities of import and export. The following port
supportinginfrastructurecouldbeconsideredinaportcityasperrequirement:
i.
Encourage logistics infrastructure development by private or by the ULBs
to generate revenue. Logistics as a backward linkage benefits from port
&otherindustriesandgeneratesdirectandindirectemployment.
ii.
Separateraillinesandcargo/freighthandlingjunctionstobesituatedalong
theportanditsindustries.
iii.
Aerodrome,ifexisting,canbeextendedtocommercialoperationsaswell.
iv.
Duringplanning,provisionforpipelinesinfrastructureinand aroundport
citytobegivenattention
v.
Innovative and feasible alternatives of water supply infrastructure, using
techniquessuchasdesalination,reverseosmosistobeconsidered.
vi.
Appropriate disposal system for industrial effluents, sewerage and solid
waste.
vii. Area identification for Cyclone Shelters in view of cyclone proneness and
HazardLinedemarcation.
2. Sectors with focus on local raw material available from the natural resource
base have due advantage to bring benefit to the local economy. The areas
marked as high cropping intensity should be left as green/agriculture. Also,
Shipbuildingindustrytobeallowed/consideredalongthecoastalfront.
3. Institutional development is complementary and key support to port city
industrial development for sectors such as port & logistics. Skilled labour is
179
required and crucial in light engineering for technical inputs. Similarly semi
skilled manpower is prime logistics requirement. Development centres for
skilledandsemiskilllabourshallbedevelopedasapartofinstitutionalfacility.
OfficespacesandInformationTechnologyisasupportsystemrequiredforhigh
endandvalueadditionintheentireindustrialzone.Besidesthis,Marinemining
& biotechnology may benefit from research & development. R& D can be
divertedtoaddvaluetoagriculture,pharmaceuticalsetc.also.
4. The National Environmental Policy, 2006 suggests actions to conserve coastal
resourcesexplicitlyconsidersealevelriseandvulnerabilityofcoastalareasto
climate change and geological events, in coastal management plans, as well as
infrastructureplanningandconstructionnorms.
Adopt a comprehensive approach to Integrated Coastal Management by addressing
linkages between coastal areas, wetlands, and river systems, in relevant policies,
regulation,andprograms.
Environmentrisksandmitigationplantobetakenintoconsiderationwhileplanning
theportcitydevelopment.
Sustainabilityoftheportisreflectedfromitsplanningasperlocalweatherconditions
andforEcologicallySensitiveAreas&Protectedareassuchas CRZ,MarineNational
parkandsanctuaries,specificallytakingintoconsiderationtheclimatechange.
Portcitydesignisgenerallyingridformation.Thisisduetoalignmentwiththewind
flow directions in the coastal areas as sea breezes and helps to reduce pressure of
cyclonicwinds,apartfromtheinfluenceofmangrovesonthecyclone.
5. In case of older cities where ports were set up many years ago, the aim is to
attain sustainable growth of the city by decongesting city centres while at the
sametimeallowinggreatergrowthinthecommercialandindustrialsectorsby
connecting these cities to smaller towns, suburbs and decentralized hubs of
activity.
Apartfromcoastalports,IndiaalsohasDryportsInlandContainerDepots(ICD)and
Container freight Stations (CFS) are alternatively called Dry Ports. ICD and CFS
provide warehousing space, temporary storage and handling equipment for import
and export load, as well as empty containers. Rail network should be provided for
strongconnectivitybetweentheportcitiesanddryports.
5.5.6. IntegratedTownship
Integrated Township can be defined as clusters of planned housing and commercial
businesses with associated infrastructure such as roads, schools, hospitals,
convenience shopping, water treatment plants and drainage & sewage facilities.
Integratedtownshipsmajorlyemphasiseoncreatingselfcontainedsettlementswith
workliveplay concept by integrating selected economic activities in
manufacturing/service/businesscategories.
180
Integrated townships have more open areas with suitable economic size capable of
supporting businesses and homes, with adequate physical and social infrastructure.
Yet, these should be compact enough to enable high quality living environments
where it is possible to walktowork / school or take public transport for other
activities. Such townships are expected to offer the same or more comforts and
facilities as available in main city. Over that, it provides relief from congestion and
trafficbottlenecks.
Strategically,integratedtownshipsshouldbedesignedtohavezeroimpactintermsof
waste management and be adequately selfsufficient in terms of facilities for
education, health and other aspects of social welfare. Therefore, for sustainable
infrastructureandcontinuedoperationandmaintenance,newservicesectorssuchas
facilities management and integrated waste management shall be promoted in
IntegratedTownships.
States like Maharashtra and Rajasthan have policy (township policy) under which
new townships are being developed by private developers within the city limits on
UrbanisablelandundertheDevelopmentplan/Masterplanofthecity.Theminimum
areaofsuchtownshipsis100acresinMaharashtraand10hectaresinRajasthan.
Government of India has permitted Foreign Direct Investment up to 100% for
development of integrated townships including housing, commercial premises,
hotels,resorts,cityandregionallevelurbaninfrastructurefacilitiessuchasroadsand
bridges, mass rapid transit systems and manufacture of building materials.
Developmentoflandandprovidingalliedinfrastructurewillformanintegratedpart
of township's development. 61 Many States in India, following initiatives by
MaharashtraandRajasthan,havemadeattempttopreparepoliciesorschemesforthe
development of integrated townships. The brief based on study of relevant
policy/schemesofthreeStatesisbeingpresentedbelow.
5.5.6.1. StateIntegratedTownshipPolicies
To provide a framework for the development of townships and to regulate the
functionsoftheparticipantsinsuchdevelopments,theGovernmentshouldformulate
an Integrated Township policy / scheme, as has been done by the Governments of
Gujarat 62 , Himachal Pradesh 63 , Rajasthan 64 and Uttar Pradesh 65 . Such policies
institutionalise the role of the state government, developers and other state level
agenciesintheprocessofdevelopingIntegratedTownships.
Rajasthan:
61
GuidelinesforFDIinDevelopmentofIntegratedTownship,DIPPPressNote,2002.
62
GujaratIntegratedTownshipPolicy,2008(GUDC).
63
HimachalPradeshIntegratedTownshipScheme(Draft).
64
RajasthanTownshipPolicy,2010.
65
IntegratedTownshipPolicy,Housing&UrbanPlanningDepartment,GovernmentofUttarPradesh.
181
The salient features of the Guidelines for developing Integrated Township provided by State of
Rajasthan66hasbeenlistedbelow:
Minimumareaforintegratedtownshipshallbe10hectares,
Thelocalauthorityshallacquirelandandmayallotfortownshipprojectstodevelopers,
Localauthoritieswoulddevelopsectorparksonthelinesofsectorroadsasperzonalplans,
Roadconnectivityshallbeensuredbythedeveloperandnoroadshallbelessthan40ft.,
FARfortheentiregrossareaofschemeshallbe1.2,67
Industrial Township shall have Facilities/Services/Open/Road area as 35%, further breakup of
whichisfacilitiesarea10%,openarea5%,areaunderroads20%
StreetLights:Thedistancebetweenpolesshouldnotbemorethan30meters,
ItismandatoryforthedevelopertoestablishandoperateSTPinthetownshipalongwithrecycling
oftreatedwastewater,
Horticulture&Plantation:Treesofheightsmorethanfivefeetshouldbeplantedwithminimumof
30treesperacreofthegrossarea,
Intownshipschemeslocalauthoritywillconstructcommunitywaterharvestingstructuresand
allwateroutletsanddrainageswillbeconnectedtothisstructure.Thisshallbestrictlyenforcedby
theLocalAuthority,
Thedesignofthetownshipshallaimatwaterandenergyconservation.
RajasthanTownshipPolicy,2010hasprovidedfollowingcategoriesofschemesfor
developingdifferenttypeoftownships:
Table5.9: RajasthanTownshipPolicy:TypesofTownships
TypesofTownships
Arearequirement
TownshipScheme
Morethan20hectares.
MiniTownshipScheme
Morethan10hectaresandupto20hectares
SpecialTownships(likeEducationalTownship,
IndustrialTownship,I.T.Township
SpecialTownships(likeEducationalTownship,Industrial
Township,I.T.Township)
Minimumareaof10hectaresinRIICO68industrialareas
insmalltowns.
Mixedlanduseonlandofclosed/sickunitsinsmall
towns
AffordablehousingprojectsonlandofsickorunviableunitsinindustrialareasofRIICOorelsewhere.
Source:
RajasthanTownshipPolicy,2010.
HimachalPradesh:
ThesalientfeaturesofHimachalPradeshIntegratedTownshipScheme69are:
More than 40 hectare of land in hilly terrain and above in 50 hectare in plains mandatory for
developingIntegratedTownships,
SpecialTownships(likeEducationalTownship,IndustrialTownship,I.T.Townshipetc.),withmore
than40hectaresofland,
TheTownshipshallnotincludelandundertheforest,waterbodies,landfallingwithin100mfrom
(havingtheleveltheHFL)theHFL(HighFloodLevel)ofthemajorlakes,damslandfallingwithin
200mfromtheofficialboundaryofhistoricalmonumentsandplacesofarchaeologicalimportance,
archaeologicalmonuments,heritageprecincts,otherrestrictedareas.
The Township scheme shall have a minimum of 15 meter approach road from any National
Highway, State Highway, Major District Road, Other District Road or any other road area
network/sectorroads/masterplanroads.
66
Notification,2007,GovernmentofRajasthan.
67
However,theindividualplotscanbeallowedmaximumFARasperBuildingRegulationbutnotexceeding2.4.
68
RajasthanStateIndustrialDevelopmentandInvestmentCorporation.
69
HimachalPradeshIntegratedTownshipScheme.
182
Forglobaltownship,FARfortheentiregrossareaofschemeshallbe1.75.70
Policies at national level also provided guidelines for the Integrated Townships, as National Urban
Housing and Habitat Policy states that, Integrated Townships should generally be located on
comparativelydegradedlandexcludingprimeagriculturalareasgrowingmorethanonecropwiththe
helpofassuredirrigation.Also,theseshouldbelocatedatareasonabledistancefrommediumorlarge
towns.71Hence,massrapidtransportcorridorsshallbedevelopedbetweenexistingmediumandlarge
towns and new greenfield towns so that the relationship between industry and commerce is
developedtoanoptimumlevel.
Gujarat:
GovernmentofGujarathasproposedtoprovideprimarilyfivetypesofsupportactivitiesthroughthe
GujaratIntegratedTownshipPolicy,2008(GUDC)forfacilitatingtodevelopIntegratedTownshipsin
theState,whichareasfollows:
Provisionoftrunkinfrastructureandprocurementofland,
Establishment of a Green Channel for statutory clearances related to land, development
permissions,environmentalclearances,
Specialbenefits(tourism,education,healthprojects)underthepolicy,
Ratingofdevelopersandprojectstobemandatedbythegovernment.
Gujarat Integrated Township Policy has provided detailed town planning norms on land use
classification.Broadpercentagesoflandareaundereachusesubcategoryintheproposedtownship
are defined in the policy document. The land use categories prescribed in table below may be the
predominantuseoftheland,thus,thedocumentalsospecifieslanduseswhicharepermittedandthose
whicharenotpermittedinthelandusezone.Thecolourcodingdifferentiatesthemandatoryfromthe
recommendednorms.
70
71
However,theindividualplotscanbeallowedmaximumFARasperBuildingRegulationbutnotexceeding2.4.
National Urban Housing and Habitat Policy, 2007.
183
Table5.10: SpaceAllocation/LandUseMix:PermittedunderGujaratIntegratedTownshipPolicy,2008
MinimumLandAreabyUseSubCategory
UseCategory
NO
Description
Name
1 Technology
Parks
Measurable
Parameter
Value
SuchasParksof
ITITES.
Biotechnology,
Apparel,Gems&
Jewelleryand
otherR&D
Institutionswith
AncillaryHousing
2 Education
Suchcomplexesof
Based
schools/colleges/
Townships Universities/resea
rchcentreswith
Hostelsand
AncillaryHousing
3 Medical/Healt Suchascomplexes
hcare
ofhospitals/
Townships healthresorts/
medicalcolleges/
medicalresearch
facilitieswith
Hostelsand
AncillaryHousing
4 Tourism
Related
Infrastructure
Proportionof
totalBuiltUp
Areausedfor
Economic
Activity
70%or
more
60%or
more
Proportionof
totalBuiltUp
Areausedfor
healthCare
facilities
60%or
more
Proportionof
totalBuiltUp
Areausedfor
Economic
Activity
70%or
more
5 Logistics
Parks
Proportionof
totalBuiltUp
Areausedfor
commercial
activity
70%or
more
Includesalllarge
scalelogistics
(freighthandling)
andtrading
activities
(wholesaleor
retail)with
ancillaryactivities
suchasoffice
complexes,
Whatdoes
thevalue
include?
Institutio
Functiona
Residential
Commercial Institutiona nal(Social Indust
Commercial
Road
lOpen
forEWS
forEWS
l
infrastruc rial
Spaces
ture)
Residential, 30%ofthe 10%ofland
5%ofland
1%of
10%ofthe 10%ofthe
Commercial, developed under
under
developed
developed developed
Institutional landarea
residential
commercial
landarea
landarea landarea
and
development
development
Industrial
tobe
tobe
areaas
allocated
allocated
specified
Residential
Residential 15%ofthe 10%ofland 5%ofthe

and
developed under
developed
residential landarea
development
tobe
allocated
Residential 15%ofthe 10%ofland 5%ofthe
and
developed under
developed
development
tobe
allocated
5%ofland
under
commercial
development
tobe
allocated
5%ofland
under
commercial
development
tobe
allocated
1%of
developed
landarea
10%ofthe 10%ofthe
developed developed
landarea landarea
1%of
developed
landarea
10%ofthe 10%ofthe
developed developed
landarea landarea
Commercial, 20%ofthe 10%ofland

Institutional, developed under
Residential landarea
residential
development
tobe
allocated
Commercial, 20%ofthe 10%ofland
Industrial,
developed under
Residential landarea
residential
development
tobe
allocated
5%ofland
under
commercial
development
tobe
allocated
5%ofland 5%ofthe
under
developed
commercial landarea
development
tobe
allocated
1%of
developed
landarea
10%ofthe 10%ofthe
developed developed
landarea landarea
1%ofthe
developed
landarea
10%ofthe 10%ofthe
developed developed
landarea landarea
184
MinimumLandAreabyUseSubCategory
UseCategory
NO
Description
Name
6 Residential
7 MixedUse
Townships
Source:
entertainment
complexesand
AncillaryHousing
WhereHousingis
developedas
servicedplotsor
constructed
DwellingUnits
andiscontiguous
toanaccessible
economicactivity
Arealsoeligible
Measurable
Parameter
Proportionof
totalBuiltUp
Areausedfor
Dwelling
Units
Value
80%or
more
Whatdoes
thevalue
include?
Institutio
Residential
Commercial Institutiona nal(Social Indust
Residential
Commercial
Road
forEWS
forEWS
l
infrastruc rial
ture)
Residential
10%ofland 10%ofthe
under
developed
development
tobe
allocated
5%ofland 5%of the 5%ofthe

under
developed developed
commercial landarea landarea
development
tobe
allocated
10%ofthe 10%ofthe
developed developed
landarea landarea
10%ofland 10%ofthe
under
developed
development
tobe
allocated
5%ofland
under
commercial
development
tobe
allocated
10%ofthe 10%ofthe
developed developed
landarea landarea
1%ofthe
developed
landarea
Functiona
lOpen
Spaces
GujaratIntegratedTownshipPolicy,2008.
185
5.5.7. PlanningforAffordableHousing
Provisionforaffordablehousingisacriticalprovisioninthecontextofsustainable
development. Affordable housing implies that the cost of the housing should be
affordabletothedisposalincomeoflowincomegroup,EWSandthepoor.Thecost
ofhousinghastwomajorcomponentslandandconstructionofhouses.Invariably
inlargecitieslandcostundesirablyisboostedmakinghousingcostunaffordablefor
the majority. Therefore, the critical policy in planning has to relate to adequate
supply of land, commensurate to the needs of the majority, not for demand of the
minority. This requires strong policy interventions to control rise of land price,
speculation and more importantly to increase supply of land for buildings in the
market. Some State initiatives have made efforts in policy and planning and
preventioninordertoaffordablehousingandthisinvolvesenactingregulationsof
reservationinhousingsupplyforEWSandthepoor.
CaseStudy:AffordableHousingNorms,Rajasthan
Sustainable human development cannot be achieved without adequate & affordable housing to the
vulnerable population residing in the evergrowing urban settlements currently. Affordable shelter
forthemassesorcreationofproductiveandresponsivehousingisacomplexamalgamofahostof
factors, which need to be tackled at all levels and in a synchronized manner. Department of Urban
Development, Housing and Local Self Government, Government of Rajasthan has developed
Affordable Housing Policy, 2009 after studying and dovetailing various housing schemes of
GovernmentofIndia.Withthehelpofthepolicyframeworkandtheinbuiltincentivesitisaimedto
motivatevariousagencies,includingprivatedeveloperstotakeupconstructionofaffordablehousing
forEWS/LIGcategoriesinvariousurbancentresofRajasthan.UnderthesaidPolicy,fivemodelsfor
developingAffordableHousinghavebeenadvanced.
ModelNo1:MandatoryProvisions
Table5.11: ProportionofPlots/Houses/FlatsinTownships/GroupHousingSchemes
S.No.
EWS/LIG
MIGAcategory
RajasthanHousingBoard
50%
20%
AllUrbanLocalBodies
25%
20%
Privatedevelopers
15%
Source:
AffordableHousingPolicy,2009,RajasthanGovernment
ModelNo2:Privatedevelopersonlandownedbythem
DeveloperstotakeupconstructionofEWS/LIGflatsonminimum40%ofthetotalland.
ThebuiltupEWS/LIGflatstobehandedovertoAvasVikasLimitedatpredeterminedprices.
SeveralincentivesareofferedlikedoubleofthenormalFAR,TDRfacility,waiverofEDC,Building
plan approval fee, conversion charges, 10% of the total land allowed for commercial use, fast
trackapproval
ModelNo3:Privatedevelopersonacquiredland
The land would be made available to the developer on payment of compensation (Land
Acquisitioncost+10%Administrationcharges).AllotherparametersasperModelNo.2.
186
ModelNo4:PrivatedevelopersonGovernmentland
EarmarkedGovernmentlandtobeofferedfreeofcosttothedeveloperselectedthroughanopen
biddingprocess.ThedeveloperofferingthemaximumnumberofEWS/LIGflatsfreeofcosttothe
ULBwouldbeawardedtheproject.Atleast50%housesshouldbeofEWScategory.
The developer shall be free to use the remaining land as per his choice for residential purpose
with10%forcommercialuse.AllotherparametersasperModelNo.2.
ModelNo5:SlumHousing
ThemodelisbasedonvariousschemesapprovedbyGovernmentofIndiaandalsoonthelinesof
"MumbaiModel"ofslumredevelopmentwithprivatesectorparticipation.
The Policy document also provides for the tentative land use breakup, ground
coverage,timeperiodforfinishingproject,additionalFARandUseofTDRasaresult
ofadditionalFAR.
Integrated Townships developing in the periphery ofcities leadtoformation
ofenclavesoncecitygrowsandonceperipheralareaisaccommodatedincity
planning area. These enclaves can be assimilated with the city character and
structurebyrealisingneedsofthemaincity,promotingrequiredactivitiesin
thetownshipsanddevelopingpoliciestoaccommodateneedsofdevelopment.
5.5.8. MediCity
Theconceptofmodernmedicalcitiesorspecialhealthcarefacilitiesasbeeninplace
for some time, but has gained renewed interest, particularly in rapidly developing
economies.Theconceptofamedicityorhealthcitydefinesaclusterofhospitals,a
holistichealthcarecentre;alargehospitalsprawledacrossacresofland.Medicity
can be a new township or a zone of a city, where medical facilities are provided
releasingpressurefromthemaincityortopromotemedicaltourismattractingnew
sourcesofeconomicgrowth.
Medicities have been designed to be comprehensive in scope and incorporate
advancedtechnologiesandmedicalpractices.Thescaleandscopeofmedicalcities
usually demands an advanced level of care, both in technology and approaches to
createanattractivedestinationforcaretoensurethehighlevelofpatientvolumes
requiredtosupportsuchalargesetup.
5.5.8.1. Prerequisites
Incertaincircumstances,Medicitiesevolveinmetropolitancities.Therearemany
prerequisitesforthedevelopmentofMedicities,as:
Volume and demand: Medicities will always require a significant amount of patient volume
fromthelocalpopulationinadditiontothehumanresourcesandcommunityinfrastructurethat
acitysettingprovides.
Specialinfrastructure:Medicalcareandassociatedinfrastructureistobeprovidedinaplanned
manner. Medicities require highly specialised provisions for medical waste handling especially
hazardousbiowaste,accessibility,specialcaresystems,areareservationsandinfrastructure.
187
Accessibility: Wellconnected site is required for Medicity development to provide ease in

accessibility. Parking provisions in a medicity is need based demand, focusing on institutional
setups.Accessibilityintoandaroundthemedicityshouldbehighlyfocusedontheaccessibility
ofdifferentlyabled/physicallychallenged/disabled.
Attractiveness: Medical cities need to offer several attractive attributes to attract foreign or
nonlocal patients to overcome the competition, having special care, area reservation, and
infrastructure facilities. Hotels, beautiful landscaping and country club, in order to attract and
promotemedicaltourism,shouldcomplementthemedicity.
Multiplefunctions:Medicitiesdevelopinginisolationdonotreachthematuritystage.Medical
citiesshouldalsoincorporatesubstantialnonmedicalservicestosupportthestaff,patientsand
visitors.Clearapproachandeffectiveforecastingmaynotbeeasyinsuchacase.
Poor management of health care waste potentially exposes health care workers, waste
handlers, patients and the community at large to infection, toxic effects and injuries, and risks
pollutingtheenvironment.Itisessentialthatallmedicalwastematerialsgeneratedfrommedical
cityaresegregatedatthepointofgeneration,appropriatelytreatedanddisposedofsafely.Bio
MedicalWaste(ManagementandHandling)Rules,2011ofMoEForlatestsuchguidelines,must
befollowedinMedicities(tobemonitoredbyCPCB/SPCBaspertheirregulations).
Medicitieshavetheabilitytosupportservicesthatarehighlyspecialized,services
that often struggle to see sufficient volume to support a business case. Medicities
need to have a strong higher and medical educational system and complete and
stable infrastructure to become an ideal location for specialisation. Due to the
interplay of economies of scale, the Medicity creates an interesting and
opportunistic intersection with medical tourism as mentioned earlier. For those
organizations providing medical tourism services, this integration extends beyond
theimmediatecommunityintotheglobalhealthcaredeliverysystem.
Since the most critical issue in Medicity is handling of hazardous medical waste,
essential facilities for the maintenance of Medicity has been prescribed by WHO,
theseare:
Effective waste reduction and waste segregation, ensuring that only appropriate wastes are
incinerated;
Siting incinerators away from populated areas or areas where food is grown, thus minimizing
exposuresandtherebyrisks;
A properly engineered design, ensuring that combustion conditions are appropriate, e.g.,
sufficientresidencetimeandtemperaturestominimizeproductsofincompletecombustion;
Construction following detailed dimensional plans, thus avoiding flaws that can lead to
incompletedestructionofwaste,higheremissions,andprematurefailureoftheincinerator.
ApartfromthewastehandlingoftheMedicity,thekeyaspectsofplanningare:
1. Access:Oneoftheprimarysuccessfactorsforproperhealthcaredesignisconvenientandeasy
access to and from the facility. This includes simple wayfinding, safe and weatherprotected
vehicular dropoffs, and convenient access to parking. Such access is often at odds with urban
planningtrends, which attempt to minimize the impactof vehiculartransportation in favour of
morepedestrianorientedbuildings.
188
2. Transportationfacilitieslikebusroutes,metrorail,bicycling,andheliportsaresubstantialnon
medicalservicestosupportthestaff,patientsandvisitors.
3. ParkingDemands:Accesstopublictransportationandhousingwithinwalkingdistancecreates
opportunitiesforstaffandcertainpatientsandvisitorstoavoidvehicularcommutingaltogether.
Thisreducesthepollutingimpactofautomobilesandcanminimizethesizeofrequiredparking
facilities. It should be noted, however, that even with these reductions, hospitals would still
generally create a much higher parking demand per square foot than a typical urban office
building.72
4. Natural Environment: Environment Studies have concluded that a natural environment is
essential to create a genuine stateoftheart healing environment and reducing stress. Key
sustainabledesignelementssuchasroofgardens,courtyardspacescanminimizesthebuildings
heatisland effect, reduces demand on storm water systems, improves surrounding air quality,
andreducesnoisepollution.
5. Institutional: Integration of Medicity with research and development centres for biomedical
research,medicalcolleges,trainingcentresarenecessary.Also,financialsupportunitsshouldbe
created such as banks, ATM facilities, information centres, money transfers and exchange and
insurancecompanyoutlets.
6. CommercialSpace:Amixedusecommunityisdesirableinthisareabecauseofitsproximityto
the emerging Medical City. Therefore, Planned Development shall be encouraged, including a
mixtureofresidentialusetypes,hotel,retail/commercial,officeandairportsupport,commerce,
conservationandrecreationaluses.
Medicalcityshouldencompasstheconceptofselfsustainablecities/townships,ina
way as an ecocity is designed with consideration of environmental impact. They
shouldhavecleandisposalofwaste,wastetoenergy,renewableenergy,sustainable
transportationanddrainagesystem,zeroenergybuilding,greenroof,etc.
5.5.9. Sportscity
Sports City defines a large developed area with all kind of sports infrastructure
facility to support organising and hosting different sports activities in a city.
BasicallyitisaconceptofCitywithinCitywhichprovidesaregularseriesofsports
venues,sportsacademies,providingaplatformforyouthdevelopment,recreational
sports facilities, residential and commercial developments, together with all the
related amenities. The purposebuilt city is supported by service facilities like
schools, medical facilities for sportsmen and residents, hotels, community centres
andentertainmentvenue.Andeventuallyalltheeventsofsportscitytranslatetheir
activityintoeconomicgenerationforaneconomicallysustainablesportcity.
Assportscityemergesasanewlydevelopedcityonthefringeorneartotheexisting
oroldcitysotheassociatedissuesaredifferentfromtheparentcity.Followingare
someoftheissuesassociatedwithsportscity:
Largevacantlandisrequiredfordevelopingsportscityfordevelopmentofsportsinfrastructure
andsupportingservices.Thisrequiredlandisonlyavailableneartotheparentcity,ifplannedin
advance.
72
CaseStudiesinDesignExcellenceforMidSizedUrban/InnerSuburbanMedicalCenters,byAIAPotomacValley
189
Hugeandregularinvestmentforinfrastructuredevelopmentisabigchallengetosustainsports
cities. Major sports events are not held on a high frequency so maintenance and sustainability
duringleantimeisachallenge
Worldclassmoderninfrastructureandequipmentonlycanactasapullfactorofsportspersons
to come, participate and stay for long. Apart from development of sports complexes other
development including residential, commercial and logistic facilities (store houses) are to be
integrated.
Assportscitiesliesonoutskirtsofthecity,lackofconnectivityleadstoisolationofthesportcity.
Further,ifthesportscitylacksalternativeeconomicactivities,apartfromsportevent,itleadsto
stagnationofcitygrowth.
Apartfromsportscity,ithasbeenwidelyacceptedthatavailabilityoffacilitiesfor
sportsandgamesandrecreationisanessentialpartofhealthysociallife.Nowithas
been considered as an important parameter in determining the quality of human
development. Sports play a vital role in overall development of youth. As per the
latest All India Educational Survey conducted by the National Council for
Educational Research and Training (NCERT) more than 50 per cent of one million
plus schools in the country lackplayground facility.This problem is moreacutein
the urban areas where playing fields are facing serious threat from competing
demandsonopenspacesduetothelowpriorityattachedtoit.
The various factors associated with Sports city planning are strategic location,
sportsinfrastructure,supportinginstitutionalinfrastructure andmostimportantly,
skilledmanpowerinthesector.
InIndia,citiesandtownshipslikeGreaterNoidaSportsCity,MohaliSportsComplex
has emerged as a sports city. Now, New Raipur, almost 20 km from Raipur city is
developing as a new sports city by the Naya Raipur Development Authority in
easternpartofIndia.
Initial development of the sports city are to focus on infrastructure development,
specific to sports, recreation and connectivity to national level urban centres and
alsointernational.Successofthecityliesintheinstitutionalbackingtoprovidefor
highly specialised skill development, research and development and application of
evolving technologies in the field. To overcome the challenge of huge investments,
sports tourism, is among the alternative sources to sustain sports cities. The
management of such cities/townships shall strategies these with hospitality,
commercials,recreationalandentertainmentvenuesandproportionofitslanduse
upto1520%tobededicatedforsuchuses73.
73
EvolvedfromGujaratIntegratedTownshipPolicy,2008.
190
CaseStudy:NayaRaipurSportsCity
Totalarea: Proposeddevelopment is on130 acres, with itsprime use divided into recreational
andresidentialzoneasmentionedintheMasterPlanofNayaRaipur,2031.
Land use & Infrastructure: The project is conceived as an integrated development featuring
residential and commercial real estate components of the Greenfield capital city, complemented
byvarioussportsfacilitiesofinternationalstandards.Coreactivitiesofthetwoareasisproposed
to be well segregated, however, the supporting infrastructure and amenities to facilitate all the
prerequisitesforluxurylifestyleandawellequippedbaseforsportsrequirementsareintegrated.
Inclusiveplanning: As per the stipulations of NRDA, 10% of the total housing units need to be
developed as LIG and 15% of the total number of housing units need to be developed as EWS
housing.
Residential Zone: The core concept of this component is to be an integrated neighbourhood
development with easy access to social amenities and facilities like healthcare, education,
shopping,leisureandentertainment,sports.
Sports Zone: It is the prime focus area for development of sports city for providing sports
complexfororganisinggames,trainingcentre,practicevenueandcompetitionbasedenvironment
of sports at both national and international level. The sports zone would offer a wide range of
indoorandoutdoorsportsfacilities,mainlycomprisinganaquaticcentreandindoorstadiumtobe
development components. Sports centre, accommodation facilities for players along with other
support infrastructure such as food courts, restaurants, and open spaces form optional sports
components.
Otherfacilitieswouldbeparkingspace,publicutilitiesandamenities,hospitalandprimaryhealth
centreandshoppingcentreforlocalresidents.
Themajorplanningaspectsofthesportscityaredevelopmentofsportscomplexes,
training centres, medical facilities, good connectivity, residential and commercial
zones.Thefollowingsupportinginfrastructureshouldbeconsideredforsportcity:
Goodconnectivitywiththeexistingcitiesbyroadandrailfacilities.
Provisions for all basic infrastructures like water supply, storm water drainage and sewerage,
andiflocationallows,integratewiththeparentcity,inordertodrawbenefitsfromthecommon
infrastructure.
Share of open spaces and recreational land use to be significantly high and hence provision of
waterharvestingsystemforavailablelargeopenspacesinthesportscitytobemandatory.
Alternativeusesoftheopenspacetogeneraterevenueduringleanperiod.
To regulate the development activity of sports city an integrated institutional development is
requiredwithlocalbodiesandthesportsauthority.
To promote Sports Tourism, Sports City to boast major entertainment venues, community
centres,hotelsandalltherelatedamenitiesexpected
191
It should be noted that the projections and allocation of infrastructure provisions
and space standards of a Sports city are different. Such as the per capita water
supply requirement should be planned for higher amount compared to the other
cities. Since it is a City within City, the building regulations in the development
planfortheseareastobeindividuallyprepared.Thelargelandrequirementinthese
citiesmustbecompensatedbysustainabledevelopmentandgreeninfrastructure.
GovernmentofIndia(GoI)hastakenintoconsideration,theimportanceofsportsin
daytodaylifeandhavemadepoliciesfordevelopmentofsportsatthelevelofGram
Panchayat,UrbanLocalBodyandschools.InitiativestakenbytheGoIareasfollows:
The National Sports Policy, 2001 of Government of India, ensures the provision of land and
development of sports for the educational institutions, Schools and Colleges in bothruraland
urban areas, where existing play fields and stadium, both in rural and urban areas, will be
maintained for sports purposes. The introduction of suitable legislation may be considered for
providing open areas to promote sports activities. Steps would be taken to evolve low cost
functional and environmentfriendly designs in this regard, so that maximum benefits could be
derivedthroughrelativelylowlevelsofinvestment.
The revised Twenty Point Programme, 2006 of Ministry of Youth Affairs & Sports provide for
substantially enhanced public investments as a fundamental requirement for the timebound
establishment of basic but extensive sports infrastructure along with trained supervisors and
organized sports management arrangements. This will include trained supervisors, inallrural
Panchayats and urban neighbourhoods throughout the country, leading to the
establishment of a National Sports Infrastructure Grid extending from the community
levelinPanchayatsandMunicipalitiestoBlock,District,State,MetropolitanandNational
levels,backedbysportsmedicineandsportssciences.
Apartfrom Sportscity,the Comprehensive Sports Policy, 2007 of Ministry of Youth Affairs and
SportsurgesStateGovernmentsandLocalGovernmentstoengagephysicalinstructorsinschools
and make available at least 1acreoflandforaprimaryschooland2.5acresoflandforan
upper primary school for use as playgrounds. In addition, it is also introducing and thus,
implementing major programme in urban areas, to financially support the Nagarpalikas and
otherUrbanLocalInstitutionstoprovidebasicsafeplacestoplayinpoorerareasinconvergence
with the Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission. The Nagarpalikas will need to
providetheminimumprescribedextentoflandonarealisticbasis.Forthis,financialassistance
fromGoIshouldbeusedasseedmoneytoraiseothercontributionsfromthepublicandprivate
entitiesforthecreationofthebasicsportsinfrastructure.
5.5.10. DevelopmentbythePrivateSector
Multiple urban planning approaches that are available today pave way for the
development of planned settlements in greenfield and brownfield sites. The
information provided in this chapter about different cities and townships, state
policiesanddevelopmentapproachescanberealisedonthegroundofStatebacking.
Easy adoption of these opportunities by developers for developing planned and
better cities is possible once State Governments legislate and bring out township
policies.
192
5.6.
SpecialAreaPlanning(cantonmentarea,restrictedareaetc.)
5.6.1. CantonmentArea
Cantonmentareaisaplaceorplacesalongwithboundariesinwhichanypartofthe
ArmedForcesisquarteredinaregionamidstcivilpopulation.Theoverallmunicipal
administration of the notified cantonments is the function of the Cantonment
Boardswhicharelocalbodiescomprisingdemocraticallyelectedrepresentativesof
theresidentsoftheCantonmentaswellasofficialmembersona50:50basis.
AsperTheCantonmentsAct,2006,theCentralGovernmentmay,bynotificationin
theOfficialGazette,declareanyplaceorplacesalongwithboundariesinwhichany
part of theForces is quartered or which, being in the vicinity of any such place or
places, is or are required for the service of such forces to be a cantonment for the
purposesofthisActandofallotherenactmentsforthetimebeinginforce,andmay,
by a like notification, declare that any cantonment shall cease to be a cantonment.
Also,section10(2)74statesthat,EveryBoardshallbedeemedtobeamunicipality
underclauseofarticle243PoftheConstitutionforthepurposesof
a.
b.
Receivinggrantsandallocations;or
ImplementingtheCentralGovernmentschemesofsocialwelfare,publichealth,hygiene,safety,
watersupply,sanitation,urbanrenewalandeducation.
Thus,theCantonmentBoardprovidesmunicipalservices,communityfacilitiesand
civic utilities including Water Supply, Sanitation, Streetlighting, roads, medical,
educational, and recreational facilities. The Board also strives, as per the National
Policy, for the environmental upgradation by planting trees, bushes, decorative
plants,etc.Thecantonmentboardalsoactasamunicipalityfortaxationpurposes75.
The structure of Cantonment Boards is being maintained keeping in view the fact
that the Cantonment areas were and are primarily meant to accommodate the
military population and their installations. The Cantonment is an area, which
comprise of both military and civil population. Thus, it needs to be covered under
theguidelinesofareadevelopmentplan,sothatthecivicservicescanbeintegrated
forthebenefitoftheultimateuser.
5.6.1.1. CategorisesofCantonments
AspertheCantonmentsAct,2006,thecantonmentsarecategorisedintofourtypes
based on the population residing within the cantonment limit. The categories are
mentionedintablebelow.
74
TheCantonmentsAct,2006.
75
Section10875,statesthat,ABoardshallbedeemedtobeamunicipalcommitteeforthepurposesoftaxationasperthe
MunicipalTaxationAct,1881(11of1881).
193
Table5.12: CantonmentCategories
Sr.No.
CantonmentCategories
PopulationLimit
CategoryI
Morethan50,000
ii
CategoryII
10,00150,000
iii
CategoryIII
2,50110,000
iv
CategoryIV
Upto2,500
5.6.1.2. LandUseinCantonment
Land in cantonments is classified under the following major categories for the
purposeofdevelopment:
ClassA:Reservedforspecificmilitarypurposeandismanagedbymilitaryauthorities.
Class B: Reserved for military administration for central government departments, railways;
stategovernmentandagriculturalland;usedbyprivatepersonsonlease;Vacantland,managed
bythedefenceestateofficer.
ClassC:Occupiedorusedformunicipalpurposessuchasmarkets,roads,ranges,gardens,etc.it
ismanagedbythecantonmentboard.
Case Study of Cantonment areas

1. Delhi Cantonment Area
Delhi Cantonment Area is spread over an area of 42.97sq.km and municipal administration is
provided by the Delhi Cantonment Board (DCB), which works under the administrative control of
theCentralGovernment(MinistryofDefence).
RoleinInfrastructure:TheBoard(DCB)isresponsibleforsolidwastemanagement,drainageand
sewerage, street cleaning of the Delhi Cantonment area. While bulk water is supplied by Delhi Jal
Board,whichis100%,metered,waterisbeingmeteredinthedistributionsideatthepumphouses
forbulkconsumersbutnotatindividualhouses.TheDelhiJal Boardreceivesinbulkallsewerage
fromDelhiCantonmentBoardfortreatmentanddisposal.
Landfeatures:DCBregulatesdevelopmentintheCantonmentArea,locatedbetweentheairportand
the NDMC area, within which features such as the Cantonment low density bungalow layout with
extensive gardens, heritage buildings associated with the Armed Forces, and components such as
GopinathBazaarandSt.MartinsGarrisonchurchareconsideredtobeofsignificance.Somelocations
in the Cantonment Area have been proposed as a Conservation Area by INTACH in the 2000 List.
However,totalnumberofJhuggieshasbeenincreasedfrom1570 in1990to1700in1994inDelhi
CantonmentBoardarea.
(Source:CDPDelhi,Dept.ofUrbanDevelopment,Govt.ofDelhi
(http://jnnurm.nic.in/wpcontent/uploads/2010/12/CDP_Delhi.pdf)
2. PuneCantonmentBoard(PCB)
ThePuneCantonmentBoard(PCB)isconsideringlevyingtheLocalBodyTax(LBT)infuture,only
afterthePuneMunicipalCorporationabolishesoctroi.Theyhavealsostudiedtheimplementationof
LBTinAurangabadandhavefoundthereisahikeintheirrevenueandtheybelieveLBTisfarmore
feasible than octroi. Specific rule under Cantonments Act states that if the State abolishes a
particulartax,theCantonmentBoardsituatedinthatStatecannotlevythatparticulartax,limiting
PCBtoimposeit.
194
5.6.1.3. Associatedissues
Some major and minor issues associated with Cantonment areas and their
developmentsare:
Cantonments were always considered as highsecurity areas. The Cantonment Land
AdministrationRulespermittedleaseoptionforcivilianpopulation,whoinitiallysettledwithin
thelimitofCantonmentforthepurposeofresidentialandcommercialactivity.Thesesettlements
aresupportsystemssuchasforcommercialactivities,manpowersupportasformalorinformal
andtofulfilsomeoftheinstitutionalrequirements.Withinthecantonmentareas,militarybased
development and civilian based development takes place. But the management of this
development faces the similar issues as those by the ULBs and development authorities. They
are:
Lack of sufficient funding due to dependency on the Central and State government policies and
permittedorabolishedfinancerevenues;
Lackofconsolidatedandappropriateplanningnormstoguidethedevelopmentofthecivilianareas;
The administration of Cantonments is a Union Subject, placed is List I of VII Schedule of the
Constitution.ThemunicipaladministrationofCantonmentsisregulatedundertheprovisionsof
the Cantonments Act, 2006. Cantonments cannot access development funds because the
Ministry of Defence and the army are in the nonplan sector. This isolation is the fundamental
reasonfor
Lackofintegrationwiththecityasawhole,due to paucity of funds and nonimplementation of
CentralandStateSponsoredSchemesistheCantonments.
However,aspertheCantonmentsAct,2006theBoardmayjoinwithanyotherlocalauthorityand
appointajointcommitteeforanypurposeinwhichtheyarejointlyinterested.
Inmostcases,cantonmentsdrawservicesfromthecitymunicipalityespeciallywaterandpower,this
creates a dependence on city municipality which needs to be planned carefully and with higher
standardsthanthatsetforthecity.
Therefore,fromtheplanningperspective,theintegrationofplanningbetweencantonmentareasand
theurbansettlementsaroundit,isweakorabsent.
Anotherimportantplanningissueisurbansprawl/outgrowths.Cantonmentareaswhichwere
originally located at a distance from the city are now within its limits or on its fringe which
creates planning problems related to security and planned urban development of the city. The
rapid urbanisation along urban settlements has engulfed the buffer zone between the two,
leadingto76:
Haphazard development in the surrounding areas of cantonment due to lack of Master Plan /
DevelopmentPlan,andlackoflandusespecifications,resultingintounplannedformalandinformal
commercialestablishments.
High waste generation in the surroundings of the Cantonment areas due to uncontrolled and
undevelopedopenspaces.SuchacaseisofAhmedabadCantonmentarea(duetountreateddisposal
methodsandlackofproperwastemanagementsystem).
IllegaloccupancyondefencelandduetouncertainGeneralLandRecords(GLR).Casesofoccupants
questioning the preparation of GLR particularly in the case of Secunderabad Cantonment have
arrived.
5.6.1.4. PlanningStrategies
The Cantonment Board has to execute a variety of duties and functions with the
limited availability of funds. The board is responsible to make provisions for
physical as well as social infrastructure. Construction, conservation and
76
TheTimesofIndia
195
maintenance of public service infrastructure, historical monuments, public places,
etc.arealsounderthepurviewoftheboard.
Inthegivencircumstances,wherethedutiesandfunctionsofthecantonmentboard
and the municipality are similar, the integrated planning efforts shall address the
associatedissuesofthecantonmentareaplanning
Strategy 1: To control the overall area, in absence of land use specifications, which results into
shopping and commercial establishments in Cantonment residential areas calls for the need for
preparation of Development Plans/ Master Plan. Here, efforts shall be made by the Cantonment
Board or by Joint Committee for formulation of a detailed Development plan. The norms and
standardsgiven in this Guideline may be adopted with modifications for planning (specifically) the
civilianareasofthecantonment.Somespecificplanningaspectstoinclude:
a.
Publicutilitiessuchaswatersupply,sewagesystemsandtreatmentplants,telecommunication,
transportation networks and modes, power etc. can be integrated for ULBs and Cantonment
BoardforaneffectiveoutputbythepowersvestedintheJointCommittee.
b.
Socialinfrastructuresuchasstadiumandsportscomplex,workingwomenhostelcanbebuilt
within the Cantonment area for civilians. Recreational facilities shall be integrated with the
cantonmentareas.
c.
Commercial space development with proper guidelines will result in increment of the land
value,whichwillbebeneficialforCantonmentBoard.
d.
Integrationoftheexternalinfrastructurewiththecitylevelinfrastructurefacilities.
e.
More importantly, cantonment boards should make provision to include all sprawls or
outgrowthswithintheirjurisdictionareasforcontrol(building)andlandusemanagements77.
Strategy278:AnotherapproachforplanningexerciseisbyJNNURMscheme,whereComprehensive
Development Plan and Comprehensive Mobility Plan shall be prepared by the Local authorities in
consultation with Cantonment Board and approved by Ministry of Defence for raising the funds
under the scheme. As per norms, a city development plan projecting future development of roads,
water,sewerageandstormwaterdrainsandanindentofexistinglanduseandafuturelanduseplan
is mandatory to obtain grants under all Central scheme such as Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban
RenewalMission(JnNURM),RajivAwasYojana(RAY)andotherCentralgovernmentschemes.
Thisapproachofplanningthecantonmentistoensure:
Integrationintermsofconnectivityaswellasmassrapidtransportationsystem,
Suitablychosenlocationsofcitylevelinfrastructureforcantonmentandcivilians
Wellplannedeconomic/commercialbaseinthecantonmentarea,
Givingcityadirectiontoitsfuturegrowthtowardsorawayfromcantonmentasstrategized.
Another advantage is that the natural systems management such as rivers and flood control
measurescanbeclubbedforboththeCantonmentareasandCityarea,whichwillminimisethe
losses,as,witnessedforAmbalaCantonment.
City zonal plans on areas adjacent to cantonment board area should be finalised by the
Competent City Authority (Municipalities/ Development Authority) in consultation with
CantonmentBoardAdministration.
Control on the surrounding or immediate zonal plans to cater to the requirements of the
cantonmentarea.
77
IncaseofrequirementbufferzonesarecreatedforspecificdefencelandpocketsunderWorksofDefenceAct,1903.
78
Ministry of Urban Development (MoUD) had introduced JnNURM in selected 76 cities of the country to provide funds on
Central/ State/ Local Body sharing basis to develop basic infrastructure of the cities keeping in view the modern day
requirementsofurbangovernance.Amongthesecities,thereare28CantonmentswhicharecolocatedwithintheseMission
citiesinthefirstphaseofJnNURM.However,theissueofsharingfundswithcantonmentboardsisstillunderconsideration
ofGovernmentofIndia.
196
Case Study for CDP preparation in Cantonment area

The Khadki Cantonment Board (KCB), Pune is preparing City Development Plan (CDP) to
strengthenurbaninfrastructureandintegrateitwiththatofthePuneMunicipalCorporationwith
focusontrafficmanagementforbetterconnectivity,improvementinwatersupply,bettergarbage
disposal system, developing sewerage system in bungalow areas and implementing projects in
slumareas.TheconceptarisestogetmorefundsfromthestateandUniongovernmentsunderthe
JnNURMascantonmentboardislookingformorefunds.Thefirststepforgettingthefundsisto
prepare a CDP, which has to be approved by the state government and sent to the Union
governmentforfinalapproval
(Source:TheTimesofIndia.)
RevenuegenerationforImplementationoftheplan:
TheCantonmentBoardgeneratesrevenuethroughmeagreoctroi,taxesandotherfees,asexplained
in above sections. There are alternatives to increase this revenue. Cantonment area should
incorporateshoppingplaza/complex,whichwillencouragetheshopkeeperstopaymorerenttothe
board.Theboardcanalsoorganiseweeklymarkets,whichwillalsoencouragehighershoprents79.
Proper planning strategy as recommended above shall ease the establishment of paid parking,
theatres, cinemas, community hall, stadiums, gymnasia etc. that will also generate revenue. As per
TheCantonmentAct,2006,theseestablishmentsaretheresponsibilitiesofCantonmentBoard.
5.6.1.5. Recommendations
As per the Study of the National Commission to Review the Working of the
Constitution, recommendation on Empowering and Strengthening Local Self
GovernmentinCantonmentssuggestthefollowingreforms:
1. As Cantonments come within the legislative competence of the GoI under Article 246 read
withentry3ofListIoftheSeventhSchedule,thesolutionappearstobringtheCantonments
under the administrative control of the Ministry which has something to do with the local
selfgovernmentandcanaccessplanfinanceanddevelopmentalgrantsandloans.Itmaybe
worthwhile considering that the Ministry of Urban Development and Poverty Alleviation as
the most suitable Ministry for Cantonments. The Cantonments could be brought under the
MinistryofUrbanDevelopmentandPovertyAlleviation(nowMoUD)forplanningandbudget
purposesandthemechanismmaybeworkedoutasinthecaseof borderroadsandcoastal
guards which are not under the administrative control of Ministry of Defence but still
functionintheinterestofDefenceforceswiththeMinistryofDefenceandarmyhavingtheir
say.
2. The Cantonments may also be brought under the Part IXA of the Constitution so that they
cantaketheadvantageofthebenefitsofdistrictplanning,metropolitanplanning,thefinance
commission,assignmentoftaxes,duties,tollsandgrantsandaidsfromtheStateGovernment,
prepareplansforeconomicdevelopmentandsocialjustice,etc.
3. Structural constraints prevent the Cantonment Boards to access plan finance and
development funds available for municipal necessities merely because the Cantonments
comeundertheMinistryofDefence,anonplanarea.
79
TheDeolaliCantonmentBoard(DCB),TheTimesofIndia.
197
198
OneoftheearlydefinitionsofsustainabledevelopmentwasprovidedbyBrundtland
Commission (1987) as: development that meets the needs of the present without
compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs80. The
Commissions report also states that in essence, sustainable development is a
process of change in which the exploitation of resources, the direction of
investments,theorientationoftechnologicaldevelopment;andinstitutionalchanges
are all in harmony and enhance both current and future potential to meet human
needs and aspirations. Applied to the context of planning and development, the
mostfundamentalelementofsustainabilityistheutilizationofnaturalresourcesin
acityregionmostefficiently,mostequitablyacrosssectionsofsocietyandinsucha
manner that the resources are conserved and renewed for future generations to
meet their needs and aspirations. Integrating sustainability principles in planning
processanddevelopmentintodaysscenariohasbeenexplainedinthischapter.
6.1.
SustainableDevelopment
6.1.1. SustainablePlanning
Sustainablehabitatdevelopmentmeansachievingabalancebetweentheeconomic
and social development of human habitat together with the protection of
environment,equityinemployment,shelter,basicservices,socialinfrastructureand
transportation.Someoftheseparameters,whichcanbeconsideredinPlanningand
Development,are:
1. RegionalPlanning:Regionaldevelopmenttocontrolmushroomingunplannedandunorganized
growthoutsideMasterPlans/DevelopmentPlansalongwithintegrationoflanduseandtransport
resultinginsustainabledevelopment.
2. Compact city/ High Density Development: The National Mission on Sustainable Habitat81
(NMSH) recommends Low Rise and Higher Density Development to improve overall energy
efficiency of the area; such forms are less expensive and reduce pressure on travel demand.
ThereforeforplanningforhighdensitydevelopmentandforincreaseinFARinexistingbuiltup
area, rationality for the increase in FAR should be worked out apart from carrying capacity
analysisforthearea.
3. Redevelopment/redensification: Approaches shall be developed for Redevelopment / re
densification of existing urban habitat. Mixed land use, integrated and shared social space and
multiple transport options can be considered and implemented to reduce trip generation and
createefficienttransportsystem.
4. OpenSpaces:Emphasisshouldbegivenonvegetation/GreenBeltinurbanareastoreduceheat
islandeffects.
80
WorldCommissiononEnvironmentandDevelopments(TheBrundtlandCommission)ReportOurCommonFuture(Oxford:
OxfordUniversityPress,1987).
81
NationalMissiononSustainableHabitat,MoUD.
199
Apart from the key parameters, the National Mission on Sustainable Habitat has
identifiedthecomponents,whichhavemajorroletoplayinbringingenvironmental
sustainability.Thesebasicnormsaredetailedoutbelow:
6.1.2. EnergyEfficiency
The Generic Energy Efficiency Guidelines are given below. These guidelines are
applicable for various categories of the building irrespective of their climate
location.
NonConventional/RenewalEnergy:AsperNMSH82,forresidentialbuildings15%ofthetotal
externallightingloadshouldbemetthroughrenewableenergyandforcommercial/institutional
/industrial/mixedusebuildings,5%ofthetotallightingloadshouldbemetthroughrenewable
energysources(solar,wind,biomass,fuelcellsandsoon).Also,thereshouldbedevelopmentof
city level Energy Efficiency (EE) and Renewal Energy (RE) policy actions for e.g. Nagpur and
BhubaneswarhavedevelopedandadoptedcitylevelEEandRE.
EnergyEfficientDesign: Efficient development control regulations and building byelaws from

thepointofviewofenergyefficientdesignshouldbeconsidered.TheGovernmentofIndiahas
developed the Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC), which provides minimum energy
performance standards for energy efficient buildings, which can to be referred while designing
private and public buildings. The ECBC is currently a voluntary programme, with a number of
Statesadoptingitasamandatoryrequirement.
BuildingPerformanceCertificationandRatingSystem:AftertheintroductionofECBC,MoEF
suggested ECBC compliance while undertaking EIA for all building and construction projects
fallingundertheirpurview.ApartfromEIA,in2008,theMinistryofNewandRenewableEnergy,
theGovernmentofIndiahavelaunchedGreenRatingforIntegratedHabitatAssessment(GRIHA).
GRIHAratingstandardshavebeenincorporatedtheprovisionsoftheNBC2005,ECBC,andother
IndianStandardcodes.
Similar to the Leadership in Energy & Environmental Design (LEED) rating system
(practicedglobally),theLEEDIndiapromotesawholebuildingapproachtosustainabilityby
addressing performance in the following five areas: (1) sustainable site development, (2)
water savings, (3) energy efficiency, (4) materials selection and (5) indoor environmental
quality.ItalsomeetsthespecificationsofECBC2007,NBC2005,MoEFGuidelines,andCPCB
norms.
6.1.3. UrbanTransport
Transit Orient Development (TOD): Provision for TOD in cities should be considered, as it
encourageshighdensityandmixedusedevelopment,overallreducingthetraveldemandandin
turnreducingthecarbonfootprints.ThedetailsonTODareelaboratedinPhysicalInfrastructure
section.
Strengthening of Public Transport System: It can be done through a Combination of

Promotional, Regulatory and Fiscal Measures adopting green transport models. Report of the
SubCommitteeonUrbanTransport(NMSH)canbereferredforstrengtheningPublicTransport.
82
ReportofthesubcommitteefordevelopmentofNMSHparametersforenergyefficiencyinResidentialandCommercial
Buildings.
200
Reducing Fuel Consumption per passenger: Significant GHG mitigation can be achieved
through modal shift by providing all arterial roads more than 25 m Right of Way to have
minimumof2.5mpedestrianpath(withtrees)andproperstreetfurnitureand2.5mbicyclepath
preferably in each direction as a mandatory measure. Where it is not possible to provide a
dedicatedcyclepathbecauseofrightofwaybeingnarrow,trafficcalmingmeasurestoreducethe
speedoftrafficto30kmphneedtobeadopted.
Figure6.1: SchematiccrosssectionofArterialRoads
Source:
CodeofPracticePart1,MoUD
RoadPassengerwithUrbanTransportsystems: Longdistance passenger travel needs to be

closelyintegratedintotheurbanenvironment,facilitatingfasttravellerfriendlymasstransport
accesstowelllocatedterminalsandairports.Carefullyplannedhighwaysystemimprovements
are required to reduce travel times for goods and passengers while improving road safety,
congestion,fuelconsumptionandemissions.
NonMotorised Transport (NMT) and Intelligent Transport System (ITS): NMT and ITS
should be encouraged. Provision of NMT is described in Physical Infrastructure section of this
guideline, which aims to reduce carbon footprint. Moreover, ITS should be implemented for
demand management and efficient implementation/enforcement of Public Transport. Provision
of Mixeduse along the streets to ensure public safety and attractiveness for pedestrians and
cyclistsandhenceaccommodatelargenumbersofpedestriansandstreetvendors.
NonConventional source of Energy: Changing to fuels that have a lower carbon footprint in
sufficient quantities would have a major impact on GHG emissions from urban transport. Also
alternativefuelbaseincitiestobepromotedtoreducedependency.Toachieveagoodqualityof
publicspace,treesneedtobeplantedtopreventHeatislandeffects.
Accessibility:Accessibilityofpublictransporttobeimprovedinordertoreducetraveldistance.
Table6.1: AccessibilityofPublicTransportatNeighbourhoodLevel
S.No.
Transportinfrastructure
DistancefromNeighbourhood
RailStationincludingmetros,monorail,lightrail
800metersor5minuteswalkingdistance
Busstops
400meters
IntermediatePublicTransport
400meters
Source:LEEDforIndia,2011,IGBC2011.
6.1.4. UrbanInfrastructure
Zero Waste and Waste Recycling: The urban waste should be recognised with a significant
proportionoforganicconstituents,whichhasemergedasaresourceforenergygenerationinan
environmentallysustainablemanner.Energyintheformofbiogas,heatorpowershouldbeseen
asabonus,whichimprovestheviabilityofsuchprojects.
Biomethanation,refusederivedfuelandincinerationarethemostcommontechnologies,
Pyrolysisandgasificationarealsoemergingaspreferredoptions,
201
Incaseofexistinglandfills,bioremediationofwasteisrecommendedwithaviewtoreclaimtheland
andconvertorganicwasteintousefulproducts,whichwillresultinreductionoreliminationofGHG
emission.
GHG mitigation measures for wastewater: GHG mitigation measures includes collection,
conveyance and treatment of wastewater, reuse and recycling of treated effluent and gas
recovery from sludge as well as use of treated wastewater for artificial recharge of aquifers to
improvethegroundwaterpotential.
DecentralisedWastewaterManagementDecentralizedwastewatermanagementsystemsfor
community, housing complexes, and commercial buildings to be introduced for efficient
wastewatermanagement.Institutionalcapacityofall(ULBs)shouldbestrengthenedforeffective
implementationandO&Mofseweragesystem.
Low Water use and Ecological Sanitation It should be ensured that systems for the
management of human excreta incorporate conservation principles. Lowwater use toilets (35
litre) and ecological sanitation approaches (including ecological toilets), where nutrients are
safelyrecycledintoagriculturalmanualcanbepromoted.
RecoveryofEnergy The major benefits of recovery of energy from urban wastes is to bring
aboutreductioninthequantityofwasteby60percentto90percent;reductionindemandfor
land as well as cost for transportation of wastes to faraway landfill sites; and net reduction in
environmentalpollutionbesidesgenerationofsubstantialquantityofenergy.
Reducing need for pumping It would reduce the demand for energy, reduction of Non
Revenue Water (NRW), energy audit of all the water utilities, rationalization of water tariff to
reduce wasteful use of water, minimization of leakages, metering of all water taps and water
audit,etc.
6.2.
ClimateChangeMitigationandAdaptation
Climate change and its recent trends have a direct impact on all types of the
development.NumerousagenciesincludingNationalandInternationalagenciesare
carrying out studies and are supporting cities to develop, adopt and implement
sustainable and climate safe practices as per the National Action Plan on Climate
Change,GovernmentofIndia.
The International Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) Working GroupIIs most recent
report (2013) paints a grim picture for India. Focus of the report is on food and
watersupplyandtheurgentneedforourcitiestoberesilient.Consideringthis,the
Regional Plans and Development Plans must incorporate the possible impact of
climatechangeondevelopment.Thefocusshouldbeonwatersecurity,useofheat
repealingmaterialsinconstructionandminimisingconcretesurfaces.Aspectssuch
as urban agriculture, vertical farming, water harvesting and preservation of all
environmentallyfragileecosystemsincludingwater,landscapes etceterashouldbe
incorporated. Specific actions should be included to address, among the other
mentioned components. It may be desirable to develop appropriate policies and
bring about effective legal and administrative control systems to deal with the
problem.
202
CityLevelActionPlans,fore.g.KanpurandMeeruthavealreadyinitiatedtheeffort,
which is supported by WWF. Green building is also one of the approaches for
effectively reducing impact of climate change. It is combination of all the best
practiseprinciple.AbriefonGreenBuildingisgiveninsubsectionbelow.
6.2.1. GreenBuilding
Green building concept recognises sustainable development by effective
performanceinthefollowingkeyareas:
1. Sustainablesitedevelopment:thesustainablesitedevelopmentshallincludethefollowing:
a.
Efficientlanduse
b.
Habitatpreservationandrestoration
c.
Efficienttransportationmanagement
d.
Efficientuseoflocallyavailablematerialsandresources
2. WaterEfficiency:Itshallencourageuseofwaterinaselfsustainablemannerthroughreducing,
recycling and reusing strategies. The methods of rainwater harvesting can be integrated to
reduceloadofwaterrequirementontheurbanwatersupplysystem.
3. Energy Efficiency: It shall reduce energy consumption of infrastructural equipment through
energy efficient street lighting, motor pumps etc. On site power generation using various
renewable energy technologies and other clean fuels can also be integrated in the planning
system.
4. WasteManagement:Itshallencourageeffectivewastemanagementstrategiesbyfacilitatingthe
segregatingofwasteatsourceandpromotingreuseofproductsandmaterials.
5. IndoorEnvironmentQuality:For development of green buildings, the norms as suggested by
Ministry of Environment and Forest and various bodies such as LEED, GRIHA or IGBC may be
applicabledependingupontherequirements.
6.2.2. Climate Proofing Guwahati, Assam: City Resilience

StrategyandMainstreamingPlan
Housing and urban planning, urban infrastructure and services, informal
settlements and slums, poverty and livelihood, ecosystems and landuse and
emergency response capacity are the key sectors which are considered to
understand the present and future vulnerability of the city in context of climate
changeimpacts.
203
Table6.2DisasterManagementstrategiesfordifferentsectors
Parameters
Strategy
Housing
Guidelinesforconstructionofbuildingsonslopes
StructuralstabilityofbuildingsinhillsandfortheentireGMA
Soilerosionandsedimentationcontrolforconstructioninnonhillareas
Ecologicallysensitiveurban
planning
Demarcateecosensitiveareasinthecityaslow/nobuiltupareas
Urbaninfrastructureand
services
Augmentthepipedwatersupplynetworkinthecity
Bringinprinciplesofclimateresilienturbandevelopmentbasedonenvironmental
parameterslikeconservationofnaturalecosystems,naturaldrainagepatterns
Augmentthewatertreatmentcapacityofthecity
WaterConservationandRainwaterharvesting
Developmentofaseweragesystem
Monitoringwaterqualityatdisposalpoints
Integratednaturaldrainageplanforthecity
Prepareandimplementastormwaterdrainageplan
DisasterResilience
Preventivehealthmeasures
Publichealthmanagementandsurveillancesystem
Emergencymedicalresponse
Source:
ClimateProofingGuwahati,AssamCityresiliencestrategyandMainstreamingPlan,SynthesisReport,TERI,2013
Based on sectorial analysis, recommendations have been provided for each sector,
which was focused on ecologically sensitive urban planning, management and
conservationofnaturalresourcesandefficientandecofriendlyurbaninfrastructure
andservices.
Figure6.2: ComponentsofGuwahatiClimateResilienceStrategy
Source:
6.3.
ClimateProofingGuwahati,AssamCityresiliencestrategyandMainstreamingPlan,SynthesisReport,TERI,2013.
CityBioDiversityIndex
CityBiodiversityIndex(CBI)isadynamicprocess,beingpreparedfordepictingthe
urban biodiversity status. This helps in evaluation, planning, improving and
reviewingthecityconditionsinbiodiversityperspective.TheUNEPandUNHabitat
204
statesthatcitiesoccupy2%oftheEarthssurface,theirinhabitantsuse75percent
oftheplanetsnaturalresources.
Recognising the importance of biodiversity and healthy ecosystems for their
survival, cities should undertake initiatives to utilize and conserve their
surroundings efficiently. These actions can reach far beyond the boundariesof the
city, affecting biodiversity on a global scale. At the City level, Highresolution
satelliteimagesmaybeusedforidentifyingBiodiversityareas.
As adopted by Greater Hyderabad City for formulating Greater Hyderabad
BiodiversityIndex,thecitybiodiversityindexsystemhas92scoresystemwith23
indicators.TheseindicatorsaregiveninAppendixEofVolumeIIB.
International convention (Convention on Biological Diversity) and national
policies/plans (National Biodiversity Action Plan (NBAP), 2008) and documents
haveidentifiedInvasiveAlienSpeciesasthreattobiodiversity83.The12thFiveYear
Plan (20122017) has emphasised the need for a national invasive species
monitoring system to track the introduction and spread of invasive species and
advised that such a system should be linked to the State Forest Departments, and
field staff should be trained to collect information on invasive species. Invasive
species identification should not be limited to invasion in forests it should also
include invasion in aquatic and marine ecosystems, grasslands, wetlands and so
on84.Itissuggestedthatwhileimplementingaplanorprojectanddevelopinggreen
areasorgreenbuffers,localspeciesbeusedandtheStateForestDepartmentstobe
madestakeholdersinsuchprojects.
6.4.
EnvironmentPoliciesandStatutoryObligation
Key environmental policies and obligations to be observed while planning are

enlistedanddetailedinthissection,forreference.However,thelatestandupdated
versionsshallbereferredfromrespectivesourcesduringplanningandcompliance.
6.4.1. NationalEnvironmentalPolicy(NEP),2006
The NEP, 2006 encompasses an integrated approach to reduce the impact on
environment degradation on human life by taking proactive measures at various
fronts. These include regulatory reforms, process related reforms, substantive
reforms, enhancing and conserving environmental resources, prevention of land
degradation, desert ecosystem, and also various other factors that influences the
environment. The policy primarily focuses on ensuring that people who are
dependent on natural resources for securing their livelihoods from the act of
degradation should realize that a greater purpose will be served from the
83
IndiasFifthNationalReporttotheConventiononBiologicalDiversity,2014
84
TwelfthFiveYearPlan(201217),VolumeI
205
conservation of resources which includes land, desert ecosystem, water, wildlife,
forests,wetlandsetc.
The National Environment Policy (NEP, 2004) is a response to our National
Commitmenttoacleanenvironment,mandatedintheConstitutioninArticles48A
and51A(g),strengthenedbyjudicialinterpretationofArticle21.TheNEP,2004
has been motivated by the above considerations and is intended to mainstream
environmentalconcernsinalldevelopmentactivities.
6.4.1.1. Reformssuggestedthroughthepolicy
Thestatementsofpolicyobjectivesaretoberealizedbyconcreteactionsindifferent
areasrelatingtokeyenvironmentalchallenges.Thereforethekeyreformssuggested
throughthispolicy,whichimpactplanningdirectlyorindirectlyare:
EnvironmentalandForestclearance
Economicprinciplesforenvironmentaldecisionmakingbycostingtheresources
Coastalareas:developmentactivitiesinthecoastalareasare regulatedbymeansofthecoastal
regulationzonenotification.
Environmentally sensitive zones: environmental sensitive zones may be defined as areas with
identified environmental resource with incomparable values which require special attention for
theirconservation.
Monitoring&enforcementofenvironmentalcompliance.
Use of economic principles in environmental decision making so that costs are associated with
thedegradationanddepletionofnaturalresources.
Enhancing and conserving environmental resources through production and consumption
practices with focus on regulatory and institutional reforms. Land degradation, forests and
wildlife,biodiversity,freshwaterresources;groundwaterandwetlandsarethethrustresources
ofconcern.
Pollutionabatement: ecosystems have some natural capacities to assimilate pollution; however
thesevaryconsiderablywiththenatureofthepollutantandtheecosystem.
Climatechangeissues
6.4.1.2. Strategicactionssuggested
Thereisrequirementofevolvingaflexiblepolicyframeworkwithabuiltinsystem
formonitoringandreview,andwherenecessary,revisethesameforfurtheruse.
206
Table6.3StrategicActionssuggested
Actions
Strategy
Environmentalstandards
Environmental Standards refer both to the acceptable levels of specified

environmental quality parameters at different categories of locations (ambient
standards),aswellaspermissiblelevelsofdischargesofspecifiedwastestreamsby
differentclassesofactivities(emissionstandards).
EnvironmentalManagement
Systems,Ecolabellingand
Certification
Environmental Management Systems (EMS), such as ISO 14000, by requiring the

adoption of standardized environmental management practices, documenting their
actual use, and third party verification of the fact may significantly ease the public
burdenofmonitoringandenforcementofprescribedemissionsstandards.
CleanTechnologiesand
Innovation
Cleantechnologies,asdistinctfromendofpipeabatementtechnologiesminimize
thegenerationofwastestreamsintheproductionprocessesthemselves,ratherthan
treatingthewasteaftergeneration.Ingeneral,cleantechnologiesarelessintensive
in use of raw materials and energy, than conventional technologies, which rely on
pollutionabatementaftergeneration.Forthisreason,theymayalsooffersignificant
costadvantagestotheproducer.
EnvironmentalAwareness,
Education,andInformation
Enhancingenvironmentalawarenessisessentialtoharmonizepatternsofindividual
behaviour with the requirements of environmental conservation. This would
minimize the demands placed on the monitoring and enforcement regimes; in fact,
largescale noncompliance would simply overwhelm any feasible regulatory
machinery.
Partnershipandstakeholder
involvement
ConservationoftheenvironmentrequirestheparticipationofmultipleStakeholders,
who may bring to bear their respective resources, competencies, and perspectives,
so that the outcomes of partnerships are superior to those of each acting alone.
Implementing and policy making agencies of the Government, at Central, State,
Municipal,andPanchayatlevels;thelegislaturesandjudiciary;thepublicandprivate
corporate sectors; financial institutions; industry associations; academic and
researchinstitutions;independentprofessionalsandexperts.
Source:
TheNationalEnvironmentPolicy(NEP,2004).
6.4.2. EIANotification,2006
To ensure that the economic growth and development in our country is in
conformity with regulations for environmental conservation, the Ministry of
Environment&Forests(MoEF)hasnotifiedtheEnvironmentalImpactAssessment
(EIA) Notification, 2006. The EIA Notification 2006 has notified 39 developmental
sectors,whichrequirepriorEC.
MoEF has prepared EIA guidelines on each sector as identified by EIA notification
2006, which elaborates the procedure and mandatory requirements of EIA with
respect to the sector. For e.g. Manual on norms and standards for environment
clearance of large construction projects has been issued by MoEF to assist
developers to measure and quantify environmental impacts of proposed
construction, and derive mitigation options to minimise impacts. The manual also
enablesevaluationofconstructionprojectsbytheexpertappraisalcommittee.The
proponentmayusemitigationoptions,otherthantheonesdescribedinthemanual,
tomitigateenvironmentalimpactsofrespectiveprojects.
6.4.3. EnvironmentProtectionAct,1986
TheEnvironmentProtectionAct,1986(EPA)hasnotifiedvariousrulesunderEPA
forprotectingtheenvironmentwhicharechronologicallymentionedbelow:
207
The Manufacture, Use, Import, Export and Storage of Hazardous MicroOrganism Genetically
EngineeredOrganismorCellsRules,1989
TheHazardousWastes(ManagementandHandling)Rules,1989
TheManufacture,StorageandImportofHazardousChemicalsRule,1989
SchemeofLabellingofEnvironmentFriendlyProducts(ECOMARK)
RestrictingcertainactivitiesinspecialSpecifiedareaofAravalliRange
TheChemicalAccidents(EmergencyPlanning,PreparednessandResponse)Rules,1996
TheBioMedicalWaste(ManagementandHandling)Rules,1998,asamendedtodate
TheRecycledPlasticsManufactureandUsageRules,1999
TheMunicipalSolidWastes(ManagementandHandling)Rules,2000
TheNoisePollution(RegulationandControl)Rules,2000
TheOzoneDepletingSubstances(Regulation)Rules,2000
TheBatteries(ManagementandHandling)Rules,2001
Along with the above rules as identified in EPA 1986, The Air (Prevention and
Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and the NoisePollution (Regulation and Control)
Rules, 2000 should also be referred to formulate norms and standards while
preparingdevelopmentplanforacity.Thevariousstatuaryobligationsfordifferent
clearancesarementionedintablebelow:
Table6.4StatutoryObligationsofEnvironmentClearances
TypeofClearances
Statutoryobligations
EnvironmentClearances
AsperEIAnotification,2006
ForestClearances
AsperForestConservationAct,1980
GEACClearances
RulesforManufacture,Use,Import,ExportandStorageofHazardous
Microorganisms/GeneticallyEngineeredOrganismsorCells1989,underEPA1986
Source:
MoEFandothersources.
6.4.4. ForestConservationAct,1980
Duetorisingrateofdeforestationandtheresultingenvironmentaldegradation,the
Central Government enacted the Forest (conservation) Act in 1980. The Act
prohibitsthedeletionofareservedforestorthediversionofforestlandforanynon
forestpurpose,andpreventsthecuttingoftreesinaforestwithoutpriorapprovalof
Centralgovernment.ThesalientfeaturesoftheActaregivenbelow:
ThisActhasfiveSections,whichdealwithconservationofforests.
TheActwasenactedwiththetwinobjectivesunderSection2ofrestrictingtheuseofforestland
for nonforest purposes, and preventing the dereservation of forests that have been reserved
undertheIndianForestAct,1927.However,in1988theActwasfurtheramendedtoincludetwo
new provisions under Section 2, where it sought to restrict leasing of forest land to private
individuals,authority,corporationsnotownedbytheGovernment,andtopreventclearfellingof
naturallygrowntrees.
TheActempowersCentralGovernmenttoconstituteacommitteetoadvisetheGovernmentwith
agrantofapprovalunderSection2,asalsoonanyothermatterconnectedwiththeconservation
offorestandreferredtoitbytheCentralGovernment.
TheActprovidesforpunishmentofoffendersfromtheGovernmentDepartments,includingHead
oftheDepartmentsandAuthorities.
208
6.4.5. Strategicplanfornewandrenewableenergysectorfor
the period 201117, Ministry of New and Renewable
Energy
Indiassubstantialandsustainedeconomicgrowthisplacingenormousdemandon
its energy resources. The demand and supply imbalance in energy sources is
pervasiverequiringseriouseffortsbyGoItoaugmentenergysupplies.Indiaimports
about 80% of its oil. There is a threat of its increasing further, creating serious
problemsforIndiasfutureenergysecurity.
The Vision of Ministry of New and Renewable Energy (MNRE) is to upscale and
mainstream the use of new and renewable energy sources in furtherance of the
national aim of energy security and energy independence, with attendant positive
impactonlocal,nationalandglobalenvironment.
6.4.5.1. Objectives
Thekeyobjectivesare:
To promote deployment of gridinteractive renewable power
generationprojects
Topromoterenewableenergyinitiativesfor:
Meetingenergy/lightingneedsinruralareas
Supplementingenergyneedsinurbanareas
Supplementing energy needs in industry and commercial
establishments,and
To promote research, design and development activities at
premier national institutions and industries on different
aspects of new and renewable energy technologies and help
developmentofnewproducts
ToencouragedevelopmentofaRobustManufacturingIndustry
inRenewableEnergySector
6.5.
Table6.5Thrustareasofsolar
thermalsector
Costreductionin:
Incubating
technologies
Industrial
processheat
systems
Development
ofsiliconand
othermaterials
Technology
improvement
forvariouslow
temperature
applications
Efficientsolar
cells
Solarcooling
Thinfilm
materials
Concentrating
PVtechnology
Source:
StrategicPlanfornewand
renewableenergysectorfor
theperiod201117
EnvironmentalGuidelines
6.5.1. EnvironmentalGuidelinesforIndustries
6.5.1.1. Areastobeavoided85
In siting industries, care should be taken to minimise the adverse impact of the
industries on the immediate neighbourhood as well as distant places. Some of the
naturallifesustainingsystemsandsomespecificlandusesaresensitivetoindustrial
impactsbecauseofthenatureandextentoffragility.Withaviewofprotectionsuch
anindustrialsiteshallmaintainthefollowingdistancesfromtheareaslisted:
85
http://moef.gov.in/citizen/specinfo/enguin.html
209
Table6.6DistanceofDifferentAreasfromIndustrialSite
S.No. Areas
Distance
Ecologicallyand/orotherwise
sensitiveareas
At least 25 km, depending on the geoclimatic conditions the requisite

distancehavetobeincreasedbytheappropriateagency.
Coastalareas
Atleast1/2kmfromHighTideLine.
FloodPlainoftheRiverineSystems
Atleast1/2kmfromfloodplainormodifiedfloodplainaffectedbydam
intheupstreamorbyfloodcontrolsystems.
Transport/CommunicationSystem
Atleast1/2kmfromhighwayandrailway.
Majorsettlements
Distance from settlements is difficult to maintain because of urban

sprawl. At the time of siting of the industry if any major settlement's
notified limit is within 50 km, the spatial direction of growth of the
settlementforatleastadecademustbeassessedandtheindustryshall
be sited at least 25 km from the projected growth boundary of the
settlement.
(3,00,000population)
Source:EnvironmentalGuidelinesforIndustries,MoEF.
6.5.1.2. Sitingcriteria86
Economic and social factors are recognized and assessed while siting an industry.
Environmental factors must be taken into consideration in industrial siting.
Proximity of water sources, highway, major settlements, markets for products and
rawmaterialresourcesisdesiredforeconomyofproduction,butalltheabovelisted
systems must be away for environmental protection. In such a selected site, the
followingfactorsmustberecognized:
Noforestlandshallbeconvertedintononforestactivityforthesustenanceoftheindustry(asper
theForestConservationAct,1980).
Noprimeagriculturallandshallbeconvertedintoindustrialsite.
Withintheacquiredsitetheindustrymustlocateitselfatthelowestlocationtoremainobscured
fromgeneralsight.
Land acquired shall be sufficiently large to provide space for appropriate treatment of
wastewaterstillleftfortreatmentaftermaximumpossiblereuseandrecycle.Reclaimed(treated)
wastewatershallbeusedtoraisegreenbeltandtocreatewaterbodyforaesthetics,recreation
andifpossible,foraquaculture.Thegreenbeltshallbe1/2kmwidearoundthebatterylimitof
theindustry.Forindustryhavingodourproblemitshallbeakilometrewide.
Thegreenbeltbetweentwoadjoininglargescaleindustriesshallbeonekilometre.
Enoughspaceshouldbeprovidedforstorageofsolidwastessothatthesecouldbeavailablefor
possiblereuse.
Layoutandformoftheindustrythatmaycomeupintheareamustconfirmwiththelandscapeof
theareawithoutaffectingthescenicfeaturesofthatplace.
Associated township of the industry must be created at a space having physiographic barrier
betweentheindustryandthetownship.
Eachindustryisrequiredtomaintainthreeambientairqualitymeasuringstationswithin120
degreeanglebetweenstations.
6.5.2. GuidelinesforRainWaterHarvesting
Rainwater harvesting is the technique of collection and storage of rainwater at
surfaceorinsubsurfaceaquifers,beforeitislostassurfacerunoff.Theaugmented
86
Ibid.
210
resourcecanbeharvestedinthetimeofneed.Artificialrechargetogroundwateris
aprocessbywhichthegroundwaterreservoirisaugmentedatrateexceedingthat
undernaturalconditionsofreplenishment.
The functioning of ground water recharge units, various methods and techniques
havealreadybeenelaboratedinInfrastructurePlanningsection.MinistryofWater
Resources,CentralGroundWaterBoard(CGWB)hasissuedtheManualonArtificial
Recharge of Ground Water87, which can be referred for development of such
projects.
6.5.3. GuidelinesforBufferZones
Bufferzonesareareascreatedaroundtheconservationarea,oftenperipheraltoit,
insideoroutsidetoenhanceitsprotection.WithinBufferzones,certainlegaland/or
customary restrictions are placed upon resource use and/or is managedto reduce
the negative impacts of restrictions on the neighbouring communities. Based on
variousactivities,importantbufferzoneshavebeenidentifiedinTable6.7.
Table6.7: ListofBuffersforvariousactivities
S.No. Activities
1
Ecosensitivezones88
RecommendedBuffer
As per National Wildlife Action Plan (NWAP) 20022016, All identified areas
aroundProtectedAreasandwildlifecorridorsaretobedeclaredasecologically
fragileundertheEnvironment(Protection)Act,1986.
As general principle the width of the ecosensitive zone could go up to 10kms
around a Protected area as provided in the Wildlife Conservation Strategy,
2002.Incasewheresensitivecorridors,connectivityandecologicallyimportant
patches, crucial for landscape linkage, are even beyond 10 kms width; these
shouldbeincludedintheEcosensitivezones.
Further, even in context of a particular Protected Area, the distribution of an
areaofEcosensitiveZoneandtheextentofregulationmaynotbeuniformall
aroundanditcouldbeofvariablewidthandextent.
Railwayland
RoWincludesnodevelopmentzoneinitself.
Aviationrelated
infrastructure
AsperAirportAuthorityofIndia(AAI),thebufferzoneisapplicablewithin20
kmradiusofAirportontheheightofthebuildings,forwhich NOCisrequired
fromAAIforanyconstructionactivity.
Aviation imposes height restrictions only. Other DCR norms such as ground
coverage,setbacksetc.ofthelocalmunicipalityareapplicable.
Theairportshouldbe20kmawayfromgreenareasuchaswildlifesanctuaries/
zoos/ bird sanctuaries and should not have restricted activities such as
butcheries,sewageandnogarbagestoragearoundairports.
Communicationand
Transmissionfacilities
suchassatellite
towers89
Installationoftelecomtowersshouldnotbeallowedonandaround(100Meters)
the buildings where educational, religious and health care institutions are
functioning.
Industrialarea/SEZ90
NoSEZsmaybeplannedinthesensitiveareassuchastheforests,mangroves,
coral reefs, archeologically important sites, sensitive ecosystems, etc. A buffer
zoneof1000mshallbemaintainedfromsuchsensitiveareasandagreenbelt
withtreedensityof1000trees/acreshallbedevelopedinthesaidbufferzone.
Major settlements (of 3,00,000 population) to maintain a buffer of 5025 kms
from the settlement's notified limit and projected growth boundary
87
Availableatwww.cgwb.gov.in
88
GuidelinesfordeclarationofEcoSensitiveZonesaroundnationalparksandwildlifesanctuaries,MoEF,2011
89
DraftSpecialRegulationForInstallationOfTelecomTowersInUrbanAreas,GovernmentofOrissa,2013
90
SEZguidelines,IndustriesCommissionerate,GovernmentofGujarat
211
S.No. Activities
RecommendedBuffer
respectively.
Miningandquarrying91
BufferzoneincaseofMiningLease(ML)areaupto25haistobeconsideredas5
kmallaroundtheperipheryofthecorezoneandforMLareaabove25haanarea
10kmallaroundtheperipheryofthecorezone.
PetrochemicalandGas
industries92
NoGaspipelineshouldbelocatedwithin15.0metersofanyprivatedwellingor
any industrial building or place of public assembly in which persons work,
congregateorassemble,unlessitisprovidedwithatleast300mmofcoverover
andminimumcoverasspecifiedPetroleumAndNaturalGasRegulatoryBoard
Notification,2009.
NoGasorOilwellshallbedrilledatanypoint,withinaminimumdistance,tobe
prescribedbytheCentralGovernment,ofanyrailway,pipelineorotherrightof
way,surveyedroad,dwellings,industrialplant,aircraftrunway,buildingsused
formilitaryorpublicpurposes,orwithinthreekilometresofanymine,whether
activeorabandoned,unlessthespecialpermissionoftheCentralGovernmentis
obtainedinadvance.
About90mx90mbuffertobemaintainedalongtheactiveoilwells,petroleum
storagetanks,encompassingallthesafetynormsforprecautionsagainstfire93.
Heritagerelated
areas9495
Everyarea,beginningfromthelimitoftheprotectedarea/monument,extending
to a distance of 100 meters in all directions shall be the protected areas and
extendinguptoadistanceof200metersinalldirectionsshallberegulatedarea.
Theprotectedzoneisanoconstructionzone.
The building regulations in the regulated zone to be prepared by the Heritage
ConservationCommitteeinconsultationwithASI.
Naturalhazardzones
suchRiverfloodplains
andwaterbodies
includingwetlands96
Thebasicconceptoffloodplainzoningistoregulatelanduseinthefloodplains
torestrictthedamagecausedbyfloods.Floodplaincanbeidentifiedbasedon
last50or100yearfloodedareaofwaterbodiesorriver.Therecanbedifferent
considerations for regulations. For example, the area likely to be affected by
floods up to a 10year frequency should be kept reserved only for gardens,
parks, playgrounds, etc. Residential or public buildings, or any commercial
buildings,industries,andpublicutilitiesshouldbeprohibitedinthiszone.
In area liable to flooding in a 25year frequency flood, residential buildings
couldbepermittedwithcertainstipulationofconstructiononstilts(columns),
minimumplinthlevels,prohibitionforconstructionofbasementsandminimum
levels of approach roads, etc. In urban areas there should be double storeyed
buildings.Groundfloorscouldbeutilisedforschoolsandothernonresidential
purposes.
10
CoastalRegulation
Zone
Coastallandupto500mfromtheHighTideLine(HTL)landwardsideandastage
of 100 m along banks of creeks, estuaries, backwater and rivers subject to tidal
fluctuations is called the Coastal Regulation Zone, which is regulated for
developmentalactivities.
11
Manmadehazardzones
suchasradioactive,
chemicalandgas
treatment/processing
/distributionlines97
ChemicalIndustry
Thedevelopmentofbufferzonesallaroundtheindustryinaneffectivemanner
andestablishOffSiterespondingagenciesatanappropriatedistancefromthe
newinstallations.
NuclearPlants98
500Haisneededtobeinthecontrolofpowerstationasanexclusionzone.This
ismaintainedasavacantspaceanddevelopedasagreenbeltarea.
SterilisedZone: theplantassterilizedzonemaintainsAreaof5 kmradius.No
restriction is imposed by the plant on organic development activities of
91
ProformaForEnvironmentalAppraisalOfMiningProjects,MOEF
92
ThePetroleumandNaturalGasRules,1959
93
OilMinesRegulations,1984
94
ModelBuildingByelaws,TCPO
95
AncientMonumentsandArchaeologicalSitesandRemainsAct,2010(AMASR)
96
NationalDisasterManagementGuidelinesManagementofFloods,NDMA
97
NationalDisasterManagementGuidelinesChemicalDisasters(Industrial),NDMA
98
http://www.npcil.nic.in/pdf/news_12oct2011_01.pdf(NationalPowerCorporationofIndiaLimited)
212
S.No. Activities
RecommendedBuffer
populationintheannulusbetween1.5and5kms.Administrativeactionsensure
thatthereisnoinfluxoflargepopulationinthisarea
PopulationRestriction:
Populationdensitywithin10kmradius:Lessthantwothirdofstateaverage;
Populationwithinsterilisedzone(5Kmradius)Lessthan20,000;
Populationcentreswithmorethan10,000personsmorethan10kmaway;
Populationcentreswithmorethan100,000person)morethan30kmaway;
12
Highdensity/high
activityzones
Areas around high density, mixed land use or residential areas along dense
commuters zones/ arterial and subarterial roads to be buffered with trees and
plantations,flexiblebuildingmaterialforattenuation/reflection.
Sources: Asgiven
6.6.
Environmental Guidelines for Planning Ecofragile

zones99
6.6.1. CoastalArea
AspertheCRZnotification,2011,coastallandupto500mfromtheHighTideLine
(HTL) landward side and a stage of 100 m along banks of creeks, estuaries,
backwater and rivers subject to tidal fluctuations is called the Coastal Regulation
Zone(CRZ).Forregulationofdevelopmentalactivities,thecoastalstretcheswithin
500 m of HTL on the landward side are classified into four categories and
restrictions have been imposed on construction activities in these zones. The
followingactivitiesareprohibitedwithintheCRZ:
1. Settingupofnewindustriesandexpansionofexistingindustries,exceptthosedirectlyrelatedto
waterfrontordirectlyneedingforeshorefacilities.
2. Manufactureorhandlingordisposalofhazardoussubstances.
3. Settingupandexpansionoffishprocessingunitsincludingwarehousing(excludinghatcheryand
naturalfishdryinginpermittedareas).
4. Setting up and expansion of units/mechanism for disposal of waste and effluents into the
watercourse.
5. Discharging of city untreated waters and effluents from industries, cities or towns and other
humansettlements.
6. Dumpingofcityortownwasteforthepurposesoflandfillingorotherwise,theexistingpractice,
if any, shall be phased out within a reasonable time not exceeding 3 years from the date of
notification.
6.6.2. EcoSensitivezones
Due to rapid urbanisation and its impact on protected zone, there is a need to
conserveprotectedareas.TheMoEFhasdevelopedguidelinesfordeclarationofeco
sensitive zones around protected areas, national parks and wildlife sanctuaries.
These guidelines provide the framework to states/UTs to develop specific buffer
zonesaroundNationalParks,WildlifeSanctuaries,Sanctuaries,importantmigratory
99
EcofragilezonesareFragileEcosystemssuchasCoastalecosystem,Desertecosystem,Mountainecosystem,Aquaticeco
system,Rainforestecosystem.
213
corridors, etc. with a view of minimizing and preferably eliminating any negative
impact on protected areas and sanctuaries. The recommended procedure to be
adoptedbystatesismentionedbelow:
Prepareaninventoryofthedifferentlandusepatternsandthedifferenttypesofactivities,types
and number of industries operating around each of the Protected Area (National
Parks/Sanctuaries)aswellasimportantCorridorsbemadewiththehelpofrangeofficers.
A small committee comprising the concerned Wildlife Warden, Warden, an Ecologist and an
officialoftheRevenueDepartmentoftheconcernedarea,couldbeformedwhosefunctionisto
provide recommendation on requirement and extent of eco sensitive zone. Further, the
committee can also suggest the methods of management of zone and thematic activities, which
canbeincludedintheDevelopmentPlan/MasterPlanoftheregion.
6.6.3. WaterbodiesinUrbanAreas
WaterBodiesplaymultifunctionalroleinurbanarea.Itcanbethesourceofwater
for supply, landscaping, irrigation, fishing and ecotourism, which add values to
socialbenefits.Theycanalsobeusedtopreventheatislandeffectsandtoimprove
the microclimate in cities. For conserving the same, it is necessary to analyse the
hydrologicalsystemwithreferencetocatchmentbasinsforthewaterbodies.MoEF
haspreparedAdvisoryReportforConservationandRestorationofWaterBodiesin
Urban Areas which recommends State and ULBs to take initiatives in order to
conserve water bodies. While formulating Development Plan at city levels, steps
suggested by MoUD &MoEF in the above mentioned report could be adopted to
conserve and restore the water bodies in cities. One of the finest examples of
restorationoflakesinthefastgrowingurbanenvironmentistheKankariaLakein
Ahmedabad.
214
CaseStudy:KankariaLake,Ahmedabad
RestorationoflakeinafastgrowingurbanenvironmentKankariaLakeinAhmedabad
KeyHighlights:
1. Sourceofwater:Surfaceandrechargeofgroundwater,fordrinkingandirrigation
2. Supportslivelihoods
3. Foodandnutrition
4. Actasfloodcontrolmeasures
5. RecreationSpot
6. Lakeasanaturalinfrastructureforclimatechangeadaptation
Source: MoUD presentation.
MoEF has also suggested to integrate identified projects on water bodies with
ProgrammessuchasNationalLakeConservationProgrammeandNationalWetland
Conservation Programme, JnNURM/ UIDSSMT, Ministry of Water Resources
programme for Repair, Renovation & Restoration (RRR) of Water Bodies with
Domestic/ExternalAssistancewhichareundertakenbyGovernmentofIndia(GoI).
215
For conserving rivers, MoEF has taken up the initiativeand formed National River
ConservationDirectorate(NRCD).InitiativeshavebeentakenthroughvariousRiver
ActionPlanssuchasGangaActionPlanandYamunaActionPlan
6.6.4. Desertareas100
IndiaisapartytotheUNConventiontoCombatDesertification(UNCCD)andMoEF
is the National Coordinating Agency for the implementation of the UNCCD in the
country101, under the National Action Programme to Combat Desertification with
objectives:
Communitybasedapproachtodevelopment,
Activitiestoimprovethequalityoflifeofthelocalcommunities,
Awarenessraising,
Droughtmanagementpreparednessandmitigation,
R&Dinitiativesandinterventionswhicharelocallysuited,
Strengtheningselfgovernanceleadingtoempowermentoflocalcommunities.
DesertecosystemsensitiveplanningiscrucialatRegionalplanningstageincluding
mappingoflanddegradation,droughtmonitoringandindicatingcomponentsforthe
StateandDistrictDisasterManagementPlanfordroughtpreparednessandwarning
systemgroups.
AtDevelopmentPlanandlocalareaplanninglevelthekeyactionssuggestedinNEP,
2006asgivenbelowtobeconsidered:
Intensive water and moisture conservation through practices based on traditional and
sciencebasedknowledge,andrelyingontraditionalinfrastructure.
Enhancingandexpandinggreencoverbasedonlocalspecies.
Reviewing the agronomic practices in these areas, and promoting agricultural practices
andvarieties,whicharewelladaptedtothedesertecosystem.
6.6.5. Wetlands102
Wetlands, natural and manmade, freshwater or brackish, provide numerous
ecological services. They provide habitat to aquatic flora and fauna, as well as
numerous species of birds, including migratory species. Several wetlands have
sufficiently unique ecological character as to merit international recognition as
RamsarSites103.
Wetlands also provide freshwater for agriculture, animal husbandry, and domestic
use, drainage services, and provide livelihoods to fisher folk. Larger wetlands may
alsocompriseanimportantresourceforsustainabletourismandrecreation.
100
NationalEnvironmentalPolicy2006,MOEF.
101
Source:http://moef.nic.in/sites/default/files/Document1_0.pdf.
102
NationalEnvironmentalPolicy2006,MOEF.
103
The Ramsar Convention defines wetlands as, 'areas of marsh, fen, peat land or water, whether natural or artificial,
permanent or temporary, with water that is static or flowing, fresh, brackish or salt, including areas of marine water the
depthofwhichatlowtidedoesnotexceedsixmetres',therebygivingawidescopetotheterm.
216
Wetlandsareunderthreatfromdrainageandconversionforagricultureandhuman
settlements, besides pollution. This happens because public authorities or
individualshavingjurisdictionoverwetlandsderivelittlerevenuesfromthem,while
thealternativeusemayresultintofinancialgainstothem.
A holistic view of wetlands is necessary, which looks at each identified wetland in
terms of its causal linkages with other natural entities, human needs, and its own
attributes.
KeyactionssuggestedinNEP2006atstateorlocallevelareasfollows:
Integratewetlandconservation, includingconservationofvillagepondsandtanks,intosectoral
development plans for poverty alleviation and livelihood improvement, and link efforts for
conservationandsustainableuseofwetlandswiththeongoingruralinfrastructuredevelopment
andemploymentgenerationprogrammes.
Formulateconservationandprudentusestrategiesforeachsignificantcataloguedwetland,with
participationoflocalcommunities,andotherrelevantstakeholders.
Formulate and implement ecotourism strategies for identified wetlands through multi
stakeholderpartnershipsinvolvingpublicagencies,localcommunities,andinvestors.
Take explicit account of impacts on wetlands of significant development projects during the
environmental appraisal of such projects; in particular, the reduction in economic value of
wetlandenvironmentalservicesshouldbeexplicitlyfactoredintocostbenefitanalyses.
Consider particular unique wetlands as entities with Incomparable Values, in developing
strategiesfortheirprotection.
Promotetraditionaltechniquesandpracticesforconservingvillageponds.
6.6.6. Hillyareas(furthertosection5.5.1)
Hilly areas have one of the most fragile ecosystems, which need to be conserved.
Therefore planning and development strategies for hilly areas shall be designed
with added sensitivity and stress on integrated development. The development
approachshallcomprisejudiciouslanduseplanningandsettlementplanning.Inhill
areas,thespacestandardsareaffectedbythefollowingandthereforethesefactors
shouldbeconsideredwhilesettingnormsinsuchareas:
Exposuretosunlight,degreeofslopesandaccessibilityintheformofdistancetravelled.
Minimumneedsofthepeopleandtheconservationprinciple.
Flexibilityinnormsandstandardstoaccommodateconditionsguidedbydifficulthillterrainand
itsgeology.
Workplaceandresidencerelationship.
Energyneeds.
Alternativemodeoftransportationcommunicationnetwork.
Communicationnetwork.
Mobileandemergencyfacilities.
On the same line, TCPD of Government of Himachal Pradesh has formulated the
NormsandStandardsfortheirstate,whichcanbeadoptedbyotherstatesforhilly
areas.SomeoftheinfrastructurenormsandstandardsaredetailedinInfrastructure
planningchapter.ForvisiondevelopmentofHimalayancities,NationalMissionfor
217
SustainabilityG
Guidelines
Sustain
ningHimalaayanEcosy
ystemshou
uldberefeerredfrom theNation
nalActionP
Plan
onClim
mateChangge,Governm
mentofIndia.
6.7.
DisastterManaagementt
Disasteer means a
a catastrophe, mishap
p, calamity
y or grave occurrencee affecting any
areafro
omnaturallandmanm
madecausees,orbyacccidentorn
negligence,,whichressults
in subsstantial losss of life or
o human suffering or damagee to, and destruction
n of
property,ordamageto,ord
degradationofenviro
onmentandisofsuch
hanature and
magnittudeastob
bebeyond copingcap
pacityofth
hecommun
nityofthe affectedarreas.
As it iss clear from
m the defiinition disaaster may impact hu
uman habittat in a sev
vere
manner. Hence itt is evidentt to managge these dissasters at appropriat
a
te level so that
nimised.
impactcanbemin
AsperSection2((e)ofDisassterManagementAct,2005,disaastermanaagementmeeans
a contiinuous and integrated process of plann
ning, organ
nising, coo
ordinating and
implem
menting meeasures wh
hich are neecessary or expedien
nt for (i) prevention of
dangerrorthreato
ofanydisasster;(ii)mitigationorrreduction
nofriskofaanydisasteeror
itsseveerityorcon
nsequences;(iii)capaacitybuilding;(iv)prreparednessstodealw
with
anydissaster;(v)p
promptressponsetoaanythreateeningdisasstersituationordisasster;
(vi)asssessingtheeseverity ormagnitu
o
udeofeffecctsofanyd
disaster;(vvii)evacuattion,
rescueandrelief;(viii)rehab
bilitationaandreconsttruction"assshowninFigure6.3
3.
Figure6.3: DisasterrManageme
entCycle
Source:NaationalDisasterM
ManagementHaandBookforTraainingandCapaccityBuildingofC
CivilDefenceand
dSisterOrganisaations.
218
URDP
PFIGuideline
es,2014.MinistryofUrba
anDevelopm
ment
6.7.1. Institutionalsetup
Theinstitutionalizedapproachfordisastermanagementinitiatedwhen4thFinance
Commission (FC) proposed the concept of Margin Money. Subsequently, 9th FC
suggested Calamity Relief Fund(CRF) now termed as State Disaster Relief Force
(SDRF). Further, 11th FC recommended establishment of National Calamity
Contingency Fund(NCCF) now termed as National Disaster Relief Force(NDRF).
The institutional and policy mechanisms for disaster to carry out response, relief
and rehabilitation have been well established since independence. NDMA has
prepared various Guidelines for the Management of different types of disasters
including,naturalandmanmade,toassisttheGoIMinistriesandDepartments,State
GovernmentsandotheragenciestoprepareDisasterManagement(DM)Plans.The
Central Relief Commissioner (CRC) in the Ministry of Home Affairs is the nodal
officer to coordinate the relief operations for natural disasters. The CRC in the
Ministry of Home Affairs is the Chairman of the Crisis Management Group (CMG)
whose primary function is to review the contingency plans formulated by various
Ministries / Departments / Organizations in their respective sectors; provide
measuresandcoordinateamongcentralandstateministries.
PostDisasterManagement:TheNationalCrisisManagementCommittee(NCMC)set
upbyMinistryofHomeAffairs,GovernmentofIndiathatgivesdirectiontotheCMG.
NCMC can give directions to any Ministry/Department/Organization for specific
actionneededformeetingthecrisissituation.Thesemechanismsarebasedonpost
disaster relief and rehabilitation and have proved to be robust and effective
mechanismsinaddressingitsrequirements.
However,inordertofurtherinstitutionalizethenewapproach,theGovernmentof
IndiahavedecidedtoenunciateaNationalPolicyonDisasterManagement(2009),
whose broad objectives are to minimize the loss of lives and social, private and
community assets because of natural or manmade disasters and contribute to
sustainabledevelopmentandbetterstandardsoflivingforall,morespecificallyfor
the poor and vulnerable sections by ensuring that the development gains are not
lostthroughnaturalcalamities/disasters.
Disaster Prevention, Preparedness & Mitigation: Apart from above, the Disaster
Management Act, 2005 (DM Act, 53 of 2005) lays down institutional and
coordination mechanisms for effective disaster management (DM) at the national,
state, and district levels. As mandated by this Act, the Government of India (GoI)
createdamultitieredinstitutionalsystemconsistingof:
NationalDisasterManagementAuthority(NDMA),headedbythePrimeMinister,
StateDisasterManagementAuthorities(SDMAs)bytheChiefMinistersand
District Disaster Management Authorities (DDMAs) bythe DistrictCollectorsandcochaired by

electedrepresentativesofthelocalauthoritiesoftherespectivedistricts.
219
Othersorganisations:TheActfurtherprovidesforconstitutionofNationalExecutive
Committee (NEC), National Institute of Disaster Management (NIDM) and National
DisasterResponseForce(NDRF).
6.7.2. NationalDisasterManagementGuidelines
ThesalientfeaturesoftheNDMAguidelineswithrespecttotheformulationofDM
plans have been briefed, along with integration of the recommended planning
systemfortheurbanandregionalplanninginTable6.8andTable6.9.Thedetailed
NDMA guidelines for following disasters can be referred separately while
formulatingthePlans104.
Table6.8:SalientFeaturesofNDMAGuidelinesforManagementofNaturalHazards
Sr.No.
1
TypesofNatural
Hazards
SalientFeaturesonPrevention,PreparednessandMitigationof
respectiveDisasters
FloodManagement
PreventionandPreparedness
SetupRiverBasinOrganisationstodealwiththemanagement
ofwaterresourcesatriverbasinlevel.
Preparation of Flood Management Plan by joint effort of States

and concerned department of Central. This plan should be
integratedwithplansatcityregionordistrictlevel.
Mitigation
Earthquake
Management
Identification and marking of flood prone areas on maps,

preparation of close contour and flood vulnerability maps,
formulatingplansforexpansionandmodernisationoffloodcan
alsobeincludedinDevelopmentPlans.
Implementation of the schemes for expansion and

modernisation of the flood forecasting and warning network,
execution of flood protection and drainage improvement
schemeandidentificationofreservoirs.
Implementation of activities, which include construction of

dams and catchment area treatment (CAT) works in India as
wellasneighbouringcountriesforfloodmitigation.
Facilitate selective strengthening and seismic retrofitting of

existing priority and lifeline structures in earthquakeprone
areas
Prioritise the enforcement of earthquake resistant design

featuresandstrengthentheexistingstructures.
Improvethecomplianceregimethroughappropriateregulation
andenforcement.
Mitigation
Incorporation of earthquake resistant design features for the

constructionofnewstructures.Thesameshouldbereflectedin
buildingbyelawsindevelopmentplanning.
Sensitive earthquake seismic zones should be identified at city
104
For details NDMA guidelines are available at www.ndma.gov.in website.
220
or region or district level. Priority to be given in Earthquake

SeismicZones3,4and5.
3
DroughtManagement
Preparation of Drought Management Plan at district and State

level in integration with Disaster management Plan and
developmentplans.Plantobepreparedinadvancebasedonthe
longseasonforecastissuedbyIndiaMeteorologicalDepartment
(IMD)inAprilandalsothepreviousseasonrainfall.
Mitigation
CyclonesManagement
Measures for integration of soil, water and forest management

andformpartofsoilconservation,watersheddevelopmentand
forestryprogrammes.
Droughtproofingmeasuresaretakenbeforethecropisplanted
anddroughtmanagementmeasuresare takenduring the crop
growingperiod.
Coastal bioshields spread, preservation and restoration/

regeneration plans to be prepared by the Coastal Area
Development, and Irrigation and Command Area Development
Authorities
Developing Integrated Coastal Zone Management (ICZM)

frameworks for addressing the sustainability and optimal
utilisationofcoastalresources,whichshallalsoserveascyclone
impactminimisationplans.
Evolving ecosystem restoration plans for degraded ecological

zones.
Mitigation
TsunamiManagement
Mapping and delineation (coastal wetlands, patches of

mangroves and shelterbelts), identification of potential zones
forexpandingbioshieldspreadbasedonremotesensingtools,
which can be integrated with DM Plan and Development Plan
formulation.
Regulating infrastructure and development activities in coastal

zones. Ensuring cyclone resistant design standards are
incorporated in the rural/ urban housing schemes in coastal
areas.
Implementing coastal flood zoning,

managementandregulatoryplans.
Groundwater development (recharge) and augmentation of

freshwaterrequirementincoastalurbancentres.
Development of Aquaculture Parks in the identified potential

zones.
flood
inundation
Preparation of State and District Disaster Management Plans

(also at city and village level), with specific reference to the
managementoftsunami.
Integration of coastal and tsunami risk into community

planning.
Mitigation
221
Landslides/
Avalanches
Management
Revision of town planning byelaws and adoption of model

byelaws, wide dissemination of earthquake and tsunamisafe
building codes, the National Building Code 2005, and other
safetycodes.
Development of tsunami safety standards and guidelines for

existingcriticallifelinestructuresincoastalareas.
EmphasisonEarlyWarningSystem.
Mapping contour levels up to which Tsunami impacted on the

lastincidentofdisaster.
Snow PreventionandPreparedness
Integrating landslide concerns in the development of disaster
managementplansatalllevels(especiallyforhillyareasandthe
MasterplansoftheseareastointegratetheDMPprovisions).
Landslidehazardzonationmappinginmacroandmesoscales.
Settingupofinstitutionalmechanismsforgeneratingawareness
and preparedness about landslide hazard among various
stakeholders.
Strengthening Post disaster management by respective DMAs

and it should be considered as an integral component of
mitigationeffort.
Mitigation
Taking up pilot projects to carry out detailed studies and

monitoringofselectedlandslidestoassesstheirstabilitystatus
andestimateriskandtheoutputofthesestudiescanbeutilised
inplanningprocessatalllevels.
Development of model landuse / town planning byelaws and

revisionofexistingones.
Strengthening of building / heritage structures and safety of

critical facilities against landslides and snow avalanches in
hazardproneareas.
Enforcingandmonitoringthecomplianceoflanduseandtown
planningbyelaws,andothersafetyregulationsinhillyareas.
Urban
Flooding PreventionandPreparedness
Management
Contour Mapping will be prepared at 0.2 0.5 m contour
interval.
Inventory of the existing storm water drainage system will be

preparedonaGISplatform.
Catchmentwillbethebasisforplanninganddesigningthe
stormwaterdrainagesystemsinallULBs.
Stormwaterdrainagesystemsforcoastalcitieshavetobe
designedtakingintoaccountthetidalvariations.
Riskassessmentwillbecarriedoutwithamultihazardconcept
leadingtofoolprooflanduseplanning.
Involvement of the Residents' Welfare Associations &

Community Based Organisations in monitoring this and in all
UrbanFloodDisasterManagementactions.
Mitigation
Future Storm water drainage systems will be designed with a
222
RunoffCoefficientofupto0.95inusingRationalMethodtaking
intoaccounttheapprovedLandusePlan.
RainwaterHarvestingasanintegralcomponentofthebuilding.
EncroachmentsonDrainsandinFloodplainswillberemovedby
providingalternativeaccommodationtothepoorpeople.
Lowlyingareasshouldbereservedforparksandotherlow
impacthumanactivities.
Stormwaterdrainageconcernswillbemadeapartofall
EnvironmentalImpactAssessmentnorms.
Table6.9:SalientFeaturesofNDMAguidelinesforManmadeHazards
S.No.
1
TypesofMan SalientFeaturesonPrevention,PreparednessandMitigationof
madeHazards respectiveDisasters
Chemical
Terrorism
Disasters(CTD)
Management
Preparedness for an emergency response at the incident site requires
protection, detection, and decontamination. The Chief Medical Officer
willbethemaincoordinatorforthemanagementofCTD.Preparedness
for emergency medical response includes prompt establishment of
medicalpostsaspartoftheICS.
The nodal ministry for CTD and for chemical accidents will organise
necessary activities to develop a common information platform for a
sufficiently robust networking system, as part of the DM plans. Nodal
and line ministries at the central level and departments of health,
SDMAsandDDMAsatthestateordistrictlevelwillidentifythevarious
requirements of critical infrastructure to be developed with PPP
modelstomitigatetheimpactofCTD.
Mitigation
Chemical
(industrial)
Disaster
Management
Counterterrorismstrategies,riskandvulnerabilityassessment,chemo
surveillance, and environmental monitoring are required for the
mitigationofCTDbyauthoritiesrecommendedbyNDMA.
Abufferzonetobedefinedtosuchindustries,whicharevulnerablefor
CTD.Developmentinsuchzonesshouldberestricted,whichshouldbe
coveredindevelopmentplanning.
Strengtheningofthepresentregulatoryframeworktomeetthedefined
national policies and aspirations; augmentation of technical support
functions,asupportiveandtechnologyneutralregulationframework.
Specific roles and responsibilities of MAH units, transporters, drivers,

authorities and aspects related to emergency communication systems
andtrainingofvariousstakeholders.
Preparation of Crisis Management Plan by the hospitals, concept of

mobile hospital and mobile teams, planning for and regular testing of
emergencyplan,establishingpostdisasterdocumentationprocedures,
epidemiological surveys and minimum criteria for relief and
rehabilitation.
Mitigation
Legislationonlandusepolicy(bufferzonearoundchemicalindustry),
Standardisationofnationalcodesandpractises,PreparationofOnSite
223
S.No.
TypesofMan SalientFeaturesonPrevention,PreparednessandMitigationof
madeHazards respectiveDisasters
andOffSite,PreparationofahighwayDMplanforthetransportationof
hazardous chemical, Establishing a risk management framework
criterionforchemicalassessment.
Hazardidentification,riskassessment,incorporationofGIStechnology,
riskmapping,anddevelopmentandimprovementofdatabase.
Nuclear
& PreventionandPreparedness
Radiological
TheplansforDMofnuclear/radiologicalemergencies/disastersfrom
Disaster
all levels of administration must be mainstreamed, allocation of funds
Management
fromthePlanningCommissionaswellastheconcernedministry.
Offsiteemergencypreparednessandresponseplanstobepreparedby
thecollectors/magistratesofthedistricts.
The SDMAs are required to identify and enlist officers with total
responsibility of issues related to nuclear/radiological disaster
management,thecollector/magistrateofthedistrictaffectedbynuclear
emergency from nuclear power plant/facility will be incharge of the
offsiteemergencyprogrammeandforradiologicalemergenciesinthe
metropolitans/largecities,whereinmorethanonedistrictisinvolved.
The state authorities will nominate an incident commander; NDRF
personnelmustalwaysbemadeavailableonemergencybasisbyNDMA
attheaffectedsite.
Mitigation
Source:
Engineeringsafetyfeaturesandaccidentmanagementproceduresthat
shouldbeinplaceinanuclearplantasaccidentmitigationmeasuresfor
minimising the impact of a nuclear emergency by keeping the
radioactivityreleaseintheenvironmenttolevelsaslowaspossible.
Controlling the power, cooling the fuel and confining the radioactive
materialshouldbeusedasthreebasicsafetyfunctionsinNuclearPlant.
Theinbuiltsafetymeasures,includingbiologicalshields,safetysystems
and interlocks, safety audits, operations strictly following safety
procedures, etc., mitigate the consequences of accidents should be
adopted.
Fire Services PreventionandPreparedness

Management
PreparationofFireHazardResponseMitigationPlan(FHRMP)
The plan should incorporate activities for mass awareness and

inspectionoffirefightingfacilitiesandequipmentespeciallyinschools,
busyshoppingmalls,highrisebuildingsandresidentialclusters.
IntegrationofFHRMPwith13thFinanceCommissionreportandstate
fiveyearplansformobilisationoffunds.
NDMAguidelinesforeachoftheManmadeHazards.
Moreover, in addition to above points, there is a need to identify infrastructural

needs for preparing mitigation plans, Implementing a financial strategy for the
allocationoffundsfordifferentnationalandstate/districtlevelmitigationprojects.
Capacity Building: In addition to abovementioned salient features, the capacity
development for managing the disaster is an important criterion, which should be
considered as a part of preparedness. There should be availability of skilled and
224
adequately trained manpower like rescue and relief teams, Civil Defence, Home
Guards,andotheremergencyserviceprovidershavingbasicknowledgeofrelevant
disasters. In Disaster Management Plan, the role of NGOs, other voluntary
organisations,andthecommunityisrequiredtobedefined.Capacitydevelopment
shouldbeundertakenatthedistrict,state,andnationallevelsbytheMinistriesand
departmentsconcernedasapartoftheirrespectiveDMplans.
Response Mechanisms: A mechanism for coordinated approach and efforts is
required for effective response after the incident. Role of communities, NGO and
NationalDisasterResponseForce(NDRF)105shouldbeconsideredwhileformulating
incidentresponsestrategy.
Response&Relief:ToprovidePsychoSocialSupportaftertheincidentasapartof
relief is an important aspect. NDMA has also issued detailed guidelines which
describesthefollowingfeatures:
Implementation of PsychoSocial Support and Mental Health Services (PSSMHS) in National
MentalHealthProgramme(NMHP)andinDistrictMentalHealthProgramme(DMHP);
Integration of the PSSMHS in DMHP and General Health Programme as a part of hospital and
Districthealthplan;
FormationofaNationalSubCommitteeonPSSMHS;
TrainingofNationalDisasterResponseForce(NDRF),QuickReactionTeams(QRTs)
DisasterManagementTeams(DMTs)inallbasicpsychosocialsupportskills;
IntegrationofPSSMHSandNMHPwithDisasterManagement(DM)PlanandHealth/HospitalDM
Plans.
In terms of medical preparedness106, the prevention measure and the preparedness measure is
separatelyhighlightedbyNDMA.
Preventivemeasure:IntegratedDiseaseSurveillanceProgramme(IDSP)
Preparedness for the management of mass causalities: Emergency Medical Response (EMR) at
theincidentsiteandtheirquickandsafeevacuationbyambulance,aretwoimportantsteps.
6.7.3. StateDisasterManagementPlan
TheSection23ofDisasterManagement(DM)Act2005statesthatthereshallbea
DM plan for every state. The NDMA has also issued guidelines on preparation of
StateDisasterManagementPlan(SDMP),whichoutlinesthebroadcoverageofthe
planaswellastherequirementsofconsultationinitspreparation.Italsoprovides
provisionforannualreviewandupdatingoftheStateDMPlan,andenjoinsuponthe
stategovernmentstomakeprovisionsforfinancingtheactivitiestobecarriedout
under the state plans. The SDMP shall be prepared in consultation with the State
PerspectivePlansand/orStateUrbanisationPolicies.
The Act provides for the departments of the State Governments to draw up their
ownplansinaccordancewiththestateDMplan.TheSDMPshouldbepreparedby
theStateExecutiveCommittee(SEC)inconformitywiththeguidelinestobeissued
105
AseparateguidelinehasbeenissuedbyNDMAonIncidentResponseSystemandNationalDisasterManagement
InformationandCommunicationSystem,whichisavailableatwww.ndma.gov.in.
106
TheNDMAguidelineonMedicalPreparednessavailableatwww.ndma.gov.incanbereferred.
225
onrelatedmattersbytheSDMAhavingregardtotheNDMAguidelines.TheSDMP
preparedbySECshouldbeapprovedbytheSDMA.Theapproachtothepreparation
oftheSDMPshouldbeholisticandaddressallthehazardsthestateisvulnerableto.
The SDMP may also adopt the generic categorisation of disasters with respect to
specificplansatthestatelevelbyvariousdepartmentstohandledifferentdisasters.
ThesecategoriescouldbeL0,L1,L2,andL3.
L0denotesnormaltimes,whichareexpectedtobeutilisedforclosemonitoring,documentation,
prevention, mitigation and preparatory activities. This is the planning stage where plans at all
levels from community to the State should be put in place. Training on search and rescue,
rehearsals, evaluation and inventory updating for response activities should be carried out
duringthistime.
L1specifiesdisastersthatcanbemanagedatthedistrictlevel,however,thestateandcentrewill
remaininreadinesstoprovideassistanceifneeded.
L2specifiesdisastersituationsthatmayrequireassistanceandactiveparticipationofthestate,
andthemobilisationofresourcesatthestatelevel.
L3disastersituationsarisefromlargescaledisasterswheredistrictsandthestatemaynothave
the capacity to respond adequately and require assistance from the central government for
reinstatingthestateanddistrictmachinery.
ThefollowingfeaturesshouldbeconsideredwhilepreparingtheSDMP
HazardRiskandVulnerabilityAtlas(HRVA)assessmentofdifferentpartsofthestatetodifferent
kindsofdisasters.
Thevulnerabilityofdifferentpartsofthestatetodifferentkindsofdisasters.
TheSDMPshouldbedevelopedinlinewithDDMPs.
Themeasurestobeadoptedforpreventionandmitigationofdisasters.
The manner in which mitigation measures shall be integrated with development plans and
projects.
Thecapacitybuildingandpreparednessmeasurestobetaken.
Therolesandresponsibilitiesofeachdepartmentofthegovernmentofthestateinrelationtothe
measuresspecifiedabove.
The roles and responsibilities of different Departments of the government of the state in
respondingtoanythreateningdisastersituationordisaster.
Thestateplanwillbereviewedandupdatedannually.
ThesuggestedframeworkfordevelopingSDMP&DDMPisshownintheFigure6.4.
226
Sustaina
abilityGuid
delines
Figu
ure6.4: Sugg
gestedBroaadFramewo
orkfordevellopingSDMP
PandDDMP
P
Sourcce:
NationalD
DisasterManagem
mentGuidelines,PreparationofStateDisasterM
ManagementPlan
ns.
6.7
7.4. DistrictDissasterMaanagemeentPlan(DDMP))107
Secttion 31 of
f the DM Act,
A 2005 makes
m
man
ndatory to
o formulatee District Disaster
D
Man
nagement Plan (DD
DMP) by District Authority
A
i consulttation with local
in
auth
horities. DDMP
D
shalll include Hazard
H
Rissk and Vullnerability Analysis (HRVA),
(
prevention, mitigation,
m
p
preparedne
ess measurres, respon
nse plan an
nd procedu
ures. An
indiicativelistwithpossib
bleplanob
bjectivesisgivenbelow
w:
Toidentifyth
T
heareasvuln
nerabletomajortypesoftthehazardsin
nthedistrict..
T adopt pro
To
oactive meassures at distrrict level by all the Goveernment departments to prevent/
k
knowdisaste
erandmitigateitseffects.
T define an
To
nd assign thee different taasks and ressponsibilitiess to stakehollders during the pre
disasterandpostdisasterrphases.
T
Toadopt
dissasterresilien
ntconstructionmechanissm in the disttrict by way of using Info
ormation,
Educationan
ndCommuniccationformaakingthecom
mmunityawaareoftheneeedofdisasterrresilient
f
futuredevelo
opment.
T
Toenhanced
disasterresiliienceofthep
peopleinthedistrictbywaayofcapacityybuilding.
Reduce the loss
l
of public and privatte property, especially
e
crritical facilitiees and infrasstructure,
t
throughprop
perdisasterm
managementplanning
Managefuturredevelopmeenttomitigattetheeffecto
ofnaturalhazzardsinthed
district.
T
Tosetupthe
eearlywarningsystemso
oastopreparrethecommu
unitytodeal withthedisaasterand
r
responsiveco
ommunicatio
onsystembasseduponfailproofproven
ntechnologyy.
T
Todevelopt
thestandardiizedmechaniismtorespon
ndtodisasteersituationto
omanagetheedisaster
efficiently.

107
So
ource:ExplanatoryNotesforPreeparationofDistrictDisasterManagementPlan((DDMP),NDMA
URD
DPFIGuidelin
banDevelopment
227
TosetupanEmergencyOperationsCentreattheDistrictlevel tofunctioneffectivelyinsearch,
rescue,response.
TopreparetheresponseplanbasedupontheguidelinesissuedintheStateDisasterManagement
Plansoastoprovidepromptrelief,rescueandsearchsupportinthedisasteraffectedareas.
Tomaketheuseofmediaindisastermanagement.
Rehabilitationplanoftheaffectedpeopleandreconstructionmeasurestobetakenbydifferent
govt.departmentsatdistrictlevelandlocalauthority.
IntegrationofDMinitiativesintodevelopmentplanandprojects.
TocoordinatewithCentre&StateagenciesconcernedforeffectiveandefficientDM.
The District Disaster Management Plan (DDMP) is the guide for achieving the
objective mitigation, preparedness, response and recovery. It should be noted that
Development Plan for the District/City should also integrate with DDMPs and city
planning or town planning should be in compliance with the DDMPs and SDMP of
theconcernedDistrict.
228
7.
Townplannersusevarietyoftechniquesatdifferentstagesoftheplanningprocess.
Thesetechniquesmayrelatetosurveysforcollectionofdata,assessmentofexisting
conditionsinasettlement,aswellasanalysisandprojectionsoffuturerequirements
inrespectofvariousactivities.
Substantial proportions of these techniques are highly elaborate and demand
intensive data inputs. Considerable time is lost in collecting the required data
causing delays occur in the plan preparation process. Further, with rapid
urbanisation,plannersneedsimplifiedtechniquesforanalysisandplanpreparation.
The chapter describes some of the useful and simplified techniques for data
collection,survey,analysis,projectionsandmapping.Mostoftheseexercisescanbe
takeupasaseparateresearch/surveybeforeplanpreparationtoprovideprocessed
datainputs.
7.1.
IdentifyingDataNeedsandDataCollectionList
The basic presumption of simplified information gathering methodologies is that

thereisalwaysacertainamountofuncertaintyattachedtoanysetofdata,andthat
theavailabledatamayormaynotbecompleteascomparedtowhatisrequiredfor
ensuring perfectness in decision making. This presumption implies that decision
makingmostofteninvolvesanelementofimperfectdataandgooddecisionmaker
makes good use of extrapolation of the collected data though the application of
simplifiedsurveytechniques.
Themethodsofrapidinformationcollectioninstitutionaliseexistinggoodpractices
andevencommonsense.Theyrelymostlyondirectobservation,seekseveralviews
of any one fact (cross checking) and make use of checklists and semistructured
dialogues instead of lengthy and often costly questionnairebased surveys. Due to
difficultiesofmeasuringmuchofsocioeconomicinformationdirectly,rapidsurvey
techniquesmakeliberaluseofproxyindicatorstotraceranking,trendsandshifts.
These rapid methods must not be considered as substitutes to specialist
investigationsandshouldbeusedforquickaccesstoinformationforrapiddecision
making.
7.1.1. DataChecklist
Thedatacollectionchecklistisapreciseandexhaustivelistingoftopics/issuesand
subtopics/issues related to the information need. The process begins with the
preparationofaninitialchecklist.Thenextstageistodefinethemethodofacquiring
informationabouteachsubtopicinthelist.Thechecklistisflexibleandallowsthe
surveyortoadaptandimproviseinthefield.Thestepsinvolvedinthepreparation
ofthechecklistareasfollow:
229
SimpliifiedPlann
ningTechn
niques
Listm
majortopicswithitspriorrity.
Listofmajorinfo
ormationneed
dsandhoweeachwillbeusedforanaly
ysis.
Breaakdowneach
htopicintosu
ubtopics.
Indiccatethelikely
yinformation
nsourcessucchas
DocumentfromGoveernmentdepaartments,orgganisations,p
privateagenciies,publicatio
onsetc.
Observationinthestu
udyareaand
dinspection
Dialoguee,interviews
Selfcom
mpletionsurveeysetc.
7.2.
DataC
Collectio
onTechn
niques
Informationordaatacanbe dividedinttotwotypes,i.e.Prim
marydataaandSecond
dary
data. Primary
P
daata is colleected first hand by investigatorr, thus thrrough Prim
mary
survey.. Secondarry data is second hand data, initially collected
c
b
by some other
investiggatorforo
otherpurpo
osebutlateeronused byaninveestigatorfo
orhis/hero
own
purposse.
7.2.1.. PrimaaryDataCollectio
ontechn
niques
Primarrydataarethose,whiccharecolleectedforth
hefirsttimeandareaalwaysgiveenin
the forrm of raw material and
a originaal in characcter. Before beginnin
ng the prim
mary
data co
ollection prrocess, the techniquee of data co
ollection, th
he questionnaire theereof
andtheesurveysaampleselecctiontechniiqueistob
befinalised.Toprocesss,analysisand
interprretprimary
ydata,suitaablestatistiicalmethod
dsareneed
ded.
Figure7.1: StagesoffconductingPrimarySurv
vey
Source:ReeadingMaterialo
onPlanningTech
hniquesbyJHAn
nsariandShriM
Mahavir.
230
URDP
PFIGuideline
es,2014.MinistryofUrba
anDevelopm
ment
Thissectiondiscussesfourtypesofprimarysurveys,whicharelistedintheorderof
passive to active respondents. Following are the broad categories of primary
surveys:
Visual survey / Reconnaissance survey: This survey does not require direct contact with
populationofthestudyarea.Itisquickoverviewofthearea.
Inspection:Itinvolvesdirectinspectionofareabysurveyorforextractinginformation.
PersonalInterview/Dialogue:Thissurveyismorepersonalandcouldbeeitherfacetofaceor
telephonic.Insuchtypeofsurveyssomeinitialtopicsareinvestigatedtogaininsightinthearea
ofinterest.
Selfsurvey: In this type of survey indirect contact is made with the respondent by sending
questionnairethroughmailorhandedoutbuttheresponseisnotcollectedonthespot.
7.2.1.1. Visualsurveys/Reconnaissancesurvey
Visualsurveysaredirectinspectionsurveys,whichareperformedbysurveyteams
movinginavehicleorwalking.Thistypeofsurveycanbeusedintheinitialstagesof
the investigation, often after preparing initial checklist. It performs variety of
functions,suchas:
Familiarisewithstudyarea.
Giveinitialimpressionsofthephysicalandsocialstateofanarea.
Identifyselectedareasforfurtherinvestigation.
Generateideasfordevelopmentofchecklist.
7.2.1.2. Inspection
DirectInspection: The direct inspection of conditions or activities is employed in
many kinds of surveys where human communication is not required to elicit the
information (Source:ReadingMaterialonPlanningTechniquesbyJHAnsariandShri
Mahavir). It can be used for observing traffic counts, recreation area use surveys,
housingqualitystudiesandproxyobservationswhererequired.
IndirectInspection:Thefindingsoftheinitialsurveycanbesubstantiatedwiththe
help of Key Indicator Survey, which are specific to the objectives of the analysis.
Often, instead of getting direct information on the variable, surveyors rely on
observing approximations known as proxies. A proxy is used to inform about a
variable without direct investigation, instead investigating its key indicators. Such
as: instead of enquiring about the income range, the surveyor can observe the
housing condition, number of vehicles and other consumer goods. Table 7.1 lists
proxyindicatorstobegeneratedthroughchecklist,relatingtothesubtopics,which
areidentifiedasimportant.
231
Table7.1: PossibleProxyIndicators
Topic
PossibleProxy
Addyourownproxies
Economicgrowth
Housingconstruction&condition
Dwellingextensions
Electricityconsumption
Saleofnewvehicles
Prosperity
NumberofPetrolpumps
SaleofFurnishingstypes
Typesofcommercialstores
Servicelevels
Numberofstandpipes
Privatewatercarriers
Electricitysupply
Useofpublicurinals
Onstreetgarbage
Wealthdistribution
Differingnewhousesconstruction
Privatecarownership
Importedgoodsconsumption
Womensparticipation
Handportageofwater
Ratioofgirlsinhighereducation
Municipalefficiency
Frequencyofgarbageremoval
Conditionofroad
Streetlights
Source:
UDPFIGuidelines,1996
Suchmethodsaretobeadoptedifthedocumentarystatisticsisaggregativeorout
dated or both. Good proxies are those which can be easily investigated, however,
proxiescanoftenbemisleadingandmustbeusedwithcare.Thereforegenerating
proxies require knowledge about the relationship between the proxy and the
variableitistryingtoassesanditsrelationshipinthestudyarea.
7.2.1.3. PersonalInterview/Dialogue
A number of types of surveys are undertaken face to face or by telephonic
conversation. In case of quantitative survey, the structured dialogue is oneway
where precise questioning takes place. Semistructured dialogue is a flexible two
way process where only some initial topics are investigated. These topics can be
revisedasthepractitionergainsinsightintheareaasinformationflowsinfromthe
respondents.Thesemistructureddialogueisthusaninformalprocessbutitneeds
tobemanagedexpertly,particularlyintheaspectslistedbelow:
Behaviouralfactorsofthesurveyorsandrespondents
Questionsnottobeambiguousorlong
Managingtheconversation&carefulprobingtoseekanswers
Judgingresponseswithoutbiases
Crosscheckingwithotherrespondents
Recordingtheinterview(audio/video)
Avoidingerrors
232
7.2.1.4. FocussedGroupDiscussion(FGD)
Focussed group discussion is a qualitative data collection and research technique.
Questionsaboutopinions,perceptions,beliefs,attitudeofpeopletowardsplanning
aims, services are probed in these discussions.FGD can be used for learning about
stakeholders, their interrelationship and to know about a range of issues on the
topic. This method costs fairly low compared to surveys, as one can get results
relativelyquicklyandincreasethesamplesize.FGDscaneitherbeusedtoexplore
meaning of survey findings that cannot be explained statically as well as before
designingquestionnaires.
HomogenousgroupofpeopleareselectedforFGDsothattheyarecomfortableand
havefreeflowofdiscussion.Mainobjectiveandkeyquestionsofthemeetingshould
be predecided. Group of 10 to 12 people and questions should be selected for a
singleFGD108.Morethanone,mostlythreetofourFGDstobedonebeforelegitimate
resultscanbereachedonanissue.FGDinruralsettingscanmakeuseofinteractive
diagrammaticdatacollectiontechniquessuchasmapping,Venndiagrametc.
7.2.1.5. ParticipatoryRapidAppraisal
PRAisanintensive,systematicbutsemistructuredlearningexperiencecarriedout
in a community by a multidisciplinary team, which includes community
members109usingvarioustoolsgivenbelow.Participatoryappraisalmethodsand
toolscanbeusedacrossallagegroupsandculturesanddonotrelyonliteracyskills.
Methods of PRA are highly visual and comprise a myriad of activities to elicit and
triangulatethesameinformation110.Toolsusedinparticipatoryinterviewsorgroup
meetings include brainstorming, mapping, ranking and diagramming and can be
broadlyputinfourcategories111:
Groupdynamics,e.g.learningcontracts,rolereversals,feedbacksessions
Sampling,e.g.transectwalks,wealthranking,socialmapping
Interviewing,e.g.focusgroupdiscussions,semistructuredinterviews,triangulation
Visualizatione.g.Venndiagrams,matrixscoring,timelines
Participationusuallytakesplaceinfamiliarsurroundingsinthestreet,publicplaces
orthroughcommunitybasedactivities112.
7.2.1.6. SelfSurvey
These are often in the questionnaires sent to respondents through mail or survey
forms handed out or inserted in the newspapers and the filled questionnaires are
108
Source:OverseasDevelopmentInstitute,UK;Wikipedia.
109
http://www.slideshare.net/ronelcana/participatoryrapidappraisal.
110
http://shortwork.org.uk/?page_id=210.
111
Source:Wikipedia.
112
http://shortwork.org.uk/?page_id=210
233
mailed back to the surveyor. It has various limitations, like; responses can be low
andunsatisfactory.
Primary data collection techniques can be costly and very time consuming thus
methodsofrapidinformationcollection,whichrelymostlyondirectobservation,is
analternative.Thismethodseeksseveralviewsofanyonefact(crosschecking),
makesuseofchecklistsandsemistructureddialogue.However,rapidmethodsmust
notbeconsideredassubstitutestospecialistinvestigationsandshouldbeusedfor
quickaccesstoinformationforrapiddecisionmakingonly.
7.2.2. SecondaryDataCollectiontechniques
Secondarydataarethose,whichhavealreadybeencollectedbysomeoneotherthan
theinvestigatorhimself.Theseareusuallycompiledandprocessedinformationbut
may be relatively less accurate than the primary data. However, the problems
associated with the primary data collection such as time consumption, skilled
manpower requirement do not arise here. Secondary data can be collected from a
numberofsources,whichcanbebroadlyclassified,intotwocategories.
7.2.2.1. PublishedSources
Mostlysecondarydataiscollectedfrompublishedsources,whichmakesitreliable.
Someimportantsourcesofpublishedsourcesandstatisticaldataareasfollow:
PublishedreportsofCentralandStateGovernmentsandlocalbodies.
Statistical abstracts, census reports and other reports published by different Ministries of the
Government.
OfficialpublicationsoftheforeignGovernments.
ReportsandPublicationsoftradeassociations,chambersofcommerce,financialinstitutionsetc.
Journals,Magazinesandperiodicals.
Periodic Publications of Government organizations like Central Statistical Organization (CSO),
NationalSampleSurveyOrganization(NSSO).
ReportssubmittedbyEconomists,ResearchScholars,Bureaus,
PublishedworksofresearchinstitutionsandUniversities
7.2.2.2. UnpublishedSources
Statistical and nonstatistical data can also be collected from various unpublished
sources.Someoftheimportantunpublishedsourcesfromwhichsecondarydatacan
becollectedare:
Theresearchworkscarriedoutbyscholars,researchassociatesandprofessionals.
The records maintained by private firms and business enterprises, which may not have been
publishedduetobusinessdiscretion.
Records and statistics maintained by various departments and offices of the Central and State
Governments,Corporations,Undertakingsamongothers.
For assisting planning and development efforts of local bodies, CentralStatistical

Organisation (CSO) of Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation
(MoSPI)haspublishedadocumentBasicStatisticsforLocalLevelDevelopmentfor
234
Ruralvillage schedule, Urban ward schedule and Metropolitan city/ city/ town
schedule. At village level, the gramPanchayat will consolidate, maintain and own
villageleveldata.ItissuggestedthatDistrictStatisticalOffice(DSO)willcoordinate
with respective local body and different departments for getting the information
compiledatrespectiveschedule.
7.3.
TypesofSurveys
Whileplanningregionalorurbanarea,diversestudiesaredonewhichusevarious
setsofinformationtoanalyseexistingsituationandmakefutureprojections.Thus,
keepinginmindtherangeofdatarequiredinplanning,followingsurveytypeshave
beenundertaken.
7.3.1. SocioEconomicSurvey
Demographicsurveyisconcernedwithcollectionofsocioeconomicdataregarding
characteristicsofhumanpopulations,suchassize,growth,density,distribution,and
vital statistics. This survey forms base for not only understanding current socio
demographic characteristics of specific area but also projections of future
population and related infrastructure. However this survey is to be done in rare
casesonlyasCensusofIndiaprovidesdetailedinformationofdemography.
7.3.2. Landuse/utilisationSurveys
Land use survey is commonly undertaken with the purpose to identify developed
andundevelopedareasforanalysisofphysicaldistributionandconditionofexisting
development for future projections. In case of ground verification of the land use
map prepared by remote access or by various secondary sources, land use of a
definedlandparcelcanbeobservedbyundertakingawellplannedexercise.
The developed and undeveloped area can then be further classified into major
categoriesdependingupontheusetowhichmajorportionsoflandareputto.The
categoriesaretobeinlinewithUrbanorRegionalPlan(s)(asgiveninTable4.4and
Table9.1).Incaseofmultipleuseofalandparcel,thedominatinglanduseshouldbe
marked,ifmixedlanduseisnotconsideredintheplan.
7.3.3. DensitySurveys
Densitysurveysaredonetounderstandtherelationshipbetweenbuiltupareaand
populationdensity.Itistakenupforassessmentofinfrastructurerequirements,to
reducecongestion,appropriateavailabilityoflandforspecificactivitiesandservices
requiredbyresidentsforgoodqualityoflife.
235
7.3.3.1. ResidentialDensity113
Residential density surveys are undertaken with the objective to understand the
accommodationdensity,builtupareadensity(builtupareaperlandarea)andthe
residingpopulationdensity.Basedontheanalysisfromthissurvey,thedecisionson
thecontrolandpromotionalmeasurescanbetaken.
There are two separate aspects of this objective, first is less congestion within
dwellingunitandsecondislowhighdensityinaneighbourhoodorthestudyarea.
Anotherreasonforsuchsurveysistocontrolnumberofpeople residinginanarea
so as to provide appropriate/sustainable or decentralised services and utilities for
thearea.
Residentialdensityisnormallyexpressedintermsof:
Housesperunitland(dwellingunits/hectare),
Habitableroomsperunitland(rooms/hectare)(Accommodationdensity)and
Personsperunitland(persons/hectare)(PopulationDensity).
Forcomparisonatlaterstagesandanalysisoftheresidential areas,thestudyarea
canbefurtherdividedintozones/subdivisionsofsimilarhousingtypes/conditions
and tentative observation of density or based on similar pattern for survey within
thestudyarea.
As accommodation density and population density are calculated for same unit of
area, these can be compared to reach at number of persons (occupancy rate) per
habitable room. Thus it is used to determine whether particular area is under
utilizedoroverutilised.Thisinformationcanbeusedinfutureplanningtodecide
whichareasaretobedecongestedandinwhichareasdensitycanbeincreased.The
followingformulasareusedforthecalculation:
Numberofhabitableroomsinthestudyarea/subdivision
Accommodationdensity=
Netareaofthestudyarea/subdivision
Totalpopulationofthestudyarea
Populationdensity=
Totalareaofthestudyarea
Populationdensity
Occupancyrates=
Accommodationdensity
7.3.3.2. NonResidentialDensity
Density in nonresidential areas is carried out for assessment and provision of
appropriatequantityandqualityofservicestotheusersofstudyarea.Measurement
of density in nonresidential area in terms of room or occupant per acre does not
113
Source: Reading Material on Planning Techniques by Sh.JH Ansari and Sh. Mahavir; and Keeble Lewis, Principles and
PracticesofTown&CountryPlanning,1968.
236
provideusefulinformation,thusamethodbaseduponthefloorspaceindex(FSI)is
usedtocalculatenonresidentialdensity.
Thissurveyseekstoobtaintwofoldinformationaboutstudyarea;first,astatement
ofthetotalareadevotedtodifferentclassesoflandusewithinthenonresidential
area,distinguishingonlybetweenquitedistinctkindsofuse, e.g.shop,office,place
ofassembly.Second,theintensityofuseofeachstreetblocksinthenonresidential
areaintermsofitsoverallFSI.TheFSIsurveygivessomeideawhethertheamount
oflandrequiresbeincreasingorreducingfordifferentlanduses.
Table7.2: Fieldsheetfornonresidentialsurvey
Subdivision
No.
Shop
Floorareainsquaremeters
Totalfloorarea
TotalSize
F.S.I.
Residence
Office
Industry
Source:
ReadingMaterialonPlanningTechniquesbyJHAnsariandShriMahavir.
7.3.4. InfrastructureSurveys
Infrastructure survey includes the survey of existing infrastructure within and
surrounding the study area in terms of its population. The result of infrastructure
survey is compared to benchmarks and parameters provided by
National/Government authorities. Such survey includes physical as well social
infrastructure. This survey is commonly integrated with the land use survey to
cohesivelyunderstandtheuseoflandandtosaveontimeandmanpower.
Physicalinfrastructureindicators:transportation,watersupply,wastewater,sewerage,andsolid
wastemanagementinfrastructure.
Social infrastructure indicators: educational, civic and utilities, health care, recreation
infrastructureetcetera.
Key parameters to be assessed in the survey are capacity, utilisation, gap

assessment, issues associated as well as technology. The following table indicates
thevariousinfrastructureindicatorsthatcanbeusedandthebenchmarkproviding
agenciesforthesame.
Table7.3: Infrastructureindicatorsandbenchmarkprovidingagencies
Indicators
BenchmarksprovidingAuthority
Transportation
UrbanRoadCodeofPractice
Watersupply
CPHEEO,ServicelevelbenchmarkingMinistryofUrbanDevelopment(MoUD)
Wastewatermanagement
CPHEEO,ServicelevelbenchmarkingMoUD
StormwaterDrainage
Sewerage
IndustrialEffluent
AsperCPCB/SPCBnorms
Sources:Asgiven.
237
Transportation infrastructure survey is undertaken to comprehend the transport
networkandthemovementofcommutersinthecity.Itcomprisessurveyoftraffic
volume, commuter load of different forms of commutation, parking survey and
others.Table7.4coversthisindetail.
238
7.3.5. TransportationSurveys
Typesofsurveys,theirobjectivesandmethods,samplingsizeandexpectedoutputaregiveninthetablebelow:
Table7.4: ComprehensiveTableofTransportationSurveys(TransportSurveyformsReferAppendixFofVolumeIIB)
S.No.
SurveyName
Inventoryofroadnetworksystem
1.
Reviewofexistingtransport
infrastructureandfacilities,including:
Flyovers/underpasses,
Majorintersections,
Parkingfacilities,
Trafficcontrolfacilities
Pedestrianfacilities
NMVfacilities,
LevelRailwayCrossings
PublicTransportandParatransit
Facilities
Speedanddelaystudies
2.
Objectives
Classifiedtrafficvolumecounts
3.
SurveyMethods
To appreciate the physical characteristics of

the identified road network in terms of right
ofway,carriageway,numberofaccesspoints,
surfacetype,abuttinglanduse,etc.
To identify physical constraints and
bottleneck points along the identified road
network.
To assess the capacity potential of the
identifiedroadnetwork
To appreciate traffic management measures
presently adopted along the identified road
network
Tounderstandtheexistingtransportsituation
in order to develop a rational land use and
transport plan and mobility improvement
measuresinaCMP
Toelicitthejourneyandrunningspeedalong
theroadnetwork
Toidentifythebottleneckpoint
ToobtainthetraveltimematrixforalltheOD
pairs
Toquantitydelaysandidentifyfactorscausing
delay
To appreciate traffic characteristics in terms
ofsizecompositionandvariationdirectional
andtemporal.
Toappreciatethespatialdistributionoftraffic
To establish the level of service on the road
networksystem
SamplingSize
Manual
Moving
Observer
method
FloatingCarMethod
Registration Number
Method
Elevated
observer
Method
ManualMethod
Usingautomatic
deviceslikeSensors
VideoPhotography
Two sections for a

road section with
similarlanduses
Two samples for a
road section with
similarlanduse
Samples
to
be
collected where ever
sectionhasvariation
ExpectedOutput
Physical characteristics and
physical constraints of road
network and transport
infrastructure
The average of around six

runs114
Journey and running speed,

travel time, delay causing
factors
As even day count will

then give the Average
DailyTraffic(ADT)115
TrafficCharacteristicof
thestudyarea
Trafficvolume
Spatial distribution of
traffic
Circulationoftraffic
114
IRC:SP:19-2001.
115
Ibid.
239
S.No.
4.
5.
SurveyName
Objectives
RoadSideOriginanddestination
surveysat
Cordonand
Screenlines
Mobilitysurvey(HouseholdSurvey)
ParkingDemandCharacteristics
6.
SurveyMethods
Toappreciatethetrafficcharacteristics
Toappreciatethedesiredpatternsof
passengerandgoodstraffic
Toassesstheintensityofthroughand
destinedtraffic
Touseinmodelvalidation
RoadSideInterview
Method
RegistrationNumber
Platesurvey
Tagsonvehicles
Toelicitsocioeconomiccharacteristicsofthe
household
Toelicittravelcharacteristicsofthe
household(totaltrips,purposeoftrips,mode
used,triplength,triporiginanddestination
etc.)
Toappreciatedesiredpatternoftraffic
Toelicitopinion(oftheresidentsofthestudy
area)regardinggeneraltransportproblemsof
thecityandtheprobableareasof
improvement.
Toassesstheparkingcharacteristicsinterms
ofparkingdurationandaccumulationby
mode
Toassessfuturelevelsofdemand
Householdinterviews
SamplingSize
ExpectedOutput
The
survey
should
normally be conducted for
three consecutive days, on
sample basis, if possible
during a representative
weekintheyearandmust
encompass the weekly
market day and one
workingday116
Population
<50,000
50,000
1,50,000
1,50,000
3,00,000
3,00,000
5,00,000
>10,00,000
Sampling
rate
1in5
1in8
1in15
Travelpattern
OD matrix to calibrate
a transport demand
model
Socioeconomic profile of
the study area, number of
trips,purposeoftrips,mode
used, trip length, trip origin
and destination, vehicle
ownership
1in20
1in25
ParkingSpace
Inventory
ParkingusageSurvey
bypatrol
Each typology to be
covered / representative
sampletobecollected
Parking duration, load,

volume,index,turnover
116
Ibid.
240
S.No.
SurveyName
Objectives
SurveyMethods
Todevelopaparkingpolicy
Cordoncount
Questionnairetype
parkingsurvey
ParkingSpace
Inventory
SamplingSize
ExpectedOutput
Determine availability of
existingparking
7.
ParkingSupply
ToassesstheParkingSupply
8.
Activityplacestudy
Toappreciatetheactivitypatternintermsof
typeandintensity
Toappreciatetheemploymentlevelsbytype
ofactivity
Todeveloprelationshipbetweenfloorspace
andemployment
Toappreciatethetripandother
characteristicsofemployees
Todeveloptripproductionandattraction
ratesbytypeandintensityofactivities.
Toappreciatesystemandoperational
characteristics
Toappreciatetheperformanceandeconomic
characteristics
ToappreciateroleandfunctionofParatransit
Toappreciatethesystemcharacteristicsof
Paratransit
ToappreciatecharacteristicsParatransit
users
Toappreciatephysicalcharacteristicsofthe
terminalregardingsize,spaceusageetc.
Toappreciatetheoperationalcharacteristics
intermsofflowofvehicles/good/peopleto
andfromtheterminal
Toappreciatetheusercharacteristics(incase
ofpassengerterminal)regardingtheirorigin,
destination,modeused,triplengthetc.
Toappreciatetheparkingcharacteristicsin
theterminal
Toappreciatetheproblems,constraintsand
potentialsforexpansionoftheterminal
activity
Primarysurvey
Each typology to be
covered / representative
sampletobecollected
100 % of land use survey
andSamplesizeoftriprate
tobedecidedbasedonthe
sizeofstudyarea.
Inventory
Usersurveys
OperatorSurveys
Samplesizetobedecided
basedonthesizeand
characteristicofstudyarea
Systemandoperational
characteristics
Inventory
Usersurveys
OperatorSurveys
Sample size to be decided

based on the size and
characteristicofstudyarea
System and operational

characteristics
Inventory
Usersurveys
OperatorSurveys
Sample size to be decided

based on the size and
characteristics of study
area and availability of
users
Physical characteristics of
the terminal, operational
characteristics in terms of
flow
of
vehicles/good/people,
parking characteristics in
theterminal
9.
Publictransportsystemstudy
10.
Paratransitstudy
11.
Terminalstudies
Identify
rates
trip
generation
241
S.No.
12.
SurveyName
Safetystudies(accidentstudies,
includingcollision&trafficincidences)
Objectives
13.
PedestrianSurvey
VolumeCounts
Along
Across
14.
Source:
IntersectionSurvey
a. IntersectionTurningMovement
Survey
b. QueuelengthSurvey
SurveyMethods
Toappreciatethetrendsofaccidentsinthe
studyarea
Toappreciatethetemporalandspatial
variationofaccidents
Toidentifytheaccidentproneareas
Toidentifyplanningandmanagement
measuresforimprovementoftrafficsafety
To appreciate pedestrian characteristics in
terms of size composition and variation
directionalandtemporal.
Toappreciatethespatialdistribution
Toestablishthelevelofserviceontheroad
networksystem
Safety:Continuityofstreetlightingfor
carriagewayandpavements
Comfort:Continuityofshade,provisionof
accessramps
Convenience:Presenceofpedestrianpath
findingsignage,streetfurnituresuchas
garbagebins,seating,drinkingwater
Measuresturningmovementsatkey
intersectionsduringthemorningandevening
peakhours.
Aqueuelengthsurveyatmajorbottlenecks
canshowtheseverityoftrafficcongestion
quantitatively.
SamplingSize
ExpectedOutput
Secondarydata
collectionfrompolice
stations
Accident record for last 2

years
Identification of accident
proneareas
ManualCounts
Video
Attitude
As even day count will

then give the Average
DailyTraffic(ADT)117
Level of service of the

pedestrian system and need
for additional pedestrian
facilities
Manualcounts
Directional movement of
trafficinthepeakhour
Countsfor2hourseachin
the morning and evening
peakperiodsunlessthere
exist extended peak
hours.
Performance characteristics
ofanIntersection
Asgiven
Notes:
1)InInventoryofRoadNetworkSysteminclusionofCity,wardandneighbourhoodlevelNMTroutes&NMTpriorityzones,publicbicyclesharingschemes,
NMVparkingfacilitiesmaybeconsidered.
2)Specialemphasismustbepaidtounderstandthedifferencesintravelbetweenmenandwomen(especiallyinMobilitysurveyPublicTransportSystem
Study,ParatransitStudyandTerminalStudy;assesstheirmetandunmetrequirementsforincorporatingtheresultstoimprovetransportsystemtowards
providinggendersensitivetransportsystem.
117
Ibid.
242
7.4.
AnalyticalTechniques
Analysis breaks down complex phenomena into simple elements by organising,

correlating, classifying, displaying and resolving. Based on the understanding of
existing conditions, analysis and trends of change, the planners propose shortterm
and longterm scenarios of future and design schedules of inter connected
interventionstosteerdevelopmenttowardsadesiredfuturestate.
These analysis techniques shall be carefully chosen keepingin view the objective of
the study and the extent of data collected. The techniques with following
characterisedshallbepreferred:
Considerationofmultipleparameters
Handlingmassdatabase
Analysisoutputinvisualform
Simplified Reporting: A report can be a summarized or detailed description of

studied phenomenon. It helps in performing the tasks of putting information in an
ordered format, identifying patterns, classifying, observing trends, correlating and
inferring with a view to arrive at insights, conclusions, policy guidelines or design
directionsrelatedtoissuesunderinvestigation.
Thereportshouldintroducethecontentsattheverybeginning,statingtheobjectives,
scope and limitation of the study, describing the methodology used in collecting
information and conducting analyses for arriving at alternatives, evaluating
alternativesandderivingconclusionsandrecommendations.
Trend Analysis: This is a simple technique to study changes in a system over a
period of time. Availability of time series data at least for three points of time is a
basic requirement for its application. The analysis can be displayed in the form of
tables, graphs, maps or diagrams. This technique is popularly used in study and
analysis of change in urban economy, demographic pattern and physical form.
Analytical tools for Trend Analysis may be used to predict the result of specific
measuresinthecontextofTrafficandTransportationstrategiesasdecisionsupport
tools.
DataCompilation&AnalysisTechniques:Withadvancement,dataanalysiscanbe
executed more exhaustively and extensively through various software platforms.
Complexanalysisinvolvingmultiplevariablesandscenariobuildingforvariouscases
require advanced analytical software. These are carefully chosen to meet the
requirementofthedatacompilationandanalysis.
Software like Statistical Package for the Social Sciences (SPSS), Statistical Analysis
System (SAS), STATA, Microsoft Excel files and others assist in data analysis for
multiplevariables,theoutputofwhichcouldbepresentedvisuallywithgraphs,trend
charts and diagrams. Various other software, which aid in decision making like Pan
Plus, which supports in preparation of participatory plans by enabling recording of
243
SimpliffiedPlanniingTechniiques
preferen
ncesandprrioritiesof peopleand
dslottingth
hemintoscchemesandprogram
mmes
that form
m part of the budgeet envelop
pe of plann
ning unit is useful aas an anallysis
techniqu
ue.
Innovattivedataana
alysistechniiques
Develop
pment radarss are pictoriaal depictions of performaance of plann
ning unit witth coordinatees
plotted around at 360 degreess, with each
h axis depiccting one paarameter of developmen
nt.
Develop
pmentradarsscanalsobe areportcard
d,becauseit canberedrrawnovera timesequencce
andthe differencein
nattainment measured.T
Thesecanbe usedinresp
pectofvariou
ussectorssucch
ashealth
h,education,povertyallev
viation,drink
kingwater,an
ndhousing.
Figure7
7.2: Techniq
quesofDataR
Representatio
on:Developm
mentRadar
Source:
IntegratedDisttrictPlanning,PlanningCommisssion
Figure7.3
3: Tabularpresentationo
ofSmileyfacee
Source:
In
ntegratedDistricctPlanning,PlanningCommissio
on.
Data rep
presentation can add vallue to stock taking and visioning
v
exeercises throu
ugh interfacin
ng
numericcaldatawithspatialinform
mationandm
makingitmorrecommuniccativeoneo
ofsuchmetho
od
issmiley
yfacewhich describestheedeviationfrromnorm/av
veragethrougghsmileys,greaterthegaap,
sadderttheface.
MapAna
alysisTech
hniques:M
Maprelated
dsoftwarecontainsm
mapsfromo
officialsources
suchas NRSC;NIC havingloccationsofiinfrastructu
ureandservicesand boundarieesof
urban/ru
ural centrees plotted on them through GIS
G overlay
ys. They allso contain
n an
interfaceebetweenn
numericaldataanddisplayofdaataonmap
p.Someinittiativesofssuch
softwaree applicatio
ons are by
y Gram +++
+ (which converts nu
umerical data into viisual
244
URDP
PFIGuidelines,2014.MiniistryofUrba
anDevelopm
ment
outputs) and Ridhisofts Whizmap (GIS platform for local planning)118. These and
otherplatformsofGIScanbeusedforthepreparationofdifferentplans.Themethod
of planning through GIS platform has been elaborated later in this chapter in the
section:GISapplicationinplanformulation.
The above mentioned data collection, analytical and mapping techniques are
comprehensiveinnatureandcanbeappropriatelyadoptedduringthecourseofthe
project. Land availability for development is declining with accompanying
competitionamidvariousactivities.Withthisscenariolandsuitabilityanalysisplays
importantrolewhereinlandforparticularuseisselectedafterconsideringrangeof
factors.Landselectedthereuponismostsuitableandtendtoreducewastageofthis
limitedresource.
With the expanding city areas, threshold analysis for limiting its boundaries is
evaluated on the basis of viability. These techniques have significant impact on
decisionmaking.
7.4.1. CarryingCapacity
Carrying capacity of an area can be defined as the maximum number of population
thatcanbesupportedbytheenvironmentofthatareathroughoptimumutilizationof
the available resources. The pattern and extent of resource usage serves to be the
primaryfactorthataffectsthecarryingcapacity.Thisindeeddependshighlyonthe:
Socioeconomicstatusofthepeople
Useoftechnology
Iftechnologyisusedinapositivemannerthenthecarryingcapacityismeasuredto
increasemanifold.
Planners usually define carrying capacity as the ability of the natural or artificial
system that can absorb the population growth or physical development without
considerabledegradationordamage(Schneideretal.,1978).
(Source:Schneider,D.M.,D.R.Godschalk,andN.Axler.1978.TheCarryingCapacityConceptasaPlanning
Tool.Chicago,IL:AmericanPlanningAssociation,PlanningAdvisoryServiceReport338).
Thetechniquescanbetranslatedintopolicies,strategiesandactionplansatthelocal
leveltowardsaugmentationandsustenanceofurbanenvironmentresourcesinterms
of their supportive and assimilative capacities on one hand and size, nature and
distribution of urbaneconomic activities and their concomitant demands on
environment,onanother.
(Source: Carrying Capacity based Regional Planning by National Institute of Urban Affairs, New Delhi;
IHS,Rotterdam)
The evaluation of urban carrying capacity is a complex process as it is determined

from basic needs such as food requirements, various kinds of resources consumed
118
Source:IntegratedDistrictPlanningManualbyPlanningCommission
245
and the many kinds of wastes generated, different kinds of landuse conversions
leading to ecological imbalance and the great variability in technology, institutions
andlifestylescreated.Thereare6typesofcarryingcapacitiesthatcanbeevaluated
Infrastructurecapacitylevel,
Institutionalcapacitylevel,
Perceptualcarryingcapacity,
Environmentalcapacitylevel,
Sustainablecapacityleveland
Biocentriccapacitylevel.
Among these six types, the profound ones are infrastructure capacity level,
environmentalcapacitylevel,andsustainablecapacitylevel,whicharemorerelevant
tourbanplanning.
Table7.5: Levelsofevaluatingcarryingcapacityfortheurbanareas
Levelof
InfrastructureCapacityLevel
Evaluation
EnvironmentalCapacityLevel
Definition The degree of human activity

thatfacilitiesandserviceswithin
an area can support without
causing serious degradation of
ordamagetothemaintenanceof
qualityoflife.
SustainableCapacity
Level
The degree of human activity

that environment and ecosystems
within an area can support
without
causing
serious
degradationordamagetoquality
oflife.
Sustainable
carrying
capacity is the number of a
species that can be
supported in a particular
area indefinitely, given that
areasendowmentofwater,
food,andothernecessities.
Concept
Atthiscapacitylevel,themajor This level basically reflects the

factor of evaluation is the present
state
of
the
infrastructuredevelopment.
environment with respect to
productivity.
The basic resource flow

through the urban area
to its ultimate sink is
evaluated. These are long
termbasedfactors.
Indicator
Heretheintensityandpattern
ofresourceusage is estimated
for the development of
infrastructure
like,
water
supply system, sewage system,
transportation system, waste
disposalsystem,etc.
Indicators of particular
resource: how long it will
be available. If a resource
is getting scarce then
efficient steps could be
taken to sustain it for long
term.
Thestateofproductivityofthe
environment, e.g. agricultural
productivity by evaluating the
past data or the availability of
cleanair&water,lowpollution.
Source: Urban Carrying Capacity: Concept and calculation; IIT Guwahati; 201112, Determining Sustainable Development
Density using the Urban Carrying Capacity Assessment System Kyushik Oh, YeunwooJeong, Dongkun Lee, Wangkey
Lee;UCL,WorkingPaperSeries,2004&Thesustainablecarrying capacityofNewZealand;TheroyalsocietyofNew
Zealand.
7.4.2. Applying Carrying Capacity for Urban and Regional

planning:
Carrying capacity based approach to planning is a concept as well as tool towards
sustainable development of cities and region. It is still in nascent stages in India.
Planningbasedoncarryingcapacitydealswiththemanagementofhumanactivities,
supportiveresourcesandassimilativecapacitiesoftheenvironment(Figure7.4)and
generalprocessofcarryingcapacitybasedplanningisdepicted(Figure7.5).
Carrying Capacity analysis tool is useful to rationalise fixation of FAR including
increaseingivenFAR.Twomajordeterminingfactorsshouldbeconsidered:
1. V/C(V=volume,C=capacity)
246
Simp
plifiedPlan
nningTech
hniques
V/C: optimum
V
m level is 0.8; it can be relaxed upto
o 0.9. Above 0.9 is dysfu
unctional and
d 1.0 is not
desirable.
2 LPCDofp
2.
pipedwatersupply
Litrespercapitaperday (LPCD):the plannedLPCDshouldbe asperthem
minimumofnormis135
LPCD set. Ho
owever, the density is to
o be capped
d by the Dev
velopment/ M
Master Plan as per the
t
threshold.
Figu
ure7.4: Com
mponentsofC
CarryingCapaacityofUrban
n&RegionalAreas119
Sourcce:
Projectpap
peronCarryingCapacitybasedRegionalPlannin
ngbyNIUA.
Figu
ure7.5: Plan
nningofUrbaanandRegion
nalareasbaseedoncarryin
ngcapacity
Sourcce:
Modifiedb
basedonProjectpaperonCarryiingCapacitybassedRegionalPlan
nningbyNIUA.

119
Sup
pportive capacitty means the caapacity of the environment
e
to support the lives of the peoplee and other liviing organism.
Assimilativecapaccityisthecapacityoftheenviro
onmenttoabsorrb/recyclemattter,energyand//orothercompo
onents,which
com
meintotheenviironmenteitherb
bythemselvesofthroughhuman
nintervention,fforsustenanceoffenvironmentallquality.
URD
DPFIGuidelin
banDevelopment
247
CaseStudy1:UrbanCarryingCapacity,Guwahati
Anewmethodofcalculatingcarryingcapacitywasdevelopedby IIT,GuwahaticalledSustainable
AccommodationthroughFeedbackEvaluation(SAFE).Thismethodwasdevelopedforhillyurban
areatoensurehazardfreesustainableurbandevelopment.TheStepsisasfollow:
Step1:Delineationoftheurbanwatershed.
Step2:Demarcationofthedevelopable&non
developablearea.
Step3:Determinationofarearequiredfor
differentinfrastructureandfacilities.
Step4:Calculationoftheavailableresidential
area.
Step5:Socioeconomicsurveyoftheurbanregion
andcalculationofthefloorarea
requirementofthepeople.
Step6:DeterminationoftheFloorAreaRatio.
Step7:Calculationofpopulationcarrying
capacity.
Step8:Checkadequacyofotherindicatorsnot
analysedearlier.
CaseStudy2:TourismCarryingCapacityinEuropeanTourismDestinations
Thestudywasundertakentoelaboratecomprehensivemethodologicalframeworktounderstandthe
concept of Tourism Carrying Capacity (TCC) and applying this methodology for sustainable tourism
activitiesintheEuropeantouristdestinations.
Thebasicelementsoftheconceptofcarryingcapacityfromtourismpointofview,i.e.theneedfora
limit/athresholdinthetouristactivities,werecharted.FormeasuringTCCdifferentcomponentsand
subsequent indicator swere weighted based on the (a) characteristics of the locality, (b) the type of
tourism and environment interface and (c) the type of tourism. Sample of different type of tourism
destinationswerestudiedforcalculatingTCC.Suchascoastalareas,islands,protectedareas,mountain
resortsetcetera.ThemethodologyofmeasuringTCChasbeenshowninFigure7.6.
248
Simp
plifiedPlan
nningTech
hniques
Figu
ure7.6: Meth
hodologyformeasuringT
TourismCarry
yingCapacity
y
Sourcce:
Defining,M
Meaning&Evalu
uatingCarryingC
CapacityinEuropeanTourismD
DestinationsbyU
UniversityofAeg
gean,Greece.
7.4
4.3. ThrresholdA
Analysiss
Thee threshold
d theory is based on the
t observ
vation that any urban
n centre en
ncounters
limiitations to their expaansion duee to physio
ographic feeatures, exiisting land
d use and
tech
hnology off infrastruccture. An important inference from
f
this observatio
on is that
phy
ysicalgrow
wthoftownisnotsmo
oothlycontiinuousbutproceedsiinstagesm
markedby
successive lim
mitations which haave been called dev
velopmentt threshold
d. These
URD
DPFIGuidelin
banDevelopment
249
thresholdsarenotinsurmountableandcanbeovercomebutonlyatadditional(often
veryhigh)developmentinvestmentsknownasthresholdcosts.
This technique is used to determine influence zones, urban extents and regions,
attempts to rationalize and control the process of urban growth and provides a
quantitative tool to help decisionmaking. Thresholds based on physical limitations
are comparatively easy to determine using mapping techniques. Thresholds can be
tangibleorintangible.
Tangible thresholds are those, which can be measured, quantified and represented.
Thesearephysical,technologicalandstructurallimitationssuchaslandavailablefor
development, current technology of water treatment or electricity production.
Physical limitations or threshold are restrictions imposed by physiography and
topographyandgetphysicallyidentifiedintheformofnaturalfeaturessuchasrivers
to be crossed, hilly areas and steep slopes etc. Technological thresholds are
limitations imposed on physical growth of city, by constraints in expansion of
infrastructuresystem.Someofthesethresholdscanbeidentifiedspatiallyandsome
numerically for instance, watershed line is generally the limit of extension of
seweragesystem,whereas,thecapacityofasewagetreatmentplantcanbeexpressed
in terms of number of inhabitants that can be served (numerically) identified
threshold. Intangible thresholds can only be understood and indirectly measured
suchas,socioeconomiclimitations.
7.4.3.1. TheProcessofThresholdAnalysis
PartOne:Analysis
StageI:Delineationofareatobesurveyedbydrawingtheboundariesofareaascloselyaspossible
toahomogenouspatternofsettlement.
StageII:Analysisoffactorsaffectingtown/urbandevelopmentsuchasphysiographicsuitabilityof
landandpossibleextensionofpublicutilities.
Stage III: Tracing the threshold lines, delimiting areas suitable for urban development and new
developmentareasfromfundamentallanddevelopment.
Stage IV: Synthesis The information can now be correlated to form a synthesis of all factors
consideredonbasisofwhich,thelinesofurbandevelopmentthresholdscanbedefined.Physical
thresholdsareshownspatiallyonbasemapandquantitativethresholdssuchaspopulationfigures,
investment,powerorwatersupplyrequirementcanbeexpressed.
Stage V: Land is subdivided for main functions of city within the successive physical threshold
areas.Thisisdonegenerallyfortwomainfunctions,suitableareaforindustryandsuitableareafor
otherurbanuses,prioritybeinggivenbasedonvisionofdevelopment.
StageVI:Thecalculationofcapacityof residentialareaswithinthefirstandsuccessivethreshold
lines in relation to quantitative threshold figures in order to define the approximate number of
inhabitants,whichmaybeaccommodated.
StageVII:Thecalculationofaveragesofindustrialareaswithinthefirstandsuccessivethreshold
lines to define their potential for industrial location after considering the quantitative threshold
figures.
250
PartTwo:OutlineofEconomicAssessment
Stage VIII: Calculating the approximate capital investment costs necessary to overcome each
thresholdwithintheexaminedarea.
StageIX:Calculatingthefollowingefficiencyindicesforeachsuccessivethresholdarea:
Costofeachnewinhabitant
Costperacreoflandsuitablefordevelopment
Inregionalplanningindirectuseofquantifiedresultscanbeusedindecisionmaking
amongalternativelocationsforsomesignificantinvestmentwithintheregion,while
preparingacomprehensiveregionalpolicyforthedistributionoftheexpectedinflux
ofpopulation.
7.4.3.2. LandSuitabilityAnalysis
Landsuitabilityreferstotheabilityofaparticulartypeof landtosupportaspecific
use.Theprocessoflandsuitabilityclassificationinvolves;evaluationandgroupingof
particular land areas based on their suitability for a defined use120. Land use
suitabilityanalysisaimsatidentifyingthemostappropriatespatialpatternforfuture
land uses according to specific requirements, preferences, or predictors of some
activity121.
Applicationsofsuitabilityanalysiscanbefoundinmanyfields,suchassiteselection
for cropland, agriculture suitability, graze suitability, forestry suitability (natural
resourcemanagementfield),floodingcontrol,sustainabledevelopment(environment
field), suitability for urban expansion, site selection for specific land use etcetera.
Landsuitabilitycanbeusedinplanningprocesstofinalisemostappropriatelandfor
particularlanduseoractivitybyfollowingtheprocesspresentedinFigure7.7.
120
Landsuitabilityanalysisforagriculturecrops:afuzzymulticriteriadecisionmakingapproach;2003;PrakashTN.
121
Hopkins,L.,1977.Methods forgeneratinglandsuitabilitymaps:acomparativeevaluation.Journal for AmericanInstituteof

Planners 34 (1), 1929.) (Collins, M.G., Steiner, F.R., Rushman, M.J., 2001. Landuse suitability analysis in the United States:
historicaldevelopmentandpromisingtechnologicalachievements.EnvironmentalManagement28(5),611621.
251
Figure7.7: LandsuittabilityproccessinPlann
ning
Source:
Vaarioussourceon
nlandsuitability
yanalysis.
Factorsttakenintocconsiderationtobringoutmosttsuitablelaandwillvarryaccordin
ngto
thedesirredlandusseforwhich
hthistechn
niqueisundertaken.A
Afewexam
mplesoffacctors
are giveen in the Figure7.8. However, list of th
he factors can be brroadly gau
uged
accordin
ngtothesco
opeofprojectandavaailabilityoffdata.
252
URDP
anDevelopm
ment
Simp
plifiedPlan
nningTech
hniques
Figu
ure7.8: Facttorstakeninttoconsiderationtoassessthemostsuitablelandusse
Sourcce:LandsuitabilityAnalysis,Roh
htak,Landsuitab
bilityAnalysisfo
orurbanplannin
ngenvironmentaalassessmentinan
ecologicallysensitivecostaalareaofeastern
nchinabasedup
ponmulticriteriiamechanism;X
XiangS,DongZX
X,FanLY,LiZ,
YanZ;2008.
7.4.3.3. Meethod
Suittability anaalysis is th
he processs to assign
n weightagge and oveerlay the faactors to
iden
ntify the land
l
parceels on the predefineed scales. There aree various advanced
a
map
pping and statistical techniquess that can be used fo
or calculatiing land su
uitability.
Gre
ey tone method,
m
alsso known as map overlay me
ethod, mak
kes use off gradual
colo
ourstorep
presentthesuitability
ylevelsintthesamesccale,andovverlayalltthefactor
map
psinacerttainorder.GIStechniquesareu
usedtotraansferthessuitabilityllevelinto
URD
DPFIGuidelin
banDevelopment
253
numerical value, and assign weightage to each factor according to their relative
importance.Threesimplifiedstepsforsuitabilityanalysismodelinclude:
SelectingSuitabilityFactor:EachfactorisrepresentedbyathematicmapinGIS,
SingleFactorAnalysis:Accordingtosinglefactorevaluationstandard,scoreisgiventothemap
unitofeachfactorandthenthesinglefactorsuitabilityisgenerated,
MultipleFactorsOverlay: Weights are accorded to suitability factors according to their relative
importance. The weights are determined by statistic integration and hierarchic analysis in this
researchfromwhichthecompositescoreiscalculated.
Computer methods were developed to solve the inherent shortcomings of the

traditionallandsuitabilitymethods.
Incase,specificdataisnotavailableorindicativestudyistobeundertakenorincase
of cross checking, sieve mapping can be used. In this method, a series of sieves
(factors)areoverlaidtoexcludetheareas,whicharenotsuitableforthespecificland
use, thereof, the left over area is considered as suitable for some specific uses122.
WeightedoverlaymethodoflandsuitabilityispresentedinFigure7.9.
122
Mnalun Y, Suitability Analysis of Urban Green Space System Based on GIS, 2003.
254
Simp
plifiedPlan
nningTech
hniques
Figu
ure7.9: WeigghtedOverlaayofLandSuiitability
Sourcce:
http://ww
ww.urban.uiuc.ed
du/courses/up503/Lectures/3__UP503SuitabilittyAnalysis11.pdff.
URD
DPFIGuidelin
banDevelopment
255
y:Hyderabad
dMetropolitaanDevelopmeentRegion
CaseStudy
ForcalculaatinglandsuitabilityofHy
yderabadreggiontwobroaadcategoriesofindicatorssweremade:
Enviro
onmentsuitability(tenfeeatures)
Landp
potentialanalysis(twelvefeatures)
Totaltwen
ntytwofeatu
ureswerestu
udiedandland
dwasdivided
dinto5classesaftercond
ductingland
suitability
y/potentialaanalysis.Baseedonlandsuiitabilitystudyalternativeconceptsforrfuture
developmentofcityweereproposed
d.
FeaturessstudiedforEn
nvironmentssuitability:
River,Waterbodiees
Forestt
Drainaage
Slope,Soil
Vegetaation
Agricu
ulture
Govt.O
Order(GO)
Groun
ndwater
Features studied
s
for Land
L
potential analysis
a
Airporrtandrailway
ystations
Workp
placeandind
dustrial
locatio
ons
Urban
narea
Urban
nvillage1,2&
&3
Nation
nalHighway
StateH
Highway
Ringrroad
Districctroad
Proposedroad
HyderrabadCityboundary
Fiveclasseesdecidedup
pon,throughlandsuitabiliity
study:
Conservationarea(asenvironm
mentally
sensitiiveareas)
Leastssuitableareaa
Moderratesuitablearea
Highly
ysuitableareea
Mostssuitablearea
7.5.
ProjecttionTech
hniques
In the process
p
of plan
p
formu
ulation, pro
ojection teechniques are
a used fo
or anticipaating
future,w
whichisan
necessarysstep.Here, twotypes ofprojectio
ontechniques,Simplee(1,
2and3))andAnaly
ytical(4,5 and6)areeavailable toplannerrsformakin
ngprojectiions,
havebeeendiscusseed.
The disttinction bettween simp
ple projecttions and analytical
a
p
projections
is that sim
mple
projectio
ons operatte on limitted data directly
d
an
nd usually extrapolate a series of
256
URDP
anDevelopm
ment
observations in a direct manner. Analytical projections depend on more detailed

informationinwhichtheprojectedvalueisoftenthedependentvariablederivedfrom
projectionsofindependentvariables.Generallyspeaking,analyticalmethodsaretobe
preferred over simple ones since it allows accounting for or assuming differing
patterns of change in the components of a situation; this usually leads to more
accurateresultsthanisthecasewithsimpleprojections.
7.5.1. PopulationProjection
Plannersareconcernedwithpopulationprojectionswhichformthebasicframework
forsettingtargetsexpectedtobeachievedwithinaspecifiedtimeframe,beitforland
use,servicesorfacilities.Mostoftheimportantdecisionsaboutlandusesandservices
are derived from population estimates: the demand for water, power and waste
disposal facilities; housing, open spaces and schools; the supply of labour; spending
power available for the retail trade, the numbers of private cars to be expected,
possiblerecreationaldemandsallcanbeestimatedfromtheprojectedpopulation.
Thesectiondescribessixmethodsofpopulationprojectionsviz.
1. MathematicalandDirectMethods:Thesearesimpleordirectmethodsofestimationsbased
on the past population records. Arithmetic progression is involved when, past data suggests
that, population is changing by a constant rate. The figures are plotted on plain paper
(conventionallywithy=populationandx=time),whichresultsinastraightline.Thisstraight
lineisextrapolatedforprojectingthefuturepopulation.
However, mostly population changes according to geometric progression, in such a case semi
logarithmicpaperistobeusedtoyieldastraightlineforextrapolation.Ifthepastdatadoesnot
follow a definite progression, then a best fit equation can be derived by method of least square
andthismaybeextendedtoprovideprojection.
Graphical methods are most useful for shortterm projections, particularly when demographic
changesshowstabletrends.Hence,thesemethodsshouldbeusedforprojectingupto10yearsin
stablesituationsand5yearswherepopulationchangeismorevolatile.
2. Employment Method: This method assumes that there is a very strong interrelationship
between population and employment and indicators such as workers population can be
correlatedwithtotalpopulationtoyieldextrapolatedinformation.
Thismethodsreliabilityislowandshouldnotbeusedforlongrangepopulationforecasting.
3. RatioMethods:Thesemethodsrestsontheassumptionthatchangesinanygeographicalarea
isafunctionofthoseexperiencedinwiderarea.Thuspopulationofacityisheldtobeafunction
oftheregionandregionitselfisaresultofthefunctionofthatnation.
Inratiomethodsthepopulationofthesecondlargestarea(e.g.theregion)isplottedagainstthatof
the parent area (the nation). A curve is obtained by fitting it on the two points. Thereafter it is
extrapolated, by least square/ graphical/other method, to estimate the projected value for the
parentareaforthetargetyear.
4. Therequirementsofsuchprojectionsaretimeseriesofpopulationsfortheareastobeusedin
theanalysisandaforecastorsetsofforecastforthelargerarea.Thesemethodsareweakerfor
longer periods and smaller areas, but are useful for quick and cheap forecasting for middle
range(1015years)forareasnotlessthanawholemetropolitanareaoracityregion.
257
MigrationandNaturalincreaseMethod:Asthenameimplies,thismethodenablesnaturaland
migratorychangestobehandledseparately.Byexaminingpastdataonnetmigrationratesandby
attemptingtorelatethesetoeconomicconditions,particularlytothedemandforemploymentin
thestudyarea,itispossibletoadoptvaryingassumptionsaboutthepatternoffuturemigration.
Next, a set of programmes of future natural change would be developed either by subjective
projection of past maximum and minimum migration rates or by using migration data from
projections produced nationally or regionally. The essence of the method is to begin with the
startingdatepopulation,addtheestimatedmigratorypopulationfiguretoproducethenextfigure
(A).Natural change in population is then added to the projected figure (A), thus completing one
cycle of the projection giving a figure (B). The process is then repeated until the end of the
projection period giving a figure (C). Cycle of projection could be any convenient period e.g. 5
years,10yearsormore.
This projection method uses total population, but age & sex structure is not considered. Thus
changes in death and birth rates, which might result from changing age/sex structure cannot be
seenandactedupon.Neitherfutureestimatesofschoolagepopulationandnumbersofwomenof
working age can be made. Still migration and natural increase method does reveal the possible
sequenceandthemainelementsofchange.
5. The CohortSurvival Methods: The CohortSurvival projection is a method for forecasting

whatthefuturepopulationwillbe,baseduponthesurvivalof theexistingpopulationandthe
births that will occur123. This method can be applied for any period of time but typically it
involvesfiveyearsteps.
Cohortcomponentmodelsaresocalledbecausetheydividethepopulationintocohortsandmodel
on the demographic components of change such as fertility, mortality and migration affecting
eachofthecohorts.Cohortindicatesthegenerationalgroupe.g.09,1019andsoforth124.
Thecohortcomponentmethodisusedwhenpopulationprojectionsbyageandsexareneededfor
5 years, 10 years or longer periods of time. This projection tool allows planners to examine the
future needs of different segments of the population including the needs of children, women in
their reproductive years, persons in the labour force and the elderly. It also allows planners to
projectthetotalsizeofthepopulation.Theresultscanbeusedinallaspectsoflocalandregional
developmentplans125.
6. MatrixMethods:These methods follow the logic of the cohortsurvival technique. The initial
ageandsexdistributionissimilarlyrepresentedasacolumnsectorbuttheincidenceofbirths
and deaths is handled by means of a survivorship matrix which operates on the original
population to age the population through successive time periods, simultaneously performing
thecalculationsofbirthsanddeaths.
7.5.2. EconomicProjection
Thelikelydemandsoflanddevelopmentrestonvarioustypesofeconomicactivities,
its scale, its possible location within a city or a city region and broad relationships
between these activities. The key concerns are addressed by economic projections,
which are ultimately relevant for calculating demand for housing, hospitals, schools
andothersocialfacilities.Sevenmethodsofeconomicprojectionsaredescribed,viz.
123
http://www.sjsu.edu/faculty/watkins/cohort.htm.
124
TomWilson,AReviewofSubRegionalPopulationProjectionMethods,2011.
125
https://training.measureevaluation.org/noncertficatecourses/pap/lesson8.
258
Simple Extrapolation: Measures of economic activity such as employment, volume or value of
production,valueaddedbymanufactureretc.maybearrangedintimeseriesandextrapolatedina
varietyofways.
Thesemethodshaveadvantageofsimplicity,relyingonreadily availabledataanddonotrequire
highlevelofskills.Butsincethesedonotattempttoexaminethefactorsofthephenomenon(e.g.
employment)torevealthepossiblereasonsofitsoccurrenceorinfluencesuponit,thesearelikely
to be unreliable and are only referred as a general guide. Also, simple extrapolation method is
suitableforsmallplanningareasonly.
ProductivityMethod:Thevariablesofproductionoroutputononehandandemploymenton
theotherarelinkedbythevariableproductivity.Thisissimplymeasuredasoutputperworker.
Thissimpleformissuitableforplannersforwhomemploymentisthemostusefulmeasure.The
projectionisaccomplishedbyobtainingestimateoffutureproductionoroutputandproductivity
fromsomereliablesource.Hence,
Output
Output/=Workers

Workers
Or,inotherwords,outputdividedbyproductivityyieldsanestimateofworkers.
This method has advantages over the simple manipulations of employment data since it enables
usertoexaminetheprojectedemploymentwiththetrendsofproduction,separatelyandtherefore
moreclearly.
ProjectionsbySectorsofEconomy:Itismorevaluabletohaveestimatesofthefuturelevelsof
outputoremploymentinthevarioussectorsoftheeconomyseparately.Forexample,toestimate
the possible amount of secondary activity, the land requirement for different kinds of
manufacturingisestimated(suchasthefloorspaceneededbywholesalingandretailingandoffice
typeemployment).
In the simplest case, the forecaster simply extrapolates the past trend in each sector of the
economye.g.throughproductivitymethod.Theestimatesfromdifferentsectorforecaststhenhave
to be summed. Such figure arrived should be crosschecked with a forecast of total employment
derivedfromsomeothersourceorcalculation.
EconomicBaseMethod:Thismethodisbasedonthepostulatethatgrowthinanareaseconomy
comesfromtheexpansionofeconomicbasewhichisdefinedasallthosebasicactivitieswhichare
producedforexportbeyondboundariesoflocalareaandwhichincreasesitswealthandabilityto
pay for imports. The remaining activities, which do not produce for 'export' but which exist to
satisfylocalneedsarereferredtoasthe'service'or'nonbasic'activities.
Theprojectionofbasicactivities(produceforexportonly)oftheeconomyismadebyusingratio
method of comparing local to national trends (for each sector of economy separately). Once the
projection of basic activities of each sector of economy has been made in the basic/nonbasic
ratios, the forecasts of basic employment are projected in comparison to total employment
estimate.
Theproblemsassociatedwiththemethodare,definitionofthe'localarea'andidentificationofthe
basicsectoroftheeconomyitself.Theshortcomingsoftheeconomicbasemethodare:relianceon
employment as the measure ignores the possible effects of changes in productivity; and the
basic/nonbasicratioisasuspectmeasureatanygivenpointoftime.
Ratio Method: The method makes use of a similar rational as described in the population
projection studies i.e. local levels of economic activity (either in total or sector wise) bear
proportionalrelationshipstolevelsofeconomicactivityinsuccessivelylargergeographicalareas.
The ratio method also implies that these relationships may be studied as they change over time
andareextrapolatedsothat,estimatesforthelocalareamaybederivedbasedonthegivensetof
forecastsforthelargergeographicalunit(e.g.thenation).
259
InputOutput Methods: This method is based on the assumption that if the total output of
particular industry is distributed among all other sectors of economy (including consumers and
export) in a known proportion, it should be possible to calculate a table of coefficiency which
wouldshoweffectsofagivenincreaseofoutputofoneindustryonthepurchaseofallothers.This
kind of definable relationship spelled out in inputoutput grid can be helpful for economic
projectionsforaparticularregion/city.
The results are valid for shortterm projections only, as it cannot be assumed that relationships
betweensectorswillbestablethroughtime.Buttousethismethod,first,therelationshipbetween
differentsectorsofeconomyforagivendatehastobeobtainedbysomereliablesource.
Social or Regional Accounts Method: These methods employ the same logic as inputoutput
methodbutbyusingmoney(ratherthanproductionoremployment)asthemeasure.Itcanbefully
comprehensive in its analysis of the interrelations within an economic system by inclusion of
capitalformation,investmentandtradeaswellasindustrialproduction.Inthiswaythematrixisa
record of the incomeandexpenditure relationships between all sectors of the economy. This
matrixmaybeusedtoobtainprojectionsoftheexpectedincomeofeachsectorforthefuture.To
doso,itisnecessarythatthecoefficientsexpressingtheintersectorrelationships(eachcellinthe
matrix) isset. Then, the level of employment and income per worker of different sectors of
economyisestimated126.
7.5.2.1. EstimationofCitylevelGDP
National product is a measure in monetary terms of the volume of all goods and
services produced by an economy during a given period of time, accounted without
duplication.Itismeasuredbythreeapproaches,namelytheproduction,income,and
expenditure.InIndiaGrossDomesticProduct(GDP)iscalculatedthroughproduction
andexpenditureapproach127.
Productionapproach(ofGDPcalculation)=thesumofvalueaddedofalleconomicactivitieswithin
thecountrysterritory(sumofoutputminusintermediateconsumption)+indirecttaxessubsidieson
products128.
Expenditureapproach(GDPatmarketprice) = Household final consumption expenditure + Non
profit Institutions final consumption expenditure + Government final consumption expenditure +
Gross fixed capital formation + Acquisition less disposals of valuables + Changes in inventories +
ExportsImports.
GDPDepreciation=NetDomesticProduct(NDP)ofthecountry.
Thestateaccountsstatisticsareanextensionofthesystemofnationalaccountsattheregionallevel.
The most important aggregate of the state & district accounts is the StateDomesticProduct(SDP)
and District Domestic Product (District DP) respectively, compiled by State Directorates of
Economics and Statistics. For estimating the Domestic Product, the economy is divided into various
economic activities like agriculture, forestry, fishing, mining, manufacturing, construction, electricity,
transport,communication,tradeetc.
The Central Statistical Organisation (CSO) estimates Rural and Urban share of the GDP at
National level for few years129. From the National Urban GDP, the following method could be
consideredforestimatingurbanshareofDistrictGDP130:
126
Urban&RegionalPlanningAsystemsApproachbyJ.BrrianMcLoughlin.
127
QuarterlyEstimatesofGrossDomesticProductfortheThirdQuarter(OctoberDecember)of201314.
128
NationalAccountsStatistics:ManualonEstimationofStateandDistrictIncome,2008.
260
FundamentalequationestimatedatallIndialevelforurbanGDPcalculatedbyCSO.
SimplifythefundamentalequationbymakingurbanshareofGDP afunctionofurbanizationrate
andnonagricultureshareofGDPtoestimateStatesShareofUrbanGDP.
Apply the estimated coefficients on district level urbanization rate and nonagriculture GDP to
estimateDistrictshareofUrbanGDP.
Once the urban share of District GDP is derived, City GDP could be calculated by
followingsteps:
The approach and methodology for estimating the Rural and Urban income sector
wise,isdiscussedintheNationalAccountsStatisticsSourcesandMethods,2007.
ForcalculatingcitylevelGDP,CSOmaydevelopacitylevelinventory.Thefollowing
table provides sector wise tentative items, the monetary value of which can be
consideredintheinventory,tocalculatecityGDP.
Table7.6: ItemsforconsiderationintheinventoryforCityGDPcalculation
S.No.Sector
Items
Manufacturing
IndexofIndustrialProduction(Manufacturing)
Manufacturingregistered(unorganisedsector)
Productionandincome
Financing,
Banking
Insurance,Real Insurance
estateand
Realestate
businessservices
Ownershipofdwellings
Legalservices
Accounting
Computerrelatedservices
Rentingofmachinery
Researchanddevelopment
Electricity,Gas
andWater
supply
Electricity:IndexofIndustrialProduction(Electricity)
Railways
Goods(NettonneKms.)andPassenger(NetpassengerKms.)
Transportby
othermeans
Gas
WaterSupply:publicandprivate
Thetwoindicatorsarecombinedusingtheweightsofrespectiveearnings
Public:road,watertransport,airtransport,
Private:roadtransport,watertransport,airtransport
Serviceincidentaltotransport
Warehousing
StorageColdstorage
Communication
Publicservicesandinfrastructurecost
Privatecourierservices,cableoperators,othercommunication
129
http://planningcommission.nic.in/hackathon/Urban_Development.pdf.
130
McKinsey & Companys note to MoUD, 17 April 2014.
th
261
S.No.Sector
Items
Construction
Puccaconstruction:Householdsector,Publicsector,Privatecorporatesector
Trade,Hotels
Trade:publicsectordealinginwholesaleandretailtrade;privateorganisedtrade,private
andRestaurants unorganisedtrade,
Kutchaconstruction
Hotelandrestaurants:public,private
9
10
Public
administration
Publicadministration
Miningand
Quarrying
Coalandcrudepetroleum
Quasigovernmentbodies
Othermajorminerals
Otherminorminerals
11
Agriculture
MajorandMinorcrops
Commercialcrops
Miscellaneouscrops
Byproducts
12
Livestock
Milk&milkproducts
Egg,Meat
Otherproducts(wool)
13
Forestry
Fuelwood
Industrialwood
Minorforestproducts,ifany
14
Fishing
Inlandandmarinefish,prawns
Subsistencefish
15
Otherservices
Public:education,medical,coachingcentresetc.
Private:coachingcentres,medicalandhealth,sewageandrefusedisposal,recreational
activities,washingandcleaning,hairdressing,funeralrelatedservices,tailoringservicesetc.
Sources:NationalAccountsStatisticsSourcesandMethods,2007.Respectivesourceofdatacollectionoftheabovementioned
itemscouldbereferredfromNationalAccountsStatistics:ManualonEstimationofStateandDistrictincome,2008.
7.5.3. AssessmentofRequirementofHousing
Basedontheprojectionofpopulationandeconomicactivities,townplannersmajor
preoccupationistodeterminethedemandforhousingandotherfacilitiesinatown.
While dealing with housing, it is necessary to clearly distinguish between housing
need and its demand. Need refers to inadequacy of existing provisions when
compared with socially acceptable norms, while demand is an economic concept
wherein standard and amount of housing demand is related to households income
and ability to pay. Both housing need and demand are affected by factors such as
housing shortage and rate of obsolescence, whereas demand would be additionally
affectedbyaffordabilityandfuturehousingneeds.
Present housing need: By subtracting the number of unsuitable dwellings from the
existinghousingstockthepresenthousingneedcanbeestimated.
Future housing need: Further, the future housing need can be estimated from the
projectednumberofadditionalhouseholdsinthecity.Asimplewayofdoingthisisto
estimatethefuturepopulationofthecityanddivideitbytheexpectedhouseholdsize.
ThehouseholdsizeistobereferredfromNationalaveragefamilysize.
Demand estimation requires careful analysis of the affordability criterion. For this
initial capital cost of the housing units, total annual household income and annual
262
economic rent131have to be looked into simultaneously. The annual economic rent

can be further analysed based on the information on amortisation rates, interest
rates,andcostofmaintenance,repairandmanagement.
7.6.
Mapping
Amapcanbedefinedasrepresentationofearthspatternasawholeorpartofitona
plane surface with conventional signs, drawn to a scale and projection so that each
andeverypointonitcorrespondstotheactualterrestrialposition.
No matter how large or small a community is; a planner has to deal with spatial
information required for planning such as land parcels, zoning, land use,
transportation networks, housing stock among others. As well, to monitor multiple
urban and regional indicators, forecast community needs, and plan accordingly to
improve quality of life of the community; mapping activities are valuable in
understandingandcommunicatingplanningissues.
7.6.1. ScaleofMap
Thescaleofmapuseddependsuponthesizeoftheplanningareaandthecoverage
and extent of the information to be shown. The scale of maps for different types of
planningexercisesatvariouslevelsmaybeselectedoutoftherangeindicatedinthe
followingtable.
Table7.7: ScaleofMapsforPlanning
Sr.No.
Typeofmap/PlanningExercise
SizeofPlanningArea
PerspectivePlan
1:2,50,0001:1,00,000(forlargerregions)
1:1,00,0001:50,000(forsmallerregions)
RegionalPlan
1:50,0001:25,000(DistrictDevelopmentPlan)
1:25,0001:10,000(MetropolitanRegionPlan)
DevelopmentPlan
1:10,0001:8,000(asperStateProvision)
LocalAreaPlan/SpecialPurposePlan
1:5,0001:1,000(aspertherequirementoftheproject)
Source: BasedonscaleofSoIToposheet,BhuvandataavailabilityandUDPFIGuidelines,1996,NUIS2006,Scaleofvarious
PlansasperStateprovisions.
7.6.2. MapInformationChecklist
Maps contain lots of spatial data for the planning of urban and regional areas.
Depending upon the requirement of study and availability of data, features can be
selectedandpresentedthroughmap.
This data is collected from various sources and in diverse fields to make a
comprehensive and working plan. A map information checklist with sources of
information is given below to save time and expedite planning process. This data is
broadly divided into 17 categories and these categories are further divided into
detaileddatalist.
131
Consideringthefastrisinglandpricesinalmostalltownsandcities,itisnecessarytopromoterentalhousing.Thisrequires
augmenting access to reasonable housing by the low income and fresher in the employment. Requiring higher residential
densityoverandabovetheownedhousingstock.
263
Table7.8: MapDataChecklist
S.No.
Features
Subcategories
Physical
Physiography
Sources
Undulatingplainwithmounds
SoIToposheets,
SatelliteImagePhotomosaicfromNRSC&Bhuvan
(Resolution30m
Heightaccuracy8m),
AerialPhotographs
Plains
Floodplain,
SoIToposheets,
Alluvialplain,
Coastalplain,
(1:50,000),
Lacustrineplain,
AerialPhotographs
Valleys
Ushape,
Vshape,
Hillvalley,
Rivervalley,
Plateauvalley
SoIToposheets,
SatelliteImagePhotomosaicfromNRSC&Bhuvan(joint
projectofNRSC/ISROandGSI),
AerialPhotographs
Waterbodies/Drainage
River,
Canal,
Lakes/Ponds,
Reservoirs,
Tanks,
Coolingponds/coolingreservoir,
Abandonedquarrieswithwater,
Hotsprings
SoIToposheets,
(1:50,000;for2005,2012),
AerialPhotographs
Aquifers,
Depthofwatertable,
Fluctuationofwatertable
SoIToposheets,
BhuvanGroundwaterprospectsmaps(1:50,000),
Unconsolidatedsediments,
ResidualCapping,
VolcanicFlowsandIntertrapeans,
SemiConsolidatedSediments,
Consolidatedsediments,
IntrusiveRocks,
Crystalline/Metamorphicrocks,
Faultandsheerzones,
GeologicalSurveyofIndia,
BhuvanUnderRajivGandhiDrinkingWaterMission
(RGDW)
Groundwater
Lithology
CentreGroundWaterCommission
JointprojectofNRSC/ISROandMinistryofRural
development(1:50,000),
264
S.No.
Features
Subcategories
GeologicalStructure
Soil
Sources
Lineament,
Fracture/Faultlinevalley,
Folds,
Geomorphology,
Faultlines,
Fractures,
Folds
SoIToposheets,
(1:50,000),
TypesofSoils
RedSoil,
BlackSoil,
MixedRedandBlackSoil,
LateriteandLateriticSoils,
AlluvialSoil
(river/deltaic/costal),
PeatyandMarshySoils,
DesertSoils,
SalineandAlkalineSoil,
ForestandHillSoil
SatelliteImagePhotomosaicfromNRSC&Bhuvan,
GeologicalSurveyofIndia
Districtcensushandbook
Soildepth
Verydeep(>150cms),
Deep(100150cms),
PhotomosaicfromNRSC&Bhuvan,
Deeptomoderatelydeep(50100
cms),
Shallow(2550cms),
Veryshallow(<25cms)
2
Planningand
Administrative
Administrative
Boundaries
StateBoundary*,
DistrictBoundary*,
Taluka/TehsilBoundary*,
Mandal/blockBoundaries*,
VillageBoundary*
UDABoundary,
MunicipalBoundary,
CantonmentBoundary,
ZoneBoundary,
BlockBoundary,
LocalityBoundary,
Municipal/Censuswards,
SoIToposheets,
CensusAtlasMaps,
Maps/DrawingsfromULB,
Revenuerecords,
Municipalmaps,
StateRemoteSensingApplicationCentre(SRSAC),
SatelliteImagePhotomosaicfromNRSC&Bhuvan*
(1:50,000),
265
S.No.
Features
Locationaland
regionalsettings
Subcategories
Sources
Surveyno.Boundary,
Citysurveyno.Boundary
Locationoftownin
regionalsetting,
SoIToposheets,
SatelliteImagePhotomosaicfromNRSC&Bhuvan(Cities
andTownslocations),
Urban/ruralsettlements
CensusAtlasmaps,
NationalAtlasandThematicMappingOrganisation
(NATMO),
StateRemoteSensingApplicationCentre(SRSAC)
4
Historyof
development
Settlementmorphology
Climate
Temperature,
Municipalmaps
MapsandDrawingsfromULBs
Departmentalmaps
Bhuvan(Pointinformation
Rainfall,
Canberegisteredanddatacanbedownloaded,
SAC/ISROwebsiteprovidestheseparametersbyAWF
station
Humidity,
Winddirection
6
Landuse
assessment
Existinglanduse/cover,
Proposedlanduse/cover
Residential,
Industrial,
Mixedlanduse,
Recreational,
Publicandsemipublic,
Communications,
Publicutilitiesandfacility,
Commercial,
Transportation,
Reclaimedland
Vacantland,
Vegetatedarea
SoIToposheets
SatelliteImagePhotomosaicfromNRSC&
Bhuvan(1:50,000;200506,201112),
Agriculturalland
Cropland,
SoIToposheets
Fallowland,
Departmentalmaps
Plantation,
Revenuerecords
Doublecroppedarea,
SatelliteImageries
Irrigatedland:
AerialPhotographs,SatelliteImagePhotomosaicfrom
NRSC&Bhuvan(1:50,000;200506,201112),
AerialPhotographs
StateRemoteSensingApplicationCentre(SRSAC),
NUISmaps
Canalirrigated,
266
S.No.
Features
Subcategories
Sources
Wellirrigated,
Tankirrigated
Wasteland
Saltaffected
SoIToposheets
Gullied/ravenous
Landwith/withoutscrub,
(1:50,000;200506,201112),
Barren/rocky/
unculturableland,
AerialPhotographs
Revenuemaps
Culturablewasteland,
Sandyarea
Grazingland
Permanentpastures,
SoIToposheets
Othergrazingland,
(1:50,000;200506,201112),
Miscellaneoustreecrops
andgroves
Revenuemaps
AerialPhotographs
Environmentally
andecologically
sensitivearea
Air,waterandnoise
pollution,
Locationofpollution
generatingindustries,
AerialPhotographs
CPCB(ZoningAtlasofIndustries)
Mapdepictingthelocation
ofslums,squattersand
otherblightedarea
8
Conservationof
environment
Hazardszone
NationalDisasterManagementAuthority(NDMA),
GeologicalSurveyofIndia
Pollutingactivities
CentralPollutionControlBoard(CPCB),StatePollution
ControlBoard(SPCB),MajorprojectEIAreports
Environmentallysensitive
/Conservationarea
Forestboundary
Notified/Reserved/
ProtectedForestBoundary,
SoIToposheets,
NationalParkBoundary,
MinistryofEnvironmentandForest,StatePCCF
(PrincipalChiefConservatorofForests)
SanctuaryBoundary
Worldheritagesites
CulturalandNatural
heritage
UNESCO
RAMSARsites
OtherWetlands
Saltpans,
SoIToposheets
Marshy/swampy
DepartmentalMaps
267
S.No.
Features
Subcategories
Sources
Mudflats,
Waterlogged
9
Heritagesite,
buildingand
areas
ASIsites,
Locationofheritagesite,
buildingandareas
SoIToposheets,
ArchaeologicalSurveyofIndia
10
Tourism
Tourismdevelopment
Map
MinistryofTourism,
StateTourismDepartments
11
Hazardprone
Earthquakeprone,
FloodProne,
CycloneProne,
DeforestationProne,
DesertificationProne
BuildingMaterialandTechnologyPromotionCouncil,
Distributionofexisting
andproposedpopulation,
Migrationtrends,
Populationgrowth,
PopulationDensity,
Sexratio,
Childsexratio,
GendergapinLiteracy,
Workforce
Slumpopulation
Mainworkers,
Marginalworkers,
Nonworkers,
Cultivation,
Agriculturallabourers,
Householdindustryworkers,
Otherworkers
Cityward/districtmap,
Locationofinformal
sectorsarea
Typeofstreetvendors
Natureofstreetvendors
Stationary,
Mobile,
Perishable,Nonperishablegoods.
12
13
Demography
Economicand
social
development
CWC(FloodAtlasofIndia),
Bhuvan(1:50,000;onlyBiharandAssam)
CensusAtlasmaps,
NationalAtlasandThematicMappingOrganisation
(NATMO)
DepartmentalMaps,
MapsandDrawingsfromULBs,
CensusMaps
Groundsurvey
268
S.No.
14
Features
Subcategories
Housingand
shelter
Builtuparea
Sources
Revenuedepartmentofthelocalauthority
Distributionofresidential
landuse,
DepartmentalMaps,
Basemapcontaining
building/property
boundaries,
Buildingmaterialmap,
Buildingagemap,
Landvaluemap
15
Transportation
Roadnetwork,
Nationalhighway,
SoIToposheets,
ExistingandProposed
roadnetworkmap
Statehighway,
NHAI,
Districtroads,
DepartmentalMaps,
Villageroads,
Cityroads,
DetailedProjectReports,
Wardandneighbourhoodlevelnon
motorizedroutesExisting,
RoadandBuildingDepartment,
Proposednonmotorizedtransport
priorityzones,
(110,000;existingroadnetwork),
PublicWorkDepartment,
BusTransportChowkiesorResting
areas,
Groundsurvey
Existingstreetlighting,
Ringroad,
Byepass,
Expressway,
Busterminus,
Truckterminal
Railwaynetwork,
Broadgauge,
ExistingandProposedrail
networkmap
Narrowgauge,
SoIToposheets,
MinisterofRailways
Railwaystations,
Railwayterminals,
Airports
Internationalairports,
Locationofairportsand
airdromes,
Domesticairports,
AirportAuthorityofIndia,
Airfunnelmaps
Customsairports
SoIToposheets,
269
S.No.
Features
Subcategories
Sources
Waterways,
Majorports,
SeaPorts,
Minorports
SoIToposheets,
DepartmentalMaps
Landusemapsofjetties
andports
16
Infrastructure
Watersupplynetwork,
Watertreatmentplants,
Waterpumpingstations,
DepartmentalMaps,
DrainageNetwork,
CityGuideMaps,
AerialPhotographs,
Sewerageandsolidwaste
management,
Publictoiletsformenandwomen.
Seweragetreatmentplants,
DetailedProjectReports,
Seweragepumpingstations,
Outletsinwaterbodies/lowlying
areas,
Groundsurvey.
SoIToposheets,
PublicWorkDepartment
Communitygarbagebins,
Wastetreatmentsite,
Wastedumpingsite,
Powersupplyline
network,
Electricityline,
Electricitysubstations,
Powerstations,
Telecommunication
network,
MobileTowers,
Healthcentres,
Includingdaycarecentres,health
posts,deaddictioncentres,
Educationalinstitutes,
Includingstreetschoolsandbalwadis,
Firestation,
Postoffice,
Policestations,
Policefieldoffices.
Banks/ATMs,
Communitycentres,
270
S.No.
Features
Subcategories
Sources
Socioculturaland
religiouscentres
Allsocialinfrastructures
withininformal
settlements.
17
Review,Revise
Updatedbasemap,
Existinglandusemap,
Proposedplanofvarious
sectors
Source:Asgiven.
271
7.6.3. ProcedureofCollectingData
Proceduretoretrievedatabypermissions,whichisnotavailableinthepublicforum
aregivenbelow:
7.6.3.1. Toposheets
Unrestricted topographical/ city guide maps published by Survey of India are
availableforsale.Thestandardtopographicalmapsonscale1:25000,1:50000and1:
250,000andcityguidemapspublishedforselectedtowns/citiesareusefulforurban
developmentplanpurpose.
All the topographical maps along the external boundary/coastline of India, as
indicatedintheTopoIndexmapofSurveyofIndiaarecategorisedasrestrictedmaps.
The restricted category maps can be procured by State and Central Governments /
Private Individuals / Organisations/commercial firms by filling a separate form.
Private individuals and organizations / commercial firms can also obtain restricted
mapswithpriorapprovalfromMinistryofDefencethroughtheStateGovernmentto
whomtheyshouldapply.
7.6.3.2. Aerialphotography
Informationregardingareaofinterestforaerialphotography,itsscaleandcostrates
can be obtained from Surveyor Generals Office, Dehradun or the Directorate of
Survey (Air), New Delhi. Survey of India (SoI) has a dedicated web portal for
presenting the metadata information available with SoI from various aerial
photography tasks commenced. Web Aerial Photography Transaction Registry
(APTR) provides transparent indenting process based on instructions issued by
MinistryofDefence.
Indentor can obtain the existing photography by marking the area of interest on
1:250,000 scale topographical map, indicating purpose, identifying the type (B&W,
colour,colourinfrared),scaleandthephotographicproductrequired(contactprints,
enlargements, mosaic, etc.).If the existing photography does not cater to the
requirementsofindentor,processforfreshaerialphotography canbeinitiated.The
NationalGovernmentagencies,whichprovidefreshaerialphotography,are:
IndianAirForce(throughSurveyofIndia)
NationalRemoteSensingCentre,Hyderabad
AirSurveyCompany,Calcutta.
For indenting freshaerial photography theindentor may approach any oftheflying

agencieswithspecificinformation.Theindentormaymarkthelimitoftheareatobe
photographed on 1:250,000 scale top sheet if photography is required on scale
smaller than 1:20,000 and 1:50,000 scale top sheet if photography is required on
272
scale1:20,000andlargerandapplywiththespecificrequirementsmentionedforthe
procurementoftheexistingaerialphotography.
7.6.3.3. SatelliteImages
National Remote Sensing Centre(NRSC) is the important segment ofIndian Space
ResearchOrganization(ISRO)withthemandateofprovidingEarthObservation(EO)
data from space and aerial platforms to users, develop technologies for the
managementofnaturalresources,supportdisastermonitoringandmanagementand
capacitybuildingforutilizationofEOdata.Itisvestedwiththeauthoritytoacquire
and disseminate all satellite remote sensing data in India, both from Indian and
foreignsatellites.
Table7.9: IRSSatelliteDataProductsrelevantforUrbanApplications
S.No
Satellite/
Sensor
Spatial
Resolution
Spectral
Resolution
ScaleofBase&
Thematicmapping Remarks
(Possible)
Cartosat2
1m
PAN
1:5,000
MergingPAN+LISSIV
Imagescangenerate1m
multispectralimages.
Cartosat1
2.5mStereo
PAN
1:10,000
2.5mmultispectralimage
cangeneratedbymerging
PAN+LISSIVImages
LISSIV(5.8m)
Multispectral
1:25,000
Resourcesat1/2 LISSIII(23.5m)
Multispectral
5
6
RISAT
1:50,000
Awifs(56m)
Multispectral 1:25,000
Capableofimaging
50mto3min
differentmodes
Capableofimagingincloud
conditions,henceUsefulin
especiallyduringmonsoon
Microwavesensor
NearFuture
Satellite
Proposedsensors
25cmPAN
1:2,000orbetter
Cartosat3
1MMultispectral
24cmmultispectralimage
canbegeneratedby
mergingPAN+LISSIV
Images.
Source:NationalRemoteSensingCentre132
In addition to the IRS satellite data products, very High Resolution foreign satellite
datamayprocurethroughNRSC,aspertheRemoteSensingDataPolicy2011.
1. Alldataofresolutionsupto1mshallbedistributedonanondiscriminatorybasisandonas
requestedbasis
2. Withaviewtoprotectnationalsecurityinterests,alldataofbetterthan1mresolutionshallbe
screenedandclearedbytheappropriateagencypriortodistribution.
Apart from the responsibilities stated above, NRSC proactively disseminates the
information derived from its various national level projects through its Bhuvan
Geoportal. The free satellite data download facility is also available for registered
userstofacilitateresearch,formulateprojectsandplandevelopmentactivities.
132
Detailsondataproducts,priceandnecessarydataorderformsareavailablewww.nrsc.gov.in.Apartfromtheresponsibilities
stated above, NRSC proactively disseminates the information derived from its various national level projects through its
Bhuvan Geoportal. The free satellite data download facility is also available for registered users to facilitate research,
formulateprojectsandplandevelopmentactivities.
273
7.6.3.4. GeologicalSurveyofIndia
ToassessthemetadatabaseofGeoenvironmentalstudiesforvariouscitiesinIndia,
with interpretation of geomorphology, hydrology, geological structures and tectonic
datafromGeologicalSurveyofIndia,UrbanLocalBodiesanditsrepresentativescan
approachMinistryofMinesandGSIwiththeirspecificrequirements.
7.7.
BaseMap&DevelopmentPlanPreparation
7.7.1. Basemapfeatures
Before taking up any urban development plan exercise the first task, both from
planningpointofviewandasstatutoryrequirement,istoprepareorobtainreliable,
accurateanduptodatebasemapfortherespectivetownorcityforwhichtheplanis
beingprepared.Theamountofinformationtoberepresentedonthemapvariesfrom
maptomapbecauseinformationdepictiondependson:
Purposeofmap
Scale
Projection
Methodofmapmaking
Draughtingskill
Uniformity of base map with regard to presentation of features, scale, size and
notations, facilitates the readability of these maps and comparison of one map with
another.MappingsoftwareofRemoteSensingandGeographicalInformationSystem
are capable of generating maps with uniformity as well as processing data from
differentplatform.ThestandardlayoutofmapisgiveninAppendixGofVolumeIIB.
7.7.2. PlanformulationthroughRemoteSensing&Geographic
InformationSystem
Geographical Information System (GIS) in planning is increasingly being applied for
plan formulation, analysis as well as for proposal. As a powerful tool, GIS helps the
plannerstoviewdifferentscenariosandtheiroutcomesothatanoptimalstrategycan
be chosen for planning and development. Besides this Plan formulation using
RemoteSensingandinGISplatformhavethefollowingadvantages:
BenefitsofAnalyticaltechniquesinGISplatform
Groundpointsandgeoreferenceddatabaseforproposalspreparation
DynamicfeaturescanbeincorporatedfromRSdata
RegularDatabaseupdatingandPlanRevisionwithouthassle
Providedecisionmakingsupport
Promotecollaborationamongpublicagencies.
Automatedtasksreducehumanerrors
LongTermInvestment
Inaddition,forBhuvanEnhancepublicparticipation
Inaddition,forBhuvanIncreaseaccesstogovernment&efficientapprovalprocedures
274
OncethespatialandattributedataaregeneratedinGISframe,theirapplicationsare
wide and varied. These include resource inventory and management, planning and
monitoring, land records fortaxation and ownership controls, facilities and services
management, environment impact assessment. GIS is being used for planning of
variouscitiesinIndialately.DevelopmentPlanisalevelofplanforwhichGIScould
be used very successfully. Preparation of Development Plan using RS & GIS can be
classifiedunderfollowingpartsforeasierunderstandingandimplementation.
Basemappreparationprocess
Preparationofexistinglandusemap
Analysisofthestudyarea
Proposedlanduseplan
Revisionoftheplan
7.7.2.1. BaseMappreparationprocess
Preparation of Master Plan starts with base map preparation before which relevant
data of all the necessary information, which is to be presented via base, map is
collected. For base map preparation, National Urban Information System (NUIS)
Scheme has prepared maps on 1:10,000 scale and made available on NRSC/ISRO
GeoportalBhuvan(www.bhuvan.nrsc.gov.in)forUrbanLocalBodiesfor152towns.
Bhuvan NUIS GIS database comprises Baselayers: Road, Rail, Canal, Transportation
nodes,Drainage,SurfacewaterBodiesandThematiclayers:UrbanLanduse/Cover,
Geomorphology*, Lithology, Geological structures*, Physiography* and
Administrative Layers: State, District, Village, City/Town boundaries and Ward
Boundaries (*outside core area also). Attribute data has spatial layers as,
administrativeboundaries,forestboundary,settlementandvillagelocations/names
andcity/townboundariesandnonspatialdata.Othersourcesoflicenced/authentic
versions of interpreted satellite imageries can also be used for preparation of base
map.
Alternatively,fordetailedbasemappreparationhighspatialresolutionpanchromatic
imageandmediumresolutionmultispectralimagecanbemergedtoprovideahigh
resolution multispectral image at appropriate largescale urban information. For
preparing thematic maps, under NUIS, Cartosat1 (panchromatic) with 2.5m spatial
resolution and Resourcesat1 (LISSIV/ multispectral data) 5.8m spatial resolution
satelliteimagerieswerefused,toproducecolourimagesat2.5mspatialresolutionfor
analysis,mappingandproductgeneration.
At this stage, scale of the map should be decided. The Thematic GIS databases
availableonBhuvanrangefrom1:10,000,to1:250,000.TheimportantSatellitedata
and thematic GIS data resources available for utilization for various planning and
developmentarelistedbelow.
275
Table7.10: BhuvanSatellitedataandthematicGISdataresourcesavailable
S.No
Description
Scaleofdata
Coverage
SatelliteDataResources
1
HighResolutionsatelliteimage
2.5mspatialresolutionNatural
ColourComposite(NCC)
EntireIndia
VeryHighResolutionsatellite
Image
1mspatialresolutionNatural
ColourComposite(NCC)
MajorCities/Towns
BaseandThematicGISdataservices
1
NUISSchemeBaseandUrban
ThematicGISdatabase
1:10,000
152Towns
SISDPBaseandLandUse/Cover
GISdata
1:10,000
EntireIndiaStatewise
Landuse/CoverGISdata
1:50,000
EntireIndian
20052006
20112012
GeomorphologyGISdata
1:50,000
EntireIndia(Collaborationwith
GSI)
GeologicalstructuresGISdata
1:50,000
EntireIndia(Collaborationwith
GSI)
WastelandGISdata
1:50,000
EntireIndia
GroundWaterProspectsGISdata
1:50,000
EntireIndia
Landuse/CoverRasterdata
1:250,000
EntireIndia
9Cyclesofdatafrom2004to2013
Source:NationalRemoteSensingCentre.ThislistofsatellitedataandThematicGISdataavailabilitygetsupdated,regularlyas
pertheISRO/DOSpolicies.
Once the base and thematic layers from the Satellite Imagery are prepared, other
city/townspecificinformationsuchas,cadastralmaps,revenuerecords,andplansof
government agencies and attribute information from Industrial Development
Corporations,PublicWorkDepartment,Railways,NationalHighwayAuthoritycould
be integrated for preparation comprehensive GIS database as required for
DevelopmentPlan/MasterPlanpreparation.
TheprocesstooverlaySatelliteimagesovercadastralmapsforpreparingbasemapis
explained in the Manual: Space based Information System for Decentralised
Planning,ISRO133.Thesatelliteimageries,ResourcesatLISS4andCartosatPAN,can
beoverlaidoncadastralmapstopreparebasemap.Thesesatelliteimagesdepictfield
bunds, cart tracks, small nullahs, settlements, tanks and other cultural features like
roads, railway network and canals. These features facilitate identification ofGround
ControlPoints(GCP)fortiedownsatelliteimageandcadastralmap.
Foroverlayingcadastralmapwithsatelliteimageitisrequiredthatcadastralmapbe
generatedinvectormode.Inthisprocessthemaintasksareacquisitionofcadastral
maps,scanninganddigitisationofcadastralmapsandgenerationofvectordata.Once
the cadastral maps in vector mode are available, the georeferencing of these maps
133
AppendixGofVolumeIIBandManualalsoavailableat:http://www.bhuvanpanchayat.nrsc.gov.in/assets/ManualPart2.pdf
276
SimplifiedPlan
nningTechniques
can be done. The georeferencingg of digitaal cadastraal maps an
nd overlay
ying with
sateelliteimageeconsistso
ofthefollow
wingsteps:
Acquisitiono
A
ofGCPs
ionmodeldeevelopmentandassessment
T
Transformat
Georeferenccingofcadasttralmaps
V
Validationof
fGeoreferencedmap,inIsolation
V
Validationof
fGeoreferencedmap,witthneighbourh
hood
Mosaicgenerrationatreveenueinspecto
or(RI),taluka
aanddistricttlevel
TheesestepsarredetailedinAppendixHofVolu
umeIIB.
Furrther,theprrocessofpreparation
nofExistingglandusep
plancanbeeinitiatedaasthe
logiicalstepofdataprepaaration.
7.7.2.2. Preeparation
nofExistin
ngLandU
UseMap
Theedraftofth
heexistingglandusem
map,incorrporatingth
helandusefeatures fromthe
sateelliteinterp
pretationaandrevenuerecordsaaretakenu
upforgroundverificaation.The
amo
ount of infformation or area veerified und
der this staage varies from settleement to
setttlement.In ruralareas1520%o
ofgroundv
verification
nshouldbeeappropriaate,given
thepredominaanceofagrriculture,w
wastelando
orforestlan
ndcover.W
While,inurb
banareas
groundverificcationcould
dbe2050%
%orevenupto100%
%,ifsettlem
mentisvery
ydense.
Onccegroundv
verification
nisoveran
ndincorporatedinth
heexisting draftland usemap,
finaallanduse mapispro
oduced.In thefinaleexistinglan
ndusemap
p,thedateo
onwhich
map
pwasapprrovedshouldbementtioned.
Figu
ure7.10:ProccessofDevelo
opmentPlanPreparationthroughGIS(A)
Sourcce:
Consultatio
onswithNRSC,N
NUIS,HMDAand
dvarioussourcees.
URD
DPFIGuidelin
banDevelopment
277
7.7.2.3. AnalysisofExistingLandUseMap
Base data, such as population, transportation, infrastructure, area under
conservation/preservation, ecologically sensitive area, developable area etc., can be
taken.ThematiclayersfromBhuvanseriesprovidingdataofgeomorphology,geology,
lineaments, DEM, land transformation Atlas etc., can be selected. After giving
weightage to the chosen indicators, these layers can be superimposed to generate
mapsshowinglandsuitabilityoritspotentialfordevelopmentorconservation.Here
the parameters for selection are to be carefully chosen to suit the planning
requirements of the region. Through the weightage given for analysis, the resulted
mapcanbecategorisedintosuitabilitylayers,suchas:
Landmostsuitablefordevelopment
Landsuitablefordevelopment
Landmoderatelysuitablefordevelopment
Landnonsuitablefordevelopment
Figure7.11:ProcessofDevelopmentPlanPreparationthroughGIS(B)
Source:
ConsultationswithNRSC,NUIS,HMDAandvarioussources.
7.7.2.4. ProposedLandusePlan
Developement strategy can be prepared from the analysis of the situation after
superimposing it on the existing land use map. Development strategy could be
278
focussed on urban nodes, key infrastructure, transport links or industrial
development.Thedevelopmentstrategyandlandsuitabilityanalysisistosuggestthe
landusezoningandtheproposedplan.However,thesezonesandspecificationsofthe
existing land use map are overlaid and refined for bringing out details on the
proposedplan.AnalysisonGISalsoallowsplannerstointegrateinputsfromDisaster
ManagementPlanintotheProposedDraftLandUsePlan.
Through efforts of the State and Local Government, Master Plan formulation using
webbasedGISsoftwareapplicationonBhuvancanbeutilisedforpublicpartispation
onGeospatialplatform.Theapprovedproposedlanduseplancouldbeuploadedon
BhuvanGeoportal.Feedbackcanbegivenonsuchplanson BhuvanGeoportalbythe
publicorbyStateofficials.Basedontheobjectionsandsuggestionsreceivedinearlier
stage,theproposedlanduseplancanbemodifiedanduploadedonBhuvanGeoportal
again as a new version. The process of objections & suggestions and approvals and
uploading of the Plan can be repeated for a number of times as per the States
statutoryprovisionsuntiltheFinalPlanversionisnotapproved.
Figure7.12:ProcessofDevelopmentPlanPreparationthroughGIS(C)
Source:
ConsultationswithNRSC,NUIS,HMDAandvarioussources.
7.7.2.5. UseofGISinPlanRevision
For monitoring and revision of the Development Plan, deviation from the proposed
landusecanbedeterminedinGIS.TheULBandtheStategovernmentshavingutilised
279
the Bhuvan portal can create new data layers for the nonconforming land uses to
assessthedeviationbetweenthepreviousapprovedProposedLanduseplanandthe
existing situation. And since the mapping has been done on GIS, temporal variation
fromthelatestremotesensingimagerycanalsobeearmarked.Thisdeviationcanbe
addressedintherevisionoftheplan.
7.7.3. BhuvanGeoPortalforPlanning
Bhuvan is a geoportal of Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO), which is for
IndianEarthObservationdataproductsandservices. Bhuvanprovidesinterpretated
satelliteimageries,thematicdataandotherservicestoall,apartfrombaseforurban
and regional planning for the authorised Government agencies. Some of its salient
featuresare:
ProvideaccesstoallBhuvanGISdatabasesaswellasanyotherrelevantdatafromotherwebsites
like Survey of India (SOI), Forest Survey of India, National Highways Authority of India, Indian
Railways etc., Can used through the WMS service for effective utilization of available data. This
helpsinavoidingtheduplicationandredundancy.
RespectiveULBcanuploadthetownspecificspatialdatalikecadastralmapsandattributedatato
Bhuvan and comprehensive database required can be organised and used for formulation of
MasterPlan.
OpensourcefreelyavailableWebGISsoftwarepackageforexampleQGIS
UseBhuvanWMSservicefordatacreation.
7.7.3.1. BhuvanGeoPortalUserAccess
Bhuvan provides access to ULBs 134 , development authorities for government
administrationforurbanandregionalplanning,toworkontheavailableinformation,
create new databaseas layers; prepare,approve and upload plan. At ULB, the three
tiersystemofBhuvandatamangementprovideslogintodraughtman,TownPlanning
OfficerandCommissionerlevelofficers.
EachlevelhasdifferentpowerstoaccessBhuvandatabase,whichisdescribedbelow
(andcanbecustomizedasperULBsprocedures/methodsbeingfollowed):
DraughtsmancanworkonTowndatabaseandhaverightstoreadandcontrolwriteintheportal
database. Draughtsman have access control for all database for ready, edit, process and write to
temporaryfolder.Atthislevel personnelcancreatenewspatialfilesoredittheexistingfilesand
uploaddataforapproval.
Townplanningofficer(TPO)canworkonTowndatabaseandhave rightstoreadandwrite.TPO
havefullcontrolonthedatabase.Themaps,analysisonexistingdata,uploadeddataandreportsby
draughtsmenarepostedintemporaryfolderandrequiresTPOapprovaltomovethesefilestothe
database.
CommissionerlevelofficercanworkonTowndatabaseandhaverightstoselfcontrolledreadand
writeaccess.
Statelevelauthorities(DirectorsofficeofStatetown&CountryPlanningDepartment)haverights
foraccessingrespectivesatealltowns.
134
ULBscanaccessBhuvanthroughMoUDandStateTown&CountryPlanningDepartmentforauthorisationandfacilitationof
Bhuvanusernameandpassword.
280
National level authorities (Ministry of Urban Development, TCPO, Delhi) have the rights of all
accessingstatewisealltownsstatusofIndia.
7.7.3.2. PortalUserInterface
AfterPlanningactivityisover,suchdatacanbeuploadedonBhuvanportalforpublic
viewing.Bhuvanportalhasuserinterfaceinthreelevelssuchas:
Viewing: Citizens and governemnt departments can view the spatial plan that is uploaded on
Bhuvanportal
Datacreation:BhuvanaccessedtownlevelUrbanPlanningauthoritiescancreateanduploaddata
onthePortal.
Feedback on the uploaded Plans: Citizens, Government departments and Bhuvan accessed Town
levelUrbanPlanningauthoritiescangivefeedbackonuploadeddata/plans.
7.7.3.3. BhuvanMobileapplications
Bhuvan provides varieties of solutions on Mobile and Smartphone platform in
additiontofielddatacollectionandupload,whichcanbeusedforurbanandregional
planning exercise. BhuvanApp can be downloaded on compatible mobile software.
Bothattributedataandpictorialdatacanbecollectionfromthefieldthroughtheapp,
and uploaded on Bhuvan to develop a centralized database and thereafter can be
viewedbyallfordecisionmaking.
Other applications are also available as a part of Bhuvan mobile app, such as
emergencyservices/responsesattheeventofhazard.Suchapplicationscanbeused
for Smart city concepts and can be modified or customized for the need to the
ULBs/DA. For the State of Uttarakhand, a post distaer initiative was taken using
Bhuvan. Bhuvan has developed customized applications called, Mapping the
NeighbourhoodinUttarakhand(MANU),forcollectinginformationfromthefieldon
mobilebyassignedteamandupdatingitontheBhuvanforenablingreconstructsand
rehabilitationexercisethatcouldbeusedbylocalGovt.effectively.
281
282
Millennium Development Goals (MDG), directly or indirectly, are linked to status

physicalinfrastructure.MDGswereadoptedbyUNin2000keepinginmindtoraise
the quality of life of vulnerable population of the world. India is falling behind the
goals and time frame to achieve goal will get over in 2015. In this scenario it is
prudentthatlocalbodiesfocusonimprovingphysicalinfrastructure.Manypolicies
andschemesofCentralgovernmentarealsoprovidingforimprovementofphysical
infrastructureinIndia.
The planning of infrastructure shall be based on the hierarchy of urban
development.ThischapterofURDPFIguidelinessuggesttheinfrastructureplanning
normsforanUrban/Regionalspace;thenormsaresuggestedunderfivecategories,
namely:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
8.1.
CommercialInfrastructure
MiscellaneousInfrastructure
HierarchyofUrbanDevelopment
A planned city for an environment of convenience should have a hierarchical

structure; with each unit planned for basic selfsufficiency. The smallest planning
unitisconceivedasHousingAreafor5000populationwithconvenienceshopping,
open area, Anganwadi and milk booth as minimum infrastructure provision. The
higherlevelofadditionalfacilitiesistobeprovidedatNeighbourhood,Community,
District, Zonal, Subcity and Regional levels. The hierarchy of development on the
basisofpopulationisgiveninTable8.1.
Table8.1: HierarchyofInfrastructureDevelopment
Sr.No.
PlanningUnit
Population
HousingCluster/Neighbourhood
5000
Neighbourhood
500015,000
Community
Upto100,000
District*
5Lakh
Zonal
10lakh
Subcitycentre
25Lakh50Lakh
City
50Lakh+
Source:UDPFIGuidelines,1996;MPD,2021,JaipurMasterPlan.*Wardat3lakhpopulation.
283
8.2.
Besides the National Urban Transport Policy (2006), the National Transport
Development Policy Committee (NTDPC)135was constituted by the Government of
Indiain2010toformulatealongtermtransportpolicyhavinganaimtosetupthe
conditions for a coherent transport strategy for India in the long term for the
horizon year 2032, with a vision to arrive welldeveloped and competent
institutionalsystemforplanning,managementandexecutionof transportprojects.
Indian cities are expanding and therefore urban transport has gained regional
importance. The public transport needs to improve by an integrated road and rail
base transport, expansion of BRTS/MRTS, etc through formulation of
Master/Development/Mobility Plan which may help to integrate transport and
urbandevelopment.Similarly,buspriorityways,connectivityofMRTSwithCBDand
residential areas, improvement of intermediate public transport and priority in
planning for NMT, etc should be developed along with other facilities such as
parking,streetfurniture,etc.
ThereportrecommendsthatStateGovernmentsshouldalsoenactComprehensive
UrbanTransportLawtodefinetherolesandresponsibilitiesofthecityauthorities
and State level entities related to public transport, landuse and transport
integration, multimodal integration, transport infrastructure for pedestrians,
bicycle,cyclerickshaws,etc.Further,priorityinplanningforvariousmodesshould
focus on improving mobility through NMT, Public Transport, ParaTransit and
Personalvehiclesinorder.ThereisaneedtosetupMetropolitanUrbanTransport
Authoritiesasholisticandintegrateddecisionmakingandcoordinatingbodies.The
dedicatednonlapsableandnonfungibleurbantransportfundsshouldbesetupat
theNational,StateandCitylevels.
Each Municipality and Development Authority could have a Transportation and
Trafficcell/divisiontocomprehensivelyprepareCMPinlineswiththeDevelopment
Plan,implementthetransportationplanandcoordinatewithTrafficPolice.Therole
ofsuchacell/divisionisalsotoincludeapplicationofsmarttechnologiestoimprove
transportation in the city. It is necessary for Transportation and Traffic cell/
divisiontoemploytransportplannersandurbanplannersfortechnicalinputs.
8.2.1. ClassificationofUrbanroad
1. Urban Expressway: Expressways are divided highways for through traffic
with full or partial control of access and generally with grade separations at
majorcrossroads.136
2. Arterialroad137:Theyaretheprimaryroadsforensuringmobilityfunction.
They carry the largest volumes of traffic and longest trips in a city. These
135
NTDPCIndiaTransportReportMovingIndianto2032,Jan2014.
136
HighwayDesignManual,DepartmentofTransportation,NewYorkState(USA).
284
3.
4.
5.
6.
roadsarecharacterizedbymobilityandcatertothroughtrafficwithrestricted
access from carriageway to the side. In such cases, special provisions should
beintroducedtoreduceconflictwiththethroughtraffic.
Sub Arterial Road: This category of road follows all the functions of an
Arterial Urban road and is characterized by mobility, and caters to through
traffic with restricted access from carriageway to the side. It carries same
trafficvolumesasthearterialroads.Duetoitsoverlappingnature,Subarterial
roadscanactasarterials.Thisiscontextspecificandisbasedonthefunction
andthelandusedevelopmentitpassesthrough.
Distributor/Collector Roads: As the name suggests, these are connector
roads, which distribute the traffic from access streets to arterial and sub
arterialroads.Theyarecharacterizedbymobilityandaccessequally.Itcarries
moderate traffic volumes compared to the arterial roads. Due to its
overlapping nature, distributor roads can act as sub arterial and as access
streets,dependinguponthefunctionandthelanduseofthesurroundings.
LocalStreet138:Theseareintendedforneighbourhood(orlocal)useonwhich
through traffic is to be discouraged. These roads should be made pedestrian
and bicycle friendly by using modern traffic calming designs to keep the
speedswithinlimitsasperdesign.
AccessStreet:Theseareusedforaccessfunctionstoadjoiningpropertiesand
areas. A majority of trips in urban areas usually originate or terminate on
thesestreets.
8.2.2. DesignConsiderationofUrbanRoads
8.2.2.1. DesignSpeedandSpaceStandard
Thedesignspeedandcarriagewaywidthfordifferenttypesofroad,as
recommendedrecentlybyMoUDmaybeseeninTable8.2&8.3:
Table8.2: Designconsiderationofurbanroads
S.No.
RoadTypes
DesignSpeed(kmph)
SpaceStandards(m)
UrbanExpressway139
80
5060
ArterialRoad
50
5080
SubArterialRoad
50
3050
Distributor/CollectorRoads
30
1230
LocalStreet140
1020
1220
AccessStreet
15
615
Source:UrbanRoad,CodeofPracticePart1,MoUD.
137
UrbanRoadCodeofPractice,MoUD.
UrbanStreetDesignGuidelines,UTTIPEC.
TheUrbanexpresswaydesignstandardshavenotbeendevelopedinIndia,Howeverforurbancontext,itisassumedasMain
ArterialroadandIRC:861983recommendsdesignspeedofsuchroadis80KPHandSpacestandardof5060mwidth.
140UrbanStreetDesignGuidelines,UTTIPEC.
138
139
285
8.2.2.2. CarriagewayWidth
Table8.3: CarriagewayWidthforeachtypeofroad
S.No.
TypesofRoads
Characteristics
Widthofeachcar
lane(m)
WidthofeachBus
lane(m)
UrbanExpressway141
Minimum6lanesdivided(usinga
median)
3.0to3.5mwidth
each
3.5m(segregated)
ArterialRoad
median)
3.0to3.5mwidth
each
3.5m(segregated)
SubArterialRoad
median)
3.0to3.5mwidth
each
3.5m(segregated)
orPaintedlane
Distributor/Collector
Roads
Maximum4lanesof3.0mwidth
each(excludingmarking)or2lanes
of3.0to3.3mwidtheach(excluding
marking)withorwithoutan
intermittentmedian
2lanesof3.0to
3.5mwidtheach
Mixedtraffic
LocalStreet142
1to2lanes,(undivided);traffic
calmingisrequired
2.75to3.0mwidth
each
Notrequired
AccessStreet
1to2lanes,(undivided);of2.75to
3.0mwidtheach,
2.75to3.0mwidth
each
Notrequired
Source:CodeofPracticePart1,MoUD,(referAppendixIofVolumeIIBfortheCrossSections).
Notes:
1. Footpath,NMTprovisionsandRightofUse(RoU)ofthevariousinfrastructureshallalsobe
assignedintheRoWatthestageoffinalisationofroadnetworkandhierarchy.
2. RoWshallalsoincludeawellplannedutilitycorridor.
3. RoadlevelstobedefinedattheLocalAreaPlanleveltoensureintegratedroadlevelswith
drainagesystemandslope.
4. Noroadstohavetwodifferentroadlevelswithoutapropermedianoraseparator.
8.2.3. Footpath
Footpath should be normally designed for a pedestrian Level of Service (LOS) B,
thereby providing wide pedestrian facilities for pleasant and comfortable walking.
UnderresourceconstraintLOSCcanbeadoptedfordecidingthewidthoffootpath
mentioned in Table 8.4. The width of footpaths depends upon the expected
pedestriantrafficandmaybefixedwiththehelpofthefollowingnormssubjectto
notbeinglessthan1.8m
The Urban expressway design standards have not been developed in India, However for urban context, it is assumed as
MainArterialroad,andhencethelaneofwidthisassumedtobethesameasarterialroadwhichisreferredfromCodeof
PracticePart1,MoUD.
142UrbanStreetDesignGuidelines,UTTIPEC.
141
286
Table8.4: CapacityofFootpath&Design
DesignFlowinNumberofPersonsperhour
Widthofsidewalk
(m)
InBothDirections
Allinonedirection
LOSB
LOSC
LOSB
LOSC
1.8
1350
1890
2025
2835
1800
2520
2700
3780
2.5
2250
3150
3375
4725
2700
3780
4050
5670
3.5
3150
4410
4725
6615
3600
5040
5400
7560
Source:IRC1032012.
Thelanduseadjacenttoroadsignificantlyinfluencesgenerationofpedestriantraffic
RecommendedwidthoffootpathalongvariouslandusesaregiveninTable8.5
Table8.5: Requiredwidthoffootpathasperadjacentlanduse
S.No.
Description
Width
Minimumfreewalkwaywidthandresidential/mixeduseareas
1.8
Commercial/MixedUseAreas
2.5
ShoppingFrontages
3.5to4.5
BusStops
HighIntensityCommercialAreas
Source:IRC1032012.
8.2.4. CycleTracks
Cycle infrastructure width requirements are based on vehicle dimensions, volume
and clearance requirements of moving vehicles (cycle rickshaw, freight rickshaw).
Theserequirementsvaryforstraightridingcyclistsandthose manoeuvringabend
atacruisingspeed.
Exclusive lanes for slow moving vehiclesbicycles and rickshaws and pedestrians
along with spaces for street vendors are also essential. Hawkers and roadside
vendors provide services to bus commuters and pedestrians therefore designed
spaceswoulddiscouragethemfromoccupyingthecarriageway.Thisimprovesthe
capacity of the lanes designed for motorized vehicles and increases safety of
bicyclistsandpedestrians.
287
Table8.6: Cycle/NMTtrack
SlNo.
ArterialRoads
SubArterialRoads
DistributaryRoads
AccessRoads
Non
Motorised
Vehicle
SegregatedCycleTrack
SegregatedCycleTrack
CycleLane
Mixed\traffic
Location
BetweenCarriagewayor
streetparkingandfootpath
oneitheredgeofthe
carriageway
BetweenCarriagewayor
streetparkingandfootpath
oneitheredgeofthe
carriageway
Ontheedgeofthe
NotApplicable
carriageway,adjacent
tothefootpathor
parking.
Gradient
1:121:20
1:121:20
1:121:20
1:121:20
Lanewidth 2.2to5.0m
2.2to5.0m
1.5to2.5m
Mixedwith
motorized
vehiculartraffic
Minimum
Width
2.0foratwolanecycletrack
and1.7mforacommoncycle
trackandfootpath
1.5m
1m(painted)
2.5foratwolanecycletrack
and1.9mforacommoncycle
trackandfootpath
Source:CodeofPracticePart1,MoUD,2012.
8.2.5. ForHillyAreas
Width of roads in hilly areas is given below which can be adopted as per
requirementandadjoininglanduses.
Table8.7: CarriagewaywidthinHillyareas
S.No.
Description
Width(metre)
1.
Singlelanewithoutkerbs
05.00
2.
2lanewithoutkerbs
08.80
3.
2lanewithkerbs
10.00
4.
3lanewith/withoutkerbs
13.00/11.80
Source:TCPO,GovernmentofHimachalPradesh.
8.2.6. PassengerCarUnits(PCU)
ThePCUstandardsasperthevehicletypeforplanningthearearequirementaregiveninTable8.8
below:
Table8.8: PCUstandards
S.No.
VehicleType
Equivalencyfactor
Passengercar,tempo,auto,jeep,vans,oragriculturaltractor
1.0
Truck,bus,agriculturaltractortrailer
3.0
Motorcycle,scooterandcycle
0.5
Cyclerickshaw
1.5
Horsedrawnvehicle
4.0
Bullockcart
5.0
Handcart
6.0
Source:JnNURMRapidTrainingProgramme,PreparationofDPRs,UDPFIguidelinesandinIRC1061990.
288
8.2.7. DesignServiceVolume
The Design Service Volume standards as given in IRC Code 1061990, which
recommendsLOSCwhiledesigningroadcapacity,aregiveninTable8.9below:
Table8.9: DesignServiceVolumeStandards
TotalDesignServiceVolumefordifferentroadcategory
S.No.
TypeofCarriageway
1.
2Lane(oneway)
2400
1900
1400
2.
2lane(twoway)
1500
1200
900
3.
3lane(oneway)
3600
2900
2200
4.
4laneundivided(twoway)
3000
2400
1800
5.
4lanedivided(twoway)
3600
2900
6.
6laneundivided(twoway)
4800
3800
7.
5400
4300
8.
7200
Arterial
SubArterial
Collector
Source:IRCCode1061990.
8.2.8. Parking
8.2.8.1. EquivalentCarSpace(ECS)fordifferentvehicles
TherecommendedECSrequiredfordifferenttypeofvehiclesaregiveninTable8.10
Table8.10: RecommendedECSforvarioustypesofvehicles
S.No.
VehicleType
ECS
Car/taxi
1.00
TwoWheeler
0.25
AutoRickshaw
0.50
Bicycle
0.10
Trucks/Buses*
2.5
EmergencyVehicles*
2.5
Rickshaw*
0.8
*Source:VolumeVD1:DPRforMultilevelParkingFacilityatGhaziabadMainReport,NCRPBandADB,2010.
289
8.2.8.2. RecommendedECSbasedonlandusetype
TherecommendedECSrequiredfordifferenttypeoflanduse,asrecommendedby
theNBC,aregiveninTable8.11.
Table8.11: ParkingStandards
S.No. Landuse
ParkingStandards
Remark
Residential
ResidentialPlotPlottedHousing
2EquivalentCarSpace(ECS)in
plotsofsize250300sqmand
1ECSforevery100sqm.builtup
area,inplotsexceeding300sqm.
ResidentialPlotGroupHousing
2.0ECS/100sqmbuiltuparea
ClusterCourtHousing
2.0ECS/100sqmbuiltuparea
GuestHouse/Lodging&BoardingHouse/
Dharamshala
2ECSper100sqm.ofbuiltup
area
CommercialCentres
ConvenienceShoppingCentre/LocalShopping
Centre/LocalLevelCommercialareas
2ECS/100sqmoffloorarea
ServiceMarket
CommunityCentre/Nonhierarchical
CommercialCentre
DistrictCentre/SubCentralBusiness
District/SubCityLevelCommercialareas
CommercialPlot:Retail&Commerce
MetropolitanCityCentre
Hotel
ForPopulation
between210lakh1
carparkingspacefor
every4guestroom.
ForPopulation
between1050lakh
1carparkingspacefor
every3guestroom.
ForPopulationmore
than50lakh1car
parkingspacefor
every2guestroom143.
ServiceApartments
Anyothercommercialcentreincluding
commercialcomponentalongwithRailway/MRTS
andISBT
IntegratedFreightComplex/WholesaleMarket
Incaseofplotsupto
300sqm.common
parkingistobe
provided
143
NationalBuildingCode,2005.
290
S.No. Landuse
ParkingStandards
Remark
SocioCulturalFacilities
CommunityHall
Parkingstandard@3.0ECS/100
sqm
RecreationalClub
Parkingstandard@2ECS/100
sqmoffloorarea
Socioculturalactivitiessuchasauditorium,
music,dance&drama,centre/meditation,
spiritualcentreetc.
Parkingstandard@2ECS/100
sqmoffloorarea
ScienceCentre
Parkingstandard@2ECS
InternationalConventioncentre
Parkingstandard@2ECS
OldAgeHome/CareCentreforPhysically/
Mentallychallenged/Workingwomen/men
hostel/AdultEducationCentre/Orphanage/
Children'sCentre/NightShelter
Parkingstandard@1.8ECSof
floorarea.
Sportfacilityforinternationalsportsevent
2ECS/100sqmoffloorarea.
PublicSemiPublic
IntegratedOfficeComplex
1.8ECS/100sqmoffloorarea
ThenormsforLocal
Governmentoffices/
PublicSector
Undertakingsunder
GovernmentLanduse
shallbeasper
Integratedoffice
complex
DistrictCourt
1.8ECS/100sqmoffloorarea
HeadPostOfficewithAdministrativeoffice&with
/withoutdeliveryoffice
1.33ECSper100sqm.offloor
area
AmusementPark
3ECS/100sqm.offloorarea
ISBT/Metro
2ECSper100sqm.offloorarea
Hospitals
VeterinaryHospital
VeterinaryDispensary
NursingandParamedicinstitute
area
area
MedicalCollege
AspernormsofMedicalCouncil
ofIndia/RegulatoryBody
Industry
IndustrialPlotupto50sqmarea
IndustrialPlot51sqm400sqmarea
IndustrialPlot401sqmandabove
FlattedgroupIndustry(MinPlotsize400sqm)
291
S.No. Landuse
ParkingStandards
Remark
Parking@2.0ECSper100sqm
builtupareashallbeprovided
withinthepremises.
Wherethisisnot
available,costof
developmentof
parking,shallbe
payablebytheplot
allottee/ownertothe
localbodyconcerned
orMultilevelparking
tobeprovidedasan
option.Thiscondition
shallapplyevenif
residentialpremises
areusedonlyfor
professionalactivity.
MixedLanduse
Source:MasterPlanofDelhi(MPD)2021.
Parking standards are prescribed in above table, however, where it is not

prescribed;itcouldbefollowedasgiveninTable8.12.
Table8.12: PermissibleECSfordifferentlanduses
PermissibleEquivalentCarSpaces(ECS)Per100
sqm.offloorarea
S.No.
UsePremises
Residential
2.0
Commercial
3.0
Manufacturing
2.0
Government
1.8
PublicandSemiPublicFacilities
2.0
Source:MPD2021.
8.2.8.3. SpaceStandardsforParking
Fortheprovisionofcarparkingspace,thespacestandardsshallbegivenasperthe
Table8.13.
Table8.13: SpacestandardsforParking
S.No.
TypeofParking
AreainsqmperECS
Open
23
GroundFloorcovered
28
Basement
32
MultiLevelwithRamps
30
AutomatedMultilevelwithlifts
16
Source:MPD2021.
8.2.8.4. ParkingforHillyAreas144
Apartfromtheabovegivenparkingnorms,onecarparkingspace/garageforeach
dwellingunitshouldbeprovidedinresidentialbuildings.Forinstitutionalbuildings,
onefloorexclusivelyforparkingofvehiclesshouldbecompulsory.
144
TCPD,GovernmentofHimachalPradesh.
292
8.2.9. BusTerminals
8.2.9.1. Functions
Thefunctionsofbusterminalprimarilyincludesprocessingof vehicles,passengers
etc.withprovisionofnecessaryfacilitiesfortheirsmoothflow.Theterminalserves
as a point and unit where necessary information to user is made available for
processing.Tocreateseamlessmultimodalconnectivity,thebusterminalshouldbe
integratedwithothermodesoftransport(train,metro,bicycle,pedestrian,private
car)
A bus terminal also functions as the centre of a neighbourhood with high density
mixeduseactivitiesinitsvicinity.Toprovideasafeandattractiveplaceatalltimes,
the presence of residential housing, shopping complexes, offices and other
commercialactivitiesaretobeencouragedaroundtheterminal.
A passenger bus terminal broadly needs to perform the functions to meet
requirementsofthefollowing:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
PassengersandVehicles
Passengersonly
Vehiclesonly
Crew
Management
Thefunctionsrelatedtobothpassengersandvehiclesinclude:
Concentration
Loading
Dispersal
Unloading
Passengeronlyorientedfunctionsoftheterminalincludeprovisionof:
Passengerplatformstoboardandalight(withrampsfordisabled&elderly)
Ticketingfacilities
Waitinglounges
Resthouses/rooms
BaggageStorageFacilities
Commercial:BasicShoppingandretailfacilities
Utilities,ServicesandAmenities(includingpublictoilets,ATM,drinkingwateretc.)
InformationSystem
Shelterfromweather
Communicationandpostalfacilities
Eatingplaces
8.2.9.2. Components
Thecomponentsrelatedtovehicles(bus)onlyincludeprovisionof:
Baysforloadingandunloading
Idlebusparkingspaces
Facilitiesrelatedtomaintenance
293
Informationsystemformovementwithterminal
Theterminalcomponentstomeettheneedsofcreware:
Restrooms
Informationsystem
Communicationfacilities
Eatingplaces
Theterminalfacilitiesforthemanagementintermsof:
Demandmanagementonaccountofconcentration
Incurringminimumexpenditure
Developmentofcentralisedinformation
Ensuringbettercontrol
8.2.9.3. DesignCriteria
Thedesigncriteriaofterminalstudiesdeterminingthesizeofterminalandfactors
to be taken into consideration in planning the facilities and activities is primarily
governedbythefollowingfactors:
TrafficDemand
TrafficCharacteristics
FunctionofTerminal
TypeandSophisticationofFacilities
The other factors to be considered in terminal design by appreciating activity and

facilityinterrelationshipare:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Segregationofterminalandnonterminaltraffic
Segregationofvehicularandpedestrianstrafficandmovement
Segregationoftrafficbytype,functionanddirection
Coordinationofdifferentactivitiesintermsoffunctionalandspatialinterrelationship
Provisionofgooduserandvehicularinformation
Provisionofnecessaryandidentifiedfacilitiestomeetrequirementofallusergroupsachieving
minimumpassengerandvehicularprocessingtime
g. Achievingoverallfunctionalandspatialefficiency
h. Achievingsmoothflowofalltypesoftraffictoandfromterminal.
8.2.9.4. PlanningNormsandSpaceStandards
Norms
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
Capacityofanintracitybusterminal
Onebusbayfor5000passengersperday
Onebusbayfor10,000passengersperday
Peakhourload
Occupancy/bus:
Timetakenforloading
Timetakenforunloading
:1.5lakhpassengers/day
:Loading
:Unloading
:10%ofdailypassengerload
:50ideal
:6min;12min
:3min;6min
SpacestandardsforParkingFacilities
Theparkingstandardsforbusbays,asmootedbyUDPFIGuidelines1996,continue
toremainvalidandaregiveninTable8.14below:
294
Table8.14: BusBaysParkingStandards
Typeofparking
Area/vehicle
IdleParking
145sqm
Angular
76sqm
Parallel
104sqm
Source:
8.2.10. TruckTerminal
A truck terminal is highly specialised facility, designed for a specific function and
operatingplanintermsofservicestandardsitmustmeet,theareaitservesandthe
volumes to be handled. It provides interface between intercity and local
transportation facilities and which handle the distribution and collection of goods
withinthecity.
Themajorobjectivesofatruckterminalare:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Toreorganiseofficeandgodownspaceoftransportcompanies
Toprovideforexpansionofcompanies
Toreduceparking,loading/unloadinginstancesinCBD(CentralBusinessDistrict)
Tolocatethefacilitiesforvehiclerepairs,servicing,restplaces,shopsetc.
Tocatertointercitymovementsdestinedtooperatorsgodownandprovideforidleparkingfor
truckswaitingforreturnload.
Tofunctionasarestandhaltingplaceforthroughtraffic.
8.2.10.1. FacilitiesinTransportNagar
ThemainfacilitiesforwhichareaallocationneedstobemadeinTransportNagar
are:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
vii.
viii.
ix.
x.
xi.
xii.
xiii.
xiv.
xv.
xvi.
xvii.
xviii.
xix.
xx.
TransportAgencies
Circulation
Parking
OpenSpace
PetrolPump
ServiceCentre
Toilets
PoliceStation
Restaurant
Shops
Godowns
WeighBridge
Stalls/Dhabas
AdministrativeOffice
FireStation,PostOffice,Dispensary
Bank,BusStation,ElectricSubstation
ColdStorage
SparePartsShops
BodyBuildingShops
Cinema
295
8.2.10.2. LocationalFactors
The following factors are generally considered while locating a truck terminal/
TransportNagar:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Theyshouldbelocatedonmaincorridorofgoodsmovement.
Multimodalconnectivitywithtraincorridorsandwaterways
Theyaregenerallylocatedonfringeofdevelopedlands
Theyshouldhaveproperlinkagewithotherfreightgeneratingactivitiesaswellasdeveloped
areas.
Considerationforintracitygoodsmovementpatternintermsofdesireofmovement,modes
usedanddistancesoverwhichmovementismadeshouldalsobekeptinview.
e.
8.2.10.3. BroadLandUseBreakUp
Thebroadlandusebreakupinatruckterminal(TransportNagar)isasfollows:
Table8.15: BroadLandUsebreakup
S.No.
Use
PercentageArea
TransportoperatorsOffice,Godown,Loading/Unloading
30.0
ServiceIndustryPetrolPump,ServiceArea,WeighBridge,etc.
6.0
Public/SemiPublicPolicePost,Postoffice,Telephone,FirstAidetc.
3.0
Commercial
3.0
ParkingIdle,Transit,OtherVehicles
18.0
Source:UDPFIGuidelines,1996.
8.2.11. IntegratedFreightComplex145
8.2.11.1. Functions
Thebasicfunctionsofanintegratedfreightcomplexare:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Toprovidefacilitiesforregionalandintraurbanfreightmovement.
Toprovidefacilitiesforfreightintransitaswellasinterchangeofmode.
To provide warehousing and storage facilities and linklink these sites with specialised
markets.
To provide servicing, loading and boarding, idle parking, restaurants and other related
functionsinthecomplex.
8.2.11.2. Objectives
Thefunctionalobjectivesofwholesalecomplexcumtruckterminalshouldbe:
a.
Toprovideadequatefacilitiesforwholesaletradeactivities,theseinclude:
i. Auctionareas
ii. Wholesaleshopsandsubsidiarystoragecapacity
iii. Parkingfacilities
iv. Wholesalesgodowns,coldstorage,etc.togetherwithhandlingfacilitiesandequipment,etc.
145
ThesenormsmaybemodifiedtobeusedforDryPorts,ContainerFreightStation(CFS),LogisticsHub.
296
b.
c.
To provide adequate parking space and facilities for trucks expected to utilise the terminal.
Thesefacilitiesinclude:
i. Service/repairfacilities
ii. Rest/recreationfordrivers
iii. Weighingoftrucksetc.
Toprovideadequatefacilitiesforoffice/storageactivitiesoftrucksoperatingatterminal.These
include:
i. Godownspace
ii. Officespace
iii. Loading/unloadingfacilities
iv. Weighingofgoodsvehicleetc.
Apartfromtheabovementionedobjectives,thecomplexmustprovideforanumber
ofassociated/ancillaryfacilitiesandservices,someofwhichare:
d.
e.
Provision for goods movement within the complex in terms of truck movement and loading
unloading/stackingofgoods.
Buildingandamenitiesforadministrationandsecuritymeasuresnecessaryforcomplex.
i. Facilitieslikebanking,postaltruckers,etc.requiredforbusinesstransactions
ii. Amenitiesforwholesales,truckersandtheiremployees
iii. Areasforshops,eatinghousesandotherserviceestablishment
iv. Provisionoflighting,watersupplyandgarbage,seweragedisposal.
8.2.11.3. SpaceNorms
The Spacenorms in terms of quantum handled (kilograms) per square meter area
for selected commodities as per Central Warehousing Corporation (CWC) is given
below:
Table8.16: SpaceNorms
Commodity
Wt./Area(Kg./sq.m.)
Foodgrains
1054
FruitsandVegetables
721
HardwareandBuildingMaterial
1054
IronandSteel
904
Timber
968
Machinery
968
AutoParts
968
Textile
968
Chemicalsandfertilisers
968
Source:CentralWarehousingCorporation.
297
8.2.11.4. BroadLandUseBreakup
Thebroadlandusebreakupofanintegratedfreightcomplexrecommendedin
UDPFIGuidelines1996continuetoberelevantandareasfollows:
Table8.17: BroadLandUseBreakUp
UseType
PercentageofArea
1.
WholesaleMarket
35.0
2.
Warehousing
8.0
3.
BookingAgencies
2.0
4.
Commercial&Public/SemiPublic
5.0
5.
UtilitiesandServices
3.0
6.
ServiceIndustry
4.0
7.
Parking
12.0
8.
Circulation
25.0
9.
Others
6.0
Total
100.0
8.2.11.5. AreaRequirements
As a general guideline, the area required for a truck terminal (Transport Nagar)
shouldbereservedattherateofonehectareper300tonnesofdailygoodsinflow
intothecomplex.Incaseofintegratedfreightcomplex,theareanecessarywouldbe
onehectareper400tonnesofdailygoodsinflowintothecomplex.
8.2.12. TravelDemandModellingProcess146
Atravelmodelisasimplifiedrepresentationoftravelbehaviourthroughtheuseof
mathematical equations and dataanalysis. Models are based onthe theory that an
individual'stravelchoicesareafunctionofhisorhersocioeconomiccharacteristics
(household size, income, and vehicle ownership), geographic location (distance to
work, shops, etc.) and modal choices (road, rail, bus, NMT) available to them.
Modelling is an attempt to replicate this behaviour using statistical analysis. The
processiscomplexandrequireslargeamountofdata.
Theaccuracyofatravelmodeldependsonmanyfactors:landuseanddemographic
data, quality of travel survey data, technical expertise of the developer, and
assumptionsused.Therefore,amodelshouldbeevaluatedasawholeandneverasa
functionoftheforecastsproduced.Amodelshouldalwaysbecalibratedwellsothat
it can replicate current year conditions within reason before using it to produce
forecasts. Model calibration and validation should be done at every step of the
processtoensurequalityofforecasts.
146
Development of Training Material under Sustainable Urban Transport Project, Reference Guide Volume 2 Demand
Assessment,MoUD.
298
Models are a simplified simulation of travel behaviour producing rational travel
choicesbasedonthecontrolledvariableswithinamodel.Intherealworld,variables
are constantly changing and individuals don't always make the most rational
decisions. Therefore model forecasts should only be used as one element in
transportplanning.
The most commonly used method of forecasting is 4 step Aggregate Model; this
modelincludestripgeneration,distribution,modalsplit,andassignment.
Anindividualdecideswhethertomakeatrip,whereandwhentogo,whichmodeto
select, and which route to take based on his needs, income, occupation, vehicle
ownership, etc. and the choices available to them. The choices could be different
modes of transportation (car, 2 wheeler, public transport, bicycle etc.), different
times of day travel (peak, offpeak) or competing destinations (shopping mall,
downtown).Asmentionedabove,thismethodinvolves4majorcomponents,which
aredetailedinAppendixJofVolumeIIB.
8.2.12.1. RecommendedModalSplitbyPublicTransportModes
The recommended share of public transport modes based on city size, which is
mentionedinTable8.18.
Table8.18: RecommendedderivedModalSplit
CitySize
RecommendedModalSpilt
Below1Million
30%
Around1Million
35%
1.5Million
40%plus
3.0Million
50%plus
6.0Million
70%plus
9.0Million
75%plus(85%withamasstransitsystem)
8.2.13. MRToptionsfortheCity
Everycityisdifferentandrequiresitsownstudyofthepotentiallyrealisticoptions.
TheguidelinesshowninTable8.19andTable8.20aretoassistdecisionmakersin
narrowing down the applicable options. As can be seen in the table, population
densityisanimportantcriterion.Cityshape/form(linearorcircular)alsoinfluences
the concentration of demand; therefore, this factor may be incorporated when
selectingappropriateMRToptions.
299
Table8.19: MRToptionsfortheCity
MRTS
S.No. Options
CityRequirements
Whenmorethanabout100busesperhourperdirection(bphpd)usethebusway147
Citieswithamediumtohighdensityurbanarea
BRTshouldbeoneofthefirstconsiderationsinMRTsystemdevelopmentinanycity.
BRTsystemcanbedevelopedastrunksystemsaswellasfeederstoanexisting(orplanned)
MRTsystem
SuitableforcitieswhereanMRTsystemneedstobedevelopedquicklyandincrementallyas
conditionsandfundingallow
Awelldevelopedtrafficplanning/managementcapabilityshouldbeavailable(thismaybe
broughtininitially)
Existingbusandparatransitoperationscanberegulated/restructured
RoadspaceisavailableforBRTdevelopment(24lanesfromexistingroads)
BusOnlyLane(BOL)canberecommendedinthefollowingtwocases:
Onelanebusway(4metersforasinglelane)isavailableandthepassengerdemandisbelow
6,000bphpd;and
Multiplelanebusways(7metersfortwolanes,or10.5metersforthreelanes)areavailable
andthepassengerdemandexceeds6,000,butisbelow12,500bphpd
BusRapid
Transit
(BRT)
LightRail
Transport
(LRT)
including
monorail,
tramways
MetroRail
Citieswithamediumtohighdensityurbanarea
Citieswhereenvironmentalissuesarecriticalandthereisaneedtoattractcaruserstouse
publictransportsystems;however,ifthecorerequirementsareoperationaleffectiveness,
LRTsystemshouldbedevelopedthatismoreflexibleandcostsless
Appropriateforcitieswithanexistingtramoperation,whichmaybecosteffectively
enhanced.
Awelldevelopedtrafficplanning/managementcapabilityshouldbeavailable
RoadspaceisavailableforLRTdevelopment(23lanesfromexistingroad)orexistingtram
trackcanbeconvertedtoanLRTroute
Existingpublictransportflowsonthemaincorridoroftheorderof10,00015,000passengers
perhourperdirectionwithmorethan15kmtriplength
Cityincomesthatarenotlow(typicallyatleastUS$1,800perperson)
Prospectsforsustainedeconomicgrowthandanexpandingcentre(incaseofmetropolitan
regions)
Existenceofalowcostmetroalignment
Farespolicyafarespolicyonmetroandbussystemstoencourageridershipyetlimitthe
needforfinancialsupport
Awelldevelopedtrafficplanning/managementcapabilityshouldbeavailable
Strongandlargelyautonomousmanagementofmetropolitanregion,withclearobjectives
Source:GuidelinesandToolkitsforUrbanTransportDevelopmentModule1ComprehensiveMobilityPlan.
Personal rapid transit system is also emerging as an alternative mode of

transportation in many Nations. This system is capital intensive and has long
payback period, besides, the system is feasible where passenger flow in the main
corridor is higher than the demand for the metro rail and the paying capacity is
higher.
147
Guidelines and Toolkits for Urban Transport Development in Medium Sized Cities in India Module 2: Bus Rapid Transit
(BRT): Toolkit for Feasibility Studies, MoUD.
300
Table8.20: TechnicalParametersofPublicTransportOptions
MetroRail
LRT
Tramways
HCBRT
BRT
BusPriorityLanes
CityBus
LineCapacity
40,00075,000
15,00045,000
5,00015,000
20,00035,000
7,50015,000
5,0007,500
Below1,000
Veryhigh
High
Medium/high
Medium/high
Medium
Low
VeryLow,onlybus
stopsand
maintenancestop
required
Alignment
Doubletrackrailway
Doubletrackrailway,
elevated,atgradeor
intunnels
Doubletrack
tramway,atgrade
4BusLanes(2per
direction)
2to3BusLanes
2BusLanes
Usepublicroads
Segregation
100%segregatedin
tunnels,elevatedor
atgrade
Highdegreeof
segregationpreferred,
butsectionswith
sharedrightofway
possible
Usespublicroads,but
mayhavereserved
rightofwayon
sectionswithhigher
demand
AllBusLanesmustbe
segregatedtoachieve
highcapacity
BusLanesmustbein
generalsegregated,
exceptionspossible,
reducecapacityand
speed
BusPriorityLanes
mustbeexclusively
forbuses
None
Roadspacerequired
None
Noneincaseof
elevatedandtunnel
alignment,2lanesat
grade,additional
spacerequiredfor
stationsandterminals
2Lanes,additional
spacemaybe
requiredforstations
andterminals,tracks
canbesharedwith
publicroadsor
pedestrianroads
4Lanes;morelinear
spacefor
Interchangesand
Terminals
2Lanes,possibly3or4
atStationsand
Interchanges,spacefor
majorInterchanges
andTerminals
2to3Lanes(3to4
LanesatBusStops)
Sharedwithcarsand
pedestrian
Vehicles
HighcapacityEMU
Mediumtohigh
capacityEMUs
(upgradedtramsas
anoption)
Trams,articulated
and/orwithwagons
asanoption
Specialarticulated
buswithatfloor
boardingandwide
doors
Articulatedbuses;pre
paidboardingrequired
StandardCityBus,
articulatedasoption
StandardCityBus
Passengersper
Vehicle/Train
1,2002,500
2501,500
Dependsonlength
180240
150180
75100
75
Traction
Electric
Electric
Electric
Diesel
Diesel(Electricasan
option)
Diesel
Diesel
FeederSystem
Necessary
Necessary
Notnecessary
Necessary
Desired
Notnecessary
Notnecessary
Flexibilityofroute
changes
Verylow
Low
Low
Verylow
Medium
Medium
Veryhigh
TicketingSystem
Closed
Closed
Open
Closed
Closedoropen
Open
Open
(PAX/hr/dir.)
Costperkm
(Infrastructure,vehicles,
OCC,Maintenance)
Source:GuidelinesandToolkitsforUrbanTransportDevelopmentModule1ComprehensiveMobilityPlan.
301
302
8.2.14. UrbanBusesandcharacteristics
MoUD148has established different types of buses for urban services. The following
tabledefinesthecharacteristicsandfloorheightofdifferenturbanbuses.
Table8.21: Typesofurbanbusesandtheircharacteristics
S.No.
BusTypes
BusCharacteristics
Lowfloordefinition
Standardsizeurbanbus
(AC/NonAC)
Maximumfloorheight:
400/650/900mm
Lowfloorareashallnotbelessthan50%
of the total saloon area (excluding front
wheel boxes and drivers cab) and shall
notberampedinthelongitudinalplane.
MiniandMidiurbanbuses
(AC/NonAC)
Maximumfloorheight900mm
withinclusionofvariantsof
havingfloorheightof400mm
and650mm
StandardBRTSbus
(AC/NonAC)
Maximumfloor
height:400/650/900mm
Floorheightof400,650or900mmshall
beuniforminsidethevehicle.
MiniBRTBus
Floorheightof400,650or900
mmshallbeuniforminsidethe
vehicle
MidiBRTBus
Floorheightof400,650and
900mmshallbeuniforminside
thevehicle
StandardBusofPremium
Segment(Airconditioned)
Maximumfloorheight:900mm
MidiBusofPremium
Segment(Airconditioned)
ArticulatedBRTSBus(AC
/NonAC)
Floor height shall be uniform inside the

vehicle
BiarticulatedBRTSBus
(AC/NonAC)
Floor height shall be uniform inside the

vehicle
8.2.15. TODNorms
Transit Oriented Development is a development, macro or micro that is focused
around a transit node,and facilitates complete ease ofaccess to thetransitfacility
thereby inducing people to prefer to walk and use public transportation over
personalmodesoftransport149.
148
RecommendatoryUrbanBusSpecifications,MoUD2013.
149
AsperDraftUTTIPECGuidelinesofDDA.
303
Figure8.1: ProposedKarkardoomaTODProject
Source:
http://uttipec.nic.in/writereaddata/linkimages/6080492270.pdf
RegionandTransitOrientedDevelopmentarisesfrominvestment ininfrastructure
thatguidestheurbangrowthofthecityandissuggestedasoneoftheapproachesin
the regional &urban planning approach Chapter 4 and 5 respectively of the
guidelines. Typically, TOD involves implementing or strengthening a mass transit
systemwithdevelopmentfocusedonmajortransportnodes(whichcanbeplanned
at regional level or city level). This strategy supports the objective of achieving a
desirablemodalsplitof5070%asadvised150.
Masstransitcanbestrengthenedby:
Enhancing the public transport network by careful and robust selection of an optimum mass
transit system, including bus service improvements, bus rapid transit (BRT), and/or railbased
solutions;and
Developing an integrated public transport system that combines modes and services through
interchanges and feeder services, rationalises existing services, and improves passenger
dispersalatterminals
Cities with strong Central Business Districts (CBDs) are generally good candidates
fortransitorienteddevelopment.Tripscantakeplacealongradialaxesbetweenthe
CBDandsuburbancommunities,withconcentratedmixedusedevelopmentaround
the suburban nodes. TOD can be facilitated by identifying major corridors and
investing in them as primary mass transit corridors. This can be undertaken with
referencetoanalysisoftraveldemandanddesirelinepatternsfromthemodelling
exercise.
150
TrafficandTransportationPoliciesandStrategiesinUrbanAreasinIndia,1998,MoUD,GoI.
304
8.2.15.1. DemarcationoftheTODInfluenceZone151
TODisanewconceptintroducedinIndia.CurrentlyUTTIPEC(asubdivisionofDelhi
Development Authority DDA) has developed draft policy norms and guidelines for
TOD.SomeofthekeyaspectsrelatedtodemarcateTODzoneisgivenbelow:
1. A maximum up to 2000 m. wide belt on both sides of centre line of the MRTS Corridor is
designatedasTODInfluenceZone,whichshouldalsobeidentifiedinDevelopmentPlanofa
city.
2. The entire influence zone shall be considered as white zone. Application of Development
Control Norms in the White Zone shall be compliant with TOD norms as stated in TOD
guidelines (approved by competent Authority). Final boundaries of Influence Zones shall be
demarcatedaspertheInfluenceZonePlans.
3. The overall Influence Zone further consists of three sub zones Zone 1: Intense TOD Zone,
Zone2:StandardTODZone,andZone3:TODTransitionZone.
4. DevelopmentControlNormsasperUTTIPECTODnormsapplytoallthreeTODzones.
5. Development Control Norms of High Density Mixed Income Development shall not be
applicabletotheTODTransitionZone.
6. All properties public or private shall be able to avail the norms and benefits of TOD while
complyingtoanapprovedInfluenceZonePlan,Howeverexceptioncanbeidentifiedwhere:
Heightrestrictionhasalreadymade.
FlightfunnelzonesshallfollowtheheightrestrictionsasperregulationsofAirportAuthorityofIndia.
Environmentallysensitivezonesforprotection(EnvironmentProtectionZones)
SeismicZonessuchasfaultlines.
Table8.22: TODInfluenceZones
Zone1:IntenseTODZone
Zone2:StandardTODZone
Zone3:TODTransitionZone
300minfluencezoneofall
800m*(10min
walking)influencezoneofall
MRTSStations.
2000m**(10minutecyclingdistance)
influencezoneofallMRTSStations.
MRTSStations
800m*(10minwalking)influence
zoneofRegionalInterchange
Station(i.e.RailMRTS,ortwo
MRTSlines.)
Source:
300minfluencezoneofBRTcorridors.
ZoneswithinIntense(zone1)orStandard
TODZoneswhicharenotpermittedfor
redevelopmentbutneedenhancementsin
publicrealmandnetworkconnectivity.
DraftTransitOrientDevelopmentPolicy,Norms,Guidelines,UTTIPEC
8.2.15.2. DevelopmentTypeswithinInfluenceZones152
Broadlythetypesofplannedandunplanneddevelopmentwhichmayfallwithinthe
Zone1:IntenseTODinfluencezonesandZone2:StandardTODmaybecategorized
intothreebroadcategories:
Redevelopment/Infill Sites withinthe Intense/ Standard TODZones arethose within Existing
UrbanAreaandsuitablefordevelopment/redevelopment.
7. Infill Sites are empty sites within Existing Urban Area, which may have opened up for
development.
8. Redevelopmentsitescouldbeanyofthefollowing:
i.
Lowdensityareas
ii.
Shopping/Commercialcentres
iii.
Industrialareas/clusters
151
DraftTransitOrientDevelopmentPolicy,Norms,Guidelines,UTTIPEC.
152
Ibid.
305
iv.
v.
vi.
vii.
ResettlementColonies
Unauthorizedcolonies
UrbanVillages
JJclusters
GreenfieldSiteswithintheIntense/StandardTODZoneswhichareintheUrbanExtensionArea
whereprovisionofroadnetworks,servicesandsocialfacilitieshasnotyettakenplace.
Retrofit In addition to TOD Transition Zones, sites within Intense/ Standard Zones which have
existinggrossdensityhigherthan250du/hamaynotbesuitableforredevelopment,butmayneed
retrofittingtomeetTODZonerequirements.Thefollowingcriteriamaybeusedasbenchmarksfor
selectingsuchdensesitesforneedforretrofitting:
1. Lackofstreetnetworkandconnectivity
2. Lackoffireaccesstobuildings.
3. Lackofadequatephysicalandsocialinfrastructurefacilities.
Hence, depending upon the requirement of the area, to which TOD is applied, the
influencezoneplanistobeprepared.
8.2.15.3. InfluenceZonePlan
ADetailedInfluenceZonePlanisadocumentthatprovidesaframeworkandvision
for future TOD development for MRTS. Any public or private development within
theInfluenceZonePlanAreasmustadheretotheoverallstrategies,frameworkand
benchmarksprovidedbythePlan.ThePlanshallbepreparedorbeapprovedbythe
competent Planning Authority for each influence zone area in a phased manner,
customizedtositecharacteristicsandcontext.Theplanshall includethefollowing
components:
1. UrbanDesignFrameworkThiswouldinclude:
StreetNetworkPlanindicatingstreethierarchyandcharacter
LandscapeandOpenSpaceStructureindicatingtypeofopenspacesanddistributionofplayareas.To
includeplantingstrategyforallstreettrees.
NetFARandresidentialdensitiesforeachblockwithintheInfluenceZone
Vertical mix of uses for each TOD parcel indicating location of civic amenities within mixed use
blocks (refer Chapter 9 for mixed zone use). To include location of unbundled parking sites for
shareduse.
Threedimensional site briefs for each block within the Influence Zone indicating recommended
massingandorganisationofuses.
Locationandnumbersofshortandlongtermparkingspaces
2. TransportImpactAssessment&MitigationStrategiesThiswouldincludestrategiesfor:
Achievingthedesiredmodalshift,inparticularmodeshiftforshorttrips
Streetnetworkimprovementthroughassessmentofexistingcapacityandaugmentationofnetwork
asrequiredthroughnewlinkages,alternateroutes,junctiondesignsetc.forallmodeswithpriority
forintermediatepublictransport,pedestrians,cyclists/NMT.
IntegratedstrategyforPublictransport,PedestrianandCycleaccess
Determining the optimum mix of uses to mitigate negative impact on surrounding land uses and
transportnetworks
ParkingStrategyasaDemandManagementTool
Mitigationstrategiesfortrafficnoiseandvibration
306
The Draft TOD Guidelines and Norms of UTTIPEC are under finalization. In the
contextofMPD2021provisionswhichspelloutthata500mwidebeltfromthe
centreline of MRTS corridors/major transport axis shall be designated as the
influencezone.TheGuidelinesandNormshavebeenincludedundertheChapter
onTransportation,whichisunderrevisionaspartofMPD2021reviewexercise.
ItisimportanttoappreciatethatTODisavalueadditionoverandabovemixed
use streets and the LandPooling policy in the sense that provides for multiple
useswithinthesamebuildingalongwithhigherFARprovisionssoastopromote
intensive development along MRTS corridors/major transport axis which will
inducepeopletousePublicTransportanddoawaywithpersonalizedvehicular
modes. However, TOD has to be designed casetocase basis and cannot be a
defaultfunction.
Figure8.2: ProposedKarkardoomaTODProject
Source:
http://uttipec.nic.in/writereaddata/linkimages/6080492270.pdf
3. DecentralizedInfrastructureandSustainabilityPlanThiswouldinclude:
Water and Waste Water management strategy including recycling and reuse of waste water. To
includestrategyforbothpotableandnonpotablewater.
Rainwaterstrategy,tobeintegratedwiththeLandscapeandPublicOpenSpaceStrategy
SolidWasteManagementStrategy
EnergyStrategymaximisinguseofrenewablesources
Integrated Infrastructure and Services Systems Plan indicating space requirements for all
infrastructure
4. EconomicViabilityandImplementationModelThiswouldinclude:
Determining a financially profitable mix of uses based on the current demand and supply, coupled
with the projected land values for the TOD zone. To include cost delivering of Social and Physical
infrastructure
307
Determiningafinancialmodelanddeliverymechanismforaffordablehousing,publicinfrastructure
and public transport facilities through mechanisms of cross subsidy, FAR benefits or any other
possiblebenefitthattheTODauthoritycangive.
StrategyforrevenuecollectionfromtheTODzonebasedonthe benefitsenjoyedbyapieceofland
lying within the TOD zone. To determine total profit generated from the TOD Zone in a phased
mannerforindividualowners,consortiumsandTODadministration.
Determiningappropriatemechanismsforlandpoolingbyindividualplotholderstoavailthebenefits
ofTODbasedonthespecificcharacteristicsofthesite.
DeterminingthestructureoftheadministrativebodyoftheTODzoneandthecostofoperationofthe
body.
Strategy for implementing the TOD policy in the TOD zone through the principle of award and
penalty.
Note:AfterpreparationofInfluenceZonePlansforUrbanExtensionareas,theTOD
Zonesshallaccommodatesubstantiallygreaterproportionofthepopulation
of planned areas of Zonal Plans, which may therefore require subsequent
modification.
8.2.15.4. RedevelopmentCriteriaandMinimumProjectSizeCriteria153
Policy:
Redevelopment within developed areas of the city would be permitted only when an overall
Influence Zone Plan has been prepared for the Station. This is to ensure that local street
networks,physicalandsocialinfrastructureandsharedparkingfacilitieshavebeenplannedfor
thearea,beforedensificationcommences.
For achieving higher FAR it would be desirable to incentivize amalgamation of plots as well as
make appropriate amendments in the bye laws, as per TOD norms. However, though
amalgamationisdesirablebutitmaynotbeaprerequisite.Densificationshouldbeallowedinall
plot sizes subject to the project complying with the approved Influence Zone Plan, so that
incrementaldevelopmentanddensificationcanstarttakingplace.
ItishighlyinappropriatetoallowlandbankinginTODzones.Penaltiessuchasvacantlandtax,
etc. on underutilized land and/or underutilized FAR could be levied, in order to ensure time
bounddensificationalongwithMRTScorridor.Suchpenaltiesshouldapplytoalldevelopersas
wellasGovt.bodies,toeveninefficientuseofvaluableland.
Norms:
1. IfInfluenceZonelayoutplanforthestationareadoesnotexist,noindividualdevelopments
withTODnormsshallbepermitted.
2. IfInfluenceZonePlanforthestationareaexists:
i.
Anyprojectssizeofequalormorethan50Hamaybetakenupfordevelopment/infillor
redevelopment, if in adherence to the influence zone plan prepared by the Planning
Authority.
ii.
Individual buildings shall be given sanction by the concerned authority within the
frameworkoftheoverallinfluencezoneplan.
iii.
For projects accommodating more than 5000 residential population, the residents/
cooperativesocieties/privatedevelopersshouldgetthedetailedlayoutandservicesplan
preparedinconsultationwiththeconcernedauthorityforfinalapproval.
153
Draft Transit Orient Development Policy, Norms & Guidelines, UTTIPEC.
308
8.2.15.5. TODDevelopmentControlNorms154
TheTODmainlyhas6componentsforwhichtheDCRistobedevelopedbydevelopmentauthorities.
Thesecomponentsareasfollowing:
1. Pedestrian&Cycle/CycleRickshawFriendlyEnvironment
2. Connectivity:Createdensenetworksofstreetsandpathsforallmodes.
3. Multimodal Interchange: Mass transportation modes servicing the area should be well
integratedtoaffordrapidandcomfortablemodaltransfers.
4. Modal Shift Measures: Shift to Sustainable Modes by using Design, Technology, Road Use
Regulation,MixedUse,ParkingPolicyandFiscalMeasures
5. Placemaking and Safety: Urban places should be designed for enjoyment, relaxation and
equity.
6. High Density, MixedIncome Development: Compact Neighbourhoods for Shorter Commutes
andequityforallsectionsofsociety.
Policy details and development norms for each of the above components are
providedinDraftTransitOrientDevelopmentPolicy,Norms,Guidelinesissuedby
UTTIPEC155, which is the only guideline available in India at present and can be
referred for TOD projects. In addition, ITDP mentions principal and objectives of
TODinitsversion2.0ofTODStandardsandprovidesprojecteligibilitycriteriaand
itsscoring.However,anylatestandmorecomprehensivedocumentandcasestudies
canalsobereferredforthisexercise.
8.2.16. NonMotorisedVehicles(NMV)
AsperGuidelinesandToolkitsforUrbanTransportDevelopment inMediumSized
Cities in India prepared by MoUD and ADB, NonMotorised Transport (NMT)
measuresproposedbyanIndiancityshouldconformtoexisting policyatNational,
State and City level. National Urban Transport Policy has also encouraged using
NMVs by offering Central financial assistance for this purpose. As per MoUD
guidelines,NMVscanbepromotedthroughthefollowinginitiatives:
ProvidingbetterfacilitiestoaccommodateexistingNMVuseandencouragemoreNMVsthrough
visibleinfrastructure;
DevelopingastrategicNMVplanincludinganetworkofroutesavailabletoNMVsthroughoutthe
city;
SegregatingNMVs/MVstoimprovesafetyandsmoothpassageofNMVs;
PromotingfreightNMVsforthetransportanddeliveryofsmall goodstomarketsandshopping
areas;
Identifyingsubprojectswhichmakepositive,proactiveprovisionforNMVsaspartofabalanced
approachtotrafficplanning;
GivingNMVspriorityoverMVsonselectedroutesandinselectedareas;
StrengtheningRoadUserEducation(RUE)programmesforNMVuserstoimprovebehaviourand
roadsafety;
RationalisingandimprovingNMVregistration,licensingforuseasaPublicTransportorfreight
vehicle,regulationandenforcement
EncourageNMVbyimprovingwomensaccess.
154
Ibid.
155
Thedocumentisavailableatwww.uttipec.nic.in.
309
Various initiates and programmes takenup by Ministry of Road Transport and

Highwaysinthisdirection.
IthasalsobeensuggestedbyMoUDthatNMVmeasurescanbeimplementedeither
as mandatory or advisory. Mandatory measures are formal and require to be
backedupbyappropriatetrafficregulations.Forexample,partofthehighwaymay
bedesignatedforNMVsonly.Advisorymeasuresareusuallydesignedtoencourage
NMV use, or where mandatory measures are difficult to implement due to the
requirementoftrafficregulationsorthepracticalitiesofaccommodatingmotorized
vehicles within limited road space. For example, part of the highway may be
allocatedforNMVs,butMVswouldbeallowedtoencroachforsideaccessesorwhen
trafficvolumeishigh.Evenadvisorymeasurescanincurcosts suchimprovedroad
surfacingorremovalofphysicalobstructionstoensurethatNMVpassageissmooth
andcomfortable.
MoUDhasalsorecommendedthatsegregationofNMVsandMotorVehicles(MVs)is
well suited for Indian scenario. Segregated NMV measures can take the form of
dedicated lanes within the highway (with physical dividers or simple line
demarcation) either withflow or contraflow, and streets that prohibit motor
vehicles. Mixed flow measures allow all types of traffic to mix within the highway
and are typically a donothing or minimum case, though some treatments can be
implemented to improve the comfort level of NMVs or provide priority, e.g. at
intersections.ItalsoofferssafeandefficientnetworkforNMVs.
8.2.17. RoadSafety
Road safety is to include design strategies for elements that make up the urban
environment at various scales must be clearly articulated, and must be integrated
withrelevantdevelopmentregulations(DevelopmentPlan,LocalAreaPlans,Urban
Design Guidelines, etc.)156. A checklist of road safety indicators is provided in
Appendix K of Volume II B for ready reference. The principle of road safety to be
includedatRegionalplanninglevel(Mobility1),DevelopmentPlanPreparationlevel
withCMP(Mobility2)andlocalareaplanleveltocreatesafeinfrastructure.
8.2.18. Special Requirements for Barrier Free Built

Environment for Differently abled and Elderly
Persons157
Barrier free environment is one, which enables people with disabilities to move
about safely and freely and to use the facilities within the built environment. The
goalofbarrierfreedesignistoprovideanenvironmentthatsupportsindependent
functioningofindividualssothattheycangettoandparticipatewithoutassistance
156
Working Paper on Urban Development and Road Safety, Embarq, India.
157
Guidelines, NBC, pg 47-48.
310
ineverydayactivitiessuchasprocurementofgoodsandservices,communityliving,
employmentandleisure.
Publicwalksshouldbeminimum1.2mwidewithamaximumgradientof1in20
Parkingspacesforindividualswithphysicaldisabilitieswhen placedbetweentwoconventional
diagonal or head on parking spaces should be 3.6 m to 3.8 m wide and the length of the aisle
should7.3m,6.3mand6.5mforheadon,90and60parkingrespectively.
BuildingsRampswithgradients:Arampshouldhaveamaximumslopeof1in20ormaximumof
1in12forshortdistanceupto9m.OtherdetailsoframpshallbereferredfromNBC2005.
UseofTactilepavingandensuringcontinuouspavement
For designing elements within the building premises, the norms as given in the
GuidelinesforBarrierFreeBuiltEnvironmentshallbeapplicable.
8.2.19. InlandWaterTransportation
Water based transport is effective as operating costs of fuel are lower and
environmental pollution is lower thanfor corresponding volumes of movement by
road,railorair.Amajoradvantageisthatthemaininfrastructure,i.e.thewaterway
isoftennaturallyavailable158.
InIndia,anumberof centralandstateagenciesplaycrucialroleinthe regulation,
operation and sustenance of Inland Water Transport (IWT). Their smooth
functioning is required for IWT to be viable. Some of the actors in this sector are
givenbelow.
InlandWaterwaysAuthorityofIndia(IWAI)
CentralInlandWaterTransportCorporation(CIWTC)
Stategovernments
Portauthorities
Transportdevelopmentagencies
Customers
As per constitutional provisions, only those waterways, which are declared as

NationalWaterways,comeunderthepurviewofCentralGovernmentwhilerestof
waterwaysremaininthepurviewofrespectiveStateGovernment.Sinceformation
ofIWAI,waterwaysnamely:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Ganga
Brahmaputra
WestCoastCanalwithUdyogmandalandChampakaraCanals
KakinadaPuducherryCanalssystemalongwithGodavariandKrishnarivers
EastCoastCanalwithBrahmaniRiverandMahanadidelta
Barakriver
The National Transport Policy Committee (1980) recommended the following

principlesfordeclarationofaNationalWaterway.
Itshouldpossesscapabilityofnavigationbymechanicallypropelledvesselsofareasonablesize.
158
RangarajNandRaghuramG,ViabilityofInlandWaterTransportinIndia,
http://www.ieor.iitb.ac.in/files/faculty/narayan/transport/iwttecrepoct05.pdf.
311
Itshouldhaveabout45mwidechannelandminimum1.5mdepth.
Itshouldbeacontinuousstretchof50km.Theonlyexceptiontobemadetowaterwaylengthis
forurbanconglomerationsandintraporttraffic.
ItshouldpassthroughandservetheinterestofmorethanoneState(or).
ItshouldconnectavastandprosperoushinterlandandMajorPorts(or).
It should pass through a strategic region where development of navigation is considered
necessarytoprovidelogisticsupportfornationalsecurity(or).
Itshouldconnectplacesnotservedbyanyothermodesoftransport.
As per IWAI, the waterways shall be classified in the following categories for safe
plying of selfpropelled vessels up to 2000 Tonnes dead weight tonnage and tug
bargeformationinpushtypeunitsofcarryingcapacityupto8000tonnes.
Table8.23: WaterwaysClassification
S.No.
Class
River
Canal
ClassI
Minimum1.2metredepth,
Minimumof1.5metredepth,
30metrebottomwidth,
20metrebottomwidth,
300metrebendradius,
300metrebendradius,
4metreverticalclearanceand
30metrehorizontalclearancebetweenpiers
40metrebottomwidth,
30metrebottomwidth,
500metrebendradius,
500metrebendradius,
50metrebottomwidth,
40metrebottomwidth,
700metrebendradius,
700metrebendradius,
50metrebottomwidth,
50metrebottomwidth,
800metrebendradius,
800metrebendradius,
NA
ClassII
ClassIII
ClassIV
ClassV
50metrebottomwidth,
800metrebendradius,
incaseofriversonly.
6
ClassVI
ClassVII
80metrebottomwidth,
60metrebottomwidth,
900metrebendradius,
900metrebendradius,
Minimum2.75metreandabovedepth,100
metreandabovebottomwidth,
NA
900metrebendradius,
incaseofriversonly
Source:TheInlandWaterwaysAuthorityofIndiaAct,1985.
312
There are only few states, which have undertaken the initiatives to develop
waterways as transport medium. Such states are Assam, Goa, Kerala, Maharashtra
(Mumbai), West Bengal, and some other coastal areas (where it has natural
advantageandnodevelopmentalinterventionisneeded).
8.2.20. AirportPlanning
Airportplanningisasystematicprocessusedtoestablishguidelinesfortheefficient
developmentofairportsthatisconsistentwithlocal,stateandnationalgoals.Akey
objective of airport planning is to assure the effective use of airport resources in
order to satisfy aviation demand in a financially feasible manner. An airport has
different elements, which required space; however it may vary (depending on the
passengertrafficwhichistheessentialparametertodeterminethesizeofairport).
Suchoverallrequiredspaceshouldbeintegratedwithdevelopmentplaninorderto
minimisetheeffectatlaterstagesofplanning.Airportconsistofdifferentelements,
suchelementsare:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Runway
Taxiway
TerminalBuilding
AncillarybuildingswhichincludeCargoTerminal,FirefightingStation,Fuelfarm
Aprons
Hanger
AirTrafficControlToweretc.
RoadinfrastructurewhichincludesAirsideroadandlandsideroad,and
OtherInfrastructuralfacilitiessuchSTPs,WTPs.
8.2.20.1. AirportLandRequirement
ThefollowingtableassembledbyInternationalAirTransportAssociation(IATA)159
providestheapproximatelandrequirementbasedonpassengermovement,number
of runways, cargo movement etc. in order for airport planners and airport
authorities (could be used for development planning as well) to understand the
scale of the site required for airport infrastructure development. These cover the
abovementionedelementsandshouldbeusedforroughestimationpurposesonly.
However these figures may vary depending upon the local topography, type of
aircraftforwhichairfieldistobedesignedetc.
Table8.24: ApproximateLandRequirementforAirportinfrastructure
No.of
Runways
TotalAnnual
Mvts.
TotalAnnual
Passengers
(mppa)
TotalAnnual
Cargo.
LandArea
(ha)
Sydney(SYD)
307,058
25.7
573,880
887
Hong Kong(HKG)
193,895
32.7
2,240,585
1,255
Singapore Changi Airport (SIN)
184,533
28.6
1,680,000
1,300
Narita International Airport (NRT)
133,396
27.3
1,932,694
1,084
Kansai International Airport (KIX)
122,916
19.4
999,692
510
Airport
(Asia&Pacific)
Source:AirportDevelopmentReferenceManual,9 thedition,IATA.
159
Airport Development Reference Manual, IATA.
313
8.2.20.2. UnitareanormsforAirportTerminal160
Overallspace/areanormshouldbesuchastoprovideareasonablelevelofservice
for all components required in a Terminal Building. Commercial or Retail area
providing amenities like food & beverages, book shops, counters for car rental,
vending machines, public rest rooms etc., normally require 812 per cent of the
overall area, and should be planned and provided accordingly. This shall be
considered as the builtup area by the planners while providing indoor
infrastructurefacilitiesandtrunkinfrastructurecapacity.
In bigger airports, i.e., with annual passenger traffic exceeding 10 million,
commercialareacouldbeupto20percentofoverallarea.
Table8.25: NormsforAirportTerminals
Sl.No.
NatureofTerminal
AreaNormSqm/
peakhour
passenger(php)
DomesticTerminals
Trafficupto100php
12
Trafficbetween100150php
15
Trafficbetween1501000php
18
Trafficabove1000php
20
Integratedterminalforhandlingbothdomesticandinternational
InternationalTerminals
8.3.
25
27.5
8.3.1. WaterSupply
Theobjectiveofapublicprotectedwatersupplysystemistosupplysafeandclean
water in adequate quantity, conveniently and as economically as possible. Rising
demand of water due to rapid urbanisation is putting enormous stress. While
planning the water supply system for an area, it is evident to consider water
conservationaspects,whichmaybepossiblethroughoptimaluseofavailablewater
resources, prevention and control of wastage of water and effective demand
management.
160
Norms & Standards for Capacity of Airport Terminals, Planning Commission, Government of India.
314
8.3.1.1. WaterSupplyStandards
ThewatersupplystandardsasindicatedbytheCPHEEOaredetailedinTable8.26.
Table8.26: WaterSupplyStandards
Recommendedmaximum
watersupplylevels(lpcd)
S.No.
Classificationoftown/cities
Townsprovidedwithpipedwatersupplybutwithoutseweragesystem
70
Citiesprovidedwithpipedwatersupplywhereseweragesystemis
existing/contemplated
135
MetropolitanandMegacitiesprovidedwithpipedwatersupplywhere
seweragesystemisexisting/contemplated
150
Source:CPHEEOManual,1999.
Notes:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
vii.
viii.
ix.
x.
In urban areas, where water is providedthrough public stand posts, 40 lpcd should be
considered
UnaccountedforWater(UFW)isthedifferencebetweenthequantityofwatersupplied
toacity'snetworkandthemeteredquantityofwaterusedbythecustomers.UFWhas
two components: (a) physical losses due to leakage from pipes, and (b) administrative
losses due to illegal connections and under registration of water meters. The above
figuresexcludeUFW,whichshouldbelimitedto15%fornewproposedsystems.
Water requirement for the town/city will be 135 to 150 lpcd. However, water
requirementforinstitutionalbuildingsshouldbeasspecifiedinTable8.27.
ThewaterneedsofthetownwillbepartiallymetbymakingprovisionofRainHarvesting
Structuresinallthebuildings.
Figures include requirements of water for commercial, institutional and minor
industries.Howeverthebulksupplytoeachestablishmentshouldbeassessedseparately
withproperjustification.
Piped water supplies should be designed on continuous 24 hours basis to distribute
water to consumers at adequate pressure at all points (using grid supply system of a
Smartcity).
For towns where one storeyed building is common and for supply to the ground level
storage tanks in multistoreyed buildings, the minimum residual pressure at ferrule
pointshouldbe7mfordirectsupply.Wheretwostoreyedbuildingsarecommon,itmay
be12mandwherethreestoreyedbuildingsareprevalent17mor asstipulatedbylocal
byelaws.
The consumption of water when supply is metred is less compared to that when the
watercharges onflat rate basis.Hence in order toachieve optimal utilisationof water,
meteringisrecommended.
CPHEEO manual specifies design period for various components, broadly 30 years for
civil works and 15 years for electromechanical works. In fixing a design period, the
useful life of structures and equipment employed, taking into account obsolescence as
well as wear and tear, design constraints, rate of population growth etc. should be
incorporatedandintegratedwithoverallplanningofthecity.
PPP should be encouraged and could be introduced in phases, either on Build, Operate
and Own (BOO) or Build, Operate, Own and Transfer (BOOT) basis. Primarily, it is
possibleintwowaysi.e.privatizationoftheexistingwatersupplysystemsandsecondly,
privatization of systems in newly developed townships, housing colonies, business and
commercialcomplexes,etc.
315
8.3.1.2. Firefighting
The CPHEEO Manual recommends firefighting water demand as a function of
population,i.e.waterdemandforfirefightingpurpose=100P,wherePstandsfor
forecasted population may be adopted for communities larger than 50,000. It is
desirable that onethird of firefighting requirements from part of the service
storage. The balance requirement may be distributed in several static tanks at
strategic points. These static tanks may be filled from nearby ponds, streams or
canals by water tankers wherever feasible. The pressure required for firefighting
wouldhavetobeboostedbyfireengines.
8.3.1.3. InstitutionalBuildings
Table8.27: WaterrequirementsforInstitutionalBuildingsCPHEEO,1999
S.No. Institutions
Litresperheadperday
Hospital(includinglaundry)
a.noofbedsexceeding100
b.no.ofbedsnotexceeding100
a.450(perbed)
b.340(perbed)
Hotels
180(perbed)
Hostels
135
Nurseshomesandmedicalquarters
135
Boardingschools/colleges
135
Restaurants
Airportandseaports
70
Junctionstationsandintermediatestationwheremailor
expressstoppage(bothrailwayandbusstations)isprovided
70
Terminalstations
45
10
Intermediatestations(excludingmailandexpressstops)
11
DaySchools/colleges
45
12
Offices
45
13
Factories
14
Cinema,concerthallsandtheatres
70(perseat)
45(couldbereducedto25wherebathing
facilitiesarenotprovided)
45(couldbereducedto30wherenobathing
roomsarerequiredtobeprovided)
15
8.3.1.4. IndustrialUnits
Table8.28: WaterrequirementforIndustrialUnits
Industry
UnitofProduction
WaterRequirementinKilolitresperunit
Automobile
Vehicle
Distillery
Kilolitre(proofalcohol)
122170
Fertilisers
Tonne
80200
Leather
100kg(tanned)
Paper
Tonne
200400
SpecialQualitypaper
Tonne
4001000
Strawboard
Tonne
75100
40
316
Industry
UnitofProduction
WaterRequirementinKilolitresperunit
Petroleumrefinery
Tonne(crude)
Steel
Tonne
200250
Sugar
Tonne
12
Textile
100kg(goods)
814
12
8.3.1.5. Stationwaterrequirements
WaterrequirementfortheStationforvarioususes(perday):
15litresperpassengers(MetcalfEddy)
455litresperemployee(ref:CPHEEOManuals)
Apronwashing10litrespersqmetersasperIndianRailwaysWorkManual(IRWM)
Cleaning/moppingofplatformandfloor5litrespersqm.
Metersandgreeters5litrespervisitor
Catering45litresperpassengers
Gardening/Horticulture22500litresperhectares(IRWM)
Cleaningoftrainsonplatform500litrespercoach(IRWM)
Cleaningoftrainsinwashinglanes3600litrespercoach(IRWM)
Wateringoftrains1800litres/coach(IRWM)
Firefighting(CPHEEONorms)
Commercial45000litresperhectaresperday(IRWM)
UFW15%oftotaldemandfornewsystem(CPHEEO)
75%oftotalcapacityshallbefilledatthestationforlonghaultrains(passingtrains)
Waterrequirementformetrostationcouldbecalculatedbasedonthetypeofstation
(underground or elevated). In absence of any specific norms to calculate water
demand for metro station, the waterestimations can becalculated from the above
mentioned information for stations. Parameters such as staff requirement, HVAC
requirement if station is underground, toilet requirement and passenger
requirementtobeconsideredbasedonthefacilitiesprovidedatmetrostations.
8.3.1.6. DistrictMeterAreaPlanning(Bulkmetering)
Thetermdistrictmeteringisusedtodescribethemethodwherebyflowmetersare
installed on all major supply lines and strategic points within the distribution
system.Themetersshouldbeusedtomonitortheoverallperformanceofthesystem
establishing average daily flows into various districts. District meter areas ideally
consistof2000to5000properties.
Size of the district meter should be such that it is capable of recording night flow
without loss of accuracy and also must be capable of supplying peak flow without
introducingseriousheadloss.
The District Meters should be read at weekly intervals at the same time of day as
previousreadingsofthemeter.
317
8.3.1.7. BillingandCollection
RevenuemanagementsystemisanimportantaspectofanyWatersupplySystemas
itgovernsthefinancialaspect.Besidesfixingatariffstructure,billingandcollection
ofrevenueplayanimportantpart.
Thewaterchargestobefixedtakingintoaccounttheabilityofthesystemtomeet
theexpenditureonthefollowingheads.
OperatingCost(excludingestablishmentcost),
EstablishmentCost,
Depreciation,
DebtServices&DoubtfulCharges,
Assetreplacementfund.
Tariffstructureshouldbefixedandrevisedperiodically.Automaticincreaseoftariff
periodically on index basis can also be adopted. Where the same authority also
provides sewerage system, charges for this can also supply through Public stand
post,maybechargedandalsobeincludedasapercentageofthewatercharges.
TherearevariousmethodsbywhichWaterBillingcanbedone.Theuserisadvised
to refer Manual on Operation and Maintenance of Water Supply Systems of
CPHEEOwhilefixingthetariff,billingprocessandcollectionsystem.
8.3.1.8. LeakageControl
Theoverallobjectiveofleakagecontrolistodiagnosehowwaterlossiscausedand
to formulate and implement action to reduce it, to technically and economically
acceptableminimal.
The water losses can be termed into two categories i.e. Physical losses and Non
Physical Losses. The Physical Losses is mainly due to leakage of water in the
networkandcomprisesofphysicallossesfrompipes,joints&fittings,reservoirs&
overflowsofreservoirs&sumps.TheNonPhysicalLossesisduetotheftofwater
through illegal, already disconnected connections, underbilling either deliberately
orthroughdefectivemeters,waterwastedbyconsumerthroughopenorleakytaps,
errorsinestimatingflatrateconsumption,publicstandpostsandhydrants.
Themajoractivitieswhichshouldbetakenupforefficientmonitoringandleakage
controlare:
PreliminarydatacollectionandplanningThewaterdistributiondrawingsaretobestudied
and updated. The number of service connections is to be obtained and in the drawings of the
roadstheexactlocationsofserviceconnectionsmarked.Thedistrictandsubdistrictboundaries
aresuitablyfixedtakingintoconsiderationthenumberofserviceconnections,lengthofmains,
andpressurepointsinthemain.Theexactlocationsofvalves,hydrantswiththeirsizesshouldbe
notedonthedrawings.
Pipe location and survey Electronic pipe locators can be used during survey. These
instrumentsworkontheprincipleofElectromagneticsignalpropagation.Itconsistsofabattery
318
operated transmitter and a cordless receiver unit to pick up the signals of preset frequency.
Therearevariousmodelstochoosefrom.
AssessmentofpressureandflowsDataloggersareusedtorecordthepressureandflows.It
is an instrument which stores the raw data electronically so as to be able to transfer it to the
computerwithadatacablelink.Twotypesofportabledataloggersareusedeitherwithasingle
channelordualchannel.Intheabsenceofelectronicequipment,thepressurescanbeascertained
bytappingandprovidingapressuregauge.Flowscanbeassessedbyusingmetersonabypass
line.
Locatingtheleaks Walking and sounding are thetwo general methods or their combination
canbeusedtodetectpossiblelocationofleakages.Leakagecanbedetectedbywalkingoverthe
main looking for telltale signs of presence of water. Whereas sounding is the cheapest and an
effectivemethodofdetectingleaksinamediumsizedwatersupplysystem.Theequipmentused
fordetectingleakagesisdescribedininManualonOperationandMaintenanceofWaterSupply
SystemsofCPHEEO.
Assessmentofleakage To conduct tests for assessment of leak the following equipment are
needed:
Roadmeasurer
Pipelocator
Valvelocator
Listeningsticksorsoundingrods
Electronicsoundingrods
Each method mentioned above is described in Manual on Operation and

Maintenance of Water Supply Systems of CPHEEO and can be referred during
formulationofthestrategy.
8.3.1.9. WaterQualityStandards
ThewaterqualitystandardsasprescribedbytheIndianStandardOrganisationare
tabulatedbelow:
Table8.29: OrganolepticandPhysicalParametersofDrinkingWater
Requirement
(Acceptablelimit)
Permissiblelimit
intheabsenceof
alternatesource
Methodof
Test,ref.to
Remarks
partofIS3025
Colour,Hazen
units,Max
15
Part4
Extended to 15 only, if toxic

substancesarenotsuspected
in absence of alternate
sources
Odour
Agreeable
Agreeable
Part5
Testcoldandwhenheated
S.No.
Characteristics
Testatseveraldilutions
3
pHValue
6.58.5
Norelaxation
PartII
Taste
Agreeable
Agreeable
Parts7and8
Test to be conducted only

after safety has been
established
Turbidity,NTU,
Max
Part10
Totaldissolved
solids,mg/l,
Max
500
2000
Part16
Source:IS10500:2012.
319
Note:
It is recommended that the acceptable limit is to be implemented. Values in excess of those mentioned under
`acceptablerenderthewaternotsuitable,butstillmaybetoleratedintheabsenceofanalternativesourcebutupto
thelimitsindicatedunder`permissiblelimitintheabsenceofalternatesourceincol.4,abovewhichthesourceswill
havetoberejected.
Table8.30: Generalparametersconcerningsubstancesundesirableinexcessiveamountsindrinking
water
Requirement Permissiblelimit
Methodoftest,
(Acceptable intheabsenceof
Ref.No.
limit)
alternatesource
SNo.
Characteristics
Remarks
Aluminium(asA1),
mg/l,Max
0.03
0.2
IS3025(Part55)
Ammonia(astotal
ammoniaN),mg/l,
Max.
0.5
Norelaxation
IS3025(Part34)
Anionic,detergents
(asMBAS)mg/l,
Max.
0.2
1.0
AnnexKofIS
13428
Barium(asBa),
mg/l,Max.
0.7
Norelaxation
AnnexFofIS
13428orIS
15302
Boron(asB),mg/l,
Max
0.5
1.0
IS3025(Part57)
Calcium(asCa),
mg/l,Max.
75
200
IS3025(Part40)
Chloramines(as
Cl2),mg/l,Max.
4.0
Norelaxation
IS3025(Part26)
orAPHA4500
Cl.G
Chlorideas
(Cl)/mg/1,Max.
250
1000
IS3025(Part32)
Copper(AsCu),
mg/l,Max
0.05
1.5
IS3025(Part42)
10
Fluoride(asF)mg/l, 1.0
Max
1.5
IS3025(Part60)
11
Freeresidual
chlorine,mg/l,Min
0.2
IS3025(Part26) Tobeapplicableonlywhenwater
ischlorinated.Testedat
consumerend.Whenprotection
againstviralinfectionisrequired,
itshouldbeminimum0.5mg/l.
12
Iron(asFe),mg/l,
Max
0.3
Norelaxation
IS3025(Part53) Totalconcentrationof
manganese(asMn)andiron(as
Fe)shallnotexceed0.3mg/l)
13
Magnesium(asMg.), 30
mg/l,Max
100
IS3025(Part46)
14
Manganese(asMs),
mg/l,Max
0.1
0.3
IS3025(Part59) TotalconcentrationofManganese
(asMn)andiron(asFe)shallnot
exceed0.3mg/l
15
MineralOil,Mg/l,
Max
0.5
Norelaxation
Clause6ofIS
3025(Part39)
Inframed
partitionmethod
16
Nitrate(asNO2),
mg/l,Max
45
Norelaxation
IS3025(Part34)
320
Requirement Permissiblelimit
Methodoftest,
(Acceptable intheabsenceof
Ref.No.
limit)
alternatesource
SNo.
Characteristics
Remarks
17
Phenoliccompounds 0.001
(asC6H3OH)
0.002
IS3025(Part43)
18
Selenium(asSe),
mg/l,Max
0.01
Norelaxation
IS3025(Part56)
orIS15303
19
Silver(asAg),mg/l,
Max.
0.1
Norelaxation
AnnexJofIS
13428
20
Sulphate(asSO4),
mg/l,Max
200
400
IS3025(Part24) Maybeextendedto400provided
thatMagnesiumdosnotexceed
30
21
Sulphide(asH2S),
mg/l,Max
0.05
Norelaxation
IS3025(Part29)
22
Totalalkalinityas
Calcium,Carbonate,
mg/l,Max.
200
600
IS3025(Part21)
23
Totalhardness(as
CaCO3),mg/l,Max
200
600
IS3025(Part21)
24
Zinc(asZn),mg/lr,
Max
15
IS3025(Part49)
Table8.31: PermissiblelimitsofToxicSubstances
SNo. Characteristics
Requirement
(Acceptable
limit)
Permissible
limitinthe
absenceof
alternate
source
Methodoftest,Ref.
No.
Remarks
Calcium(asCa)mg/l,
Max
0.003
Norelaxation
IS3025(Part41)
Cyanide(asCN),mg/l,
Max.
0.05
Norelaxation
IS3025(Part27)
Lead(asPb),mg/l,Max
0.01
Norelaxation
IS3025(Part47)
Mercury(asHg),mg/l,
Max.
0.001
Norelaxation
IS3025(Part47)
Molybdenum(asMo),
mg/l,Max
0.02
Norelaxation
IS3025(Part2)
Nickel(asNi),mg/l,Max 0.07
Norelaxation
IS3025(Part54)
Pesticides,mg/l,Max.
Asgivenabove
Norelaxation
Asgivenabove
Polychlorinated
biphenyls,mg/l,Max
0.0005
Norelaxation
ASTM5175
Polynucleararomatic
0.0001
hydrocarbons(asPAH),
mg/l,Max
Norelaxation
APHA6440
10
Totalarsenic(asAs),
mg/l,Max.
0.01
0.05
IS3025(Part37)
11
Tribalomethane:
(a)
Bromoform,mg/lMax
0.1
Norelaxation
ASTMD3973.85or
APHA6232
Mercuryanalyser
321
SNo. Characteristics
Requirement
(Acceptable
limit)
Permissible
limitinthe
absenceof
alternate
source
Methodoftest,Ref.
No.
Remarks
(b)
Dibromochloromethane,
mg/lMax
(c)
Bromodichloronethane, 0.06
mg/l,Max
Norelaxation
ASTMD397385or
APHA6232
(d)
Chloroform,mg/l,Max.
Norelaxation
ASTMD397385or
APHA6232
0.2
Table8.32: PermissibleLimitsofRadioactiveSubstances
S.
No.
Characteristics
Requirement
(Acceptable
limit)
Permissible
limitinthe
absenceof
alternate
source
Methodoftest,Ref.
No.
Remarks
AlphaemittersBq/l,
Max
0.1
Norelaxation
Part2
BetaemittersBq/l,
Max
1.0
Norelaxation
Part1
Table8.33: PesticideResiduesLimitsofDrinkingWater
S.No.
Pesticide
Limitug/l
USEPA
AOAC/ISO
Alachlor
20
525.2.507
Atrazine
525.1.8141A
Aldrin/Dieldrin
0.03
508
AlphaHCH
0.01
508
BetaHCH
0.04
508
Butachlor
125
525.1.8141A
Chlorpyriphos
30
525.2.8141A
DeltaHCH
0.04
508
24Dichlorophenoxyaceticacid
30
515.1
10
DDT(o,pandppIsomersofDDT,DDEand
DDD)
508
AOAC990.06
11
Endosulfan(alpha,betaandsulphate)
0.4
508
AOAC990.06
12
Ethion
1657A
13
GammaHCH(Lindane)
508
AOAC900.06
14
Isoproturon
508
15
Malathion
190
532
16
Methylparathion
0.3
8141A
17
Monocrotophos
8141A
18
Phorate
322
Table8.34: BacteriologicalQualityofDrinkingWater
S.No.
Organisms
Requirements
Allwaterintendedfordrinking:
(a)
E.Coliorthermotolerantcoliformbacteria
Shallnotbedetectableinany100ml.sample
Treatedwaterenteringthedistributionsystem
(a)
EColiorthermotolerantcoliformbacteria
(b)
Totalcoliformbacteria
Treatedwaterinthedistributionsystem
(a)
EColiorthermotolerantcoliformbacteria
(b)
TotalColiformbacteria
8.3.1.10. LandrequirementforWaterSupplySystem
Identification of land for water infrastructure is an essential parameter. It is
necessarytoearmarklandforWaterTreatmentPlant(WTP)inDevelopmentPlans.
Alsolandforoverheadreservoirs,pumpingstationsshouldbemarkedatthezonal
level or local area plan level. However land requirement may vary based on the
capacity of WTPs and upgradation of technology. Below is the table, which
recommendslandrequirementbasedondifferentcapacity.
Table8.35: RecommendedlandRequirementbasedoncapacities
S.No.
IdentifiedCapacities
LandRequirement(Hectares)
5MLD
0.10
10MLD
0.19
50MLD
0.93
100MLD
1.87
200MLD
3.73
500MLD
9.34
Source:
CPHEEO.
Note:Additional0.63haoflandcanalsobeconsideredforstaffquarters
8.3.1.11. DesignPeriodforWaterSupplyComponents
Table8.36: DesignPeriodforWaterSupplyComponents
S.No.
Components
StoragebyDams
50
Infiltrationworks
30
Pumping
Pumphouse(civilworks)
30
ii
Electricmotorsandpumps
15
Watertreatmentunits
15
Pipeconnectiontoseveraltreatmentunitsandothersmallappurtenances
30
Rawwaterandclearwaterconveyingmains
30
Clearwaterreservoirsattheheadworks,balancingtanksandservice
reservoirs(overheadorgroundlevel)
15
Distributionsystem
30
Source:
ManualsonWaterSupplyandTreatment,1999,CPHEEO.
Designperiod(inyears)
323
National Water Policy, 2012 by Ministry of Water Resources was formulated to
govern the water resources planning and development along with its optimum
utilisation. The Policy provides following recommendations regarding urban
settlements:
Urbanwatersupplyandsewagetreatmentmustbeintegratedalongwithitsbilling,
Least water intensive sanitation and sewerage systems with decentralized sewage treatment
plantsshouldbeincentivized.
Waterreusemustbeencouragedinurbansettlements,
Urban domestic water systems need to collect and publish water accounts and water audit
reportsindicatingleakagesandpilferages,whichshouldbereduced.
In urban and industrial areas, rain water harvesting and desalinisation where techno
economicallyfeasible,shouldbeencouragedtoincreaseavailabilityofutilizablewater.
State Governments shall draft State Water Policy for decentralised or micro level
watermanagementtoyieldbetterresults.
8.3.2. Sewerage&Sanitation
8.3.2.1. NationalUrbanSanitationPolicy
TheaimoftheNationalUrbanSanitationPolicy(NUSP),2008istotransformUrban
India into communitydriven, totally sanitized, healthy, and liveable cities and
towns.
BasicfeatureslaiddowninNUSPgivenbelowshouldbeadheredforplanningofthe
cities
Citiesmustbeopendefecationfree
Must eliminate the practice of manual scavenging and provide adequate personnel protection
equipmentthataddressesthesafetyofsanitationworkers
Municipalsewageandstormwaterdrainagemustbesafelymanaged
Recycle and reuse of treated sewage for nonpotable applications should be implemented
whereverpossible
Solidwastecollectedanddisposedofffullyandsafely
Servicestothepoorandsystemsforsustainingresults
Improvedpublichealthoutcomesandenvironmentalstandards.
Theobjectiveofpublicwastewatercollectionanddisposalsystemistoensurethat
sewage or excreta and sullage discharged from community is properly discharged,
collected,transported,treatedtotherequiredlevelofdegreeandfinallydisposed
offwithoutcausinganyhealthorenvironmentalproblems161.
AsperCPHEEOmanual,80%ofwatersupplymaybeexpectedtoreachthesewers
howeveritrecommendsdesigningthesystembyconsideringminimumwastewater
flowof100litrespercapitaperday.
161
FurtherdetailsareaalsoavailableinNationalMissiononsustainableHabitat,Adaptation&MitigationMeasuresinthefelid
ofWatersupply&Sanitation,CPHEEO,MoUD
324
Table8.37: RecommendedDesignPeriodforSewerageSystemsComponents
S.No
Component
Recommended
DesignPeriod
(Years)
Clarification
Collectionsystemi.e.
SewerNetwork
30
The system should be designed for the prospective population

of30years,asitsreplacementisnotpossibleduringitsuse.
PumpingStations
(CivilWorks)
30
Duplicating machinery within pumping station would be

easier/cost of civil works will be economical for full design
period.
PumpingMachinery
15
Lifeofpumpingmachinerygenerally15years
SewerageTreatment
Plant
30
The construction may be in a phased manner as initially the

flows may not reach the designed levels and it will be
uneconomicaltobuildthefullcapacityplantinitially.
EffluentDisposaland
Utilisation
30
Provision of design capacities in the initial stages itself is

economical.
Source:ManualonSewerageandSewageTreatment,CPHEEO.
8.3.2.2. DecentralisedWastewaterManagementSystem(DWMS)
DWWMhasemergedovertheperiodoftime,whichreducestheloadofcentralised
wastewatertreatmentunit.AsperMoUD162,Decentralizedwastewatermanagement
maybedefinedasthecollection,treatment,anddisposal/reuseofwastewaterfrom
individual homes, clusters of homes, isolated communities, industries, or
institutionalfacilities,aswellasfromportionsofexistingcommunitiesatornearthe
point of waste generation. In case of decentralized systems, both solid and liquid
fractionsofthewastewaterareutilizednearthepointofits origin,exceptinsome
cases when a portion of liquid and residual solids may be transported to a
centralizedpointforfurthertreatmentandreuse.
MoUD (Guidelines for Decentralised Waste Water Management, MoUD 2012) in
association with Indian Institution of Technology (IIT)Madras has developed
guidelinesonDWWM,whichrecommends15yearsofdesignperiod forDWWM,if
possible. Another way to design a DWWM is to estimate the present day capacity
andplanthesystemforanadditional20%capacity.Further,thedetailedguidelines
as mentioned in Draft Manual on Sewerage and Sewage Treatment of CPHEEO
(December 2013) can be referred while developing DWWM units in a city which
elaborates siting criteria, components and other design consideration including
wastewatercharacteristicsandwastewatertreatment.
8.3.2.3. CentralizedvisavisDecentralizedSewageTreatmentSystems
While the conventional sewerage may be a comprehensive system for sewage
collection and transport, it also remains as a highly resourceintensive technology.
Consequently,highcapitalcost,andsignificantO&Mcostofthissysteminhibitsits
162
GuidelinesforDecentralizedWastewaterManagement.
325
widespreadadoptioninallsizesofurbanareas.TheimplementationofCentralized
Wastewater Management System (CWMS) should not be considered as the only
option available for collection, transportation and treatment of sewage. There are
certainfactors,whichgoverntheselectionofoptionsbetweenCWMSandDWMS.
Recognizing the many applications and benefits of sewage reuse, some important
pointsmaybekeptinviewsuchas;
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
Reviewoftheimpactofthepopulationgrowthrate
Reviewofpotentialwaterreuseapplicationsandwaterqualityrequirements
Reviewofappropriatetechnologiesforsewagetreatmentandreuse
Consideringthetypeofmanagementstructurethatwillberequiredinthefutureand
Identification of issues that must be solved to bring about water reuse for sustainable
developmentonabroadscale.
It has been emphasized that if sewage from the urban and semi urban areas
werereusedforavarietyofnonpotableuses,thedemandonthepotablewater
supplywouldbereduced.
The choice of appropriate technology also depends on several factors such as
compositionofsewage,availabilityofland,fundsandexpertise.Differentoperation
and maintenance options have to be considered with respect to sustainable plant
operation, the use of local resources, knowledge and manpower. A flow diagram
showingthedecisionmakingstepsisgiveninfigure8.3.
326
Figure8.3: DecisionTree:Selectingthewastewatermanagementsystem(Onsite,Decentralizedor
Conventional)
Source:GuidelinesforDecentralizedWastewaterManagement,MoUD.
8.3.2.4. EffluentStandards
As per MoEF, the general effluent standards for discharging the waste water are
givenintablebelow:
Table8.38: GeneralEffluentStandardsforDischarge
Standards
SNo.
Parameter
ColourandOdour
Inland
surface
water
Public
Sewers
Landfor
Irrigation
MarineCoastalareas
Alleffortsshouldbemadetoremovecolourandunpleasantodourasfaras
practicable
SuspendedSolids
mg/g,Max.
100
600
200
Forprocesswastewater100
Forcoolingwatereffluent10per
centabovetotalsuspendedmatter
ofinfluent.
327
Standards
Inland
surface
water
SNo.
Parameter
Particulatesizeof
suspendedsolids
Shallpass850
micronIS
Sieve
(a)Floatablesolids,max.3mm
(b)Settleablesolids,max.850
microns
pHValue
5.5to9.0
5.5to9.0
5.5to9.0
5.5to9.0
Temperature
Shallnot
exceed50C
abovethe
receiving
water
temperature
Shallnotexceed50Cabovethe
receivingwatertemperature.
Oilandgreasemg/l,
Max.
10
20
10
20
Totalresidual
chlorinemg/m,Max
1.0
1.0
Ammonicalnitrogen
(asN),mg/l,Max.
50
50
50
TotalKjeldahl
Nitrogen(asNH3),
mg/l,Max
100
100
10
FreeAmmonia(as
NH3),mg/l,Max.
5.0
5.0
11
BiochemicalOxygen
demand(3daysat
270C),mg/l,Max.
30
350
100
100
12
ChemicalOxygen
Demand,mg/l,Max.
250
250
13
Arsenic(asAs),
mg/l,Max.
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
14
Mercury(asHg),
mg/l,Max.
0.01
0.01
0.01
15
Lead(asPb),mg/l,
Max
0.1
1.0
2.0
16
Cadmium(asCd),
mg/l,Max
2.0
10
2.0
17
Hexavalent
Chromium(asCr+6),
mg/l,Max.
0.1
2.0
1.0
18
TotalChromium(as
Cr.),mg/l,Max.
2.0
2.0
2.0
19
Copper(asCu),mg/l,
Max.
3.0
3.0
3.0
20
Zinc(asZn.),mg/l,
Max
5.0
15
15
21
Selenium(asSe)
mg/l,Max
0.05
0.05
0.05
Public
Sewers
Landfor
Irrigation
MarineCoastalareas
328
Standards
Inland
surface
water
SNo.
Parameter
22
Nickel(asNi),mg/l,
Max
3.0
3.0
5.0
23
Cyanide(asCN),
mg/l,Max
0/2
2.0
0.2
0.2
24
Fluoride(asF),mg/l,
Max
2.0
15
15
25
Dissolved
Phosphates(asP),
mg/l,Max
5.0
26
Sulphide(asS),
mg/l,Max
2.0
5.0
27
Phenoliccompounds
(asCSHSOH,mg/l,
Max
1.0
5.0
5.0
28
Radioactive
materials:
Alphaemittermicro
curie/ml
107
107
108
107
Public
Sewers
Landfor
Irrigation
MarineCoastalareas
Betaemittermicro
curie/ml
106
106
107
106
29
Bioassaytest
90%survival
offishafter
96hoursin
100%effluent
90%
survivalof
fishafter
96hoursin
100%
effluent
90%
survivalof
fishafter
96hoursin
100%
effluent
90%survivaloffishafter96hours
in100%effluent
30
Manganese(asMn)
2mg/l
2mg/l
2mg/l
31
Iron(asFe)
3mg/l
3mg/l
3mg/l
32
Vanadium(asV)
0.2mg/l
0.2mg/l
0.2mg/l
33
NitrateNitrogen
10mg/l
20mg/l
Source:
EnvironmentProtectionAct,1986.
329
8.3.2.5. RecommendednormsforSewageanditsuses
Therecommendedtreatedsewagequalityisproposedtobeachievedforthestated
reuseasgiveninthetablebelow:
Table8.39:RecommendedupperlimitsoftreatedSewagequalityforspecifiedactivitiesatpointof
use
S.No. Parameter
Toilet
flushing
Fire
Protection
Vehicle
Exterior
washing
Non
contact
impound
ments
Landscaping,Horticulture&Agriculture
Cropswhichareeaten
Horticulture, Nonedible
GolfCourse crops
Raw
Cooked
Turbidity
(NTU)
<2
<2
<2
<2
<2
AA
<2
AA
SS
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
30
TDS
2100
pH
6.5to8.3
Temperature
0C
Ambient
Oil&Grease
10
Nil
Nil
Nil
10
10
Nil
Nil
Minimum
Residual
Chlorine
0.5
Nil
Nil
Nil
TotalKjeldahl 10
NitrogenasN
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
BOD
10
10
10
10
10
20
10
20
10
COD
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
30
11
Dissolved
Phosphorous
asP
12
Nitrate
10
NitrogenasN
10
10
10
10
10
10
13
Faecal
Coliformin
100ml
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
230
Nil
230
14
Helminthic
Eggs/litre
AA
AA
AA
AA
AA
<1
<1
<1
15
Colour
Colourle
ss
Colourless
Colourless
Colourless
Colourless
AA
Colour
less
Colour
less
16
Odour
Asepticwhichmeansnotsepticandnofoulodour
Source:
DraftManualonSewerageandSewageTreatmentSystems,CPHEEO2013.
In order to achieve desired water quality, excess chlorination, granular activated

carbon adsorption / Ozonation and/ or various kind of filtration including
membrane are recommended. For recreational impoundments for nonhuman
contact,residualchlorineisnotrequiredsoastoprotectaquaticspeciesoffloraand
fauna.
AspertheManualofSewerageandSewageTreatment,thefollowingprovisionsare
tobefollowedforusageoftreatedsewage,sludgeandbiogasutilization:
330
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Reuse of treated sewage should be taken up after discussions between ULB, water boards,
PHEDs/JalNigamsandthepublic,asthecasemaybe.Variouspossiblereusemethodssuchas
farmforestry,greenbeltdevelopmentandlawnsinroadmedians.
Utilizationofsludgeinpublicareasisnotpossibleduetoissuesofpublicacceptanceandhence
itisbesttofocusonfarmforestry.
Utilizationofalternativeenergy,likeinplantenergytobeharnessedfrombiomethanationand
toevaluatetheambienttemperaturesuitabilityorhearingofsludgevseconomics.
Reuseoftreatedsewagetoaminimumextentof20%byvolumeshallbemandatorilyexplored
andtheproposeduseforachievingthis20%targetshallmandatorilyformpartoftheCSP.
Utilizationofsludgeasaconstructionmaterial(asporouspavement,bricksetc.)
8.3.2.6. RecyclingofWasteWater
Various sewage treatment technologies, given below, are adopted in sewerage
system to treat wastewater up to secondary level, as per the effluent standards in
Indiaaswellasinotherpartsoftheworld.Thesetechnologiesare:
1. ActivatedSludgeProcess(ASP)
2. WasteStabilisationPondSystems(WSPS)
3. UpflowAnaerobicSludgeBlanketProcess(UASB)
4. DuckweedPondSystem(DPS)
5. FacultativeAerateLagoon(FAL)
6. TricklingFilter(TF)
7. BiologicalFiltrationandOxygenatedreactor(BIOFOR)Technology
8. HighrateActivatedSludgeBioforFTechnology
9. FluidizedAeratedBed(FAB)
10. SubmergedAerationFixedFilm(SAFF)Technology
11. CyclicActivatedSludgeProcess(CASP)
The salient features and comparison of these technologies in terms of their

applicability,landrequirement,capitalcostandoperationandmaintenance(O&M)
costaregivenintablebelow.
Table8.40: FactSheetforVariousTreatmentProcess
S.No. RecyclingTechnique
Applicability
Themostwidelyusedoption
fortreatmentofdomestic
wastewaterformediumto
largetownswherelandis
scarce.
Inwarmconditions
WasteStabilisation
Easylandavailability
PondSystems(WSPS)
Wherepowersupplyis
expensive,loworunreliable.
Wheresocialpreferencefor
aquaculture
Thesuitabilityofthis
UpflowAnaerobic
technologymaybedoubtfulas
SludgeBlanketProcess
astandalonesecondary
(UASB)
treatmentoption
DuckweedPondSystem Lowstrengthdomestic
wastewaterafter
(DPS)
sedimentationwithinfluent
BOD<80mg/L
ActivatedSludge
Process(ASP)
Land
Requirement
(PerMLDin
Hectares)
0.150.25
24
0.30.5
0.82.3
1.54.5
0.060.1
0.20.3
2.53.6
0.080.17
26
1.54.5
0.18
CapitalCost
O&MCost
(perMLDin
(Million/Year/MLD)
INR)
331
S.No. RecyclingTechnique
Land
Requirement
(PerMLDin
Hectares)
Applicability
Incombinationwithexisting
WSP
Easylandavailability
Asapolishingpondforan
existingactivatedsludgeplant
orothertechnologybased
STPs.
Standalonesystem
FacultativeAerate
Asapretreatmentunitfor
Lagoon(FAL)
WSP
Asanupgradationoptionfor
overloadedWSPs.
Standalonesystemifoperated
TricklingFilter(TF)
atslowrates
Asahighrateroughingfilter
forhighBODwastewater
IncombinationwithASP
BiologicalFiltrationand
Oxygenatedreactor
(BIOFOR)Technology
HighrateActivated
SludgeBioforF
Technology
CapitalCost
O&MCost
(perMLDin
(Million/Year/MLD)
INR)
0.270.4
2.22.9
0.150.2
0.250.65
Notavailable,
butslightly
lowerthan
ASP
0.04
6.58.1
0.86
0.08
5.2
0.18
Smalltomediumflowsin
0.06
35
0.60.75
congestedlocations
Sensitivelocations
Decentralisedapproach
Relivingexistingoverloaded
STPs.
Smalltomediumflowsin
10
SubmergedAeration
0.05
7
1.14
congestedlocations
FixedFilm(SAFF)
Sensitivelocations
Technology
tricklingfilters
11
CyclicActivatedSludge Smalltomediumflowsin
0.10.15
NotAvailable Expectedtobehigher
congestedlocations
Process(CASP)
thanASP
Sensitivelocations
tricklingfilters
Source:CompendiumofSewageTreatmentTechnologies,NationalRiverConservationDirectorate,MOEF,2009.
9
FluidizedAeratedBed
(FAB)
Land availability plays an important role in providing such facilities. Land

requirement may vary based on the technology adopted for sewage treatment.
However, it is evident to mark the required land on development plan. It is
recommended to decide the most suitable technology in advance based on the
variousparametersasgiveninAppendixLofVolumeIIB.
8.3.2.7. SeptageManagementPlanningandImplementation163
Foreffectiveseptagemanagementplan,robustdataonseptagearrangements,their
quantityand locationsof its generationetc. are required. The ULBswould need to
make arrangements to collect baseline data, like type of latrine disposal, effluent
disposal arrangement, size, age, when it was last cleaned, access to the onsite
163
AdvisoryNoteSeptageManagementinUrbanIndia,2013,MoUD.
332
system,arrangementfordisposalofeffluent,ifanyofexistinginstallations,toplan
for workable desludging schedules. It is advisable to divide the city into different
sanitaryzones(ifnotalreadydone)andcarryoutthebaselinesurveyinoneorafew
ofthesezones,pilotdesludgingareawiseschedulestolearnoperationalissuesand
devisesolutions,beforeupscalingtotheentireULBcanbetakenup.Theselection
ofzonecouldbebasedonavailabilityofseptagedisposalsitesexistingSTPscould
bepotentialseptagedisposal/applicationsitesortrenchesprovidedinsolidwaste
landfillsitesorsuitableurbanforestrysiteswheretheseptagetrencheswouldserve
to fertilize the plants. In order to be economical and financially competitive, it is
suggested that households in demarcated septage management zone should be
within20to30kmtraveldistancefromtheidentifiedtreatmentanddisposalsites.
Furtheratwostepprocessistobefollowedforselectionofthetreatmentsystem:
1. Todeterminetheappropriatetreatmentoptiononthebasisofsizeoftown,landavailability,
proximity/availabilityofsewagetreatmentplantsandproximitytoresidentialareas;and
2. To conduct a technoeconomic feasibility to choose the most appropriate technology on the
basisofcapital,operationsandmaintenancecosts.
Thestepsinplanningandimplementingseptagemanagementaregivenbelow:
3. Collectdataonthehouseholdsandotherpropertieswithonsitearrangementsinthecity.
4. Listoutthemunicipal,privateandotherseptictank/pitcleaningservicesactiveinthecity
5. Identify catchmentwise land for septage treatment facility such as use existing STP where
available;oracquirelandifnotavailableforconstructionofseptagetreatmentfacility
6. Formulatedraftregulationsforseptagemanagement
7. Choosetechnologyforseptagetreatment:preparedesignofSeptageTreatmentandDisposal
Facility(STDF)alongwithoperationsandmaintenancecosts
8. ConducttechnoeconomicfeasibilityoftheSTDF
9. Implementconstructionofseptagemanagementanddisposalfacility
10. Purchasevehiclesandvacuumtrucksetc.
11. Launchawarenesscampaign
12. Initiatetrainingandcapacitybuilding
13. Providecleaningservicesincrementallyinareascompletingsurveysoftanksandpits.
Further, the guidelines for selection of Septage management disposal system are
summarizedinTable8.41.
Table8.41: GuidelinesfortheselectionofSeptagedisposalsystem
Town/
Category
Conditions
Recommended
Technologies
Capital
Cost
UnseweredClass
III,IVandV
townsandrural
communities
Remotelandarea
availablewith
suitablesiteand
soilcondition
Sludgedrying
bedsandwaste
stabilizationpond
Landavailablebut
closeto
settlements
Lime
stabilization,
sludgedrying
bedsandwaste
stabilizationpond
O&MCost
Management
Low
Low.User
feesto
recover
O&Mcosts
Municipalityorprivate
(ifimplementedby
privatesectorthrougha
managementcontract)
Lowto
medium
Lowto
medium.
Userfeesto
recover
O&Mcosts
(ifimplementedby
managementcontract)
333
Town/
Category
Recommended
Technologies
Capital
Cost
Inadequateland
areawith
unsuitablesiteand
soilcondition,but
availableSTP
capacitywithin20
30kmdistance
DisposalatSTP
Landareaavailable
withsuitablesite
andsoilcondition
butcloseto
settlements
O&MCost
Management
Lowto
medium
Lowto
medium.
Userfeesto
recover
O&Mcosts
Municipality
Lime,
stabilization,
sludgedrying
bedsandwaste
stabilizationpond
Lowto
medium
Lowto
medium.
Userfeesto
recover
O&Mcosts
(ifimplementedby
managementcontract)
Inadequateland
area,butavailable
STPcapacity
DisposalatSTP
Medium
Medium.
Userfeesto
recover
O&Mcosts
(ifimplementedby
privatesectorthrough
contract)
Inadequateland
area;noavailable
STPcapacity
Disposalat
independent
mechanical
treatmentfacility
High
High.User
feesto
recover
O&Mcosts
(ifimplementedby
managementcontract)
ClassIandmetro
cities
AvailableSTP
capacity
DisposalatSTP
Medium
Medium.
Userfeesto
recover
O&Mcosts
(ifimplementedby
managementcontract).
NoavailableSTP
capacity
Disposalat
independent
mechanical
treatmentfacility
High
High.User
feesto
recover
O&Mcosts
(ifimplementedby
managementcontract).
Partiallysewered
mediumsize
(ClassIITowns)
Conditions
Source:AdvisoryNoteSeptageManagementinUrbanIndia,MoUD2013.
8.3.2.8. RecommendedNormsforPublicToiletsinPublicArea
Thegeneralstandard/guidelinesforpublictoiletsinpublicareaandmodifiednorms
for public toilets in public places and roads recommended in the draft CPHEEO
manualaregivenbelow.
Table8.42: NormsforPublicToiletsinPublicArea
TYPE
NormsforToilets
PublicToilet
On roads and for open areas: @ every 1 Km, including in parks, plaza, open air theatre,
swimming area, car parks, and fuel stations. Toilets shall be disabledfriendly and in 5050
ratio(M/F).ProvisionmaybemadeasforPublicRooms.
Signage
Signboardsonmainstreetsshallgivedirectionsandmentionthedistancetoreachthenearest
public convenience of visitors. Helpline number shall be pasted on all toilets for
complaints/queries.
Modes
Payanduseorfree.Inpayandusetoiletsentryisallowedonpaymenttotheattendantorby
insertingcoinandusergets1520minutes.
Maintenance/Cleaning
Thetoiletshouldhavebothmenandwomenattendants.Alternativelyautomaticcleaningcycle
covering flush, toilet bowl, seat, hand wash basin, disinfecting of floor and complete drying
aftereachusecanbeadopted,whichtakes40seconds.Publictoiletsshallbeopen24hours.
Source:DraftManualonSewerageandSewageTreatmentSystems,CPHEEO2013.
334
8.3.3. Drainage
As per CPHEEO manual on Sewerage and Sewage Treatment System, sanitary
sewersarenotexpectedtoreceivestormwater.Strictinspection,vigilance,proper
designandconstructionofsewersandmanholesshouldeliminatethisfloworbring
it down to a very insignificant quantity. Therefore, it is evident to plan a separate
systemtocarrystormwater.
8.3.3.1. EstimationofStormwaterrunoff
Duringrainfallperiodstherecanbeaconsiderableamountofstormwaterthatdoes
notinfiltrateintothegroundsurfaceandmostofthisbecomestheexcessoverland
flowordirectsurfacerunoff.Therearemanycontributingfactorsforanalysingthe
quantity and temporal variations of this flow; these include geology of the land,
topography,geography,rainfallintensityandpatternandthelandusetype.
Estimationofsuchrunoffreachingthestormsewers,isdependentontheintensity
and duration of precipitation, characteristics of the tributary area and the time
required for such flow to reach the sewer. There are various methods available to
calculate the runoff, the two of the below mentioned methods can be adopted to
calculaterunoff:
1.
2.
RationalMethod
KirpichEquationMethod
RationalMethod
Itisbasedontheassumptionthattheentireprecipitationoverthedrainagedistrict
does not reach the sewer. The characteristics of the drainage district, such as,
imperviousness,topographyincludingdepressionsandwaterpockets,shapeofthe
drainagebasinanddurationoftheprecipitationdeterminethe fractionofthetotal
precipitation which will reach the sewer. This fraction known as the coefficientof
runoffneedstobedeterminedforeachdrainagedistrict.
The National Disaster Management Authority (NDMA) guidelines on urban flood
managementhasprescribedthatallfuturestormwaterdrainagesystemsforpeak
flow for any city should be designed after taking into consideration a runoff
Coefficientofupto0.95164usingtherationalmethod.Therunoffreachingthesewer
isgivenbytheexpression,
Q=10CiA
Where Q is the runoff in m3/hr;

C is the coefficient of runoff
i is the intensity of in mm/hr and
A is the area drainage district in hectares.
164
Source:NationalDisasterManagementGuidelinesUrbanFloodmanagement,2010.
335
It may be reiterated that Q represents only the maximum discharge caused by a
particularstorm.
The portion of rainfall, which finds its way to the sewer is dependent on the
imperviousnessandtheshapeofthedrainageareaapartfromthedurationofstorm.
The percentage of imperviousness of the drainage area can be obtained from the
records of a particular district. In the absence of such data, the table below may
serveasaguide.
Table8.43: Runoffcoefficientsforstatedsurfaces
S.No.
TypeofArea
CommercialandIndustrialArea
ResidentialArea
3
Source:
PercentageofImperviousness
7090
HighDensity
6175
LowDensity
3560
Parksandundevelopedareas
1020
NDMA.
Whenseveraldifferentsurfacetypesorlandusewhichcomprisethedrainagearea,acompositeor
weightedaveragevalueoftheimperviousnessrunoffcoefficientcanbecomputed,suchas:
I=1/Ax(A1xI1+A2xI2+A3xI3++AnxIn)
Where,thesubscriptsrefertorespectivesubdrainageareatypes,andAisthetotaldrainagearea.
KirpichEquationMethod165
Thetimeofconcentrationisdefinedasthetimeittakesforadropofwaterintheremotestpointina
drainage basin totravel tothe outlet. As calculationmethods go, the Kirpich formula is one of the
mostwidelyusedmethods.
Tc= 0.01947 X L0.77 S-0.385
Where:
Tc=Timeofconcentration(hours)
L=Maximumlengthofwatertravel(m)
S=surfaceslope,givenbyH/L(m/m)
H=differenceinelevationbetweentheremotestpointinthedrainagebasinandtheoutlet(m)
The Kirpich equation is normally used for natural basins with welldefined channels. If there are
many undefined channels that are grassed or vegetated throughout, the Kirpich formula will likely
underestimatethetimeofconcentration,andsoafactorof1.31.5shouldbeadded.Ifmostofthe
drainagebasinsarenonnatural(inurbansystem)withconcreteorothersmoothchannels,theresult
shouldbedecreasedabout4060%.
8.3.4. RainWaterHarvesting
Rain water harvesting and conservation is the activity of direct collection of rain
water.Theconservationofrainwatersocollectedcanbestoredfordirectuseorcan
berechargedintothegroundwater.Themaingoalistominimiseflowofrainwater
165
KSubramanyapg247,45.
336
throughdrains/nallahstotherivers.Itisaknownfactthatthegroundwaterlevel
isdepletingandhasgonedowninthelastdecades.Thustherainwaterharvesting
and conservation aims at optimum utilisation of the natural resource i.e. rain
water166. Many states such as Tamil Nadu167, Kerala168, and Delhi169etc. have made
mandatorytheadoptionofrainwaterharvestinginnewconstructions.Itissuggested
toalltheotherStatestomandaterainwaterharvestinginalltheirnewconstruction
works. Also, continuous monitoring of the performance of the rainwater harvesting
structuresisalsorecommended.
8.3.4.1. Basicrequirementofartificialrecharge 170

A. Availabilityofnoncommittedrunoffinspaceandtime;
B. Identification of suitable hydrogeological environment and sites for augmenting
subsurfacereservoirthroughcosteffectiveartificialrechargetechniques.
If the above mentioned criteria are satisfied, the following criteria need to be
evaluatedforplanningtheartificialrechargescheme:
C. IdentificationofArea
Areaswheregroundwaterlevelsaredecliningonregularbasis.
Areaswheresubstantialamountofaquiferhasalreadybeendesaturated.
Areaswhereavailabilityofgroundwaterisinadequateinleanmonths.
Areaswheresalinityingressistakingplace.
UrbanAreawheredeclineinwaterlevelisobserved.
D. Hydrometerologicalstudies
Rainfallpatterninthearea.
Evaporationlossesfromthearea.
Climatologicalfeaturesthateffecttheplanningofartificialrecharge.
E. Hydrologicalstudies
Insituprecipitationonthewatershed.
Surface(canal)suppliesfromlargereservoirslocatedwithinbasin.
Surfacesuppliesthroughtransbasinwatertransfer.
Treatedmunicipalandindustrialwastewaters.
HydrologicalinvestigationsaretobecarriedoutintheWatershed/Subbasin/basin
fordeterminingthesourcewateravailability.
F. Soilinfiltrationstudies
Controltherateofinfiltration.
Prerequisitestudyincasesofartificialrechargethroughwaterspreadingmethods.
InfiltrationratescanbeestimatedbysoilsinfiltrationtestsusingCylinderorflood
infiltrometersinstruments.
G. Hydrogeologicalstudies
Firstly,tosynthesizealltheavailabledataonhydrogeologyfromdifferentagencies.
Studyofsatelliteimageryforidentificationofgeomorphicunits.
Regional Hydrogeological maps indicating hydrogeological units, both at shallow
anddeeperlevels.
Water table contours to determine the form of the water table and the hydraulic
connectionofgroundwaterwithrivers,canalsetc.
166
ManualonRainWaterharvestingandConservation,CPWD.
167
TamilNaduMunicipalLawsOrdinance,2003.
168
TheKeralaMunicipalityBuildingRules,1999.
169
CentralGroundWaterBoard.
170
GuideonArtificialRechargetoGroundWater,CGWB.
337
Depths to the water table (DTW) for the periods of the maximum, minimum and
meanannualpositionofwatertable.
Ground water potential of different hydrogeological units and the level of ground
waterdevelopment.
H. AquiferGeometry
Data on the subsurface hydrogeological units, their thickness and depth of
occurrence
Disposition and hydraulic properties of unconfined, semiconfined and confined
aquifersinthearea
I. ChemicalQualityofSourceWater
Qualityofrawwatersavailableforrechargeisdetermine
Treatmentbeforebeingusedforrecharge
Relation to the changes in the soil structure and the biological phenomena which
takeplacewheninfiltrationbegins
Changesexpectedtotheenvironmentalconditions.
8.3.4.2. ArtificialRechargeTechniques171
A variety of methods have been developed to recharge ground water. Most of the
artificialrechargetechniquesarebrieflydescribedbelow:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Directsurfacetechniques,by
Flooding
Basinsorpercolationtanks
Streamaugmentation
Ditchandfurrowsystem
Overirrigation
Directsubsurfacetechniques,by
Injectionwellsorrechargewells
Rechargepitsandshafts
Dugwellrecharge
Boreholeflooding
Naturalopenings,cavityfillings.
Combinationsurfacesubsurfacetechniques,by
Basinorpercolationtankswithpitshaftorwells.
IndirectTechniques,by
Inducedrechargefromsurfacewatersource.
Aquifermodification
Althoughnotwoprojectsareidentical,mostusevariationorcombinationofdirect
method, direct subsurface, or indirect techniques. A schematic diagram of the
artificialrechargemethodsusedisgivenasflowchartbelow.
171
SelectCaseStudiesRainWaterHarvestingandArtificialRecharge,CentralGroundWaterBoard
338
Figure8.4: FlowchartshowingthevariousArtificialRechargePractices
Source:
ManualonArtificialRechargeofGroundwater,MinistryofWaterResources,CGWB.
Thebriefonartificialrechargemethodshasbeengivenbelow. Thesemethodsand
detailed methodology has been explained in Manual on Artificial Recharge of
Groundwater172, prepared by Ministry of Water Resources, Central Ground Water
Board(CGWB).
1. DitchandFurrowMethod
2. LateralDitchPattern
3. DendriticPattern
4. ContourPattern
5. SpreadingBasinorPercolationTanks
6. GullyPlug/CheckDam/NalaBund/GabbionStructures
7. DugWellRecharge
8. RechargeShafts/Pits/Trenches
9. ArtificialRechargethroughInjectionWell
10. InducedRechargefromSurfaceWaterSources
11. SubsurfaceDykes/UndergroundBandharas
172
www.cgwb.gov.in
339
Figure8.5: DitchandFurrowMethod
Figure8.6: RechargePit:
Source: ManualonArtificialRechargeofGroundWater
Source: ManualonArtificialRechargeofGroundWater
Figure8.7: ContourPattern
Figure8.8: Injectionwell:
Source:
Source:
ManualonArtificialRechargeofGroundWater
ManualonArtificialRechargeofGroundWater
8.3.5. Electricity
BasedontheestimatedrequirementsofpowersupplyaspertheNationalElectricity
Policy published in 2005, the recommended consumption is 1000 units per Capita
per year or 2.74 kWh per capita per day demand which included domestic,
commercial,industrialandotherrequirements.
The actual estimation of power can be made based on the industrial development
(typeandextent),commercialdevelopment,domesticandotherrequirements.The
provision of one electric substation of 11KV for a population of 15,000 can be
consideredasgeneralstandardforelectricitydistribution.
Ministry of New and Renewable Energy has come out with strategic plan for new
and renewable energy sector for the period 201117. Ministry has identified local
bodies as one of the main users who can be encouraged to utilise energy from
biomassandurbanwasteetc.ANationalRatingSystemGRIHAhasbeendeveloped,
to promote green buildings, which is suitable for all types of buildings in different
climatic zones of the country. A green building designed through solar passive
concepts and including active renewable energy systems can save substantial
340
conventional energy apart from generating energy for meeting various
requirementsindifferentseasons.
8.3.6. SolidWasteManagement
MunicipalSolidWaste(MSW)isthetrashorgarbagethatisdiscardeddaytodayin
ahumansettlement.AccordingtoMSWRules2000MSWincludescommercialand
residentialwastesgeneratedinamunicipalornotifiedareasineithersolidorsemi
solidformexcludingindustrialhazardouswastesbutincluding treatedbiomedical
wastes.Wastegenerationencompassesactivitiesinwhichmaterialsareidentifiedas
nolongerbeingofvalue(beinginthepresentform)andareeitherthrownawayor
gathered together for disposal. The following table indicates the waste generation
per capita per day for estimation and forecast of waste generation for future for
planningpurposes:
Table8.44: WasteGenerationPerCapitaperDay
S.No.
Landusetype
Estimatedwastegeneration
Residentialrefuse
0.3to0.6kg/cap/day
Commercialrefuse
0.1to0.2kg/cap/day
Streetsweepings
0.05to0.2kg/cap/day
Institutionalrefuse
0.05to0.2kg/cap/day
Source:ManualonSolidWasteManagement,CPHEEO2000
8.3.6.1. Systematicprocess
Municipal Solid Waste Management (MSWM) refers to a systematic process that
comprisesofwastesegregationandstorageatsource,primarycollection,secondary
storage, transportation, secondary segregation, resource recovery, processing,
treatment, and final disposal of solid waste. For effective MSWM following steps
should be followed, hence appropriate considerations should be made at planning
stage.Tomeetzerowaste/landfillsite,thecompleteSWMsystematicprocesscould
befollowedtoreducewastedisposalatlandfillsiteornodisposalatall.Someofthe
bestpracticesofsolidwastemanagementaregiveninAppendixMofVolumeIIBfor
reference.GIS/GPS/ICTtechniquesforSolidWasteManagementneedtobeusedfor
Landfill site selection, site assessment of illegal dumpsites, routing efficiency for
solidwastecollectionandmonitoringwastecollectionperformance.
8.3.6.2. Storageofwaste
Storage of waste at source is the first essential step of Solid Waste Management.
Everyhousehold,shopandestablishmentgeneratessolidwasteondaytodaybasis.
Thewasteshouldnormallybestoredatthesourceofwastegenerationtillcollected
foritsdisposal.
Biodegradablewasteandnonbiodegradablewasteshouldbecollectedinseparate
binsfromthesource.
GreencolouredbinsWastebinsforbiodegradablewaste
341
Whitecolouredbinsstorageofrecyclablewastes
Blackcolouredbinsstorageofotherwastes
8.3.6.3. Primarycollectionofwaste
PrimarycollectionofwasteisthesecondessentialstepofSolidWasteManagement
activity.Primarycollectionsystemisnecessarytoensurethatwastestoredatsource
is collected regularly and it is not disposed of on the streets, drains, water bodies,
etc.
Local bodies should arrange for the primary collection of waste stored at various
sourcesofwastegenerationbyanyofthefollowingmethodsorcombinationofmore
thanonemethod:
Doorstep collection of waste through nonmotorised and motorised vehicles with active
communityparticipation.
Collectionthroughcommunitybins
Doorsteporlanewisecollectionofwastefromauthorised/unauthorisedslumsorcollectionfrom
thecommunitybinstobeprovidedintheslumsbylocalbodies
8.3.6.4. WasteStorageDepots
ThisisthethirdessentialstepforanappropriateSolidWasteManagementSystem.
All the waste collected through Primary Collection System, from the households,
shops and establishments has to be taken to the processing or disposal site either
directly necessitating a large fleet of vehicles and manpower or through cost
effectivesystemswhicharedesignedtoensurethatallthewastecollectedfromthe
sourcesofwastegenerationistemporarilystoredatacommonplacecalled"Waste
Storage Depots" and then transported in bulk to the processing or disposal sites.
Such temporary arrangement for storage of waste is popularly known as dust bin,
dhalavs,etc.Thisfacilityhastobesodesignedthatthesystemsynchronizeswiththe
system of primary collection as well as transportation of waste. Locations for
bins/depotsofappropriatesizeshouldbeidentifiedatplanningstage.
8.3.6.5. Transportationofthewaste
Transportation of the waste stored at waste storage depots at regular intervals is
essential to ensure that no garbage bins/containers overflow and waste does not
litter on the streets. Hygienic conditions can be maintained in cities/towns only if
regularclearanceofwastefromtemporarywastestoragedepots (bins)isensured.
Transportationsystemhastobesodesignedthatitisefficient,yetcosteffective.The
system should synchronize with the system of waste storage depot and should be
easilymaintainable.
The schematic diagram of SWM process is shown in Figure 8.9. The detailed
descriptionofabovementionedstagesaregiveninManualonMunicipalSolidWaste
Management,CPHEEO.
342
Figure8.9: SchematicSolidWasteManagementProcess
Source:
ModifiedfromtheToolkitforSolidWasteManagementJawaharlalNehruNationalUrbanRenewalMission,MoUD.
343
Thispageisintentionallyleftblank.
344
8.3.6.6. SolidWasteTreatment173Technologies
Therearevarioustechnologiesavailablefortreatmentandprocessingofwasteinan
environmentally sound manner. However, a technology suitable for one may not be
appropriateforothers.Thecomparisonofthesetechnologiesisshownintablebelow:
Table8.45: ComparisonofDifferentSolidWasteTreatmentTechnologies
Element
Composting
Refuse
derivedfuel
Technicallyand
economically
feasiblesizeof
operationper
dayfreshwaste
50TPDand
above
100TPDand
above
1TPDatsmallscale
andabove50TPDat
largerscalesofpure
organicwaste
500TPDand
above.Dueto
highmoisture
inourwaste,
suitableonly
for
segregated
drywaste.
500TPDandabove
duetohighmoisture
inourwaste.Suitable
onlyforsegregated
waste.However,sizes
assmallas1050TPD
ofwasteareavailable
forcommercialsale
butnotadvisabledue
tohighrunningcosts.
Adopted
Capacityfor
study
500TPD
500TPD
500TPD
500TPD
Plant
500TPD
Landrequired
foradopted
capacities
6Ha
3Ha
4Ha
10Ha
4Ha
Waste
Characteristics
Moisture
Content>50%
Moisture
Content<45%
MoistureContent
>50%
Moisture
content<45%
MoistureContent
<45%
OrganicMatter
>40%
VolatileMatter
>40%
OrganicMatter>40%
NetCalorific
Value>1200
Kcal/Kg
NetCalorificValue
>1200Kcal/kg
Biomethanation
C/NRatiobetween
2530
C/NRatio
between2530
Gasification
/Pyrolysis
Incineration
Waste
Suitability
Suitablefor
MSW
Characteristics
ofIndia
Notsuitablefor
MSW
characteristics
inIndiabut
workablewith
useofAuxiliary
Fuel
SuitableforMSW
characteristicsof
organicwastein
India
Notsuitable
forMSW
characteristic
inIndiabut
workable
withuseof
AuxiliaryFuel
Notsuitable,dueto
highmoistureinour
waste.
Typical
investmentfor
assumed
capacities
(excludingcost
ofland)
INR1720Cr.
Fora500TPD
Plant
INR1720Cr.
Fora500TPD
Plant
ApproximatelyINR
7580Crfora500
TPDPlant
INR8090Cr.
For500TPD
Plant
NA
Recurringcost
INR300per
tonofinput
waste
INR290per
tonofinput
waste
INR100perton
inputwaste
NA
Recoverable
250Kgsof
compostper
tonofwaste
200Kgspellets
pertonof
waste
80cumofbiogas/
tonofwasteplus200
Kgsofmanure/ton
NA
173
ToolkitforSolidWasteManagementJawaharlalNehruNationalUrbanRenewalMission,MoUD.
345
Element
Composting
Refuse
derivedfuel
Biomethanation
Gasification
/Pyrolysis
Incineration
Volume
reduction
4555%
5565%
5565%
>80%
>80%
Environmental
issue
Impuritiesin
composedue
tomixed
waste,tracesof
heavymetals,
leachaterunoff
Problemsin
burning
exhaust
Problemsifmixed
feedstock
Ashhandling
andAir
Pollution
AshhandlingandAir
Pollution(emissionof
particularmatter,
chlorinated
compoundsdioxins/
furans)
Technology
Reliability
Running
successfullyin
India
Running
successfullyin
integrated
facilities
Smallscaleorganic
treatmentplant
operationalbut
mixedwastelarge
scaleplantsfailedin
India
Insufficient
operational
experience
forMSW
OnlyPlantinIndia
failedduetomismatch
inwastequality.MSW
2000has
recommendedfor
incinerationofwaste
onlyafterdoinga
wastesuitability
analysisandproviding
adequatefluegas
managementmethods.
Limitation
LargeLand
Requirement,
Non
acceptanceof
compostassoil
enrichenerin
someareasof
theCountry
Process
dependshighly
onfactorssuch
aswaste
quality&
climatic
conditions
Fluff/Pellets
canbeuseda
fuelinlarge
industries,e.g.
Incementkilns
withnecessary
permissions
fromthePCBs
andrequired
pollution
control
measures.
Thetechnology
requirespre
segregated
homogenous
biodegradablewaste
asmixedwaste
retardsefficiencyof
theprocess.Hence
applicabilityis
limitedtohighly
organicand
homogenouswaste
streamslikemarket
wastes.
Requires
wastewith
highcalorific
value.
Expensive
fluegas
remediation
methodsto
attain
achievable
outputs.
Expensivetechnology,
wastecriteriamust
havelowmoisture
contentandhigh
calorificvalue,which
isnotfoundinIndian
Waste.Costlyfluegas
remediationmethods
toattainachievable
outputs.
Source:
8.3.6.7. DisposalofWaste174
Wasteaftertreatmentmustbedisposedinamannerthatdoesnotcreateanyinstance
of environmental pollution and public nuisance. The MSW Rule 2000 defines waste
disposal as an activity, which involves final disposal of municipal solid wastes in
terms of the specified measures to prevent contamination of groundwater, surface
waterandambientairquality.
Thelandfilldesignshallbeaimedtominimizethefollowing:
Theingressofwaterintothelandfill,
Theproductionofleachate,itssubsequentoutflowanduncontrolleddispersionsintosurrounding
aquaticenvironment,
Theaccumulation,migrationanduncontrolledreleaseoflandfillgasintotheatmosphere.
174
346
The detailed description of disposal of waste can be referred from Toolkit for Solid
WasteManagementJawaharlalNehruNationalUrbanRenewalMission,MoUD.
8.3.6.8. LandfillGasExtraction(LFG)175,176
The waste deposited in a landfill gets subjected, over a period of time, to anaerobic
conditions177.Thisleadstolandfillgasproductioncontainingabout4555%methane.
Thismethanecanberecoveredthroughanetworkofpipesandutilisedasasourceof
energy. Landfill gas extraction systems adds to efforts to reduce Climate Change
initiativesasithelpsreduceGreenHouseGasemissionsthroughavoidanceoflandfill
gas(mainlycomprisingofmethane)intotheatmosphere.
Waste composition is the most important factor in assessing the LFG generation
potentialandtotalyieldatasite.Inorganicandinertwasteswillproducelittleorno
LFG; more organic wastes will produce greater amounts of LFG on a per unit mass
basis. Similarly moisture content in waste also impacts the LFG generation from
waste.Fore.g.highlyorganicwastessuchasfoodwastesareabletoproduceLFG,but
comprisesoflargewater,whichinherentlydoesnotproduceLFGbutwillaidtherate
ofLFGevolution.
While planning for LFG, pH and Nutrient content of the waste should also be
considered. The generation of methane in landfills is greatest when neutral pH
conditionsexist.Numeroustoxicmaterials,suchasheavymetals,canretardbacterial
growthinportionsofasiteandconsequentlyslowgasgeneration.Anotherparameter
that influences the LFG generation rate is the particle size and density, which may
affectthetransportofnutrientsandmoisturethroughoutthelandfill.
8.3.6.9. RegionalSolidWasteManagement178
ARegionalMSWProjectmeansaprojecttoeither:
1. Developand/orconstructand/oroperate,maintainand/ormanageanytypeofnewRegional
MSWFacility;or
2. Convert and/or redevelop an existing MSW facility or system from being a facility used by a
single Authority into a Regional MSW Facility. A Regional MSW Project can cover, within its
scope, any existing MSW management facilities or systems within the jurisdiction of an
Authority.
Thus,RegionalMSWFacilitiesorRegionalMSWProjectswouldhelptheAuthorities
tosharetechnicalexpertise,costsofdevelopmentandmanagementofinfrastructure.
For the implementation of the Regional MSW Projects, state governments may
incorporate a public limited company or statelevel utility (whichmay be called the
175
ToolkitforSolidWasteManagementJawaharlalNehruNationalUrbanRenewalMission,MoUD
176
LandfillGasManagementFacilitiesDesignGuidelines,MinistryofEnvironment,BritishColombia
177
OrganicCompoundsaretransformedintomethane(CH4),CO2,andWaterinanatmospheredevoidofoxygen.
178
GuidanceNoteonMunicipalSolidWasteManagementonaRegionalBasis,MoUD
347
State MSW Management Company Limited/Utilitythe Company/Utility) for the

purposes of identifying and enabling the development of Regional MSW Projects
within the state. The Company/Utility may create a body of expertise in the
development,implementationandfinancingofRegionalMSWProjectsforthebenefit
ofthestate.Theutilitymaybebackedbyappropriatelegislation.
The Company/Utility would have to be supported by the state government through
issuance of adequate administrative instructions/ directions/policies. The state
government may facilitate the process where Authorities are unable to provide for
adequateservicesinaconsultativemanner.
InordertoensureabalancedframeworkfortheimplementationofaRegionalMSW
ProjectthroughsuchaCompany/Utility,aframeworkshouldbeestablishedwhereby
a Project Coordination Committee for each project is constituted which comprises
representatives of each participating Authority and the Company/ Utility; and
important project decisions during the project development, implementation and
operationalstagesaretakenthroughthiscommittee.
IntheeventthattheRegionalMSWProjectisimplementedthroughthePPProute,the
BoardoftheProjectCompany(SPV)soconstitutedwithaprivatesectorparticipant,
willhavenomineesoftheparticipatingAuthorities,stategovernmentaswellasthe
Company/Utility. The Project Coordination Committee, overseeing project
implementation,wouldalsohaveanomineeoftheselectedprivatesectorparticipant.
8.3.6.10. Specialprovisionsforhillyareas179
Citiesandtownslocatedonhillsshallhavelocationspecificmethodsevolvedforfinal
disposal of solid wastes by the municipal authority with the approval of the
concernedStateBoardortheCommittee.
The municipal authority shall set up processing facilities for utilization of biodegradable organic
wastes.
Theinertandnonbiodegradablewasteshallbeusedforbuildingroadsorfillingupofappropriate
areasonhills.
Becauseofconstraintsinfindingadequatelandinhillyareas,wastesnotsuitableforroadlayingor
fillingupshallbedisposedofinspeciallydesignedlandfills.
179
ToolkitforSolidWasteManagementJawaharlalNehruNationalUrbanRenewalMission,MoUD
348
Case study Solid Waste Management in Bruhat Bangalore Mahanagar Palike (BBMP)180
TheBruhatBangaloreMahanagarPalikehasareaof800sq.km,whichaccommodatesthepopulation
of78Lakh.EstimatedMSWgenerationprojectionfor2009,fromalltheBBMPzonesis3000tpd.BBMP
aimstoadoptzerowastemanagementorreducingthequantityofinertsthatgoestolandfillsbyless
than10%byrecyclingwhereverpossible.
WasteCollectionSystem
About 70% of the MSW (Municipal Solid Waste) activity starting from primary collection to disposal
hasbeenoutsourced&30%ismanagedbyBBMP.Acombinationofalternativesisadopted,suchas:
There are about 4300 Pourakarmikas (Sweepers) of BBMP & 10000 Pourakarmikas (Sweepers)
fromcontractorwhoperformsDoortoDoorcollection&sweepingactivities.
In some of the new zones the DoortoDoor collection activity is entrusted to Self Help Groups
(SHGs),whicharebasicallybelowpovertywomensgroups.
InsomeoftheresidentialareastheResidentialWelfareAssociations(RWAs)areinvolvedinDoor
toDoorcollection&decentralizationofcompostingthewaste.
DecentralizedProcessingPlants
SomeoftheareaswhereRWAsareperformingDoortoDoorcollection,thewasteissegregatedat
source&theorganicwasteiscompostedinthecommunityinasmallscale.
BBMPhassetupa15toncapacitydecentralizedplanttoprocessorganicwasteaswellasrecycle
theplastic,metaletc.
BBMPhasestablishedadecentralisedonetoncapacityaerobiccompostingunitatMalleshwaram
market(WestZone)usingorganicwasteconvertor.
Dry waste collection centres has been set up for recycling the dry materials like plastic, paper,
glass,metalsetc.
180
www.bbmp.gov.in
349
Figure8.10:BBMPmodelofSWM
Source:
www.bbmp.gov.in.
Processing&Disposalsites
InordertocomplywithMSWrules,BBMPhassetupprocessing&disposalfacilitiesonPPPmodel.
Followingaretheprocessing&disposingfacilities:
Table8.46: DisposalandProcessingSite
S.no.
Nameoftheproject
Capacityoftheplant
Technologyadopted
M/sRamky
600MTPD
AerobicComposting&scientificlandfill
M/sS.G.R.R.L
1000MTPD
Wastetoenergy(Presentlycomposting&landfilling
theinert&combustible.materialarestoredfor
RDF)
M/sTerrafirma
1000MTPD
Integratedsystemwhere
composting,vermicomposting,biomethanizationis
followed
Source:
M/sOrganicWasteIndia
pvtltd(yettostart)
1000MTPD
Integratedsystem
(yettocommission)
BBMP.
350
ConstructionWaste181
As per Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB), Indias construction industry generates around 14
million tonnes of waste every year. A recycling unit makes imminent sense as it could solve two
problems: dispose tons of debris dumped illegally every day and will make a sound replacement to
riversand,whichcausesecologicaldegradation.
TheKarnatakaStatePollutionControlBoard(KSPCB)hasdirectedtheBruhatBengaluruMahanagara
Palike (BBMP) to set up a unit at a site in Mallasandra (on Hessarghatta road), which is already
designated as a municipality dump yard for construction waste. A unit is developed to crush and
process 50 lorryloads of debris every day. Some of the salient features of this effort are shown in
picturebelow:
Figure8.11:ProcessingofConstructionWasteatMallasandra,Bangalore
Source:
TheHindu,Bangaloreedition,Date:19Jan2014
Approachadopted&actionstaken:
ThecombinationoftechnologiesforprocessingofMSWattemptedforsustenance&viability.
Generally around 30 to 40 per cent of inert rejects, which includes recyclables, are going to the
scientificlandfill.
Attemptisbeingmadetoutilizealltherecyclables.
Small quantity of Waste Plastic are segregated and used in the construction of pavement roads.
About8%ofPolyblendismixedintheasphalt
There is an exposure of converting the plastics into diesel by following depolymerisation
technology,whichisyettobeimplementedinlargescale.
To bring in accountability for the distance travelled by the vehicles GPS/GPRS Based Tracking
systemisimplemented.
CCTVcamerashavebeeninstalledatalltheprocessingsitesattheentryandexitpointstoviewthe
vehiclesreached.
Also aticketingsystem usingHand Held Device, which collectthedataand send it to the central
serverformonitoringandanalysisisinplace,
TheentiretrucknumbersandoperationscheduleisautomaticallydownloadedtotheHandHeld
devicethroughGPRS.
181
http://www.thehindu.com/news/cities/bangalore/debrisispreciousdontjustdumpit/article5590977.ece
351
8.3.6.11. Construction&Demolition(C&D)Waste
Asperthe(draft)ConstructionandDemolitionWasteRules,largewastegeneratorsof
500MTaretoprocess(recycleandreuse)constructionanddemolitionwasteatthe
siteminimum20%ofprocesswasteatthesiteforreconstructionpurposesmeeting
structural requirements. Recent initiatives of MoUD at the Redevelopment of East
KidwaiNagar(Delhi)GovernmentResidentialComplexhaveshownthatitispossible
to provide for 100 per cent recycling and reuse of C&D Waste at the construction/
demolition site itself in a decentralised mode. Such models obviate the need for
transportingtheC&Dwastetoacentralisedunitandalsofortransportingthereuse
materialsuchasbricks,totheconstructionsites.Thiswouldbecosteffective,besides
environmentfriendlyandwouldalsoavoidmovementofthewasterelatedtransport
vehiclesthroughthecity.
8.3.6.12. MunicipalSolidWaste(Household)
Whileregionalandcentralisedwasteprocessinghasbeentriedoutovertheyears,the
availabilityoflandfillsitesisbecomingagrowingproblem,asresidentsdonotlikea
land fill site in their vicinity. Many cities had set up landfill sites and plants on the
outskirts,butsuchoutskirtshavegraduallybecomepartofthecity,owingtonatural
outgrowth, and the residents have started agitating for removal of the landfill. A
viable solution has been tried out in the New Moti Bagh Government Residential
ComplexinDelhi,whereinasmallplantof3to5tonnecapacitysetupinlessthana
quarter of lad recycles the household and green waste into fuel cake and manure.
Smallplantsmakesortingeasyandavoidtheneedforanycollectionpoint.Carefully
planned,therecyclingprocesscandoawaywiththeneedforlandfillaltogether.The
financial viability of any waste recycling system would depend on (a) reuse of the
recycledmaterialand(b)levyofsomeuserfeeonthosewhogeneratethewaste.
8.3.6.13. NuclearorRadioactiveWaste
Nuclearorradioactivewastemeansanywastematerialcontainingradionuclidesin
quantities or concentrations. The disposal of such waste include the release of
radioactive material to the environment in a manner leading to loss of control over
the future disposition of the radionuclides contained therein and includes
emplacement of waste materials in a repository beings or animals or in research
activitiesinthesefieldsorintheproductionortestingofbiologicalwaste.Suchwaste
must be managed through Atomic Energy (Safe Disposal of Radioactive Wastes)
Rules,1987.
352
8.3.6.14. EWaste
EwasteorelectronicwastemeanswasteElectricalandElectronicEquipment(EEE),
whole or in part or rejects from their manufacturing and repair process, which are
intended to be discarded. The Ewaste (Management and Handling) Rules 2011
shouldbefollowedfordisposalofEWaste.
8.3.6.15. BioMedicalWaste
Hospital waste/Biomedical waste is generated during the diagnosis, treatment or
immunizationofhumanbeingsoranimalsorinresearchactivitiesinthesefieldsorin
the production or testing of biological waste. Hospital/Biomedical waste must be
handledanddisposedoffasperguidelineslaidinBioMedicalWaste(Management
andHandling)Rules,1998.
8.3.7. DomesticGasSupplyPipelines
8.3.7.1. CriteriaforTechnicallyFeasibleDomesticPNGConnection182
A technically feasible area/locality/ society / building shall have provision to lay
MediumDensity Polythylene (MDPE) pipelines and its lanes shall have free
accessibility for fire tender in case of any emergency.The underdeveloped slum
areas,waterloggingareas,placeswithsoakpits,narrowlanesthatdonothaveroom
forexcavationand/orthenarrowand/orcrowdedlaneswhichpreventaccessingthe
area in case of emergency and structurally unstable buildings shall be considered
technicallynotfeasible.
A technically feasible domestic PNG connection shall have provision for connecting
the customers premises with the service MDPE pipeline with the riser for the
customersbuilding.Theconnectivityservicepipelinetocustomersbuildingfromthe
mainlineshouldbepossiblewithoutposinganyhindranceorsafetyhazard.
8.3.7.2. Provisions
TheprovisionofthedomesticandtranscountrypipelinesshallbeasperthePNGRB
Technical & Quality Standards and specifications, which ensures overall safety,
quality, and convenience. The last updated PNGRB rules and regulations shall be
followedfor:
Design,Layout,Construction,&MaintenanceofCityGasDistributionInfrastructure
PressureStandards&Maintenance
MaterialofConstruction
SelectionofLocationforCityGateStations(CGS)
Themunicipalitiesanddevelopmentauthoritiestomakeprovisionsfor:
182
IndraprasthaGasLimited(IGL)
353
Right of Usage (RoU) to be predefined in the Right of Way (RoW) of the city roads, as per the
normsofPNGRBtobecompatiblewiththeotherutilities,
ThesafetynormsprescribedbyPNGRBtobeincludedintheDevelopmentControlRegulationsby
thedevelopmentauthorities,
Land for City gas stations to be provisioned in the urban extensions, avoiding congested areas.
LandrequirementfortheCGSofanareaofminimum2000sq.mtrs.
8.3.8. TelecomServices
Utilitycorridor:Thetelecomservicesincludingbroadbandaretobeintegratedwith
theutilitycorridorandRightofWay(RoW)permissionshouldbemadeavailableto
telecomservices,similartotowerinstallationwithbuffersanddistancesprescribed
bytheStateGovernments(refertablenumber6.7).
Buildingregulations:modificationsinthebuildingregulationofthedensecitiesmay
beallowedforaccessingtelecomandbroadbandservicestotheendusers.
Large facility installation: municipalities and local authorities to provide large
facilityinstallationoftelecomandbroadbandservicesintheperiurbanareas.
8.3.9. ServiceLevelBenchmarkingforInfrastructure
In recent development, MoUD has initiated an exercise to define Service Level
Benchmarking (SLBs). Measuring service levels of civic agencies implies measuring
outcomes,andindirectlyreflectsoninstitutionalcapacity,financialperformanceand
other parameters. The Handbook of Service level benchmarking prepared by MoUD
can be referred while providing basic infrastructure facility such as water supply,
sewerage,drainageandsolidwastemanagementforefficientfunctioning.
ConsideringtheimportanceofSLBstomeasuretheperformanceofabovementioned
infrastructure facilities it is suggested that SLB should be considered as benchmark
for measuring, reporting and monitoring the performance and comparing inter and
intracitylevelinfrastructure.TheMoUD(AdvisorynoteonImprovingUrbanWater
SupplyandSanitationServices,MoUD,2012)hassuggestedSLBs fordifferentutility
servicesinanurbanarea,whicharementionedintablebelow:
354
Table8.47: ServiceLevelBenchmarks
Sr.No.
Indicators
BenchmarkLevels
WaterSupply
CoverageofWSconnections(Population)
PercapitaavailabilityofWSatconsumerend
ExtentofmeteringofWSconnections
100%
ExtentofNonRevenueWater
20%
ContinuityofWaterSupply
24x7
EfficiencyofredressofCustomerComplaints
80%
QualityofWaterSupplied
100%
CostrecoveryofinWaterSupplyService
100%
EfficiencyincollectionofWaterSupplyCharge
90%
Sewerage
CoverageofWastewaternetworkservice
100%
CollectionefficiencyofWastewaternetwork
100%
AdequacyofWastewatertreatmentcapacity
100%
QualityofWastewatertreatment
100%
Extentofreuse&recyclingoftreatedWastewater
20%
ExtentofcostrecoveryinWastewatermanagement
100%
80%
Efficiencyincollectionofseweragecharges
90%
Coverageoftoilets
100%
StormWaterDrainage
CoverageofstormWaterDrainagenetwork
Incidenceofwaterlogging/flooding
HouseholdlevelCoverageofSolidWasteManagementservice
100%
EfficiencyofCollectionofMunicipalSolidWaste
100%
ExtentofsegregationofMunicipalSolidWaste
100%
ExtentofMunicipalSolidWasterecovered/recycled
80%
ExtentofscientificdisposalofMunicipalSolidWaste
100%
ExtentofcostrecoveryinSolidWastemanagementservice
100%
80%
Efficiencyincollectionofusercharges
90%
100%
135Lpcd
100%
Source:AdvisorynoteonImprovingUrbanWaterSupplyandSanitationServices,MoUD,2012.
355
8.4.
The quality of life in any urban centre depends upon the availability of and
accessibility to quality social infrastructure. These include the following
infrastructure:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
Educationfacilities
Healthcarefacilities
SocioCulturalfacilities
Recreationalfacilities
SportsFacilities
DistributionServices
PoliceSafety
8.4.1. ProvisionofInfrastructure
Hierarchy: The provision of social amenities in any urban area shall consider the
regionalbearings;assmalltownscatertotherequirements(especiallyofhigherlevel
facilities) of surrounding villages, medium size towns cater to small towns and
villages and so on. However, in case of large and metro cities, certain apex level
facilitiessignificantlycatertoregionalrequirementsinadditiontothecitydemand.In
ordertoefficientlyplanforcities&regions,alternatives,whichcouldbeconsidered,
maybetoprovide:
a) Amenitiesfor25%additionalpopulationoverallasacushion,or
b) Excludesuchapexlevelfacilitiesfromthetotalestimatedneedsprovision.
In distribution of infrastructure, population plays the guiding role and therefore,

indication of population served by a facility or service is given. In some cases
dependingupontheregionalrequirements,ahigherorderfacilitybecomesnecessary
in a lower order settlement. A comprehensive list of facilities at each hierarchy is
giveninAppendixNofVolumeIIB.
Location of social infrastructure should be decided by local authority taking into
account walkable distances. Maintenance of such microlevel facilities should be, as
far as possible, handed over to RWA / housing cooperative societies with the
provisionsofdirectinvolvementofwomen.
Proximity: The local community participation shall be encouraged, especially
women,inmanagementofthelocallevelfacilityunitstopromoteefficientutilization
and upkeep of the facilities. These local level facilities shall be provided at a
preferable 300 m to 800 m walkable distance (located within 515 minutes) to
promotepedestrianisationandreductioninvehicularuse.
Itisobservedthatanumberoflowerlevelsocialamenitiesparticularlyinregardto
education and health infrastructure operate in private residential premises due to
their proximity to the area of demand. The potential of such practices shall be
assessed to find out the actual needs, which shall be reliable input for arriving at
realisticnormsaswellasforprovidingadequatenumberofsitesforsuchfacilities.
356
Multiple uses: The possibilities for multiple uses of social amenities may be
considereddependinguponthecompatibilityoftheactivitiesandacceptanceofthe
society, such as the school auditoriums can be utilised for public seminars in off
working hours. The multiple uses can be for private and public owned
land/properties. The possibility of multiple activities in public facilities may also be
consideredsuchasincaseofbusterminal,theabovefloorscanbeprovidedforuseof
staffresidential,postoffice,courierservices,ticketbookingoffices,retailmarketsetc.
Utilisationthreshold: It is observed that the built up facilities for social amenities
areoftenunderutilisedandlievacant.Aconsiderationof80% utilizationofexisting
facilitiescanbemademandatorybeforeapprovingplanofnewfacilityforsimilaruse
inaparticulararea.
Incaseofvacatedproperties,forefficientutilisationofthebuiltupspaces;changein
usepermissioncanbeconsidered.
Selfsufficiency:InplanningofsocialinfrastructuretheprovisionsgiveninNational
Mission onSustainable Habitat shall be considered such as utilisation of renewable
sources of energy like solar roof top panels, rain water harvestingetc. The facilities
can be designed for selfsufficiency and can also generate revenue by selling of
surplusresources.
The planning norms for social infrastructure as suggested below are based on the
provisions given in National Building Code 2005 and the current guidelines from
respectivedepartments.Itissuggestedthatthelatestguidelinesshallbereferredat
the time of urban and regional plan preparation. The plot area requirement given
herein is suggestive and may vary depending upon the size, geography and land
availabilityofanurbancentre.
8.4.2. EducationFacilities
8.4.2.1. PreprimarytoSecondaryEducation
Table8.48: NormsforPrePrimarytoSecondaryEducation
Student
Strength
Population
Servedper
unit
AreaRequirement
OtherControls
PrePrimary,
NurserySchool
2500
0.08ha
Tobelocatednearapark
PrimarySchool
(classItoV)
500
5000
AreaperSchool=0.40Ha
(NBC,2005)
a) Schoolbuildingarea=0.20Ha
Playfieldareawitha
minimumof18mx36mto
beensuredforeffective
play
Sr.No.
Category
1.
2.
b) PlayfieldArea=0.20Ha
3.
SeniorSecondary 1000
School(VItoXII)
7500
AreaperSchool=1.80Ha(NBC,
2005)
c) ParkingArea=0.20Ha
Playfieldareawitha
minimumof68mx126m
tobeensuredforeffective
play
357
Population
Servedper
unit
Student
Strength
Sr.No.
Category
4.
IntegratedSchool 1500
withouthostel
facility(ClassI
XII)
90,0001
lakh
IntegratedSchool 1500
withhostelfacility (NBC,
(ClassIXII)
2005)
90,0001
lakh
5.
AreaRequirement
OtherControls
Tobelocatednearasport
facility
c) ParkingArea=0.30Ha
Tobelocatednearasport
facility
c) ResidentialHostelArea=0.40
Ha
d) ParkingArea=0.30Ha
6.
Schoolfor
Physically
Challenged
400
45,000
a) SchoolBuildingArea=0.20Ha
Tobelocatednearaparkor
sportfacilities
c) ParkingArea=0.20Ha(NBC,
2005)
7.
Schoolfor
Mentally
Challenged
10lakh
0.20Ha
Tobelocatednearapark
andnonnoisepolluting
zone
(MPD,pg137)
OtherControls:Theschoolsshouldpreferablyfaceserviceroadsandroadswithlesstrafficintensity.
Source:
NBC,2005Part3andMPD2021.
8.4.2.2. HigherEducation
Table8.49: NormsforHigherEducationFacilities
Sr.No. Category
General
1.
College
StudentStrength
Population
Servedperunit
10001500
1.25lakh
AreaRequirement
Areapercollege=5.00Ha
a) CollegeBuildingArea=1.80Ha
c) ResidentialincludingHostelArea=0.30Ha
d) ParkingArea=0.30Ha
2.
UniversityCampus
10.00to60.00Haarea
a) Residential(ifincluded)=25%oftotalland
area
b) SportsandCulturalActivities=15%oftotal
landarea
c) Parksandlandscapeincludinggreenbelt=
15%oftotallandarea.(MPD)
3.
4.
TechnicalEducation
TechnicalEducation
Centre(A)To
include1Industrial
TrainingInstitute
(ITI)and1
Polytechnic
ITI=400
TechnicalEducation
Centre(B)To
include1ITI,1
10lakh
Polytechnic=500
AreaperTechnicalEducationCentre=4.00Ha
a) AreaforITI=1.60Ha
b) AreaforPolytechnic=2.40Ha
10lakh
AreaperTechnicalEducationCentre=4.00Ha
a) AreaforITI=1.40Ha
b) AreaforTechnicalCentre=2.10Ha
358
Sr.No. Category
Population
Servedperunit
StudentStrength
TechnicalCentreand
1CoachingCentre
AreaRequirement
c) AreaforCoachingCentre=0.30Ha
ProfessionalEducation
5.
EngineeringCollege
1500
10lakh
AreaperCollege=6.00Ha
6.
MedicalCollege
10Lakh
AreaperCollege=15.00Ha
Areaofsiteincludingspaceforgeneral
hospital
7.
OtherProfessional
Colleges
250to1500
10Lakh
a) Areaofsiteforstudentstrengthupto250
students=2.00Ha
b) Additionalareaofsiteforeveryadditional
100studentsorpartthereofuptototal
strengthof1000students=0.50Ha
c) Areaofsiteforstrengthofcollegefrom
1000to1500students=6.00Ha
8.
Nursingand
ParamedicalInstitute
(MPD,pg135)
10lakh
InstitutePlotarea=2000sqm(subjectto
NursingCouncilofIndia/MinistryofHealth
Norms)
9.
VeterinaryInstitute
(MPD,pg135)
AsperVeterinaryCouncilofIndia/Ministry
Norms(subjecttoavailabilityofland)
Source:
NBC,2005MPD2021.
Thresholdpopulationofeachofeducationfacilitiesshouldnotonlytodependonthe
numberofpopulation,butalsoonthecharacteristicsofthepopulation.Considering
thatthereisawidevariationinthelevelsofliteracyandincreasingrateofentryinto
theschool,thevariationsbasedontheareasaretoberespected.Furthertothetable
above,itisrecommendedthatthethresholdpopulationshallbedeterminedbasedon
the characters of the population, along with the number of population in order to
determinesocialinfrastructureprovisionatvaryingregions.
8.4.3. HealthcareFacilities
Thesizeofahospitaldependsuponthehospitalbedrequirement,whichinturnisa
function of the size of the population it serves. As per the Indian Public Health
Standards(IPHS),2012,thecalculationofnumberofbedsisbasedon
annualrateofadmissionas1per50population
averagelengthofstayinahospitalas5days
Forexample:InIndiathepopulationsizeofadistrictvariesfrom50,000to15,00,000.
Forthepurposeofconveniencetheaveragesizeofthedistrictistakenasonemillion
population. Based on the assumptions the number of beds required for 10,00,000
populationis:
No.ofbeddaysperyear
No.ofbedsrequiredwith100%occupancy
No.ofbedsrequiredwith80%occupancy
:(10,00,000x1/50)x5 =1,00,000
:1,00,000/365=275
:(1,00,000/365)x80%=220
TheclassificationofhealthcarefacilitiesisgiveninTable8.50.
359
Table8.50: HealthCareFacilities
Sr.No. Category
Population
servedperunit
No.ofbeds
1.
Dispensary
2.
Nursinghome,childwelfare 25to30beds
andmaternitycentre
3.
Polyclinic
Someobservationbeds 1lakh
0.20to0.30Ha
4.
IntermediateHospital
(CategoryB)
80beds
TotalArea=1.00Ha
5.
6.
7.
IntermediateHospital
(CategoryA)
MultiSpecialityHospital
(NBC)
SpecialityHospital(NBC)
Arearequirement
15000
0.08to0.12Ha
45000to1lakh
0.20to0.30Ha
1lakh
Initiallymaybefor50
bedsincluding20
maternitybeds
200beds
a) AreaforHospital=0.60Ha
b) Areaforresidential
Accommodation=0.40Ha
1lakh
Initiallytheprovision
maybefor100beds
200beds
1Lakh
maybefor100beds
200beds
GeneralHospital(NBC)
accommodation=3.00Ha
1Lakh
500
TotalArea=9.00Ha
a) Areaforhospital=6.00Ha
maybefor100beds
8.
TotalArea=3.70Ha
TotalArea=3.70Ha
accommodation=1.00Ha
2.5lakh
maybefor300beds
TotalArea=6.00Ha
9.
FamilyWelfareCentre
(MPD,pg134)
Asperrequirement
50,000
Totalarea=500sqm800sqm
10.
Diagnosticcentre
50,000
Totalarea=500sqmto800sqm
(MPD,pg134)
11.
VeterinaryHospitalforpets
andanimals(MPD,pg134)
5lakh
Totalarea=2000sqm
12.
Dispensaryforpetanimals
andbirds(MPD,pg134)
1lakh
Totalarea=300sqm
13
Rehabilitationcentres
Asperrequirement
Source:
UDPFIGuidelines,1996,NBC,2005Part3andMPD,2021.
The Department of Health and Family welfare suggests incorporation of Trauma

Centresinthehighwayscuttingacrossurbanlocalauthorityjurisdiction.Thetrauma
carecentresshouldbesuitablypositionedalongthehighwayswithdoctorstrainedin
emergency medicine and trauma care, with adequate emergency management
technicians,supportedbyefficientandefficientambulancesystem.
360
8.4.4. Sociocultural
The provision of socio cultural facilities shall correspond to the changing urban
demographyandworklifestyle.
Table8.51: NormsforSocioCulturalFacilities
Sr.No.
Category
PopulationServedperunit
LandAreaRequirement
1.
AnganwadiHousingarea/
cluster
5000
200300sqm
2.
CommunityRoom
5000
750sqm(NBC)
3.
Communityhall,
mangalkaryayala,baratghar/
library
15000
2000sqm
4.
Music,danceanddramacentre
1lakh
1000sqm
5.
MeditationandspiritualCentre
1lakh
5000sqm
6.
RecreationalClub
1lakh
10,000sqm
7.
Oldagehome
5lakh
Max.1000sqm,subjecttoavailabilityof
land
8.
ReligiousFacilities(MPD,pg
149)
8a.
Atneighbourhood/housing
clusterlevel
5000
400sqm
8b.
Atsubcitylevelinurban
extension
10lakh
4.00Ha
9.
OtherFacilities(MPD)
9a.
Orphanage/ChildrensCentre
(Oneeach)
10lakh
land
9b.
Carecentreforphysically
/mentallychallenged
10lakh
land
9c.
Workingwomenmenhostel
10lakh
land
9d.
Adulteducationcentre
10lakh
land
9e.
NightShelter
10lakh
land
10.
SocioCulturalcentre/
Exhibitioncumfairground
10lakh
15Ha(NBC)
11.
ScienceCentre(MPD,pg148)
10Lakh
Asperrequirement
12.
InternationalConvention
Centre(MPD,pg148)
Citylevel
Asperrequirement
Source:
UDPFIGuidelines,1996andMPD2021.
Notes:
1. Forlowerincomegrouppopulation,themaintenanceandmanagementofformalcommunity
buildings is a challenging task. Thus to ensure optimum utilisation and maintenance and
management of formal community buildings, the use of such facilities shall be planned and
designatedformultipurposeactivities.Activitiessuchasadulteducation,trainingprogrammes
foreconomicgenerationactivities,childandfamilywelfareprogrammesetc.canbeorganised
insuchspaces.
361
2.
3.
OrphanageandOldagehomescanbecodevelopedwithappropriategreenspacestopromote
social relations between the two dependent age groups. The facility could include the
followingapartfromlivingspace:
a) Commonrecreationalfacilitiessuchassportsfacilities,walkingtracks,readingrooms
etc.
b) Opportunity for part time work for old people. This shall promote their active
involvementwithothersocialgroups.
c) Adequatebarriersinlivingspacesbetweenthetwogroupstoaddresssocialsecurity
oforphanages.
It hasgenerally been observedthat the religious buildings come upon encroachedsites and
especially those meant for open spaces. Effort should be made by the development agencies
with the assistance of NGOs in the area to ensure that the places of worship come up as
planned with the participation and preferences of the community itself. As a general basis,
separatereligioussites(2for15,000populations)maybeprovidedsothatplacesofworship
donotgetestablishedonencroachedsites.
8.4.5. OpenSpaces
Theopenspacescanincludethefollowingthreecategories,namely:
a) Recreationalspace
b) Organisedgreen
c) Othercommonopenspaces(suchasvacantlands/openspacesincludingfloodplains,forest
coveretc.inplainareas.
Consideringopenspaces,includingalltheabovementionedcategories,provisionbe
1012sqmperpersonmaybedesirable.However,inhillyareas theprotectedzones
andecologicalconservationareasshallbeconsideredtobeoverandabovethisopen
space requirement. In the built up area (excluding recreational space, vacant land,
floodplain,forest)theNBCsuggests3sqm/personasminimumnorm.
The hierarchy for organised green such as parks, play fields and other open spaces
like specified park, amusement park, maidan, a multipurpose open space, botanical
gardenandzoologicalparks,trafficparksetc.areasunder:
Table8.52: HierarchyofOrganisedGreen
S.No.
PlanningUnit
NumberofOrganisedgreenspaces
HousingCluster
34localparksandplaygrounds
Neighbourhood
34localparksandplaygrounds
Community
23communitylevelparkandopenspace
District/Zone
1districtlevelparkandsportscentre,maidan
Subcitycentre
1citylevelpark,sportscomplex,botanical/zoologicalgarden,maidan
Source:
362
8.4.5.1. OrganisedGreenforPlainAreas
Table8.53: NormsforOrganisedGreenforPlainAreas
S.No.
Category
Populationservedperunit
AreaRequirement(Ha)
1.
HousingAreaPark
5000
0.50
2.
Neighbourhoodpark
15000
1.00
3.
Communitypark
1lakh
5.00
4.
Districtpark
5lakh
25.00
5.
Subcitypark
10lakh
100.00
Source:
MPD,2021.
8.4.5.2. OtherControls(NBC):
1) Open spaces/ maidans should be spatially distributed and multiple function in time to be
promoted
2) Inanylayoutorsubdivisionoflandmeasuring0.3Haormoreinresidentialandcommercial
zones, the community open space shallbe reserved for recreational purposes which shall as
faraspossiblebeprovidedinoneplace.
a) Theminimumrecreationalspaceprovidedshallbe450sqm.
b) Theminimumaveragedimensionoftherecreationalspaceshallnotbelessthan7.5mand
thelengthshallnotexceed2.5timestheaveragewidth.
3) Eachrecreationalareaandthestructureonitshallhaveanindependentmeansofaccess.
4) Anybuildinglinetobeatleast3mawayfromtheboundaryofrecreationalopenspace.
5) ZoologicalgardentobeasperCentralZooAuthorityprovisions
Notes:
Green areas and other associated noneconomic activities to be preferably proposed on Government
reservedland.Incasetheopen/greenspaceswhichdonotgenerateincomeareproposedonprivately
ownedland,thelocalauthoritypreparingtheplanshallpartwithafaircompensationasperTheRight
toFairCompensationandTransparencyinLARRAct,2013tothelandowner.
8.4.5.3. OrganisedGreenforHillyAreas
Table8.54: NormsforOrganisedGreenforHillyAreas
S.No.
Category
AreaRequirement(Ha)
1.
HousingAreaPark
5000
0.50to1.00
2.
Neighbourhoodpark
10000
1.20to2.00
3.
CityParks/playgrounds/maidan/
exhibitiongrounds/culturalgathering
grounds
Forentiretownatoneormore
sites,dependingupondesign
andspaceavailability
4.
BotanicalGarden
1foreverytown
10.00to20.00
5.
Recreationalcomplexincludingzoo
1foreverysettlementwith
touristpotential
10.00to12.00
Source:
NBC,2005.
363
8.4.5.4. NormsforMultipurposeGrounds
Table8.55: NormsforMultipurposegrounds
S.No
Category
AreaRequirement(Ha)
Subcitylevelmultipurposeground
10lakh
Districtlevelmultipurposeground
5lakh
CommunitylevelMultipurpose
ground
1lakh
Source:
MPD,2021.
Variationbysizeofsettlement
A. SmallTowns
1) Inlightofthestandardsrecommendedbyvariousbodies,itissuggestedtoprovide1.0to1.2
ha per 1000 persons for town level open spaces (excluding the open spaces in residential
pockets),whichcanbedistributedfordifferentresidentialpocketsuniformlyforapopulation
of8000to10,000.(Calculationbasedonthe1012mts/personfortheentireplannedareas).
2) As already mentioned, the open spaces are to be developed with other socio cultural and
commercialfacilitiessothattheycanservemultiplepurposes.
B. MediumTowns
1) The open spaces shall be provided at the rate of 1.4 to 1.6 ha per 1000 persons. The lower
income areas shall be provided with more open spaces and the area under facilities like
communityhallsetc.canbemergedwiththeopenspacestosuittheirsocialrequirements.
C. LargeCity,MetropolitanandMegapolis
1) Thesuggestedstandardsforopenspacesinlargeandmetropolitancitiesare1.2to1.4haper
1000persons,dependinguponthelandavailability.
2) Theolderpartsofthelargecitieshavenormallybeenfoundhighlydeficientwithrespecttothe
availability of open spaces, thus additional provisions in the new development may also take
care of the existing deficiencies. For large and metro cities, provisions shall also be made for
city level special parks such as botanical and zoological parks, picnic huts, children parks,
amusementparks,etc.
8.4.6. SportsFacilities
Table8.56: NormsforSportsFacilities
Sr.No.
Category
LandAreaRequirement
1.
Residentialunitplayarea
5,000
5000sqm
2.
NeighbourhoodPlayarea
15,000
1.50ha
3.
DistrictSportsCentre
1lakh
8.00ha
4.
DivisionalSportsCentre
10lakh
20.00ha
Source:
NBC,2005,part3.
364
8.4.7. Distributionservices
Table8.57: NormsforDistributionServices
Sr.
No.
Category
Populati
on
served
perunit
1.
Petrol/Dieselfillingand
ServiceCentre
Permittedin:
LandAreaRequirement
c) DistrictCentres
d) CommunityCentres(Only
FillingStation)
Onlyfilingstation
30mx17m
ii.
Fillingcum
servicestation
iii.
Fillingcum
servicestation
cumworkshop
iv.
e) Residential&Industrial
UseZoneinUrbanAreas
f) AlongNationalandState
Highways
Fillingstation
onlyfortwoand
threewheelers
45mx36m
j)
Police/securityforce
services(forcaptiveuse
only)(MPD,pg125)
Shallnotbe
locatedonroad
havingRightof
Waylessthan
30m.
Specialcasesinold
cityareasmaybe
consideredbased
ontheapprovalby
statutory
authorities.
Shallbeapproved
bytheexplosive/
firedepartment.
Shallnotbe
locatedonroad
havingRightof
Waylessthan
30m.
Shallbeapproved
bytheexplosive/
firedepartment.
18mx15m
h) FreightComplex
Proposedmajorroads
36mx30m
g) Villagesidentifiedas
growthcentres
i)
i.
a) CentralDistrict
b) SubcentralDistrict
Area
requirement
TypeofFacility
OtherControls
2.
CompressedNaturalGas
(CNG)/fillingcentre
Permittedin:
CNGmotherstation
1080sqm
(36mx30m)
(Includingbuilding
componentcontrol
room/office/
dispensingroom/
store,pantryandW.C.)
a) Allusezones(exceptin
RegionalParksand
DevelopedDistrictParks)
b) AlongNationalandState
Highways
c) Villagesidentifiedas
growthcentres
d) FreightComplex
e) Proposedmajorroads
3.
LPGGodown/Gasgodown
40,000
to
50,000
Capacity=500
cylindersor8000kgof
LPG
520sqm
(26mx20m)
Area(inclusiveofguard
room)
4.
Source:
MilkDistribution
5000
Areainclusiveofservice
area
150sqm
Themajorconcernforits
storageanddistribution
isthelocation,which
shallbeawayfromthe
residentialareasand
shallhaveopenspaces
allaroundasperthe
ExplosiveRules.
NBC,2005.
Notes:
1) SuperKeroseneOil/LightDieselOilforindustrialactivityshallbegivenseparately.
2) Largepetrol/dieselstoragecentrestobelocatedoutsidecityjurisdiction.
365
8.4.8. Police,CivilDefenceandHomeGuards
Table8.58: NormsforPoliceFacilities
Sr.No.
Category
LandAreaRequirement
1.
PolicePost
40,00050,000
0.16Ha(Areainclusiveofresidential
accommodation)
(AreanotservedbyPolice
Station)
2.
PoliceStation
90,000
1.50Ha(Areainclusiveofessential
residentialaccommodation)
0.05Haadditionaltobeprovidedforcivil
defenceandhomeguards.
3.
TrafficandPoliceControlRoom
(MPD,pg143)
Asperrequirement
4.
Districtofficeandbattalion
10lakh
Totalarea=4.80Ha
a) Areafordistrictoffice=0.80Ha
b) Areaforbattalion=4.00Ha
5.
Policeline
20lakh
4.00to6.00Ha
6.
DistrictJail
10lakh
10.00Ha
7.
Civildefenceandhomeguards
10lakh
2.00Ha
8.
PoliceTrainingInstitute/
College(MPD,pg143)
Citylevel(tobelocatedin
fringeareas)
5Ha
9.
PoliceFiringRange(MPD,pg
143)
Citylevel(tobelocatedin
fringeareas)
Upto10Ha
10.
PolicecampincludingCentral
PoliceOrganisation/Security
Forces(IncludingCentral
SecurityForces)(MPD,pg143)
Upto10Ha
11.
PoliceBooth(atmajorroad
intersections)
1012sqm(tobeprovidedbytransport
planners)
Source:
NBC2005andMPD2021.
8.4.9. SafetyManagement
Table8.59: NormsforSafetyFacilities
Sr.No.
Category
DistributionorPopulation
Servedperunit
1.
Subfirestation/FirePost
Within34kmradius
0.6Ha(withessentialresidential
accommodation)
2.
FireStation
2lakhpopulationor
1Hawithresidential
accommodation
57kmradius
3.
DisasterManagementCentre
Oneineachadministrativezone
AreaRequirement
1Haalongwithsuitableopen
area
2Haifsoftparking,temporary
shelter,paradegroundetc.
included
4.
Source:
FireTrainingInstitute/College
Citylevel(onesiteinUrban
extension)
3Ha
MPD2021.
366
Guidelinesforlocatingfirestationsandotherfirefightingfacilities(AsperMPD)
Fire stations should be located so that the fire tenders are able to reach any
disastersitewithin35minutes
Fire stations should be located on corner plots as far as possible and on main
roadswithminimumtwoentries.
In the new layouts, concept of underground pipelines for fire hydrants on the
peripheryexclusivelyforfirefightingservicesshouldbeconsidered.
Necessaryprovisionsforlayingunderground/overgroundfirefightingmeasures,
water lines, hydrants etc. may be kept wherever provision of fire station is not
possible.
TheconcernedagenciesshalltakeapprovalfromFireDepartmentforfirefighting
measureswhilelayingtheservicesforanarea.
8.4.10. SpecialRequirementsforGenderSensitivePlanning183
Womenstravelischaracterizedbytripchainingi.e.combiningmultipledestinations
withinonetrip.Givenwomenshigherdomesticandcaretakingresponsibilities,they
tendtoseekemploymentopportunitiesclosertohomewithmoreflexiblehoursthan
theirmalecounterparts.Thistranslatesintoahighersensitivitytodistance.184
At the regional and city levels, decentralized economic opportunities should be considered to
reducetraveldistances.
At the neighbourhood or planning sector levels, single land use zones should be discouraged, as
theytendtobedeadorinactiveaswithbusinessdistrictsinthenightorresidentialareas.Mixed
landuses(suchasmixedresidentialandmixedcommercialuses)shouldbeencouragedwhichwill
generatestreetactivitythroughoutthedayandalsoreducewalkingdistances.
Women are disproportionately affected by poor quality pedestrian infrastructure and increased
walking distances. Walkable blocks should be promoted by limiting block sizes, providing direct,
shortestnonmotorizedtransportroutesorpedestrianpublicrightofways.
The height of compound walls can restrict street visibility. Therefore porous or semiporous
compoundwallsarerecommendedtoallowstreetvisibility.
Figure8.12:CompoundwallsRestrictingStreetVisibility
Source:
Working Paper on Incorporating a Gender Perspective in Urban Planning and Regulations, Embarq, India.
183
WorkingPaperonIncorporatingaGenderPerspectiveinUrbanPlanningandRegulations,Embarq,India.
184Camstra,1996.
367
8.4.10.1. Housing
Anyproject,whichinvolvesrelocationofhouseholds,economiclinksornetworks,
shouldbepreservedbyconsideringrelocationwithinthesamewardorlocalarea.
The design of housing schemes for poor women should consider their lower
incomes, work in the informal sector185and that the house and the open space
adjoiningitisalsousedforeconomicactivity.186
8.4.10.2. Amenities
Wherelandisnotreservedforamenitieslikepolicestations,publictoilets,reading
areas,communitybins,theyareconstructedonpavementsorinformallyprovided
therebyobstructingpedestrianmovement.
Duetowomenshigherdomesticandcaretakingfacilities,amenitieslikedaycare
centres,preprimaryandprimaryschools,primaryhealthfacilities,localmarkets
are recommended to be provided within 515 minutes walking distance (300
800m).
Similarlyadequatespaceandaccessshouldbeprovidedforwomeninthesepublic
amenities, considering their needs. For example, it is recommended that public
toilets should be provided within 15 minutes walking distance with special
emphasisonareaswithhighvolumesofpeoplei.e.railwaystations,markets,bus
terminals, public buildings, public open spaces etc. Public toilets should ensure
sufficient seats for women, space for childcare and include toilet seats for
dependents.
8.4.10.3. StreetDesign
There needs to be an effort to increase cycling modal shares of women by
improvingwomenandgirlsaccesstocycles,especiallyloadcarryingcycles.
Crowded streets, station entrances or exits are perceived as unsafe for women.
Therefore a level of service approach should be used to plan pedestrian
infrastructure. As per IRC Guidelines 1032012: Guidelines for Pedestrian
Facilities, a level of service B or C is recommended. All footpaths should include
and specify a dead zone, an uninterrupted walking zone and a multiutility zone
forstreetfurnitureetc.
Streets, including carriageway and pavements should be consistently and
continuouslylit.
Theroleofstreetvendorsincreatingstreeteyesisacknowledged187andtherefore
must be planned for in neighbourhood layout or local area plans and in street
design.
185
Khosla,Renu.AddressingGenderConcernsinIndiasUrbanRenewalMission.UNDP.
186
SPARC and KRVIA. 2010. ReDharavi. http://www.sdinet.org/media/upload/documents/ReDharavi.pdf (Accessed on 25th

February2014).
187
Cross,JohnandMorales,Alfonso(Ed).2007.StreetEntrepreneurs:People,PlaceandPoliticsinLocalandGlobalPerspective,
Routledge.
368
8.4.10.4. PublicTransport
Such provision include Prioritizing safe access to transit, rethinking transit fare
structurestominimizecostformultistopjourneysandinoffpeakhours,introducing
flexible services such as halting buses inbetween stops to drop women closer to
theirdestinationinthenight,womenonlybuses/trains/coachesorreservedseatsfor
womeninbuses,ensuringsufficienttoiletseatsforwomenatstationsandterminals,
ensuring bus shelters and train stations have safety and comfort features (lighting,
benches,emergencycalloptions)etc.
8.5.
CommercialActivities
8.5.1. HierarchyofCommercialCentres
Hierarchyofcommercialcentresisafunctionofthehierarchyofplanningunitsinan
urban centre. Normally an urban centre shall have some or all of the following,
dependinguponitssize:
Table8.60: HierarchyofCommercialCentres(NBC)
Sr.No.
PlanningUnit
Population
served
ClassofSettlement
L
HierarchyofCommercialCentre
HousingCluster
5000
ConvenienceShopping
Neighbourhood
15000
Localshoppingcentre
Community
100000
CommunityCentre
District
500000
DistrictCentre
Subcity
25lakh50lakh
SubcityCentre
City
50lakh+
CityCentre
S:SmallTown
M:MediumTown
L:LargeCity,MetropolitanCityandMegapolis
8.5.2. NormsforCommercialCentres
Thenormsforplanningofcommercialcentresareasgivenintablebelow:
Table8.61: NormsforCommercialCentres
Sr.No.
Category
LandAreaRequirement
1.
ConvenienceShopping
5,000
1,500sqm
2.
Localshoppingincludingservicecentre
15,000
4,600sqm
3.
CommunityCentrewithservicecentre
1,00,000
5Ha
4.
DistrictCentre
1 at District level / 5,00,000

population
40Ha
5.
SubcityCentre(UDPFI)
25lakhto50lakh
Asperrequirement
6.
CityCentre(UDPFI)
50lakh+
Asperrequirement
7.
LocalWholesaleMarket/Mandi
10lakh
10.00Ha
8.
WeeklyMarkets
1to2locationsforevery1lakh
Areaperlocation=0.40Ha
369
Sr.No.
Category
1) Parkingandotheropenspaceswithin
populationwith300to400
unitsperlocation
thecommercialcentrescouldbeso
designedthatweeklymarketscan
operateintheseareasduringnon
workinghours.
2) Theareaofinformalsectorshouldhave
suitablepublicconveniencesandsolid
wastedisposalarrangements.
10.
Source:
OrganisedInformaleatingspaces
LandAreaRequirement
1lakh
2000sqm
NBC,2005.
Note:
Smallandmediumtownstogiveemphasisontheweeklymarketsfrompromotinglocaleconomic
activities,
Mandisandwholesalemarketstobegivenemphasisinregionalplanning.Integrationoftherural
andsmallandmediumtownstobedevelopedthroughtheprovisionofMandis.
Theareaofcommercialcentresandthenumberofshopsisgivenbelow:
Table8.62: AreaofCommercialCentres
Sr.No.
Category
Areaper1000persons(sqm)
Numberofshops
1.
ConvenienceShopping
220
1for110persons
2.
Localshoppingincludingservicecentre
300
1for200persons
3.
CommunityCentrewithservicecentre
500
1for200persons
4.
DistrictCentre
880
1for300persons
Source:
UDPFIGuidelines,1996updated.
8.5.3. DistributionofActivities
ThefollowingactivitiesallowedinthehierarchyofCommercialCentres.
Table8.63: DistributiononActivities
Sr.No. Activities
HierarchyofCommercialCentres
CityanSub
citycentre
District
centre
Community
centre
Shopping(retail
services,repair)
2.
Limitedwholesale
&Mandi
3.
Informalshopping
4.
CommercialOffices
5.
Cinema
6.
Hotel
7.
GuestHouse
8.
Bank/ATM
9.
NursingHome
10.
ServiceIndustries
11.
Auditorium
12.
Museum
ClusterCentre
1.
Neighbourhood
Centre
370
Sr.No. Activities
HierarchyofCommercialCentres
CityanSub
citycentre
District
centre
Community
centre
13.
Library
14.
Readingroom
15.
ScienceCentres,Art/
Craft/Music/Dance
School
16.
Weeklymarkets
Neighbourhood
Centre
ClusterCentre
(onclosedays)
17.
LocalGovernment
Offices
18.
BusTerminal
19.
FireStation
20.
Policepost/station
21.
TelephoneExchange
22.
Electricsubstation
23.
Postoffice
24.
Petrolpump
25.
Conveniences
shoppingcentre
26.
EssentialResidential
Source:
UDPFIGuidelines,1996updated.
8.5.4. UrbanStreetVendors
Street vendors188form a very important segment of the unorganised sector in the
countryanditisestimatedthatinseveralcitiesstreetvendorsaccountforabout2%
ofthepopulation.Theplanningoftheurbanstreetvendingzonesshallbesodoneso
astoprovideforandpromoteasupportiveenvironmentforthe vastmassofurban
streetvendorstocarryouttheirvocationwhileatthesametimeensuringthattheir
vending activities do not lead to overcrowding and unsanitary conditions in public
spacesandstreets.
TheStreetVendors(ProtectionofLivelihoodandRegulationof StreetVending)Act,
2014 has come into force since March 2014. The Act provides for Town Vending
Committee (TVC), which shall conduct a survey of all existing street vendors every
fiveyears.AccordingtotheActeverylocalauthorityshallprepareaplantopromote
thevocationofstreetvendorsinconsultationwiththeplanningauthorityandonthe
188
TheNationalPolicyonUrbanStreetVendors,2009definesStreetVendorsasapersonwhooffersgoodsorservicesforsaleto
the public in a street without having a permanent built up structure. The three basic categories of street vendors are a)
Stationary,b)Peripateticandc)Mobile.
Street Vending Act, 2014: Street Vendor means a person engaged in vending of articles, goods, wares, food items or
merchandiseofeverydayuseorofferingservicestothegeneralpublic,inastreet,lane,sidewalk,footpath,pavement,public
park or any other public place or private area, from a temporary built up structure or by moving from place to lace and
includeshawker,peddler,squatterandallothersynonymstermswhichmaybelocalorregionspecific;andthewordsstreet
vendingwiththeirgrammaticalvariationsandcognateexpressions,shallbeconstruedaccordingly.
371
recommendations of the Town Vending Committee once in every five years. Local
authoritycanalsomakebyelaws,undertheAct,toprovidevendingzones,regulation
ofcivicservicesinthevendingzonesandothermatters.
8.5.4.1. PlanningnormsforUrbanStreetVendors
Master/ Zonal/ Local/ Layout development plans to be inclusive and address the
requirements of space for street vending through reservation of space. With the
growthofcities/townsinresponsetourbanisation,thestatutoryplansofeverynew
area should have adequate provision for Vending189/ Hawking zones and Vendor
Markets.
The provision for number of informal units for urban street vendors for different
types of land use categories is given below. It is observed that the informal eating
places mushroom at a faster rate. It is suggested to make provision for 1 informal
eatingplace per 1 lakh population with a space allocation of 2000 sqm (NBC, 2005
part3)
Table8.64: NormsforInformalUnitsforUrbanStreetVendors
Sr.No.
Category
No.ofInformalUnits
1.
RetailTrade
3to4unitsper10formalshopsasspecifiedinthenorms
1a
CentralBusinessDistrict
1b
SubcentralBusinessDistrict
1c
DistrictCentre
1d
CommunityCentre
1e
ConvenienceShoppingCentre
2.
GovernmentandCommercialOffices
5to6unitsper1000employees
3.
WholesaleTradeandFreightComplexes
34unitsper10formalshops
4.
Hospital
34unitsper100beds
5.
BusTerminal
1unitper2busbays
6.
Schools
6a.
Primary
34units
6b
Secondary/SeniorSecondary/Integrated
56units
7.
Parks
7a.
Regional/DistrictParks
810unitsateachmajorentry
7b.
NeighbourhoodParks
23units
8.
Residential
1unit/1000population
9.
Industrial
56unitsper1000employees
10.
Railwayterminal
Tobebasedonsurveysatthetimeofpreparationoftheproject
Source:
189
Vendingzonemeansanareaoraplaceoralocationdesignatedassuchbythelocalauthority,ontherecommendationsof
thetownvendingcommittee,forthespecificusebystreetvendingandincludesfootpaths,sidewalk,pavement,embankment,
portionsofastreet,waitingareaforpublicoranysuchplaceconsideredsuitableforvendingactivitiesandprovidingservices
tothegeneralpublic.
372
Quantitative Space Norms: Every land use has a carrying capacity ceiling and the
same is true of vendors operating in a clearly demarcated area. Overuse can cause
congestion and reduction of public hygiene. Every city/ town shall evolve its own
quantitativenormsafterconductingpropersurveysandevaluatingactualneeds.The
principle of Natural markets should be followed in designating areas as Vending
Zones and their maximum holding capacity should be determined based on this
principle.
8.5.4.2. DemarcationofVendingZones
City/TownDevelopmentPlanshalldemarcatethezonesasRestrictionfreevending
zones, Restricted Vending Zones and Novending zones. Guidelines for locating
zones:
a) Spatialplanningshouldtakeintoaccountthenaturalprosperityofstreetvendorsbyproviding
locations in response to the patterns of demand for their goods/ services. For this, competent
institutionsrecommendphotographicdigitisedsurveysofstreetvendorsandtheirlocations.
b) Apolicyforregulatingentryofstreetvendorsintotheidentifiedstreetvendingzonesontime
sharingbasisshallbeformulatedbyMunicipalAuthorities.
c) The vendormarkets may be establishedat suitable locationskeeping in view demand forthe
wares/servicesofstreetvendors.Timerestrictionsonvendingshouldbeinaccordancewiththe
needforensuringnoncongestionofpublicspaces/maintainingpublichygienewithoutbeingad
hoc, arbitrary or discriminatory. Attempts should be made to provide ample parking areas for
mobilevendorsforsecurityoftheirvehiclesandwaresatnightonpaymentofsuitablefees.
d) Mobile vending should be permitted in all areas even outside the Vendors Markets, unless
designated as No vending zone in the zonal, local area or layout plans. Restricted Vending
zonesmaybenotifiedintermsofbothlocationandtime.LocationsdesignatedasNovending
zonesshallbefullyjustified.
8.5.4.3. ProvisionofCivicfacilities
The following basic civic facilities shall be provided in Vending Zones/ Vendors
markets:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
Solidwastedisposal
Publictoiletstomaintaincleanliness
Aestheticdesignofmobilestalls/pushcarts
Electricity
Drinkingwater
Protectivecoverstoprotectwaresofstreetvendorsaswellasthemselvesfromheat,rain,dust
etc.
g) Storagefacilitiesincludingcoldstorageforspecificgoodslikefish,meatandpoultry,and
h) Parkingareas
Thevendormarketsshouldtotheextentpossible,alsoprovideforcrches,toiletsand
restroomsforfemaleandmalemembers.
Forotheraspectsofthestreetvendingnormssuchasorganisationandparticipative
processes, promotional measures, action plan for stakeholders, monitoring and
373
reviewetc.,theprovisionsofthepolicyshallbereferredto asupdatedfromtimeto
time.
8.5.4.4. SmallTowns
1) For the general retail shopping requirements, the concept of street/ road side commercial
activityshallbeacceptedasapolicywithcertainspecificcontrolssuchas:
a) NocommercialactivityalongtheNH/SHoranymajordistrictroad
b) Theminimumwidthofthestreettobe12m,wherevehicularmovementispermittedtoa
limited extent (i.e. only up to 2 wheelers or rickshaw) and the streets with a minimum
width of 4.5 m without vehicular movement may be permitted for road/ street side
commercialactivity.
2) Ithasbeengenerallyobservedthattheserviceandretailshopsemergealongthemajorroads
andtheactivitiesareextendeduptotheroadsinmostcases,therebyaffectingthesmoothflow
oftrafficandincreasingprobabilityaccidents.Thusus,itissuggestedthattheservicecentres
shall be provided as a planned component and the sites near the petrol pumps shall be
considered. The exact requirement of the area for service centre will be guided by the
followingfactors:
a) Vehicularpopulation
b) Villages falling in the influence zone of the towns or, in other words, the service
requirementsofthevillagesinthesurroundingareas.
3) Thefunctionbasedcommercialrequirementssuchasmandi(vegetables/grains/fruits),cattle
markets or any other such specialised markets are to be planned as per the case specific
requirementsbasedonthestudyofthearea.
4) The quantum of commercial activities to be proposedshall be restricted basedon locational
attributesandthelocalneedbasedemergenceinitsnaturalgrowthbepermitted.
5) For the newly planned schemes in small towns also, the policy of mixed land use can be
adoptedsuitingthebehaviourpatternofthesociety.
6) As already dealt in the previous section, the area requirements for commercial activities in
smallsizedtownsworksouttobeabout0.2to0.25Ha/1000personsonanaverage,basedon
theproposedlandusewhichisgovernedbythefunctionalcharacterofthetown.
8.5.4.5. MediumTown
1) Thegrowthoftownsfromsmalltomediumsizedtownthroughtransitionphases(50,000to
100,000) changes the requirements for commercial activities gradually and for a town
exceeding a population of 1 lakh, the extensions start developing in pockets of welldefined
economicstrataofthepeopleandthusitissuggestedthattheareaspredominantlyplanned
for upper middle groups shall be provided with the planned commercial centres (with
adequateinbuiltprovisionforinformalcommercialactivitieswiththecommercialcentres)at
therateof45formalshopsand23informalshopsper1000persons.
2) Therequirementsforthewholesaletradewillbegovernedbythefollowingfactors:
a) Locationofthetownwithrespecttolarge/metrocities
b) Smalltownsandvillagesfallinginthedirectinfluencezoneofthetownforwhichithasto
actasadistributioncentre.
3) As already dealt in the previous section on land use, the area requirements for commercial
activitiesinmediumsizedtownsworksouttobeabout0.24to0.32Ha/1000personsonan
average,basedontheproposedlandusewhichisgovernedbythefunctionalcharacterofthe
townandtheregionalimperativesmentionedabove.
374
8.5.4.6. LargeCity,MetropolitanCityandMegapolis
Theaveragelandrequirementsforcommercialactivitiesworkouttobe0.4Ha
per1000personsinarangeof0.2to0.6Ha/1000personsdependingonthe
location of these large cities with respect to metropolitan. Similar
requirements have also been observed in case of metropolitan which are
located in the influence zone of Megapolis; the average land requirement for
commercialactivitiesunderthiscategoryworksouttobeabout0.3Ha/1000
persons.
8.5.4.7. VariationsforHillTowns
1) Therequirementsofcommercialactivitiesinhillyareasaremainlylimitedto
retailactivitiesthataremainlycateredbysmallshopsintheresidenceinnon
touristcentres.Theprovisionofcommercialfacilitiesintouristcentresistobe
reviewedfortwomajoraspects.First,theboardingandlodgingrequirements
ofthetouristsandsecondtheinformalactivitiesneartouristspots.
2) Therequirementsforhotelsandrestaurantscanbeworkedoutonthebasisof
dataontouristandtheirgrowthtrends.Theinformalactivitiesatthetourist
spots are mainly informal eatingplaces and other general shops selling local
specialities.
8.6.
MiscellaneousFacilities
8.6.1. Cremation/BurialGround
Table8.65: NormsforCremation/BurialGround
Sr.No.
Category
Min.LandAreaRequirement
1.
ElectricCrematorium
1forlargesizetowns
2.00Ha
2.
CremationGround
5lakh
2.50Ha
3.
BurialGround
5lakh
4.00Ha
Source:
NBC,2005.
OtherControls:
1) Thesitenottobeinproximitytoresidentialareasandpreferablyinurbanextension.
8.6.2. DhobiGhat
Table8.66: NormsforDhobiGhat
Sr.No.
Category
1.
DhobiGhatwithappropriatearrangements
forwateranddrainagefacilities.
Populationservedper
unit
Min.LandAreaRequirement
1Lakh
5000sqm
Itmaybeensuredthatthewaterbodiesare
notpollutedasaresultofsuchactivities.
Source:
NBC,2005.
375
8.6.3. Mandisandwholesaleagriculturalproducemarkets
According to the recommendations by National Farmers Commission (2004)190,
availabilityofregulatedMarketsshouldbe within5kmradius (areaservedapprox.
80 sq km) The agricultural produce can be categorised under two heads (a)
Perishable produce consisting of fruits, vegetables and flowers and (b) Non
perishableproduceconsistingofgrainsandpulses.Theplanningforthemandisshall
dependuponthefollowingparameters:
Numberoffooditems
Perishabilityoffooditems
Volumetobehandled
Typeofstorage/coolchainfacilities.
Themandisshallbepreferablyadjacenttoarterialroads.
Thegovernmentinitiativesforpromotingregulatedmarketsare:
3. Direct marketing by promoting farmers markets in various forms, such as Apni Mandis in
Punjab,RythuBazaarsinAndhraPradesh,UzhavarSanthaiinTamilNadu,andShetkariBazaarin
Maharashtra,promotedbystateagencies.
4. etrading:VariousstateshaveadoptedtheModelAPMCAct,whichprovidesforetrading.(Pg
16)
5. Terminalmarketcomplex:proposed to be implemented through Public Private Partnership
(PPP) mode by establishing the Hub (Main Market) and Spokes (Collection Centres) in the
StateswhohaveamendedtheirAPMCAct.
8.6.4. Provisions for Livestock

ManagementCentre
Management/
Animal
Inordertoensureprimaryeconomicactivitiesandfoodsecurity,inurbanareasand
region, sustainable development of agricultural sector and associated activities is
interdependent. Livestock management and addressing the urban problem of street
animalscallsforadedicatedspaceforitsmanagement.
The National Livestock Policy, 2013 provides a policy framework for improving
productivity of the livestock sector ina sustainable manner, taking into account the
provisionsof the National Policy of Farmers, 2007 and the recommendations of the
stakeholders,includingtheStates.
Thepolicyrecommendsthefollowingwithrespecttourbanandregionalplanning:
1. Inclusive planning of livestock management services such as veterinary institutions, vaccine
anddiagnosticproductionunits,semenstationsandartificialinseminationbreedingfarms,feed
andfodderproductionunitsetc.atregionalandcommunitylevelforgenerationanddeliveryof
theseservicesinruralandurbanareas.
2. Integrated land use planning with livestock as a component should be encouraged through
PanchayatiRajInstitutionstoensureproductionpotentialofpasturesandgrazingcommunity
lands
190
WorkinggrouponAgricultureMarketingInfrastructure,PlanningCommission,12thFiveYearPlan,pg8.
376
Along with the livestock management, adequate provisions for street animals shall
alsobeplannedforbyprovisionofanimalmanagementcentresinurbanandregional
areas.Theotherfacilitiestobeprovidedhereare:
Veterinaryfacilities&hospitalsasmentionedbefore
Gaushalawithprimarymilkpackagingfacilities
Biodegradablesolidwastedisposalanddecompositionfacilities
Biogasplants
Opengreenspacesandnurseries
Essentialresidentialspaces
8.6.5. NormsforTelephone,PostalandBankingfacilities
Table8.67: NormsforCommunicationfacilities
Sr.No
Category
AreaRequirement
1.
Telephone&communications
1a
Telephoneexchangeof40,000lines
4Lakh
4Ha
1b
Radio/TVStation
58lakh
1,700sqm
1c
Remotesubscriberunit(MPD,pg142)
1for3kmradius
300sqm
Postal
2a.
Postofficecounterwithoutdelivery
(Floorareatobeprovidedinlocal
shoppingcentre)
15,000
85sqm
2b.
Headpostofficewithdeliveryoffice
2.5Lakh
750sqm
2c.
Headpostofficeandadministrative
office
5Lakh
2500sqm
Banking
Bankwithextensioncounterswith
ATMfacility
15000
i)
Floorareaforcounters
75sqm
ii)
FloorareaforATM
6sqm
Bankwithlocker,ATMandother
bankingfacilities
1lakh
2500sqm
2.
3.
3a.
3b.
Source:
NBC,2005&StudyonZoningRegulations,TCPO,2004.
8.7.
ProvisionsforHillyAreas
TheprovisionofSocialinfrastructure;Police,Civildefenceandhomeguards;Safety;
CommercialActivityandotherMiscellaneousActivitiesforhillyareasshallbegeneral
asgivenabove.However,thefollowingminimumnormsshallalsobeensured:
Table8.68: NormsforHillyAreas
Sr.No.
Category
Populationserved
perunit
Distancebetween
twofacilities(km)
AreaRange(Ha)
1.
EducationFacilities
1a
PrimarySchool
4000
1to2
0.20to0.30
1b
SecondarySchool(10+2)
15,000
5to7
0.30to0.50
1c
IndustrialTrainingCentre
8to12
0.30to0.60
377
Category
Populationserved
perunit
Distancebetween
twofacilities(km)
AreaRange(Ha)
1d
College
30,000
8to12
2.00to3.00
1e
ProfessionalCollege
30,000
8to12
1.00to1.50
1f
University
50,000
8to12
2.00to3.00
HealthcareFacilities
2a
Dispensary
2500
2to4
0.015to0.020
2b
Healthsubcentre
3000
2to4
0.025to0.067
2c
FamilyWelfareCentre
5,000
5to10
0.025to0.050
2d
MaternityHome
15,000
5to10
0.025to0.050
2e
NursingHome
15,000
5to10
0.050to0.075
2f
PrimaryHealthCentre(25to50
beds)
20,000
16to20
0.105to0.210
2g
Hospital(200to250beds)
80,000
16to20
0.840to2.100
2h
VeterinaryCentre
1000
16to20
0.050to0.100
OtherFacilities
3a
LocalConvenienceShopping
10,000
2to4
0.50to0.10
3b
MilkBooth
10,000
2to4
0.04
3c
BanquetHall
10,000
5to10
0.10
3d
ReligiousBuildings
10,000
5to10
0.10
3e
CremationGround
10,000
5to10
0.20
3f
InformalBazaar
15,000
5to10
0.10to0.20
3g
CommunityWelfareCentre
16,000
5to7
0.10to0.15
Services
4a
Ruralpostoffice
1000
1to2
4b
Ruralpostoffice
2000
2to4
0.025to0.050
4c
PostOffice
10,000
5to7
0.10to0.15
4d
GeneralPostOffice
50,000
10to15
0.20to0.40
4e
Telephoneexchange
50,000
10to15
0.20to0.40
4f
Bank(tribalareas)
10000
16to20
0.100to0.150
4g
PoliceChowki
5000
2to4
0.10
4h
PoliceStation
15000
5to10
0.50
4i
FireStation
50,000
0.30to0.80
4j
DisasterManagementCentre
20,000
5to10
1.00
4k
Electricsubstation(66kv)
1.00
4l
Electricsubstation(11kv)
0.05
LPGgodown
Asperrequirement
0.15
Sr.No.
2.
3.
4.
4m
Source:
NBC2005,TCPODraftIndianStandardforDevelopmentPlanninginHillyAreas.
378
8.8.
AccessProvisionsfortheDifferentlyabled
The minimum access provisions shall be provided as per Guidelines and Space
Standardsforbarrierfreebuiltenvironmentfordisabledandelderlypersons,1998.
Thefollowingprovisionsshallbeprovidedinvarioustypesofbuildings:
Table8.69: MinimumAccessprovisionsforBarrierFreeBuiltEnvironment
Sr.No.
TypeofBuilding
MinimumProvisions
1.
Singledetached,singledwelling
units
Aminimumof2%ofthetotalnumberofunitstobeconstructedwith
barrierfreefeatures(adoptableunits)
2.
Staffhousing,multipledwellingand
highriseresidentialunitsand
tenements
Minimumof1unitforevery25unitstobedesignedforbarrierfree
builtenvironment
Plus1additionalunitforevery100unitsthereafter.
Entrancesandexitstobedesignedforbarrierfreeaccessibility.
3.
Tenementhouses,rowhouses,
apartmentsandtownhouses
Aminimumof1unitforupto150units
Plusminimumof1additionalunitforevery100unitsthereafter
Entrancesandexitstobedesignedforbarrierfreeaccessibility
4.
Postoffices,banksandfinancial
serviceinstitutions
a) Aminimumof1loweredservicecounteronthepremises.
5.
Shophousesandsinglestorey
shops
Barrierfreeaccessto/withinshoppingarea.
6.
Placesofworship
Entrancesandexitsandmainareaoftheworshiptobeaccessible.
7.
Foodcentres
a) Aminimumof1tablewithoutstoolsorseatsattachedtothefloor
forevery10tables.
b) Aminimumof1loweredATM/cashdispersalpointonthe
premises.
b) Aminimumof2tableswithoutstoolsorseatsattachedtothefloor
forthewholepremises.
c) Accessibleentrance.
8.
Communitycentres,villagehalls,
auditoria,concerthalls,assembly
halls,cinemas,theatresandother
placesofpublicassembly
a) Accessibleentrances,exits,aislesandmaincommunityorpublic
gatheringareas.
b) Accessibletoiletfacilitiesshouldbenearby
c) Seatingforpersonswithdisabilitiestobeaccessiblefrommain
entrancesandlobbies.
d) Variousseating/viewingchoicetobeprovidedforpersonsin
wheelchairsthroughoutthemainseatingarea.
e) Aminimumof2wheelchairspacesforseatingcapacityupto100
seats.
f) Aminimumof4wheelchairspacesforseatingcapacityfromover
100to400seats.
Source:
GuidelinesandSpaceStandardsforbarrierfreebuiltenvironmentfordisabledandelderlypersons,CentralPublic
WorksDepartment,MinistryofUrbanAffairs&Employment,India,1998.
379
380
SimplifiedDevelopmentControlRegulations
SimplifiedDevelopmentPromotionRegulations
The purpose of the Simplified Development Promotion Regulations is to guide the

formationofzonalandbuildingregulationsbyStateDepartmentsandbyLocalUrban
Bodies. These regulations, besides prescribing the various provisions, also allow
freedom to adopt appropriate practices in lines with the approach to the human
settlement,bothurbanandregional.Thesecanbe:
Developmentplansforitszonalplanningandbuildingdesign,
Firesafetyprovisions,
Environmentalandgeographicalvariation,
Protectionandimprovementoflocalenvironment,
Socioeconomicconsiderations,
Towardsthecreationofsustainablehumansettlements.
As per the National Building Codes, 2005, Technological and socioeconomic

developments in recent times have led to remarkable increase in demand for more
andmoresophisticationinbuildingsresultingineverincreasingcomplexities.These
perforcedemandhighlevelsofinputsfromprofessionalsofdifferentdisciplinessuch
as architecture, civil engineering, structural engineering, functional and life safety
services including special aspects relating to utilities, landscaping, etc in
conceptualization, spatial planning, design and construction of buildings of various
material and technology streams, with due regard to various services including
operation,maintenance,repairsandrehabilitationaspectsthroughouttheservicelife
ofthebuilding.
Apartfromthegivengeneralregulations,energyefficiencyinthebuildingbyelawsto
be adopted as per Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC) was launched by
MinistryofPowerinMay2007.Itsetsminimumperformancestandardsforbuildings
to promote energy efficiency. The National Building Code 2005 focuses on energy
efficiencyinthefollowing:
UseofPozzolonainconcreteproduction
Daylightintegration(indoorlightinglevelstobemetviadaylighting)
Artificiallightingrequirementsforindoorspaces
Ventilationstandards(naturalandmechanical)foroptimalhumanhealthandwellbeing.
Electricalstandards(minimumpowerfactor,allowancesfordiversityetc)
SelectHVACdesignnorms.
India being a large country with variations from region to region, these regulations
may be followed for the regulating development in the settlement which under no
jurisdiction or in case of absence of any statutory plan to meet the requirements of
differentregionsofthecountry.
381
9.1.
SimplifiedUrbanLanduseClassification
Table9.1: SimplifiedUrbanLanduseClassification
LevelI
N
AN
1.
LevelII
UseCategory
AN
UseZone
Residential
11
R1
PrimaryResidentialZone
12
R2
Unplanned/InformalResidentialZone
2.
Commercial
21
C1
RetailShoppingZone
22
C2
GeneralBusinessandCommercialDistrict/Centres
23
C3
Wholesale,Godowns,Warehousing/Regulated
Markets
24
C4
ServiceSector
25
C5
Regulated/Informal/WeeklyMarkets(TCPOStudy
onZoningRegulations)
3.
Industry
31
I1
ServiceandLightIndustry
32
I2
ExtensiveandHeavyIndustry
33
I3
SpecialIndustrialZoneHazardous,Noxiousand
Chemical
4.
PS
Publicand
SemiPublic
41
PS1
Govt./SemiGovt./PublicOffices
42
PS2
Govt.Land(useundetermined)
43
PS3
PoliceHeadquarter/Station,PoliceLine
44
PS4
EducationalandResearch
45
PS5
MedicalandHealth
46
PS6
SocialCulturalandReligious(inc.Cremationand
BurialGrounds)
47
PS7
UtilitiesandServices
5.
MixedUse
51
M1
MixedIndustrialuseZone
52
M2
MixedResidentialZone
53
M3
MixedCommercialZone
6.
Recreational
61
P1
Playgrounds/Stadium/SportsComplex
62
P2
Parks&GardensPublicopenspaces
63
P3
Multiopenspace(Maidan)
7.
Transportation
and
Communication
71
T1
Roads/BRTS
72
T2
Railways/MRTS/
73
T3
Airport
74
T4
SeaportsandDockyards
382
LevelI
N
AN
LevelII
UseCategory
AN
UseZone
75
T5
BusDepots/TruckTerminalsandfreightComplexes
76
T6
TransmissionandCommunication
8.
Primary
Activity
81
PA1
Agriculture
82
PA2
Forest&Horticulture
83
PA3
PoultryandDairyFarming
84
PA4
RuralSettlements
85
PA5
BrickKilnandExtractiveAreas
86
PA6
Others(fishing,potteryetc.)
9.
Protectiveand
UndevelopableUse
Zone
91
E1
WaterBodies
92
E2
SpecialRecreationZone/ProtectiveAreassuchas
sanctuaries/reserveforestsandEcosensitivezone
93
E3
UndevelopableUseZone
10.
SpecialArea
101
S1
OldBuiltup(Core)Area
102
S2
HeritageandConservationAreas
103
S3
ScenicValueAreas
104
S4
GovernmentRestrictedArea(suchasDefence)
105
S5
OtherUses/SpotZone*
N:NumericCode
AN:AlphaNumericCode
Source: UDPFIGuidelines,1996&varioussourcesincludingStudyonZoningRegulation,TCPO,2004.
Notes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Overall, there could be 43 use zones at the Development Plan level within 10 land use
categoriesatthePerspectivePlanlevelasgivenintheabovetable.
AreasofinformalactivitiesmaybeidentifiedintheabovelandusecategoriesatLevelIIfor1
to7LevelIUseZonesonly.
Mixed use zone shall be identified at the Development Plan level, having dominant use and
mixeduse.
Usepermissionsfordifferentactivities,asspecifiedinthenextsectiononSimplifiedUseZone
Regulations can be provided at the project/action plan level or with the approval of the
StatutoryAuthorityasthecasemaybe.
*The process of changing/relaxing/modifying land use of part or Spot of a zone in a
particular land use is termed as Spot Zoning. Spot Zoning can be done for comparatively
smaller area in a particular land use zone in such a way that it does not affect the overall
DevelopmentPlan.
Usezoneregulationsfortheusepermissibility(fromthesuggestivelist)couldbedecidedby
thetownplannerdependingupontherequirement/feasibility.
Appropriatecodeintermsofbothnumericalandalphabetic(letter)areprovidedtofacilitate
thereferenceandtohaveasimplifiedproceduretofollow.
383
9.2.
SimplifiedUrbanLanduseZoningRegulations
Buildings and premises listed below are Permitted normally on specific

sites/locations forming part of the Regional Plan, Development plan, LAPs, Annual
planandProjects.However,thisisasuggestedlistwhichcouldbefurtherenhanced
orreduced,asthecasemaybe,dependingonthesizeofthecity/town,characteristics
andotherrelevantfactors.Thelistalsocontainsthebuildings/premiseswhichcould
beallowedonanapplicationtotheCompetentAuthorityifsuchsitesdonotformpart
of the Regional Plan, Development plan, LAPs, Annual plan and Projects. Such
use/activity is termed as Restricted. The uses/activities which are otherwise not
allowed in a particular use zone are termed as Prohibited. The activities shall be
proposedinthelandusebasedonitscompatibilitywithsurroundinglandusesand
widthoftheapproachroadasthecasemaybe.
1) RESIDENTIAL(R)
TheResidentialUseZonecanbesubdividedinto
1. PrimaryResidentialZone:R1
2. Unplanned/InformalresidentialZone:R2
TheactivitiesPermitted,RestrictedandProhibitedinResidentiallandusezoneshall
beasgivenbelow:
Residence plotted, (detached, semidetached and row housing) group housing
houses, residential flat, residentialcumwork, hostels, boarding and lodging
(accommodation for transit employees of Govt./ Local Bodies) houses, barat ghar/
marriagehall,communityhall,oldagehome,policepost,guesthouses,crches,day
care centre, convenience shopping centres, local (retail shopping), medical clinic,
dispensaries, nursing home and health centres (20 bed), dispensary for pets and
animals, professional offices, educational buildings: (nursery, primary, high school,
college), school for mentally/ physically challenged, research institutes, community
centres, religious premises , library, gymnasium, park/totlots, plant nursery,
technicaltrainingcentre,yogacentres/healthclinics,exhibitionandartgallery,clubs,
banks/ ATM, police stations, taxi stand/three wheeler stands, bus stops, electrical
distribution depot, water pumping station, post offices, hostels of noncommercial
nature,kindergartens,publicutilitiesandbuildingsexceptserviceandstorageyards.
RestrictedUses/Activities
Dharamshala,foreignmissions,nightshelters,petrolpumps,motorvehiclerepairing
workshop/garages,householdindustry,bakeriesandconfectionaries,storageofLPG
gas cylinders, burialgrounds, restaurants and hotels, printing press, go
downs/warehousing, bus depots without workshop, cinema hall, auditoriums,
markets for retail goods, weekly markets (if not obstructing traffic circulation and
openduringnonworkinghours),informalmarkets,multipurposeorjuniortechnical
shops,transientvisitorscamp,municipal,stateandcentralgovernmentoffices.
384
Uses/ActivitiesProhibited
Heavy,largeandextensiveindustries:noxious,obnoxiousandhazardousindustries,
warehousing, storage godowns of perishables, hazardous, inflammable goods,
workshops for buses etc., slaughterhousing wholesale mandis, hospitals treating
contagious diseases, sewage treatment plant/disposal work, water treatment plant,
solidwastedumpingyards,outdoorgamesstadium,indoorgamesstadium,shooting
range, zoological garden, botanical garden, bird sanctuary, picnic hut, international
conferencecentre,courts,sportstrainingcentre,reformatory,districtbattalionoffice,
forensicsciencelaboratory.
2) COMMERCIALUSE(C)
TheCommercialzonecanbesubdividedinto
1. RetailShoppingZone:C1
2. GeneralBusinessandCommercialDistrict/Centres:C2
3. Wholesale,Godowns,Warehousing/Regulatedmarkets:C3
4. ServiceSector:C4and
5. Regulated/Informal/Weeklymarkets:C5
TheactivitiesPermitted,RestrictedandProhibitedinCommerciallandusezoneshall
beasgivenbelow:
PermittedUse/Activity
Shops, convenience/neighbourhood shopping centre, local shopping centres,
professionaloffices,workplaces/offices,banks,stockexchange/financialinstitution,
bakeriesandconfectionaries,cinemahall/theatre,malls,banquethalls,guesthouses,
restaurants, hotels, weekly market, petrol pumps, godowns and warehousing,
generalbusiness,wholesale,residentialplotgrouphousing,hostel/boardinghousing,
hostel, banks/ ATM, restaurants, auditoriums, colleges, nursing homes/medical
clinics, pet clinics, religious places, offices/work places, commercial centres,
research/training institute, commercial service centres/garages/workshop,
baratghar/nightshelter,weekly/formalmarkets,library,parks/openspace,museum,
police stations/post, taxi stand/three wheeler stands, parking site, post offices,
government/ institutional offices, telephone exchange/centres, warehousing and
coveredstorage,researchinstitutions.
Nonpollution, nonobnoxious light industries, warehousing/storage godowns of
perishable, inflammable goods, coal, wood, timber yards, bus and truck depots, gas
installation and gas works, polytechniques and higher technical institutes, junk
yards, water treatment plant, railway yards/stations, sports/stadium and public
utility installation, hotel and transient visitors homes, religious buildings, hospitals
andnursinghomes.
385
Uses/ActivitiesProhibited
Dwellings except those of service apartment, essential operational, watch and ward
personnel,heavy,extensive,noxious,obnoxious,hazardousand extractiveindustrial
units, hospitals/research laboratories treating contagious diseases, poultry
farms/dairy farms, slaughterhouses, sewage treatment/disposal sites, agricultural
uses,storageofperishableandinflammablecommodities,quarryingofgravel,sand,
clay and stone, zoological garden, botanical garden, bird sanctuary, picnic hut,
international conference centre, courts, sports training centre, reformatory, district
battalion office,forensic science laboratory and all other activitieswhich may cause
nuisanceandarenoxiousandobnoxiousinnature.
3) INDUSTRIALUSEZONE
TheIndustrialUseZonecanbesubdividedinto
1. ServiceandLightIndustry:I1
2. ExtensiveandHeavyIndustry:I2
3. SpecialIndustrialZoneHazardous,NoxiousandChemical:I3
TheactivitiesPermitted,RestrictedandProhibitedinIndustriallandusezoneshallbe
asgivenbelow:
PermittedUse/Activity
Residentialbuildingforessentialstaffandforwatchandwardpersonnel,allkindof
industries, public utilities, parking, loading, unloading spaces, warehousing, storage
and depot of nonperishable and noninflammable commodities and incidental use,
cold storage and ice factory, gas godowns, cinema, bus terminal, bus depot and
workshop,wholesalebusinessestablishments,petrolfillingstationswithgarageand
servicestations,parksandplaygrounds,medicalcentres,restaurants.
Noxious, obnoxious and hazardous industries except storage of perishable and
inflammablegoods,junkyards,sports/stadium/playgrounds,sewagedisposalworks,
electric power plants, service stations, cemeteries, government/semi
government/private business offices, bank and financial institutions, helipads,
hospitals/medical centres, religious buildings, taxi stands, gas installations and gas
works, animal racing or riding stables, workshops/garages, dairy and farming,
quarryingofgravel,sand,clayorstone.
ProhibitedUses/Activities
Residential dwellings other than those essential operational, service and watch and
wardstaff,schoolsandcolleges,hotels,motelsandcaravanparks,recreationalsports
or centres, other nonindustrial related activities, religious buildings, irrigated and
sewagefarms,majoroildepotandLPGrefillingplants,commercialoffice,educational
institutions,socialbuildings.
386
4) PUBLICANDSEMIPUBLICUSEZONE(PS)
ThePublicandSemiPublicusezonecanbesubdividedinto
1. Govt./SemiGovt./PublicOffices:PS1
2. Govt.landuse:PS2
3. PoliceHeadquarter/Station.Policeline:PS3
4. EducationalandResearch:PS4
5. MedicalandHealth:PS5
6. SocioCulturalandReligious(incl.CremationandBurialGrounds:PS6and
7. UtilitiesandServices:PS7
TheactivitiesPermitted,RestrictedandProhibitedinPublicandSemiPublicusezone
shallbeasgivenbelow:
PermittedUses/Activities
Government offices, central, state, local and semi government, public undertaking
offices, defence court, universities and specialised educational institute, polytechnic,
colleges,schools,nurseryandkindergarten(nottobelocatednearhospitalorhealth
carefacility),researchanddevelopmentcentres,socialandwelfarecentres,libraries,
social and cultural institutes, religious buildings/centres, conference halls,
community halls, barat ghar, dharamshala, guest house, museum/art galleries,
exhibition centres, auditoriums, open air theatre, recreational club, playground,
banks, police station/police posts, police lines, police headquarters, jails, fire
stations/fire posts, post and telegraph, public utilities and buildings, solid waste
dumping grounds/sites, post offices, local state and central government offices and
use for defence purposes, bus and railway passenger terminals, public utility and
buildings,localmunicipalfacilities,usesincidentaltogovernmentofficesandfortheir
use,monuments,radiotransmitterandwirelessstations,telecommunicationcentre,
telephoneexchange,hospitals,healthcentres,nursinghomes,dispensariesandclinic.
RestrictedActivities/Uses
Residential flat and residential plot for group housing for staff employees, hostels,
water supply installations, sewage disposal works, service stations, railway
stations/yards, bus/truck terminals, burial grounds, cremation grounds and
cemeteries/graveyards, warehouse/storage godowns, helipads, commercial
uses/centres,otheruses/activities.
5) Prohibited Uses/Activities
Heavy, extensive and other obnoxious, hazardous industries, slaughterhouses, junk
yards, wholesale mandis, dairy and poultry farms, farmhouses, workshop for
servicing and repairs, processing and sale of farm product and uses not specifically
permittedherein.
6) MIXEDUSEZONE(M)
TheMixeduseZonecanbesubdividedinto
387
1. MixedIndustrialuse:M1
2. MixedResidentialuse:M2
3. MixedCommercialuse:M3
Theactivitiespermissible,restrictedandprohibitedshallasgivenbelow.
In M1 Zone activities falling within non polluting industry/ service industry
(dominant landuse) categories can coexist with maximum up to 2030% of
commercial,institutional,recreationalandresidentiallanduse.
In M2 Zone all activities falling within permitted residential land use (dominant
landuse) shall be minimum 60% and to coexist with commercial, institutional,
recreational.
In M3 Zone all activities falling within permitted commercial, institutional land use
(dominant landuse) shall be minimum 60% and to coexist with residential,
recreationalandnonpollutingandhouseholdindustry.
Activitiesrelatedtocommercial,institutionalandresidentiallanduseinM1Zoneand
nonpolluting industrial landuse in M2 Zone can be increased to between 2050%
dependingonthecontextualandlocationalfeasibilityofthearea.
Allotheractivitiesespeciallyindustrialwhicharepolluting innatureandwhichwill
haveanadverseimpactontheoverallactivitiesofthiszone
Note: Mixed landuse to be well defined by the Development control body by
prescribing the limits on the use of activity based on the abutting road width,
compatible uses, plots size, ground coverage, FAR/FSI, density, any other urban
designguideline.
7) RECREATIONALUSEZONE(P)
TheRecreationalUseZonecanbesubdividedinto
1. Playgrounds/Stadium/SportsComplex:P1
2. ParksandGardensPublicopenspaces:P2and
3. Multiopenspace(Maidan):P3
TheactivitiesPermitted,RestrictedandProhibitedinRecreationalUseZoneshallbe
asgivenbelow:
Regional parks, district parks, playgrounds, children traffic parks,
botanical/zoological garden, bird sanctuary, clubs, stadiums (indoor), outdoor
stadiums with/ without health centre for players and staff, picnic huts, holiday
388
resorts, shooting range, sports training centres, specialized parks/maidans for

multiuse, swimming pool, special recreation and special educational areas, , library,
publicutilities.
Buildingandstructuresancillarytousepermittedinopenspacesandparkssuchas
stand for vehicles on hire, taxis and scooters, bus and railway passenger terminals,
facilities such as police post, fire post, post and telegraph office, commercial use of
transitnaturelikecinema,circusandothershows,publicassemblyhalls,restaurants
andcaravanparks,sportsstadium,openaircinemas.
Anybuildingorstructurewhichisnotrequiredforopenairrecreation,dwellingunit
exceptforwatchandwardpersonnelandusesnotspecificallypermittedtherein.
8) TRANSPORTANDCOMMUNICATIONUSEZONE(T)
Thetransportandcommunicationusezonecanbesubdividedinto
1. Roads/BRTS:T1
2.Railway/MRTS:T2
3.Airport:T3
4.Seaports/Dockyard:T4
5.Busdepots/truckterminalsandfreightcomplexes:T5
6.TransmissionandCommunicationT6
TheactivitiesPermitted,RestrictedandProhibitedinTransportandCommunication
usezoneshallbeasgivenbelow:
Roadtransportterminals(busterminalsanddepots),goodsterminals,parkingareas,
circulations, airportsbuilding and infrastructure, truck terminal, motor garage,
workshop,repairandrepairshopandfacilitiessuchasnightshelter,boardinghouse,
banks, restaurants, booking offices, transmission centre, wireless station, radio and
televisionstation,observatoryandweatheroffice.
Any other use/activity incidental to transport and communication, residential
dwellingunitsforessentialstaffandwatchandwardpersonnel.
Use/activity not specifically permitted herein. In vicinity of airports: butcheries,
tanneries and solid waste disposal sites shall be prohibited within 10 km from the
AerodromeReferencePoint(ARP)
389
9) PRIMARYACTIVITYUSEZONE
PrimaryActivitycanbesubdividedinto
1. Agriculture:PA1
2.Forest:PA2
3.Poultryanddairyfarming:PA3
4.Ruralsettlements:PA4
5.Brickkilnandextractiveareas:PA5
6.Others(fishing,potteryetc.):PA6
TheactivitiesPermitted,RestrictedandProhibitedinPrimary Activityzoneshallbe
asgivenbelow:
Dwelling for the people engaged in the farm (rural settlement), farmhouses and
accessory buildings, agriculture, horticulture and forestry, poultry, piggeries and
dairy farm, cottage industries, storage, processing and sale of farm produce, petrol
andotherfuelfillingstations,fishing,publicutilityandfacilitybuildings.
Farm houses, extensive industry, brick kilns, sewage disposal works, electric power
plant, quarrying of gravel, sand, clay or stone, service industries accessory to
obnoxious and hazardous industries, school and library, temple, churches, mosques
andotherreligiousbuildings,milkchillingstationsandpasteurisationplants.
Residentialuseexceptthoseancillaryusespermittedinagriculturalusezone,heavy
extensive,noxious,obnoxiousandhazardousindustries,anyactivitywhichiscreating
nuisanceandisobnoxiousinnature.
10)
PROTECTEDANDUNDEVELOPABLEUSEZONE
Theprotectiveandundevelopableusezoneshallbesubdividedinto
1. Waterbodies:E1
2. SpecialRecreationZone/ProtectiveAreassuchassanctuaries/reserveforestsandEco
sensitivezone:E2
3. Undevelopableusezone:E3
Undevelopable use zone shall be identified as all earthquake/landslide prone, cliffs

and environmentally hazardous area, areas adjacent to fault lines, areas with slope
higherthan45degree(NBC),floodplainandareasadjacenttomajordrainagelines191
forgeneralguidance,otherareasidentifiedbyStateDisaster ManagementAuthority
andalltheenvironmentallysensitiveareas.
191
AizawlMasterPlan
390
EcoSensitive Zones: Guidelines for declaration of Ecosensitive zones around

National Parks and Wildlife Sanctuaries, has provided the extent of ecosensitive
zonesasfollowing:
Many of the existing protected areas have already undergone tremendous
development in close vicinity to their boundaries. Some of the protected areas
actually lying in the urban setup (Eg. Guindy National Park, Tamil Naidu, Sanjay
GandhiNationalPark,Maharashtra,etc.).Therefore,definingtheextentoftheeco
sensitivezonesaroundprotectedareaswillhavetobekeptflexibleandprotected
areaspecific.Thewidthoftheecosensitivezoneandtypeofregulationswilldiffer
fromprotectedareatoprotectedarea.However,asageneralprinciplethewidth
of the ecosensitive zone could go upto 10 Kms around a protected area as
providedintheWildlifeConservationStrategy2002.
Incasewheresensitivecorridors,connectivityandecologicallyimportantpatches,
crucial for landscape linkages, are even beyond 10 Kms width, these should be
includedintheecosensitivezone.
Further,evenincontextofaparticularprotectedarea,thedistributionofanarea
ofecosensitivezoneandtheextantofregulationmaynotbeuniformallaround
anditcouldbeofvariablewidthandextent.
11)
SPECIALAREAS(S)
Inadditiontothevarioususes/activities,permitted,restrictedonapplicationtothe
CompetentAuthorityandprohibited,listedundervarioususezones,zonemayalsobe
specified keeping in view the special characteristic of such areas/pockets. This may
comprise of old builtup areas having mixed land use: S1, areas of historical or
archaeological importance having historical monuments and architecturally
importantbuildings:S2,areasofscenicvalue:S3,whichneedtobepreservedwithout
spoilingthecharacterbyputtingupvariouskindsofstructures,thearearestrictedfor
developmentbyGovernment:S4,oritmaybeareaunderotheruses/spotzones:S5.
Therefore, it is necessary that use/activity permissibility in special areas should be
carefully thought of in the development plan while formulated, keeping in view the
predominantandcompatibleactivitiesofaspecificuse,ofwhichsuchaspecialareais
apartof.
391
9.3.
PlotRequirementRegulationsinLandusezones
9.3.1. MeansofAccess192
Everybuilding/plotshallabutonapublic/privatemeansofaccesslikestreets/roads.
A. ResidentialBuildings
Plotswhichdonotabutonstreet/roadshallbeprovidedwithminimumwidthcorresponding
tothelengthofthemeansofaccessasgivenintablebelow:
Table9.2: WidthandLengthofMeansofAccessforResidentialPlots
WidthofMeansof
Access(m)
LengthofMeansof
Access(m)
1.
6.0
75
2.
7.5
150
3.
9.0
250
4.
12.0
400
5.
18.0
1000
6.
24.0
Above1000
Sr.No.
Source:
OtherControls
Developmentonplotshallnotbepermitted
withoutaminimum6mwidthofaccessroad.
Ifdevelopmentisonlyononesideofthemeansof
access,theprescribedwidthsmaybereducedby
1mineachcase.
NBC,2005.
B. OtherBuildings
For plot development of uses other than residential, the following minimum width
correspondingtothelengthofthemeansofaccessshallbefollowed:
Table9.3: WidthandLengthofMeansofAccessforplotsotherthanresidential
WidthofMeansof
Access(m)
LengthofMeansof
Access(m)
1.
12.0
200
2.
15.0
400
3.
18.0
600
4.
24.0
above600
Sr.No.
Source:
OtherControls
Thewidthofthemeansofaccessshallnotbeless
thantheinternalaccesswaysinlayoutsand
subdivision.
NBC,2005.
OtherControls:
1) Pathway:ApproachtoabuildingfromPublicStreet/road/meansofaccessshallbethrougha
pavedpathwayofminimumwidth1.5m,provideditslengthisnotmorethan30m.
2) No premises other than highway amenities like petrol pumps, motels etc. shall have direct
accessfromhighwaysandotherroadsminimumwidthof52m.
3) For high rise buildings and buildings other than residential, the following additional
provisionsshallbeensured:
a) Thewidthoftheabuttingmainstreetshallnotbelessthan12mandoneendofthisstreet
shalljoinanotherstreetnotlessthan12minwidth.
b) Theapproachtothebuildingandopenspacesonallsidesupto6mwidthandthelayout
shallbedoneinconsultationwithChiefFireOfficerofthecity.
c) Themainentrancetotheplotshallbeofminimum6mwidthtoalloweasyaccesstofire
engine.
192
NBC2005Part3,Pg13.
392
9.3.2. AreaandHeightLimitations193
ThelimitationofareaandheightofbuildingsshallbespecifiedintermsofFloorArea
Ratio(FAR).TheFARshalltakeintoaccountthefollowingaspects:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
PopulationDensity
OccupancyClass
Typesofconstruction
Widthofstreetfrontingthebuildingandthetrafficload
Localitywherethebuildingisproposedandthedensity
Parkingfacilities
Localfirefightingfacilities
Watersupplyanddrainagefacilities
Earthpronezone
Landusezone
Carryingcapacity(estimatedpopulationonabovebasedinputs)
9.3.2.1. ModelforFlexibleFAR194
Normally maximum permissible FARs are specified for various use premises in the
Master Plan. No construction beyond permissible FAR is allowed except additional
5% which may be compounded i.e. permitted with penalties generally to
accommodateconstructiondeficiency.SincetheallotmentisbasedonFARsanditis
generallyrevisedupwardsoveraperiodoftimeaspartofextensivemodificationto
the Master Plan, the concept of additional FAR charges is provided for (for the
differencebetweentheFARatthetimeofallotmentandthepermissibleFAR)witha
viewtorecoverpartofthecostforaugmentationofessentialservices.
Withaviewtoprovideflexibilityandalsotoutilizethescarceurbanlandoptimally
additionalFAR,asprovidedintheMasterPlanmayalsobeexaminedonasitebased
upon its Additional FAR Factor which is a product of creativity and context.
Creativity can be defined by design parameters such as urban form, parking
provision, pedestrian safety, concern for the poor through induced informal
activities, and provisions for evacuation during an emergency due to disaster
(forexample,DelhifallsintheZone5).Italsoincludestheimpactofthedesignon
essential services and environment. As a principle, the additional FAR should not
resultinanegativeimpactontheessentialservicesandenvironment.
Locationalattributes,ofthesitebeingassignedadditionalFAR,refertoitslocation
withrespecttolanduseasgivenintheapprovedMaster/Zonal/LayoutPlan(asthe
casemaybe),accessibility,levelofcongestionontheapproachroad,andnearnessto
aheritagebuilding(ifany).
193
NBC2005part3Pg26.
194
Source: An Innovative Approach to Structured Spatial Transformation: Case Delhi, Dr.S.P.Bansal,Journal Spatioeconomic
DevelopmentRecord(SDR)Volume19,No.1,JanFeb.,2012.
393
TakingintoaccountthecreativityandcontexttheAdditionalFARFactorofasitecan
beexpressedas:
AdditionalFARFactor
=
Creativityxcontext
=
designparametersxlocationalattributes
=a+b+c+d+em.n.o.p.(1)
x+y
Where:
a=Parkingprovisionvalue
b=Disasteremergencyprovisionvalue
c=UrbanFormvalue
d= PedestrianSafetyvalue
e=Inducedinformalactivitiesvalue
x= Impactonessentialservicesvalue
y= Impactonenvironmentvalue
m=LandUsevalue
n=Accessibility(Rightofwayoftheapproachroad)value
o= Congestion(Mobilityindexintermsoftravelspeed)value
p=HeritageValue
AssignmentofValues
ForfindingtheAdditionalFARFactor,thevariousvaluesareassignedintheEquation
(1)onthefollowingbasis:
a = Parking provision: Based on design efficiency of parking provisions made. If
parkingprovisionsaremadeoverandabovethenormsthenitcouldbe0.2;ifasper
norms0.1&iflessthannormsitwouldbe0.
b = Disaster emergency provision value: For disaster emergency evacuation
arrangements made in the design. The value may be given as 0.2 if all the
considerationsforsafety&disastermanagementintermsoffire,seismic,cycloneetc.
incorporated.Ifpartiallyincorporatedthanvaluecouldbe0.1&ifnotincorporatedit
wouldbe0.
c=UrbanFormvalue:Basedonheightandurbanform.Thevaluedependingupon
the location & expenditure on work of art @ at least 2% of the project cost and
fulfillmentofallthesocialcorporateresponsibilityitcouldbe0.2,ifpartiallyfulfilled
itcouldbe0.1&ifnotaddresseditmaybe0.
d = Pedestrian Safety value: Depending on the pedestrian safety considerations
made in the design. If the design has made all the provisions for conflict free
pedestrianmovementaswellasbarrierfreemovementforphysicallychallengedthe
value could be 0.2; if partial provisions are made 0.1 and if no provisions made it
couldbe0.
e=Inducedinformalactivitiesvalue: Depending on the induced informal activity
and designconsiderations made. If spaces for various informal sector activities e.g.
taxi stand,petty trades, servicing etc. are provided the value could be 0.2; if partial
provisionsaremadeitcouldbe0.1&ifnoprovisionsaremadeitwouldbe0.
x = Impact on essential services value: (e.g. water, waste water, power, waste
management etc.): If the design offers positive impacts the value could be between
0.4to0.5;iftherearenoimpacts(i.e.businessasusual)thevaluebe0.5andifthe
impactsarenegativethevaluewouldbebetween0.5to0.6.
394
y=Impactonenvironmentvalue: (In terms of carbon credits and green building

designconcepts):Iftheimpactsarepositivethevaluecouldbebetween0.4to0.5;if
therearenoimpacts(i.e.businessasusual)thevaluebe0.5;andiftherearenegative
impactsitwouldbebetween0.5to0.6.
m=LandUsevalue:Forriverbed,regionalpark/ridge&LBZareathevaluemay
be 0, for other conforming land uses it could be 1;and in case of redevelopment,
facilitycorridorandTODareawithconforminglandusethevaluecouldbe1.5.
n=Accessibility(Rightofwayoftheapproachroad)value: For roads less than
18mts.thevaluecouldbeconsideredat0,forroadsbetween18to30mtr.itistobe
0.5;andforroadsabove30mtr.thevaluecouldbeas1.
o=Congestion(Mobilityindexintermsoftravelspeedontheapproachroad)
value:Ifitislessthan10km/h.itmaybetakenas0,ifthespeedisbetween10to15
km/hitmaybe0.5andifitis25km/hormoreitmaybeconsideredas1.
p = Heritage Value: If the distance between the location and the protected
monument is less than 100 mtr. the value is 0, if the distance between plot and
protectedmonumentisbetween100300mtr.itis 0.5 and ifit morethan 300mtr.
thevalueis1.
Example
As per MPD2021 for hospital B (201500 bed) Master Plan provides coverage of 30% +
additional 5% for multi level parking (not to be included in FAR), FAR 200 and height of 37 mtr.,
parking standard @ 2 ECS/ sqmt. of floor area. In view of repeated request of hospital industry for
grantofhigherFARtocopeupwiththerisingcostofprovidingspecializedhealthcareandtomake
theconstructionandoperationofhospitalsviable;locationspecificrequestforadditionalFARcouldbe
examined using the above formula. If the hospital plot is located in River Bed, Regional Park or LBZ
areaoritfacesroadlessthan18mtr.inanyotherarea,wherethetravelspeedislessthan10km/h
and the plot is at a distance less than 100 mtr. from notified protected monument; the request for
additionalFARcanberejectedasthevalueofm,n,oandpwouldbezeroandthenetadditionalFAR
factorwouldbezerotoo.However,inothercircumstancesbasedonthelocationwherethevalueofis
notzeroandthedesignparametersareworkedoutinsuchawaythatthemaximumpermissiblevalue
ofm,n,oandparescoredi.e.a,b,c,dandeeachhasavalueof0.2andthevalueofxandyare0.4
each,theadditionalFARfactorcouldbemaximumi.e.andthevalueofx&yare0.4eachcouldbe1.25
(10.8)atanylocationor1.87(1.251.5)atlocationformingpartofredevelopment,TOD&facility
corridor,therebywiththepermissibleFARcouldberaisedto250or374,insteadof200asassigned
in the Master Plan. This, however, would be subject to seeking all mandatory clearances from the
concerned statutory bodies, NOC from local service providing agencies and depositing an additional
FARchargeasperrules.
Source:Dr.S.P.Bansal
9.3.2.2. ModelforPurchaseableFAR195
ProvisionofpurchasableFARinGroupHousing,Commercial,Institutional,Industrial,
Sportandamusementcomplex,recreationalgreensandLowDensitySportsplotmay
beconsidered,where:
(i)
ThePlotsexiston24mtrs.andabovewideroad.
(ii) Theconstructionhasnotstarted,or
(iii) The allottee wants to construct a new additional building within the limits of
permissiblegroundcoverage,or
(iv) Theallotteewantstoconstructnewbuildingonthevacantplot,or
195
Source:TheGreaterNOIDAIndustrialAreaDevelopmentRegulations,2010
395
(v)
The allottee has already constructed building within purchasable F.A.R limits,
or
(vi) Purchaseable F.A.R may be allowed on minimum 18.0mtrs. road width and
aboveroadwidthforinstitutionalandindustrialuse.
Explanation: The Purchasable FAR shall be allowed up to the maximum limit of the
applicableFARintheBuildingRegulations.
PurchasableFARshallbeallowedwiththefollowingprovision/conditions:
(i)NoconstructionshallbeallowedbeyondthelimitofmaximumpermissiblegroundCoverage.
(ii)Parkingfacilitiesshallbeprovidedwithintheplotaspertheprovisionsofthebuildingbylaws.
(iii) No objection certificate from the Airport Authority of India/ Competent Authority shall be
obtainedfortheheightofthebuilding.
(iv) Structure design duly checked and verified by the I.I.T/ N.I.T./ Government Engineering College
shallbesubmittedalongwiththeproposalincasewhereadditionalfloorsarebeingproposed.
(v)NoobjectioncertificatefromFireSafetyandEnvironmentalClearanceshallbeobtainedfromthe
CompetentAuthorities.
(vi) Purchasable FAR shall be applicable only on the basis of assessment of planned and available
physicalinfrastructure.
(vii)UseofpurchaseableFARshallbegovernedbythetermsandconditionsofleasedeed.
(viii) In case where purchasable FAR is allowed, the Authority shall permit increase in the height of
buildingasperrequirement.
(ix) Additional Proportionate residential units shall be allowed on the purchaseable FAR for Group
Housing.
Note:
(i)PurchasableFARisanenablingprovision.ItshallnotbeallowedtoanyAllotteeasamatterofright.
(ii) With the consideration of Traffic density, conditions of approach road, availability of physical
infrastructure, distance from the protected area and heritage sites or in the light of planning the
Authoritymayidentifythezones/areaswherepurchasableFARshallnotbeallowed.
(iii)Incaseofmixedlandusepermittedinanypocket/plot:
(a) Permissible FAR for various uses shall be as applicable for respective use including the
purchasableFAR
(b) The total FAR in the pocket/plot shall be subject to the overall permissible FAR for the
pocket/plot.
(c) PurchasableFARshallbecalculatedonthebasisoftheFARoftheindividualuseswithinthat
pocket/plot.
CalculationMethodfortherateofchargesofPurchasableFAR:
Rate assessment for purchasable FAR shall be calculated in proportion to the land requirement for
additionalbuiltuparea.TheFractionoflandvalueshallbechargedfromtheallotteeonthebasisof
followingformula:
C=LexRcxP
C=Charge
Le=ProportionateLandrequiredagainstpurchasableFAR,i.e.Fpx100/FAR
Fp=AllowedAdditionalcoveredarea(sq.mt.)asperpurchasableFAR.
FAR=PermissibleFloorAreaRatioasperBuildingRegulations.
Rc= Prevailing sector rate or allotment rate of related plot (on the basis of auction/sealed bid)
whicheverishigher.
P=ValueofpurchasableFactorisasfollows:
GroupHousing=0.40
Commercial=0.60
Institutional/Institutionalgreen*=0.30
Industrial=0.30
Green/sport/recreationalAreas=0.20
Note:
*(i)ThepurchasableFARininstitutionalgreenplotshallonlybepermissiblefortheinstitutionalusein
theplot.
396
(ii)ThepurchaseableFARshallbeallowedtoamaximumpermissibleFARallowedfortheparticular
use above the constructed building. If the allottee has done the construction before sanctioning, the
compoundingchargesofunsanctionedareashallbepayableattherateofRs.200/persqmts.These
compounding charges shall be over and above the fee charged for purchaseable FAR. In case of the
construction is beyond the limit of purchasable F.A.R the allottee will have to first remove the extra
constructionbeyondpermittedF.A.R.,thenallotteemaybeallowedtheextrapurchasableF.A.R.
(iii) The Authority may also allow additional ground coverage with purchaseable F.A.R upto the
maximumlimitof40%incommercialplotsofmorethan5000sq.mtr.areaonthebasisofadditional
charges.
AdditionalChargesforPurchasableGroundCoverageshallbecalculatedasfollows:
C=Lx0.30xR
C=Costofadditionalpurchasablegroundcoverage
L=Landrequiredundergroundcoverforadditionalgroundcoverage
R=Rateoflandpersq.mt.(currentreservepriceorauction/bid/allotmentratewhicheverishigher)
0.30isaconstantfactorforpurchasablegroundcoverage.
However,additionalcoveragewillnotconsideredinthesetbackarea
9.3.2.3. ModelforFloatingFAR:
ThestateofAndhraPradeshhasadoptedfloatingFARconcept.Themethodistoallowdevelopmentby
restricting/ regulating height of the building width of abutting road and plot sizes. This method is
basedonthecarryingcapacityanalysisoftheinfrastructureplanned.Inkeepingwiththenorminthe
provisionofinfrastructureadjustedtothepercentage,plotownersarepermittedtousetheadditional
FARonpaymentbasis.
Basis for increasing FAR: Carrying Capacity analysis tool is useful to rationalise fixation of FAR
includingincreaseingivenFAR.Twomajordeterminingfactorsshouldbeconsidered:
4. V/C(V=volume,C=capacity)
V/C:optimumlevelis0.8;itcanberelaxedupto0.9.Above0.9isdysfunctionaland1.0isnot
desirable.
5. LPCDofpipedwatersupply
Litrespercapitaperday(LPCD):theplannedLPCDshouldbeaspertheminimumofnormis135LPCD
set.However,thedensitytobecappedbytheDevelopment/MasterPlanasperthethreshold.
397
9.3.3. MinimumSetbacks
The setbacks in a building layout are provided subject to requirements of building
height,theventilationandfiresafetyrequirements.Setbackscanbeprovidedintwo
ways,i.e;
1) Based on plot sizes
2) Based on abutting road widths.
These two methods as described below may be adopted for providing setbacks. However, the
provisions shall also confirm to the local building bye-laws.
9.3.3.1. SetbacksbasedonPlotSizes
Thefollowingtablemaybereferredfordecidingtheminimumsetbacksfordifferent
sizeplotsinvarioususezones.Thesizeofplotsshould bedecidedaftertakinginto
account the provisions of National Housing Policy and Urban Land (Ceiling and
regulation)Act.Thesetbacks,ifnecessary,maybechangeddependinguponthelocal
situations and specified in the Development Plans and Building byelaws. Details
indicated in UDPFI Guidelines 1996 continue to be valid and are presented in the
tablebelow.
Table9.4: MinimumSetbacks
Sr.No. PlotSize(insqm)
Front(m)
Rear(m)
Side(m)
Side(m)
Plains
HillTowns
Plains
HillTowns
1.
Upto60
1.5
2.
Above60andupto150
1.5
3.
Above150&upto300
1.5
4.
Above300&upto500
5.
Above500&upto1000
6.
Above1000&upto2000
7.
Above2000&upto4000
8.
Above4000&upto10000
9.
Above10000
15
Source:
UDPFIGuidelines1996.
Notes:
1) In case the permitted coverage is not achieved with setbacks, the setbacks of the preceding
categorymaybefollowed.
2) Incasealayoutissanctionedwithmorethantheminimumprescribedsetbacks,thesameshall
befollowedinthesanctionofthebuildingplans.
3) Thebuildingplansanctioningauthoritymayrelaxsetbacksinspecialcircumstances.
4) IncaseofCompactcityplanning,themarginstobealtereduptoatleast50%.
398
9.3.3.2. SetbackswithrespecttoAbuttingRoadWidth196
Thenormsforsetback,asperNationalBuildingCode,areindicatedinthefollowing
tables:
A. Front Setback
Table9.5: FrontSetbackswithrespecttoAbuttingRoadWidth
Sr.No.
FrontSetback(m)
Widthofstreetfrontingtheplot(m)
Remarks
1.
1.5
Upto7.5
Forbuildingsuptoamaximumheightof7m
2.
3.0
7.5to18
3.
4.5
18to30
4.
6.0
Above30
Source:
NBC2005.
Note:Forstreetslessthan7.5minwidth,thedistanceofthebuilding(buildingline)shallbeatleast
5mfromthecentrelineofthestreet.
B. RearandSidesetbackforbuildingheightupto10m
Rearsetback:therearsetbackshallbeminimum1.8m
Sidesetback:thesidesetbackshallbeasfollows:
Fordetachedbuildings:Minimum3monbothsides,
Forsemidetachedbuildings:Minimum3mononeside,
Forrowtypebuildings:Nosidesetbackisrequired.
C. RearandSidesetbackforbuildingheightsabove10m
Table9.6: Rearandsidesetbackwithrespecttoabuttingroadwidth
Sr.No.
HeightofBuildings(m)
Sideandrearsetbacks(m)
1.
10
2.
15
3.
18
4.
21
5.
24
6.
27
7.
30
8.
OtherControls
Forbuildingsabove24minheight,the
minimumfrontsetbackshallbe6m.
Whereroomsdonotderivelightand
ventilationfromtheexterioropenspace,
thewidthofsuchspaceshallbereduced
by1msubjecttoaminimumof3mand
maximumof8m.
10
Alternativesetbacksfortowerlike
structures
35
11
9.
40
12
Uptoheightof24mwithonesetback:
Minimum6m
10.
45
13
Between24mand37.5mwithone
setback:Minimum9m
11.
50
14
12.
55andabove
16
Above37.5mwithtwosetbacks:
Minimum12m
Source:
NBC,2005.
Note:Thebuildingplansanctioningauthoritymayrelaxsetbacksinspecialcircumstancesand
increaseincaseofcompactcityandTODdevelopment.
196
NBC2005part3Pg23.
399
9.3.4. Activitiespermissibleinopenarea197
The open areas provided in the buildings can be used for the following permissible
activities:
a.
Garden, rockery, water well and well structures, plant nursery, water pool, swimming pool (if
uncovered),platformaroundatree,landscaping,tank,fountain,bench,chabutrawithopentop
andunenclosedonsidesbywallsandthelike.
Drainageculvert,conduit,catchpit,gullypit,chamber,gutterandthelike.
Compound wall, gate, unstoreyed porch and potico, canopy, slide, swing, uncovered staircase,
rampsareascoveredbychhajjaandthelike.
Watchmensbooth,suctiontankandpumphouse,garbageshaft,sanitaryblock,parkinglockup
garages,electriccabinorsubstationsandsuchotherutilitystructuresmeantfortheservicesof
thebuildingunderconsideration.
b.
c.
d.
9.3.5. DistancefromElectricLines198
Followingclearancesshallbemaintainedbetweenthebuildingandoverheadelectric
supplylineinaccordancewiththecurrentIndianElectricityRulesasamendedfrom
timetotime:
Table9.7: DistancesfromElectricLines
Sr.No.
Description
VerticalDistance(m)
HorizontalDistance(m)
1.
Lowandmediumvoltagelinesandservice
lines
2.5
1.2
2.
Highvoltagelinesuptoandincluding11kV
3.7
1.2
3.
Highvoltagelinesabove11kVandupto
andincluding33kV
3.7
2.0
4.
Extrahighvoltagelinebeyond33kV
3.7(plus0.3mforevery
additional33kVorpartthereof)
2.0(plus0.3mforevery
additional33kVorpart
thereof)
Source:
NBC,2005.
197
NBC2005.
198
NBC2005,Part3Pg22.
400
9.4.
Simplified Development Promotion Regulations for

SpecificlandUseZones
9.4.1. ResidentialUseZone
9.4.1.1. IndicativeDwellingunitSizes
TheminimumdwellingunitssizecouldvaryfromStatetoStateandregiontoregions,
owingtovariousfactors,includingtheterrainandsoltypeetc.However,athumbrule
couldbenotedfromthefollowingtable.
Table9.8: IndicativeMinimumDwellingUnitSizes
Numberofrooms
Source:
Dwellingunitsize(sqm)
1BHK
6080
2BHK
80120
3BHK
120160
4BHK
160200
5BHK
200260
NayaRaipurMasterPlan.
The residential areas are developed either as (a) plotted development or (b) group
housing/ flatted development. The density pattern i.e. (high density, high medium
density,lowmediumdensityorlowdensity)arefollowedforworkingoutthepattern
ofdevelopmentwithrespecttothesizeofplottonumberofdwellingunitsoneach
plot,setbacks,FARandthenumberofstoreys/heightofthebuilding.
9.4.1.2. PlottedDevelopment
Thelayoutplansforresidentialschemeareformulatedkeepinginviewthefollowing:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
Thattherewouldbesufficientlightandairinthebuildingswhenconstructed
Thattherewouldbeprotectionagainstnoise,dustandlocalhazards
Thattherewouldbesufficientopenspaceforvariousfamilyneeds
Thatthecirculationandaccessiseasyandissafefromaccidentpointofview
That,asfaraspossible,theplotsareofregularshapeandsizeand
These are logically arranged in a systematic manner so as to give a regular pattern of
developmentintheformofrowhouses,detachedandsemidetachedhousesandifnecessary
theregularbungalowtypesites.
Thesizeoftheplotwoulddependuponthenumberofdwellingunitstobepermitted
oneachplotandthetypeofthehousingneededforaparticularcitybasedongeneral
affordabilityofthepeople.Thefollowingtableissuggestedfordifferentsizeofplots
applicable, ground coverage, FAR, height and number of dwelling units for a
residentialarea:
401
Table9.9: PlottedHousing
S.No.
PlotArea(Sqm)
MaximumGroundCoverage(%)
FAR
MaximumHeight(m)
1.
30
75
150(350,MPD)
8(15,NBC)
2.
Above30upto50
75
150
8(15,NBC)
3.
Above50upto100
65
180
12
4.
Above100to250
65
180
12
5.
Above250to500
55
165
15
6.
Above500to1000
45
120
15
7.
Above1000to1500
40
100
15
8.
Above1500to3000
331/3
100(120,MPD)
15
Source:
Note:
1) In the already approved/developed plots the pattern of development should confirm to the
existingregulations.
2) Basement, if constructed, may be used for incidental use such as parking, servicing and
householdstorage.Itisnottobeusedasadwellingunit.
3) Theareaofthebasementshouldnotbemorethanthegroundcoverage.
4) Parkingaspertheprescribednormsshouldbeprovidedwiththeplotorprovisionshouldbe
madeinthelayoutplanwithoutaffectingthecirculationpattern.
5) 50%oftheopenareaoftheplotshouldbeusedforproperlandscapingandforplantation.
A. LowIncomeHousing199
For low income housing, the minimum plot size should not be less than 30 sqm.
Theguidelinesasgivenbelowshallbeadoptedforlowincomegrouphousing:
1) Itisrecommendedtoprovideclusterhousinginsteadofsingleroomdwelling.
2) The minimum plot size with ground coverage not exceeding 75%, shall be minimum 40
sqminsmallandmediumtownsandminimum30sqminmetropolitancities.
3) Plot sizes below 30 sqm and not less than 15 sqm may be permitted in case of cluster
planning.InsuchacasethegroundcoverageandFARcanbe100and200respectively.
4) Sizeofroom:Everydwellingunitshouldhaveatleasttwohabitablerooms,firstroomof
minimum 9 sqm and width of 2.5 m. Other room shall be min 6.5 sqm with minimum
widthof2.1mprovidedthetotalareaofboththeroomsshallnotbelessthan15.5sqm.
5) In case of single room tenements, the single multipurpose room shall be minimum 12.5
sqmcarpetarea.
6) The recommended density of dwelling units for low income housing may be as given
below:
Table9.10: Densitynormsforlowincomehousing
S.No.
TypeofDevelopment
1.
PlottedDevelopment
2.
MixedDevelopment
RangeofDensities
PopulationDensity(PPH)*
65120plotsperHa
2a)
SmallTowns
75100DUsperHa
335450
2b)
Cities
100125DUsperHa
450560
2c)
MetropolitanCities
125150DUsperHa
560675
Source: NBC:SpecialRequirementforLowIncomeHousinginUrbanAreas.
*calculated@4.5personsperdwelling
199
AnnexureC,NBC2005,pg43.
402
Theabovedwellingunitandpopulationdensityassuggestedcanbemodifiedinview
ofdevelopmentofGreenfieldcitieswhichshouldbebasedoncompactness.Therange
of density may be applicable with slight modification to suit the local condition in
brownfieldcities,especiallyincaseofredevelopment.
9.4.1.3. GroupHousing
Thenumberofdwellingunitsiscalculatedonthebasisofthedensitypatterngivenin
the development plan, taking into consideration a population of 4.5 persons per
dwellingunit,asinthetablebelow:
Table9.11: GroupHousing
S.No.
Minimumplot MaximumGround
FAR
size(sq.m)
Coverage(%)
Maximum
Height(m)
No.ofDUs
Plains
1.
3000
25to35
50175/ (Higher FAR

maybegivendepending
on the pattern of
development.
DUAC
study,2013suggestFAR
400inordertomeetthe
requirements)
Tobecalculatedonthebasisof 15forplot
thenetplotareaofaparticular sizesupto
neighbourhood.Thismayvary 4000sqm
between25DUsto175DUsper26mforplot
Ha(iftheFARisraisedbeyond sizes above
175thenumberofDUswill
4000sqm
varyaccordingly).
25to35
50 (Higher FAR may be

given depending on the
pattern of development
and should not exceed
175)
Tobecalculatedonthebasisof 15(forall
thenetplotareaofaparticular plotsizes)
neighbourhood.Thismayvary
between25DUsto175DUsper
Ha.
HillTowns
1.
5000
Source:
Note:
1) Basement, if constructed, is to be used for parking, servicing and for essential household
storageandforprovidingfacilitieswithoutcountinginFAR.
2) Thequantumofbasementmayvarybetween33%to50%oftheplotarea.
FARandGroundCoverageforGroupHousingbasedondensityinDUs/Ha:
Table9.12: FARandGroundCoverageforGroupHousing
Sr.No.
NetResidentialDensity
Average(inDUs/Ha)
MaximumGroundCoverage(%)
FAR
1.
25
25
0.50
2.
50
30
0.75
3.
75
33
0.90
4.
100
35
1.00
5.
125
35
1.25
6.
150
35
1.50
7.
175
35
1.75
Source:
NBC,2005.
OtherControls200:
a) Thesizeofthehabitableroomshouldbeminimumof9.5sqm,wherethereisonlyoneroom
withaminimumwidthof2.4m.Wheretherearetworooms,oneoftheseshallbeminimumof
9.5sqmandother7.5sqm,withaminimumwidthof2.1m.
200
NBC 2005 Part 3 page 30.
403
9.4.2. Commercial
Table9.13: NormsforCommercialCentres
Hierarchyof
Sr.No. Commercial
Centre
Maximum
Ground
Coverage(%)
Maximum
FAR
Maximum
Height(m)
OtherControls
Plains
Hills Plains
Hills
Plains
Hills
1.
ClusterCentre
Convenience
Shopping
40
40
60
60
15
2.
Neighbourhood
Centre
30
35
100
100
15
3.
Community
Centre
25
30
100
100
26
15
4.
DistrictCentre
25
25
125
125
37
15
SomeofthebuildingsinPlains
couldbepermittedupto50m
heightwiththeapprovalofthe
Governmentforachievingan
urbanform.
5.
Subcitycentre
Controlstobeasperrequirement
6.
CityCentre
25(MPD,
pg59)
150
Othercontrolstobeasper
requirement
225
requirement
7.
Hotel
8.
Service
Apartment
30
150
requirement
9.
Anyother
commercial
centre
25%
100
requirement
Source:
40(MPD,
pg59)
(MPD,
pg59)
UDPFIGuidelines1996,MPD.
9.4.3. PublicandSemipublic
ThenormsforpublicandsemipublicusesasindicatedintheUDPFIGuidelines1996
have been compared with those proposed for MPD2021 by the DDA and are
suggestedintheTables9.14,9.15&9.16below.
Table9.14: NormsforPublicandSemiPublicuses
Sr.No. Uses
Maximum
Ground
Coverage(%)
1.
General(incases 30
wherespecific
(MPD)
regulationsare
notgiven)
2.
Government
Offices
Plains
30
(MPD)
Hills
25
OtherControls
MaximumFAR
MaximumHeight(m)
Plains
Hills
Plains
Hills
120
100
26
15
(MPD,
pg150)
25
200
15%ofthetotalfloor
shallbeallowedfor
residentialpurpose.
Basementupto
envelopelineandto
themaximumextent
of50%oftheplot
areashallbeallowed
andifusedfor
parkingandservices
shouldnotbe
countedinFAR.
100
(MPD,
pg87)
37
15
Theintegratedoffice
complexshallinclude
CentralGovernment
404
Maximum
Ground
Coverage(%)
Sr.No. Uses
Plains
Hills
OtherControls
MaximumFAR
MaximumHeight(m)
Plains
Plains
Hills
Hills
office,local
governmentoffice,
publicundertaking
officesandcourts.
Basementupto
envelopelineandto
themaximumextent
ofplotareashallbe
allowedandifused
forparkingand
servicesshouldnot
becountedinFAR.
3.
NurserySchool
331/3
331/3
4.
PrimarySchool
33
100
662/3
Basementbelowthe
groundfloorandto
themaximumextent
ofgroundcoverage,
andifconstructed
shallbecountedin
FAR.
100
15
15
Schoolfor
handicappedshall
havesamenormsas
thePrimarySchool.
100
15
15
75
15
15
(MPD,
pg137)
33
120
(MPD)
5.
6.
Higher
Secondary
School
35
College
35
30
(MPD)
150
(MPD)
25
(MPD)
150
(MPD,
pg139)
Thetotalareaoftheplot
shallbedividedin:
a) School/college
buildingarea
b) Playfieldarea
c) Parkingarea
d) Residentialand
hostelarea
7.
EducationandResearchCentres(Largecampusi.eabove8Ha)
Largecampusesofuniversities,medicalandengineeringcollegesandother
educationandresearchinstitutesshallbecoveredundertheseregulations.The
campuswillbedividedintothreepartsandtheregulationsshallapply,asgiven
below:
7a) Academic,
including
administration
30
20
(30,
MPD)
120
80
(MPD,
pg139)
37
15
Basementbelowthe
groundfloorandtothe
maximumextentof
groundcoverageshallbe
allowedandifusedfor
parkingandservices
shouldnotbecountedin
FAR.
Thiswillbedevelopedat
adensityof400pph
gross.Thelandshallbe
reservedforresidential
facilities@9.2sq.mper
person.Subdivision
regulationsasgivenfor
grouphousingshall
apply.
(MPD)
45%ofthetotal
landarea
7b) Residential
10
15
15
25%ofthetotal
landarea
7c) Sportsand
10
Culturalactivities
405
Maximum
Ground
Coverage(%)
Sr.No. Uses
OtherControls
MaximumFAR
MaximumHeight(m)
Hills
Plains
Hills
Plains
Hills
331/3
662/3
Plains
15%ofthetotal
landarea
7d) Parksand
Landscapes
Suitablelandscapeplan
tobepreparedforthis
area.
15%ofthetotal
landarea
8.
331/3
Religious
Premises
Source:
662/3 11
11
(excluding (excluding
minarets,
minarets,
shikharsand shikharsand
domes
domes
Basementbelowthe
groundfloorandtothe
maximumextntof
groundcoverage,if
constructed,shallbe
countedinFAR.
UDPFIGuidelines,1996andMPD,2021.
Table9.15: SocioCulturalUseZone
GroundCoverage
(%)
FAR
MaximumHeight(m)
MultipurposeCommunityhall,Banquethall
30
120
26
2.
RecreationalClub
25
100
26
3.
Socioculturalfacilitiessuchasauditorium,music,
danceanddramacentre/meditationcentreetc.
35
120
26
4.
Exhibitioncumfairground
20
20
5.
Sciencecentre
30
120
26
6.
InternationalConventioncentre
30
120
7.
Oldagehome/carecentreforphysically/
mentallychallenged/workingwomen/men
hostel/adulteducationcentre/orphanage/
childrenscentre/nightshelter
30
120
26
8.
Aanganwari
30
60
15
9.
SportsFacilities
20
40
Sr.No.
Category
1.
Source:
MPD,2021.
Normsforsocioculturalusezone&securityandsafetyfacilitiesusezoneisgivenfor
applicationinplainsandhillyareasboth.
Table9.16: SecurityandSafetyFacilitiesUseZone
Ground
Coverage(%)
Category
SecurityFacilities
1.
PolicePost
35
150
15
2.
PoliceStation
30
150
26
3.
DistrictofficeandBatallion
30
120
26
4.
PoliceLines
Administration
20
Residential
30
SportsandFacilities
10
OpenSpaces
40
FAR
MaximumHeight
(m)
Sr.No.
5.
DistrictJail
30
120
26
6.
PoliceTrainingInstitute/College
30
120
26
7.
PoliceFiringRange
12.5
25
8.
PolicecampincludingCentralPolice
12.5
25
406
Sr.No.
Ground
Coverage(%)
Category
FAR
MaximumHeight
(m)
Organisation/SecurityForces
FireFacilities
1.
FirePost/FireStation/DisasterManagement
Centre/FireTrainingInstitute
Source:
30
120
26
MPD,2021
9.4.4. IndustrialuseZone
Table9.17: IndustrialUseZone
Sr.
No.
PlotSize(sqm)
Maximum
Ground
Coverage(%)
Plains
1.
Hills
MaximumFAR
MaximumHeight
(m)
Plains
Plains
Hills
15
15
Hills
FlattenedGroupIndustry
Minimum2000
2.
30
30
120
100
OtherControls
LightandServiceIndustry
Basementuptothebuilding
envelopelinetothemaximum
extentof50%ofplotareashall
beallowedandifusedfor
parkingandservicesshouldnot
becountedinFAR.
2a)
Lessthan400
60
60
125
100
12
2b)
Above400upto
4000
50
50
125
100
12
12
2c)
Above4000upto
12000
45
45
125
100
12
12
2d)
Above12000
40
40
100
75
12
Maximumfloorsallowedshall
bebasement,groundfloorand
firstfloor.Basementshouldbe
belowgroundfloorandtothe
maximumextentofground
coverageshallbecountedin
FAR.Incasethebasementis
notconstructed,the
permissibleFARcanbe
achievedonthesecondfloor.
Incaseofrooftruss,heightof
buildingsshouldbeadjusted/
relaxed.
3.
ExtensiveIndustry
3a)
400to4000
50
50
100
75
3b)
Above4000upto
12000
45
45
90
60
3c)
Above12000upto
28000
40
40
80
50
3d)
Above28000
30
30
60
45
Source:
Singlestoreybuildingwith
basementisallowed.Basement
shallbebelowthegroundfloor
andthemaximumextentof
groundcoverageandshallbe
countedinFAR.
Incaseofrooftruss,heightof
buildingsshouldbeadjusted/
relaxed.
Note:
1) Anewplannedindustrialareatohaveminimum100300sqmsizeofplotanditswidthshall
notbelessthan15m.
2) For industrial plots upto 1000 sq.m, 5% of the total area shall be reserved as amenity open
spacewhichshallalsoserveasgeneralparkingspace.Whensuchamenityopenspaceexceeds
1500sq.m,theexcessareacouldbeutilisedforconstructionofbuildingsforbanks,canteen,
welfarecentreandsuchothercommonpurposes.
3) Forindustrialplotsmorethan1000sqm,10%ofthetotalareashallbereservedasamenity
openspacetoamaximumof25sqm.
407
9.4.5. Transportation&CommunicationUseZone
Fortransportationusezonethefollowingnormsmaybeapplicable:
Table9.18: NormsforTransportationZone
Sr.No. Category
Areaunder Areaunderbuilding
operation(%)
(%)
FAR
Floorareathatcanbeutilisedfor
passengeraccommodation(%)
1.
RailTerminal
70
30
100
15
2.
BusTerminal
50
50
100
25
3.
ISBT
25
Max50
100
asperrequirement
100
15
(asperrequirement)
4.
MetroYards
Source:
80
20
MPD,2021.
OtherControls:
1) Thespaceonfirstandsecondfloorshallbeessentiallyusedforpublicserviceslikepostoffice,
policepostandotheressentialservices.
1) BusqueuesheltersarenottobeincludedinthecoverageandFAR.
2) Inordertointegratethesupportingcommercialusesaroundthetransportationzone,FARcan
bemoreforpromotingmixeduse.
9.4.5.1. Aerodromes
Thefollowingrestrictionsinvicinityofaerodromesshallbeapplicable201:
2) Thebuildingsorstructureswhichriseto30mormoreinheightandaretobelocatedwithin
20 km of the aerodrome reference point shall require No Objection Certificate from the
DirectorateGeneralofCivilAviation.
3) Incaseofbuildingstobelocatedinthevicinityofdefenceaerodromes,themaximumheightof
suchbuildingsshallbedecidedbytheDefenceAuthority.
4) Nonewchimneysorsmokeproducingfactoriesshallbeconstructedwithinaradiusof8km
fromtheAerodromeReferencePoint(ARP).
5) Overheadhighvoltage/mediumvoltagelinesortelephone&othercommunicationlinesshall
not be permitted in the approach/ take off climb areas (funnel zone) within 3000 m of the
inneredgeoftheseareas.
6) A3mmarginshallbeallowedinnewconstructionsforwireless/TVantennas,coolingtowers
andmumties.
7) ForheightRestrictionswithrespecttoApproachFunnelsandTransitionalareasNBC2005or
thelatestrevisedversionshallbefollowed.
201
NBC,2005,part3,pg27.
408
9.4.6. PrimaryActivity
Table9.19: NormsforFarmHouses
Sr.No. SizeofFarm
MaximumFAR
MaximumHeight
OtherControls
1.
Above1.0Haand
upto2.0Ha
100(including
mezzaninefloor)
Singlestoreyed
maximumheight6m
2.
2.0Haandabove
150(including
mezzaninefloor)
Singlestoreyed
maximumheight6m
Setbackindwellinghouseshouldbe15m
awayfromanyboundarylineofthe
property.
Wherethepropertyabutsanurbanroad,
thedwellinghousebuildingshouldbe
setbackfromthecentrelineofthatroad
by60m.Wherethepropertyabutsa
villageroad,thebuildingsetbackfrom
thecentrelineofthatroadshouldbeby
30m.
Nodwellingunitshouldbebuiltwithin
400moftherightofwayofanyNational
Highway.
Source:
Table9.20: NormsforPrimaryActivity
Type
FAR
GroundCoverage
Max.BuildingHt.
Agrobaseduses
5%
15m
PoultryFarm
25
25%
10m
Religious,Educational,Hospital,Slaughterhouse,cold
storage,transportrelatedactivitiesandtruckterminal,
Govt/semigovt/FCIgodownsandwarehouses
45
15%
15m
Source:
AhmedabadDevelopmentPlan(partIII,page103).
9.5.
SpecialRequirement
9.5.1. BuildingNormsforNaturalHabitat
ThelandusesidentifiedasNaturalHabitatcoveringwaterbodies,forest&vegetation,
greenopenspaces,coastalzone,wetlandsetc.,shallbeprotectedandadequatebuffer
shallbeprovidedfromtheplannedestablishments.Forplanningaroundtheseareas,
the building norms and regulations as stipulated by the respective statutory bodies
suchasMoEFandStateEnvironmentandForestDepartmentshallbeapplicable.
9.5.2. HistoricalorArchaeologicalareas
The special areas shall be identified as old builtup areas, areas of historical or
archaeologicalimportance,areasofscenicvalue,arearestrictedfordevelopmentby
Governmentorareaunderotheruses/spotzoneduringpreparationofDevelopment
plan.Forprotectionoftheseareasthenormsasstipulatedbytherespectivestatutory
bodies such as Archaeological Survey of India and respective departments shall be
applicable.
As per the Model Building Byelaws, buildings within heritage precincts or in the
vicinity of heritage sites shall maintain the skyline in the precinct and follow the
architecturalstyle(withoutanyhighriseormultistoreyeddevelopment)asmaybe
existinginthesurroundingarea,soasnottodiminishordestroythevalueandbeauty
409
ofortheviewfromthesaidheritagesites.Thedistanceisprescribedas200meters
RegulationzonebyAMASRAct,2010.Thedevelopmentwithintheprecinctorinthe
vicinity of heritage sites shall be in accordance with the guidelines framed by the
Commissioner, Municipal Corporation / Vice Chairman, Development Authority on
the advice of the Heritage Conservation Committee or separate regulations /
guidelines, if any, prescribed for respective zones by Municipal Corporation /
DevelopmentAuthority.
9.5.3. IndustrialRegions
For planning of Industrial Regions the guidelines development by State Authorities
such as Special Investment Region (SIR) guidelines within Delhi Mumbai Industrial
Corridor (DMIC) or by National Authorities such as guidelines for National
Investment&ManufacturingZones(NIMZs),SpecialEconomicZone(SEZ)shouldbe
referredto.ReferChapter6forenvironmentalaspectsandannexuresofVolumeIIfor
variousActsandPolicies.
9.5.4. IntroduceUseofFormBasedCodes
InviewofcurrenturbanformofIndiancity,anapproachmaybeadoptedtotheform
theimageofcitythroughFormBasedCodeinadditiontothedevelopmentpromotion
regulation. This can act as a technique for regulating development to achieve a
specificurbanform,anditcreatesapredictablepublicrealmbytheregulationofthe
physicalformprimarily.Thedifferentparametersusedtozonethecityintodifferent
transectsarelanduseintensity,density,buildingdisposition,buildingconfiguration,
buildingfunction,standards,mixeduseandneighbourhood.
410
10
10.1.
AdoptionofURDPFIGuidelines,2014
Spatialplanningfordevelopmentisanenvisioningprocesswhichrequiresasound
assessmentofthegroundissuesandprovidesoptionsforsustainabledevelopment
within the bound constraints of the demographic, physical, socioeconomic,
jurisdictional and financial aspects. The focus is on spatial dimension as all
development efforts have direct impact on the use of land and different
development projects need to be coordinated and integrated within a desirable
spatial frame. The process of planning must always be continuous to address the
evolvingissuesofthehumansettlements.TheformulationoftheURDPFIguidelines
as a revision of the UDPFI guidelines, 1996 addresses the present challenges of
urbanandregionaldevelopment,planpreparationprocessandimplementationand
attemptstostandardiseandalsosimplifytheguidelinesrequiredforplanninginthe
country.Consideringtherapidpaceofurbanisation,itissuggestedthattheMinistry
ofUrbanDevelopmentshouldrevisittheguidelinesinaperiodictimeframe.
The norms and standards prescribed by URDPFI Guidelines are in a form of a
suggested model, which may be adopted by the respective State Governments in
accordancetothelocalconditions.StateTownandCountryPlanningDepartments
have been preparing Development plans with reference to UDPFI Guidelines of
1996.Therecommendationsprovidedinthe2014guidelinesarespecificandaimat
facilitating and quacking the processes of plan preparation and implementation of
plans. Specifically, some of the key points that require immediate attention of the
StateTown&CountryPlanningDepartments,plannersandpractitionershavebeen
detailed.AlongwithsuggestionsforfurtheractionstobetakenupbytheMinistries,
Organisations and Agencies at the National level, those for the governments,
organisations and agencies at State level and Development Authorities are also
provided.
These Guidelines are generic in nature and the title starts with the word Urban,
theseareapplicableforallsettlements,urbanorrural.Some StatessuchasOrissa
and Rajasthan have moved ahead to prepare formal spatial plans for rural areas
havingpopulationof10,000ormore.TheURDPFIGuidelinesendorsesuchpolicies.
More significantly, these Guidelines highlight the concept of regional planning, by
recommendingtreatingtheruralareasthatarecontiguoustotheurbanareasasa
continuum.ThiscontinuumistermedasRURBANinGujaratandisprofuselyused
fornotifyingDevelopmentAuthoritiesinmanyStates.
10.2.
KeyRecommendationsintheGuidelines
Basedontheextensiveconsultations&deliberationswithvariousstakeholdersand
experts, it can be summed up and recommended that following parameters are a
411
prerequisiteforthedevelopmentstobetakenupinIndia.Theguidelines,focuseson
thefollowing:
Integratedregionalandurbandevelopmentwithfocusonspatialplanning
Regional spatial development frameto provide the backdrop within which settlement planning
(urban,rural,periurban)andlocalareaplanningshouldbetakenup,
Adapting a paradigm shift towards planning and development for compact, green, smart cities
andsafercities,
EnsuringthatthetaskofurbanandregionalplanningmustbeonlycarriedoutormustONLYbe
theresponsibilityofcertifiedplanner.
Indiaisnotonlyoneoftheoldestcivilizationsbutalsothelargestdemocracyandis
extremelydiversegeographically,culturally,socially,economically,administratively
& historically. Hence, no single approach can work uniformly. The approaches to
development need to be tailored contextually, which needs to be done by the
individualStateGovernmentsandCityMunicipalities.
Also during the implementation process as seen while comparing cases like Delhi,
Ahmedabad,HyderabadandMumbai,therearevariouslimitationsseenintermsof
diversity in the mix of activities, population concentration, nature of existing
developmentsanddynamicchangesintheperiurbanareas.Urbandesignapproach
based projects need to be taken up at micro area level so that the cross cutting
development themes can be tailored/modified to suit as per contextual realities
whileimplementingplansinvariousregions/cities/areas.
Therefore contextual approach becomes important consideration specially at local
area planning level. However, a uniform frame of spatial planning considerations
must guide all development within an integrated frame of regional and urban
perspective.Atlocalarealevel,itisessentialthatapproachtoplanninganddesign
hastobemainlyguidedbyurbandesignapproach.Forthispurpose,urbanplanners
andurbandesignersshouldworktogetherasunifiedteam.
Table10.1: KeyAspectsoftheGuidelines
Sector
Transportationplanning
KeyAspects
Thestreets,roads,massrapidtransitsystems,otherpublictransportationsystems
provide the back bone structure for urban and regional development.
Transportationincludingmobilityshouldthereforebegivenaprimeimportance.
Transportationplanningnotonlytobeefficient,butalsoneedstobedesignedand
integrated into other systems in such a way that it facilitates mobility for all
genders,agegroupsandcitizenswithdisabilities(differentlyabledcitizens).
SustainableLand
development
Selecting the right density of development taking into consideration the

environment,provisionandcostofinfrastructureandmobility.
High&mediumdensityzonesasappropriatetocontextualsituationinplanningto
includemixedusedevelopment/Compactcitydevelopment.
SustainableResource
Management
Realizingthepressureonthenaturalresources,allinfrastructureplanningshould
bedonewithastrongemphasisonsustainabilitylikegreencitiesapproach.
Also, it is important that based on the suitability of the land and availability of
resources, States should prepare Perspective (Strategic) Plan in order to guide
developmentatregionalandcitylevel.
EfficientUrbanDevelopment
Management
ApplicationofGIS,Bhuvaninplanningprocess
73rd&74th Amendment to be adopted in the given planning system and
412
Sector
KeyAspects
formulationofDPC&MPC.
Transparency and integration in various planning & nonplanning department in
termsoftheprocessesrelatedtoplanninganddevelopmentworks.
Smartcitiesapplication
ParticipatoryPlanning
approach
Direct involvement of the citizens as appropriate in planning processes and

mechanisms.
Pre and post planning peoples participation and consultation to be promoted,
whichhasbeensuccessfullypractisedinGoaandRajasthan.
Citizenschartertobringtransparencyandaccountability.
PlanningregionscanbeidentifiedasAdministrativeRegionssuchasDistrictand
MetropolitanRegions,InvestmentRegionsandSpecialRegions.
Preparation of a State Perspective Plan with planning for Districts and
MetropolitansasRegions
TheplanningforinvestmentregionsshouldbeunderaNational levelpolicy,like
DMIC,NMIZpolicy.
Source:URDPFIGuidelines,2014
10.3.
Key aspects of Guidelines for local area/ site specific

development
Localarea/sitespecificdevelopmentplanningshouldbebasedonurbandesign
approach focusing on mobility, accessibility and connectivity, street furniture
including street plantation, pedestrian & cycle paths, signage and parking,
provisionofsitelevelfacilities,etc.
Special attention is required on authenticity of property boundaries and land
tenureonthebasisoftherevenuerecords
SpecialdevelopmentincentivessuchasincreasedFARshouldbeadoptedinthe
designated TOD influence zone (approx. 500 meters) along the major
transportationcorridors.
Specialattentiontobegiventoconservationofarchaeological,architecturaland
historicbuildingsandsitesaspertheprevailingrules.
10.4.
SuggestionsforfutureDevelopmentinPlanning
MoUD as the nodal ministry has taken the initiative to prepare the Urban and
RegionalDevelopmentPlansFormulationandImplementation(URDPFI)Guidelines,
nowitisrecommendedthatthefollowingspecifictasksbereviewedbytherelevant
Central and State Government Ministries/ Departments/ Organisations/ Agencies/
Authoritiesandiffoundsuitableandnecessary,adaptintheirownpolicy,legaland
administrative procedures. In doing so, States are urged to review respective
policies and Acts which are relevant to operationalize the URDPFI Guidelines and
bring changes wherever necessary and appropriate. The URDPFI Guidelines are to
be circulated to all the State Town and Country Planning Departments, Urban
Development Authorities, Urban Local Bodies, relevant Ministries and other
agencies which are involved in preparation of Master Plans/ Development
413
Plans/Metropolitan Plans /District Development Plans for their appropriate

adoption.
Land development and Urban Development are State subject, therefore URDPFI
Guidelinesneed to be integratedwith the State level legal and policy measures. In
the process of preparing the Master Plans/ Development Plans /District
Development Plans, it would be desirable that all the State Town and Country
Planning Acts, Urban Development Authority Acts, Municipal Acts, Industrial
DevelopmentCorporationActsmaybealignedwiththeURDPFIGuidelines.
10.4.1. RecommendationsfortheNationalOrganisation(s)
1. The current policy for primary categorisation of Land under the Draft
NationalLandUtilisationPolicy(2013),shouldbefollowedbyStateduring
thepreparationofStatePerspectivePlans.
2. The prevailing Model law(s) needs to be reviewed and revised to simplify &
suggestStateDepartmentstocometoaunifiedlegalandoperationalframework.
i.
The Model Regional and Town Planning and Development Law was
prepared in 1985, almost 30 years ago, since then many legislative and
ideological changes have taken place in the developmental approach of
GovernmentofIndia.Alsotoincorporatetheprovisionsof73rd&74thCAA,
the Model Regional and Town Planning and Development Law, 1985
requires appropriate revision and restructuring. Accordingly, an
independent exercise for changes in the Model law in light to the
suggestions made in the URDPFI Guidelines, 2014, Volume II could be
undertaken.
ii.
The Model Municipal Law (MML), 2003 was introduced more than a
decadeback;itispertinentthattheprovisionsofMMLneedtobeupdated
tobringitinharmonywiththerecentdevelopmentsintheMunicipalLaw.
The MoUD study undertaken by NIUA (2013) to review the MML,
suggested various points for revision of the provisions given in MML,
basedontheirstatusofimplementation.Therearevariousprovisionsin
thecurrentscenariothatarevitalforMMLtobringitinlinewiththenew
developments in municipal governance. Provisions like reservations of
seats for Women/SC/ST/BC in Municipality, Local Bodies/Municipal
Ombudsman, functions and duties of Area Sabha Representative,
disclosure of various documents relating to municipal affairs, accrual
based double entry system of accounts, defining functions and
responsibilitiesofDPCsandMPCsaresuggestedtobedetailedoutunder
theMML.Suchchangesandmorearesuggestedtobeconsideredforthe
revisionoftheModelMunicipalLaw.
414
3. Draft Town and Country Planners Registration Bill, 2012is being prepared
by Town and Country Planning Organisation identifies the need for

establishment of Council of Town and Country Planning. Such Council is
suggested to be body corporate, having continuous succession and a common
seal. The purpose of such Council is to control and regulate the quality of
educationinstitutionsofTownandCountryPlanningandqualifiedprofessionals
fromsuchinstitutes,inthecountry.Itissuggested,thatthebilltobereviewed,
begivenalegalstatusandadoptedattheearliest.Itcouldbeexploredthatthe
certified planners by the council are empowered to take decision on financial
expenditure as appropriate for the administrative position. Also, the Council
couldensurethatthetaskofurbanandregionalplanningmust beonlycarried
outbycertifiedplanners.
4. ItissuggestedthatthenomenclatureofJnNURMsComprehensiveDevelopment
Plan be changed to as CityInvestmentPlan to avoid confusion between the

recommended statutory Development Plan(the nomenclature) asper the State
provision and Comprehensive Development Plan as per JnNURM and also the
fact that City Development Plan is essentially a resource mobilisation plan on
specificschemesandprojects.
5. For integration of planning systems, both statutory and nonstatutory plans,
JnNURMtoacceptCityInvestmentPlan(namedasCityDevelopmentPlanunder
JnNURM)andComprehensiveSanitationPlanassubplansofDevelopmentplan/
Master plan or Statutory Plans as per the State Government provision and
providefundingofsuchplansafterofficiallyapprovaloftheDevelopmentPlan.
6. While adopting the URDPFI Guidelines, it is necessary to develop Planning
Information System (PIS) on the lines of Management Information System

(MIS).Thiswillbeessentialasnumbersofagenciesareinvolvedincollectionof
different attribute and spatial data, which often leads to duplicity of work and
ambiguityintermsofanalysisandinterpretation.Hence,itbecomesnecessary
to streamline the data collection, analysis and interpretation for preparing the
Master Plans/ Development Plans/Metropolitan Plans /District Development
Plans.ThiswillenablehasteningtheprocessofpreparationofPlans.Ithasbeen
observedthattheprocessofPlanPreparationoftengetsdelayedduetolackof
availability of relevant and comparable both in content and time scale
spatial/attributedata.
7. NationalRemoteSensingCentre(NRSC)totakenecessaryactionsforeasyaccess
and wider popularity of Bhuvan and making it faster and more user friendly.
Ministry of Urban Development to extend the necessary support for it. For
compatibilityofgeospatialdatabaseotherMinistriesgeospatialdatacould
be incorporated with the Bhuvan database, like Ministry of Drinking Water &
Sanitation, Ministry of Road Transport & Highways MoRTH, NIC. Already
415
database from Geological Survey of India has been integrated at appropriate
scalewithBhuvan.
8. LackofcadastralmapslimitstheuseofBhuvanlandusebaseforpreparationof
development plan/ Mater plan, and therefore, integration of the cadastral

records at appropriate scale with National Land Record Modernisation
Programme is suggested which could provide ready to use geospatial and
revenuedatabasepanIndia.
9. For preparation of local area plan, authentic and reliable data at 1:2000 or
1:1000scaleisrequiredspeciallyonplotboundariesandareaofplots.Inreality
there exists lot of discrepancies between the plot boundaries and area as
recorded in the revenue records and what actually is the ground reality. This
problem is a serious one and greatly hampers implementation of local area
schemes. MoUD in assistance with NRSC and in collaboration with
representativesrevenuedepartmentsoftheStatesshouldevolvemechanismsto
improvethesituation.Thecrucialaspectinhelpingimplementationofthelocal
areaplanswillbeaccesstodigitisedandauthenticdataonplotboundariesand
plotareas,andalsoonlandtenurebyplanners.
10. The centrally sponsored National Urban Information System (NUIS) Scheme
approved by GoI with two major components (i) Urban Spatial Information
System (USIS) to meet the spatial data requirements of urban planning &
management (ii) National Urban Data Bank & Indicators (NUDB&I) to develop
townlevelurbandatabasetosupportdevelopmentofindicesthroughanetwork
of Local Urban Observatories (LUO) under the National Urban Observatory
(NUO) programme. These schemes and programmes are suggested to be
expeditedforcompletion.
11. With the experience of the practitioners in the North eastern hilly states, it is
suggested to review at the Service Level Benchmarks (SLBs), which should be

flexible on such certain items, for example: extent nonrevenue water source
maybeadditional5%.MoUDtoreviewandassesstheSLBsinhillyandNorth
Easternareasto redefine the SLBs. Apart from this, SLBs to include extent of
MunicipalConstructionwastereuse/recycledbenchmark202.
12. Egovernance,techniquesandmethods:UndertheEGovernance,ithastobe
seen that how the entire planning process gets expedited in a short period of
time,whereinuseofdigitaltechnologyshouldbemaximizedbywayofpreparing
spatial database and integration of attribute data periodically. It is
recommended that the plans should be updated /revised through mid term
review, so as to ascertain the efficacy of implementation, preferably every five
years,whichmaybecoterminuswiththefiveyearplans.UnderEgovernance,
various processes related to planning like change of land uses, building plan
202
Forcitiesabout20%asperthe(draft)ConstructionandDemolitionWasteRules
416
sanctions, issuance of completion certificate and other clearances required for
anyprojectneedstobestreamlined,sothatalltheurbaninfrastructureprojects
getscompletedwithinthestipulatedtime.
13. Forthispurpose,URDPFIsuggeststhatcitizenschartershouldbeenactedat
thestateleveltobringtransparencyandaccountability.
14. Promotion of the network, viz, City Net:City Net could be recommended
for encouraging the networking between various cities with a view to ensure
balanced development in a region. This will require exchanging /sharing of
information and data among the cities.This will ensure effective integration of
trunkinfrastructureinaregionconnectingallurbansettlements.Thebenefitof
CityNetnetworkwillensureefficientdeliveryoftheservicesandwillalsobe
helpfulinachievingthebalanceddevelopmentandredistributionofpopulation,
therebyreducingurbanprimacy.CityNetwillalsofacilitateformulationofInter
StateRegionalPlans
15. Independent research is suggested to be initiated by the Ministry of Urban
Developmentforthefollowing:
i.
ii.
Mixed landuse and compact city norms observing the international scenario and
nationalresourceavailability,toidentifynormsforsustainabledensitynorms(range)for
differentscalesofcities.
planning,outsourcingtonongovernmentalandprivateorganisationcouldbeconsidered
as an option. A standard TermsofReference(ToR)forsuchconsultancyservices is
suggestedtobepreparedandmadeavailabletotheStateGovernments.
It is recommended that all the human settlement planning, infrastructure and

administrativerelateddepartmentscouldusetheURDPFIGuidelines,2014and
notmerelyonlytheStateTownandCountryPlanningDepartments.
10.4.2. Recommendations to State Governments/ State Town

and Country Planning Departments/ Local Bodies/
DevelopmentAuthorities
1. StateGovernmentscouldreviewandwherenecessaryamendthe respective
State Town and Country Planning Acts and related laws of the State
Governmenttominimiseinconsistenciesandcontradictions,ifany.TheState
T&CPActscoulddirectthepublicparticipationatpreplanningandpostdraft
planformulationstageandthetimeperiodforapprovalofdevelopmentplans.
The amendments are suggested to be referred from the Model Town and
Country Planning Law and Model Municipal Law by the Central Government
revision.
417
Table10.2: RelevantStateLevelActstobeconsideredforrevision
S.No.
NameofState
UrbanDevelopment
AuthorityAct
T&CPAct
Industrial
DevelopmentAct
AndhraPradesh
AndhraPradeshTownand
CountryPlanningAct,1920
AndhraPradeshUrbanAreas
(Development)Act,1975
Arunachal
Pradesh
ArunachalPradeshUrbanand
TheArunachalPradesh
UrbanandCountryPlanning
Act,2007
Assam
AssamTownandCountry
PlanningAct,1959
GuwahatiMetropolitan
DevelopmentAuthorityAct,
1985
Bihar
BiharUrbanandRegional
PlanningandDevelopment
Act,2011
TheBiharIndustrial
AreaDevelopment
Authority,Act1974
Chhattisgarh
ChhattisgarhTownand
Goa
GoaTownandCountry
PlanningAct,1974
TheGoaIndustrial
DevelopmentAct2013
Gujarat
GujaratTownPlanning&
UrbanDevelopmentAct,1976
GujaratTown
PlanningandUrbanDevelop
mentAct,1976
The.GujaratSpecial
Investment
Region.Act2009
Haryana
HaryanaDevelopment&
RegulationofUrbanAreasAct,
1975.
HaryanaUrban
HimachalPradeshTownand
HimachalPradeshHousing
HimachalPradesh
1977
&UrbanDevelopment
AuthorityAct,2004
10
Jammu&Kashmir
Jammu&Kashmir
DevelopmentAct,1970
J&KDevelopmentAct1970
11
Jharkhand
JharkhandTownPlanningand
ImprovementTrustAct,1954
(adoptedfromBihar)
JharkhandRegional
2001
JharkhandIndustries
(Facilitation)Act
2012
12
Karnataka
KarnatakaTownandCountry
PlanningAct,1961
KarnatakaUrban
Development
TheKarnataka
IndustrialAreas
DevelopmentAct,
1966
AuthoritiesAct,1987
13
Kerala
KeralaTownPlanningAct,
1939
14
MadhyaPradesh
MadhyaPradeshNagarThatha
GramNiveshNiyam,1975
MadhyaPradesh
MunicipalitiesAct,1961
MaharashtraRegionaland
TownPlanningAct,1966
MumbaiMetropolitanRegion
1974
15
Maharashtra
KeralaIndustrial
Township
DevelopmentAreaAct,
1999
MaharashtraRegionaland
TownPlanningAct,1966
TheMadhyaPradesh
InvestmentRegion
DevelopmentAnd
ManagementAct,
2013,
TheMaharashtra
Industrial
DevelopmentAct,
1961
16
Manipur
ManipurTownandCountry
PlanningAct,1975
ManipurMunicipalitiesAct,
1994
17
Meghalaya
MeghalayaTownandCountry
PlanningAct,1973
MeghalayaUrban
DevelopmentAuthority,
ShillongBuildingByeLaws
2001
18
Mizoram
MizoramUrban&Regional
DevelopmentAct,1990
MizoramUrbanandRegional
DevelopmentAct,1990
418
S.No.
NameofState
UrbanDevelopment
AuthorityAct
T&CPAct
Industrial
DevelopmentAct
19
Nagaland
NagalandTownandCountry
PlanningAct,1980
NagalandTownandCountry
PlanningAct1966
20
Orissa
OrissatownPlanningand
ImprovementTrustAct,1956
TheOdishaDevelopment
AuthoritiesAct,1982
TheOrissaIndustrial
Infrastructure
Development
CorporationAct,1980
21
Punjab
PunjabRegionalTown
Act,1995
PunjabRegional&Town
Planning
22
Rajasthan
RajasthanUrbanImprovement
Act,1959
Jaipur/Ajmer/Jodhpur
DevelopmentAuthorityAct
RajasthanIndustrialA
reaDevelopment
AuthorityAct,1995
23
Sikkim
TheSikkimUrbanand
RegionalPlanningand
DevelopmentAct,1998
24
TamilNadu
TamilNaduTownandCountry
PlanningAct,1971
Tamil
NaduIndustrialTowns
hipAreaDevelopment
AuthorityAct,1997
25
Tripura
TripuraTownandCountry
PlanningAct,1975
TripuraMunicipal
UttarPradeshUrbanPlanning
andDevelopmentAct,1973
UttarPradeshNagar
Planning&DevelopmentAct
1973
U.P.IndustrialAreaDe
velopmentAct,1976
26
UttarPradesh
&DevelopmentAct,1995
Act1994,
27
Uttarakhand
UttarakhandUrbanPlanning
andDevelopmentAct,1973
Uttarakhand(U.P.Urban
Act,1973)Adoption&
Modificationorder,2006
28
WestBengal
WestBengalTownand
Country(Planningand
Development)Act,1979
Town&Country(Planning&
Development)Act,1979
DurgapurIndustrialB
oard(Development&
ControlofBuilding
Operation)Act1958
29
A&NIslands.
Andaman&NicobarTownand
CountryPlanningRegulations,
1994
30
Chandigarh
TheCapitalofPunjab
(DevelopmentandRegulation
)Act,1952
31
Delhi
DelhiDevelopmentAct,1957
DelhiDevelopmentAct,1957
32
Dadra&Nagar
Haveli
Dadra&NagarHaveliTown
andCountryPlanningAct,
1974
Dadra&NagarHaveli,
33
Daman&Diu
Daman&DiuTownand
34
Lakshadweep
Yettobeenacted
35
Pondicherry
PuducherryTownandCountry
PlanningAct,1969
ThePuducherryTown&
Source:TCPO
Note:Reviewoflistedvariousactsshouldbeusefulinthecontextofdifferentsuggestionsmadeby
URDPFIunder10.4.1and10.4.2.StateGovernmentsareurgedtodotheuseful.
419
2. In view of The Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land
Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013 (effective from 1st

January 2014), the State Governments could review and if found necessary
modifytheirlandpoliciesandlegalsysteminordertofacilitatesimplification
ofplanningprocessandeffectiveimplementationofdevelopmentplan.
3. All the States have fullfledged Departments of Town and Country Planning.
However,basedonthedeliberationsintheBrainstormingSessionsonPlanning
and Development, 2025: Professional and Academic Challenges conducted by
TCPO, it was learnt that several States are functioning without a qualified
Director/ChiefTownPlannerasthepostisbeingheldeitherbyanAdministrator
orchargeisgiventoSeniorTownPlanner.Hence,thecities/townsofsuchStates
continuetosufferfromlackofattentiontothedevelopmentaspectsapartfrom
infrastructuredeficienciesandadhocdecisionswhichleadtomismatchbetween
the actual availability and requirement of the infrastructure facilities. It is
suggestedthatallStateGovernmentsappointaqualifiedTownPlannerasthe
headofStateTownandCountryDepartment.
4. Regulatory Authority at the State level: The major institutional reforms
suggestedbytheURDPFIGuidelines,2014,atthestatelevelaretheconstitution
of Urban and Regional Planning &Development Authority (or Town Planning
Board or Town Planning Council as existing in some states). This apex body
shouldbechairedbytheChiefExecutiveofthestate,ChiefMinisterofanUrban
and Regional Development Regulatory Authority at State level and creation of
City Level Infrastructure Fund. The regulatory authority at the state level may
functionasanappellateauthoritytoaddresstherelatedgrievancesredress.The
regulatory body could review the smooth functioning of the agencies to
overcome the multiplicity, duplication or gaps. The authority will guide the
preparationofPerspectiveplanfortheStatewhichshouldprovidetheframefor
allregionalandurbandevelopmentplansintheState.Theregulatoryauthority
should be responsible for guiding land utilisation based on suitability and
proposed structure of transportation networks. It should guide the state for
developmentfocusingonprotectionofenvironmentallysensitiveareas,natural
landforms,naturalvegetationandwaterbodiesetcetera.
5. CityInfrastructureFundcouldraisefundsfromdirectandindirecttaxeswhich
havedirectrelevancetourbanandstatesubjects,thisconsolidatedfundatState
andULBsleveltobeexclusivelyusedforurbaninfrastructure.Apportionmentof
the tax for the proposed fund between the State government and ULBs to be
basedontheStatepolicies.
6. State Finance Commission could bring uniformity in accounting and
budgeting at municipal level. TCPO, IIPA, NIUA to recommend a uniformed

accounting system based on the JnNURM reform(s). The Model Municipal Law
couldberevisedkeepinginviewofthesame.
420
7. State level policy could be adopted for institutional requirements to meet the
demandofmanpowerinplanning:
EveryStatecouldhaveaPlanningSchool.
Standardizationofnomenclatureforplanningcourses.
Schools of Planning could have continuous interface
profession/industry.
with
the
8. Under the attempts to improve implementation of plans, State Governments
coulddevelopGoodGovernancesystems,including:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
CitizenscharterscouldbeformulatedbytheStategovernmenttakingintoaccountthelocal
conditionthatdeterminelevelanddischargeoftheservices.Thismayincludeitemslike
issueoflicence,approvalofbuildingplans,issueofcompletioncertificateetc.Thiscould
considerRighttoInformation(RTI)systemalso.
Directresponsibilityoftheprojectprogressbytheresponsiblefieldofficerstochiefofthe
division/departments.
Thedetailsofthestartandprogressofthelocalprojectsincludingfinancialandtime
allocationcouldbedisplayedpublically,atstrategiclocationswithinthedevelopmentsites
andupdatedregularly.
Maintenanceofregularupdatedlandandpropertyrecordspreferablywiththechangesof
landuseinlandtransactions.ThisdatabaseintegratedwithGISmapsshouldbeonadigital
platformeasilyaccessibletothepublic.ThisapproachwillalsoinitiateSmartcityconcept.
ThepracticeofmonitoringlandpricesincitiesasfollowedbysomecitiesincludingDelhi
DevelopmentAuthority.Monitoringanddisseminationofland/propertypricesshouldbe
donebyDevelopment/StateAuthoritiesforbenefitofrealestatemarket.
9. Respective State Town and Country Planning Department to approach NRSC/Bhuvan for the
authorised access to the spatial data and attribute data for the preparation of Development
Plan/Master Plan. Each State/ UT to identify one town/city (medium/ metropolitan size)
Development/MasterPlanpilotprojectonBhuvanplatform.
10. Creation ofreal time demographicandother database at State level whichcan be accessible to
public on Government website. This should be integrated on a National level platform. Use of
advancedtechniquesfordigitaldatabaseandhyperdatabaseuploadedonthewebsitewhichis
userfriendly.
11. Every State should formulate the State Level Planning Guidelines within the Framework of
URDPFI Guidelines (making key amendments in the provisions as per the States vision or
contextualrequirements)andNationalandStatelevelpolicies.
12. Inordertopromoteaffordablehousingforlowincome&EWS,StateGovernmentstosetnorms
andinitiateitsadoption.
In order to promote the visionary approach of urban and regional development,

facilitationofeffectiveimplementationoftheplanitisnecessarytohaveavailability
of number of qualified planners at the state level and municipal level. The State
Governments are urged to notify Statutory Towns & Cities and prepare Statutory
Plans.StateGovernmentsmayseeksupportfromMoUDfortheplanpreparationor
existingplanrevision,forcapacitybuilding,standardization oftechnicalassistance
withtheadoptionofURDPFIGuidelines,2014.
421
Before concluding, it may be desirable to note that for promoting planned

urbanization, the rural areas contiguous to a town/ city need not necessarily be
amalgamatedwiththeparentcity.Itmayoftenbemorehelpfultonotifysuchrural
areasasanewcity,likeaNagarPanchayatandallowittogrowintoabiggercityat
itsownpace.
The Growth Story of India shall be written on the canvass of planed

urbandevelopmentandthescriptwritersshallbethetownandcountry
planners!
******
422
Endnotes
Endnotes
iArea specific regulatory parameters shall include height of buildings, quantum of builtup area,
regularlinesofstreetsandbuildinglines,setbacks,floorarearatios,faadecontrols,parkingspaces,
loading and unloading spaces, sizes and locations of projections and advertisement signs, and
circulationpattern.
iiIn2005theMinistryofUrbanDevelopmentandM/oHousing&UrbanPovertyAlleviationlaunched
JNNURMwiththeaimtoencouragingreformsandfasttrackplanneddevelopmentofcities.Itfocused
onefficiencyinurbaninfrastructureandservicedeliverymechanisms,communityparticipation,and
improvementinurbangovernance.
iiiIbid.
ivA charrette is an intensive planning session where citizens, designers and others collaborate on a
vision for development, giving immediate feedback to the designers. This process allows everyone
whoparticipatestobeamutualauthoroftheplan.Itislocatedneartheprojectsite,teamofdesign
experts and consultants sets up a full working office. Formal and informal meetings are held
throughouttheeventandupdatestotheplanarepresentedperiodically.Throughbrainstormingand
designactivity,manygoalsareaccomplishedduringthecharrette.
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
Everyonewhohasastakeintheprojectdevelopsavestedinterestintheultimatevision.
Thedesignteamworkstogethertoproduceasetoffinisheddocumentsthataddressall
aspectsofdesign.
Since the input of all the players is gathered at one event, it is possible to avoid the
prolongeddiscussionsthattypicallydelayconventionalplanningprojects.
Thefinishedresultisproducedmoreefficientlyandcosteffectivelybecausetheprocess
iscollaborative.
Charrettes are organized to encourage the participation of all. That includes everyone who is
interestedinthemakingofadevelopment:thedeveloper,businessinterests,officials,residents,and
activists.Ultimately,thepurposeofthecharretteistogivealltheparticipantsenoughinformationto
makegooddecisionsduringtheplanningprocess.
423

Urdpfiguidelinesvoli 150807173512 Lva1 App6891 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Urdpfiguidelinesvoli 150807173512 Lva1 App6891 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

URBANANDREGI

The Urrban and Regional

headvances ofRemote Sensingand

RDPFI Guideelines, 2014

Regional Workshops Six Regional Workshops across country were held

A separate volume (VolumeII A) on legal aspects covers the implications of 74th

Need for Revision of UDPFI Guidelines1996, Recommended

Land assembly, fiscal resource mobilisation, good governance,

Aspects of regional planning and classification of region in the

Guidelines for study on location and settlement setting,

Sustainability and aspects of urban development including

Comprehensively covering data collection techniques, types of

InfrastructurePlanning Introduces the hierarchy of urban development and norms &

Lists the simplified urban land use classification and zoning

Recommendations to several Ministries, State Governments and

Descripttion of making of the Guid

The classification of urban settlements adopted by the Census of India 2011 is as

To identify the region and regional resources

To develop vision and provide a policy 2030years

In case of China and Japan

Working paper on Transit Oriented Development, Embarq, India

Simplification of preparation of plan: making provisions in the Development

Simplification in the implementation of plan: the plans to be easily

Kerala Town & Country Planning Ordinance, 2013

Better public participation: The State planning provisions to be modified to

must be intermittently reviewed at interval of 5 years and finally evaluated at

Inclusive development in planning should have focus on the following parameters;

The suggested indirect participation of the people is ensured through elected

The Projects / Research should be reviewed even during the project/research

It is important to ensure that projects/schemes are identified at this level itself

2.2.5. Contents of Specific Purpose Plan (e.g. City Development

2.2.5.1. Contents of City Development Plan (may be renamed as City

JnNURM: Formulation of CDP, JnNURM: Overview.

Guideliness and Toolkit for Urban Transpo

Manual on Preparing CSP

Land is the medium on which the entire superstructure of human settlement is

Appendix B of Volume II B provides definition for land and associated terms.

Guided Land Development: this model uses the provision of infrastructure as an

There is also inadequate public participation in such schemes. To overcome the

Illegal settlements regularization/upgrading: Settlement upgrading provides existing

Siteswithoutservicesincrementaldevelopment: The approach includes mechanisms

Increasing savings and providing access to finance: Communitybased savingsand

TaxonLand/Propertyvaluesincrement:It is common phenomenon that land values keep on

Taxondeficitinparkingspacesinanynonresidentialbuilding: This tax ison thedeficits in

3.3.1.2. Charges and Fees (Development Charges, Levies, Impact Fees,

Transit Corridors attracts economic activities and concerted development where

Multilateral organizations are international organizations whose membership

3.3.2. Alternative Financial Avenues by Private Sector

(Department of Economic Affairs - DEA, Ministry of Finance, Government of India, 2010)

Such contrracts are usseful in major transportt facilities (port or airp

BuildOperateTransfer (BOT): BuildOperateTransfer or its other variants type of

DesignBuildFinanceOperate (DBFO): In DBFO approach, the responsibilities for

DesignBuildFinanceOperateMaintenanceTransfer (DBFOMT): DBFOMT model is

BuyBuildOperate(BBO): BBO is a form of asset sale that includes a rehabilitation or

BuildOwnOperateandTransfer (BOOT): BOOT is based on the granting of a

BuildTransferandOperate (BTO): BTO is a contractual arrangement whereby the

BuildandTransfer(BT): BT is a contractual arrangement whereby the concessionaire

RehabilitateOwnandOperate(ROO): ROO is a contractual arrangement whereby an

Divestiture by license or sale: A private entity buys an equity stake in a stateowned

As accepted and emphasized by reports of various institutions and committees24,

It is recommended that the urban settlements need to increase spending on capital

Planning function is a continuous process and the Planning Departments work

Head Clerk, Accountants, UDC,